diff --git a/CameraControl.Core/CameraControl.Core.csproj b/CameraControl.Core/CameraControl.Core.csproj index c156748c5..acda5a818 100644 --- a/CameraControl.Core/CameraControl.Core.csproj +++ b/CameraControl.Core/CameraControl.Core.csproj @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ CameraControl.Core v4.6 512 - a4df8634 + a3fc5a2c @@ -153,11 +153,11 @@ True - ..\packages\Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.0\lib\net40-client\Magick.NET-Q8-x86.dll + ..\packages\Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.101\lib\net40-client\Magick.NET-Q8-x86.dll True - - ..\packages\MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA139\lib\net45\MahApps.Metro.dll + + ..\packages\MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA147\lib\net45\MahApps.Metro.dll True @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ - ..\packages\MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA139\lib\net45\System.Windows.Interactivity.dll + ..\packages\MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA147\lib\net45\System.Windows.Interactivity.dll True @@ -374,10 +374,10 @@ This project references NuGet package(s) that are missing on this computer. Enable NuGet Package Restore to download them. For more information, see http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=322105. The missing file is {0}. - + - + - - + This project references NuGet package(s) that are missing on this computer. Enable NuGet Package Restore to download them. For more information, see http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=322105. The missing file is {0}. - + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Setup/packages.config b/Setup/packages.config index c1cf93661..b77b3f29e 100644 --- a/Setup/packages.config +++ b/Setup/packages.config @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@  - + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.0/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.0.nupkg b/packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.0/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.0.nupkg deleted file mode 100644 index 8f106f448..000000000 Binary files a/packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.0/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.0.nupkg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.0/Copyright.txt b/packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.101/Copyright.txt similarity index 100% rename from packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.0/Copyright.txt rename to packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.101/Copyright.txt diff --git a/packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.101/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.101.nupkg b/packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.101/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.101.nupkg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..755ddd701 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.101/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.101.nupkg differ diff --git a/packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.0/Readme.txt b/packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.101/Readme.txt similarity index 100% rename from packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.0/Readme.txt rename to packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.101/Readme.txt diff --git a/packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.0/build/net40-client/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.targets b/packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.101/build/net40-client/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.targets similarity index 100% rename from packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.0/build/net40-client/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.targets rename to packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.101/build/net40-client/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.targets diff --git a/packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.0/build/net40-client/x86/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.Native.dll b/packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.101/build/net40-client/x86/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.Native.dll similarity index 76% rename from packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.0/build/net40-client/x86/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.Native.dll rename to packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.101/build/net40-client/x86/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.Native.dll index dcb462793..fc00e0853 100644 Binary files a/packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.0/build/net40-client/x86/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.Native.dll and b/packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.101/build/net40-client/x86/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.Native.dll differ diff --git a/packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.0/lib/net20/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.dll b/packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.101/lib/net20/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.dll similarity index 79% rename from packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.0/lib/net20/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.dll rename to packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.101/lib/net20/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.dll index a4aef38b2..7e5e2a15d 100644 Binary files a/packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.0/lib/net20/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.dll and b/packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.101/lib/net20/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.dll differ diff --git a/packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.0/lib/net40-client/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.xml b/packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.101/lib/net20/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.xml similarity index 99% rename from packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.0/lib/net40-client/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.xml rename to packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.101/lib/net20/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.xml index f4fa9b929..77811000b 100644 --- a/packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.0/lib/net40-client/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.xml +++ b/packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.101/lib/net20/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.xml @@ -8659,6 +8659,20 @@ When set to true the current operation will be canceled. + + + Encapsulation of the ImageMagick PolicyError exception. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MagickPolicyErrorException class with a specified error + message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception. + + The error message that explains the reason for the exception. + The exception that is the cause of the current exception, or a + null reference if no inner exception is specified. + Encapsulation of the ImageMagick ResourceLimitError exception. @@ -9049,6 +9063,20 @@ The exception that is the cause of the current exception, or a null reference if no inner exception is specified. + + + Encapsulation of the ImageMagick PolicyWarning exception. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MagickFilterWarningException class with a specified error + message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception. + + The error message that explains the reason for the exception. + The exception that is the cause of the current exception, or a + null reference if no inner exception is specified. + Encapsulation of the ImageMagick ImageWarning exception. @@ -12906,11 +12934,6 @@ Bmp, Gif, Icon, Jpeg, Png, Tiff. - - - Converts this instance to a BitmapSource. - - Represents the collection of images. @@ -17415,12 +17438,6 @@ A document containing the profile. - - - Initializes a new instance of the XmpProfile class. - - A document containing the profile. - Initializes a new instance of the XmpProfile class. @@ -17444,22 +17461,11 @@ A document containing the profile. - - - Creates an instance from the specified IXPathNavigable. - - A document containing the profile. - Converts this instance to an IXPathNavigable. - - - Converts this instance to a XDocument. - - Class that can be used to execute a Magick Script Language file. @@ -17483,12 +17489,6 @@ The stream to read the script data from. - - - Initializes a new instance of the MagickScript class using the specified XElement. - - The XElement that contains the script. - The variables of this script. diff --git a/packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.0/lib/net40-client/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.dll b/packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.101/lib/net40-client/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.dll similarity index 79% rename from packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.0/lib/net40-client/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.dll rename to packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.101/lib/net40-client/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.dll index 9a5133d22..420cb5d88 100644 Binary files a/packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.0/lib/net40-client/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.dll and b/packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.101/lib/net40-client/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.dll differ diff --git a/packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.0/lib/net20/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.xml b/packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.101/lib/net40-client/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.xml similarity index 99% rename from packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.0/lib/net20/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.xml rename to packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.101/lib/net40-client/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.xml index 4949f016f..dba53a63d 100644 --- a/packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.0/lib/net20/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.xml +++ b/packages/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.7.0.1.101/lib/net40-client/Magick.NET-Q8-x86.xml @@ -8659,6 +8659,20 @@ When set to true the current operation will be canceled. + + + Encapsulation of the ImageMagick PolicyError exception. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MagickPolicyErrorException class with a specified error + message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception. + + The error message that explains the reason for the exception. + The exception that is the cause of the current exception, or a + null reference if no inner exception is specified. + Encapsulation of the ImageMagick ResourceLimitError exception. @@ -9049,6 +9063,20 @@ The exception that is the cause of the current exception, or a null reference if no inner exception is specified. + + + Encapsulation of the ImageMagick PolicyWarning exception. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MagickFilterWarningException class with a specified error + message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception. + + The error message that explains the reason for the exception. + The exception that is the cause of the current exception, or a + null reference if no inner exception is specified. + Encapsulation of the ImageMagick ImageWarning exception. @@ -12906,6 +12934,11 @@ Bmp, Gif, Icon, Jpeg, Png, Tiff. + + + Converts this instance to a BitmapSource. + + Represents the collection of images. @@ -17410,6 +17443,12 @@ A document containing the profile. + + + Initializes a new instance of the XmpProfile class. + + A document containing the profile. + Initializes a new instance of the XmpProfile class. @@ -17433,11 +17472,22 @@ A document containing the profile. + + + Creates an instance from the specified IXPathNavigable. + + A document containing the profile. + Converts this instance to an IXPathNavigable. + + + Converts this instance to a XDocument. + + Class that can be used to execute a Magick Script Language file. @@ -17461,6 +17511,12 @@ The stream to read the script data from. + + + Initializes a new instance of the MagickScript class using the specified XElement. + + The XElement that contains the script. + The variables of this script. diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.0.38-ALPHA/MahApps.Metro.0.11.0.38-ALPHA.nupkg b/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.0.38-ALPHA/MahApps.Metro.0.11.0.38-ALPHA.nupkg deleted file mode 100644 index ecba0ffc2..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.0.38-ALPHA/MahApps.Metro.0.11.0.38-ALPHA.nupkg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.0.38-ALPHA/MahApps.Metro.0.11.0.38-ALPHA.nuspec b/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.0.38-ALPHA/MahApps.Metro.0.11.0.38-ALPHA.nuspec deleted file mode 100644 index 6017d3092..000000000 --- a/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.0.38-ALPHA/MahApps.Metro.0.11.0.38-ALPHA.nuspec +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ - - - - MahApps.Metro - 0.11.0.38-ALPHA - MahApps.Metro - Paul Jenkins; Jake Ginnivan - Paul Jenkins; Jake Ginnivan - http://www.opensource.org/licenses/MS-PL - https://github.com/MahApps/MahApps.Metro - http://c713056.r56.cf2.rackcdn.com/mahapps.metro.logo2.png - false - The goal of MahApps.Metro is to allow devs to quickly and easily cobble togther a "Metro" UI for their WPF4+ apps, with minimal effort. - The goal of MahApps.Metro is to allow devs to quickly and easily cobble togther a "Metro" UI for their WPF4+ apps, with minimal effort. - - WPF UI Metro - - - - - - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.0.38-ALPHA/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.dll b/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.0.38-ALPHA/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 79f0c321f..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.0.38-ALPHA/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.0.38-ALPHA/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.dll b/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.0.38-ALPHA/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 2aec22dcf..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.0.38-ALPHA/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.0.38-ALPHA/lib/net45/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll b/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.0.38-ALPHA/lib/net45/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 3bfdfda86..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.0.38-ALPHA/lib/net45/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.0.38-ALPHA/tools/install.ps1 b/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.0.38-ALPHA/tools/install.ps1 deleted file mode 100644 index 25c121a0f..000000000 --- a/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.0.38-ALPHA/tools/install.ps1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -param($rootPath, $toolsPath, $package, $project) - -$project.DTE.ItemOperations.Navigate('http://mahapps.com/MahApps.Metro/') \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.1.27-ALPHA/MahApps.Metro.0.11.1.27-ALPHA.nupkg b/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.1.27-ALPHA/MahApps.Metro.0.11.1.27-ALPHA.nupkg deleted file mode 100644 index 407534468..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.1.27-ALPHA/MahApps.Metro.0.11.1.27-ALPHA.nupkg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.1.27-ALPHA/MahApps.Metro.0.11.1.27-ALPHA.nuspec b/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.1.27-ALPHA/MahApps.Metro.0.11.1.27-ALPHA.nuspec deleted file mode 100644 index fce869de3..000000000 --- a/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.1.27-ALPHA/MahApps.Metro.0.11.1.27-ALPHA.nuspec +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ - - - - MahApps.Metro - 0.11.1.27-ALPHA - MahApps.Metro - Paul Jenkins; Jake Ginnivan - Paul Jenkins; Jake Ginnivan - http://www.opensource.org/licenses/MS-PL - https://github.com/MahApps/MahApps.Metro - http://c713056.r56.cf2.rackcdn.com/mahapps.metro.logo2.png - false - The goal of MahApps.Metro is to allow devs to quickly and easily cobble togther a "Metro" UI for their WPF4+ apps, with minimal effort. - The goal of MahApps.Metro is to allow devs to quickly and easily cobble togther a "Metro" UI for their WPF4+ apps, with minimal effort. - - WPF UI Metro - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.1.27-ALPHA/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.dll b/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.1.27-ALPHA/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 4a1488a72..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.1.27-ALPHA/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.1.27-ALPHA/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.dll b/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.1.27-ALPHA/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 6f66722f5..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.1.27-ALPHA/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.1.27-ALPHA/lib/net45/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll b/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.1.27-ALPHA/lib/net45/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 3bfdfda86..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.1.27-ALPHA/lib/net45/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.1.27-ALPHA/tools/install.ps1 b/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.1.27-ALPHA/tools/install.ps1 deleted file mode 100644 index 25c121a0f..000000000 --- a/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.1.27-ALPHA/tools/install.ps1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -param($rootPath, $toolsPath, $package, $project) - -$project.DTE.ItemOperations.Navigate('http://mahapps.com/MahApps.Metro/') \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.9.0.0/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.dll b/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.9.0.0/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 2dab9df0a..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.9.0.0/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.9.0.0/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.pdb b/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.9.0.0/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index 4ded5e6e3..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.9.0.0/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA068/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA068.nupkg b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA068/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA068.nupkg deleted file mode 100644 index 83f2de382..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA068/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA068.nupkg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA068/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.XML b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA068/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.XML deleted file mode 100644 index 65ae4e8f3..000000000 --- a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA068/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.XML +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5570 +0,0 @@ - - - - MahApps.Metro - - - - - An object that represents the foreground color for a Metro . - - - - - The ResourceDictionary that represents this Accent. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MahApps.Metro.Accent class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MahApps.Metro.Accent class. - - The name of the new Accent. - The URI of the accent ResourceDictionary. - - - - Gets/sets the name of the Accent. - - - - - With this class we can make custom window styles. - - - - - Use the dialog coordinator to help you interfact with dialogs from a view model. - - - - - Shows the input dialog. - - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - The title of the MessageDialog. - The message contained within the MessageDialog. - Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - The text that was entered or null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the user cancelled the operation. - - - - Creates a LoginDialog inside of the current window. - - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - The title of the LoginDialog. - The message contained within the LoginDialog. - - Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - The text that was entered or null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the user cancelled the operation. - - - - Creates a MessageDialog inside of the current window. - - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - The title of the MessageDialog. - The message contained within the MessageDialog. - The type of buttons to use. - Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - A task promising the result of which button was pressed. - - - - Creates a ProgressDialog inside of the current window. - - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - The title of the ProgressDialog. - The message within the ProgressDialog. - Determines if the cancel button is visible. - Optional Settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - A task promising the instance of ProgressDialogController for this operation. - - - - Adds a Metro Dialog instance to the specified window and makes it visible asynchronously. - You have to close the resulting dialog yourself with . - - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - The dialog instance itself. - An optional pre-defined settings instance. - A task representing the operation. - The is already visible in the window. - - - - Hides a visible Metro Dialog instance. - - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - The dialog instance to hide. - An optional pre-defined settings instance. - A task representing the operation. - - The is not visible in the window. - This happens if hasn't been called before. - - - - - Gets the current shown dialog. - - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - - - - Gets the default instance if the dialog coordinator, which can be injected into a view model. - - - - - Updates all glow windows (visible, hidden, collapsed) - - - - - Sets the opacity to all glow windows - - - - - Starts the opacity storyboard 0 -> 1 - - - - - Shows all glow windows - - - - - Gets or sets the bindable Password property on the PasswordBox control. This is a dependency property. - - - - - Handles changes to the 'Password' attached property. - - - - - Handle the 'PasswordChanged'-event on the PasswordBox - - - - - This custom popup is used by the validation error template. - It provides some additional nice features: - - repositioning if host-window size or location changed - - repositioning if host-window gets maximized and vice versa - - it's only topmost if the host-window is activated - - - - - The base class for dialogs. - - You probably don't want to use this class, if you want to add arbitrary content to your dialog, - use the class. - - - - - Initializes a new MahApps.Metro.Controls.BaseMetroDialog. - - The window that is the parent of the dialog. - The settings for the message dialog. - - - - Initializes a new MahApps.Metro.Controls.BaseMetroDialog. - - - - - Waits for the dialog to become ready for interaction. - - A task that represents the operation and it's status. - - - - Requests an externally shown Dialog to close. Will throw an exception if the Dialog is inside of a MetroWindow. - - - - - A last chance virtual method for stopping an external dialog from closing. - - - - - - Waits until this dialog gets unloaded. - - - - - - Gets/sets the dialog's title. - - - - - Gets/sets arbitrary content on top of the dialog. - - - - - Gets/sets arbitrary content below the dialog. - - - - - Gets the window that owns the current Dialog IF AND ONLY IF the dialog is shown externally. - - - - - Gets the window that owns the current Dialog IF AND ONLY IF the dialog is shown inside of a window. - - - - - A class that represents the settings used by Metro Dialogs. - - - - - Gets/sets the text used for the Affirmative button. For example: "OK" or "Yes". - - - - - Gets/sets the text used for the Negative button. For example: "Cancel" or "No". - - - - - Gets/sets whether the metro dialog should use the default black/white appearance (theme) or try to use the current accent. - - - - - Enable/disable dialog showing animation. - "True" - play showing animation. - "False" - skip showing animation. - - - - - Enable/disable dialog hiding animation - "True" - play hiding animation. - "False" - skip hiding animation. - - - - - Gets/sets the default text( just the inputdialog needed) - - - - - Gets/sets the maximum height. (Default is unlimited height, Double.NaN) - - - - - An enum representing the different choices for a color scheme in a Metro Dialog. - - - - - Creates a LoginDialog inside of the current window. - - The window that is the parent of the dialog. - The title of the LoginDialog. - The message contained within the LoginDialog. - Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - The text that was entered or null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the user cancelled the operation. - - - - Creates a InputDialog inside of the current window. - - The MetroWindow - The title of the MessageDialog. - The message contained within the MessageDialog. - Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - The text that was entered or null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the user cancelled the operation. - - - - Creates a MessageDialog inside of the current window. - - The MetroWindow - The title of the MessageDialog. - The message contained within the MessageDialog. - The type of buttons to use. - Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - A task promising the result of which button was pressed. - - - - Creates a ProgressDialog inside of the current window. - - The MetroWindow - The title of the ProgressDialog. - The message within the ProgressDialog. - Determines if the cancel button is visible. - Optional Settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - A task promising the instance of ProgressDialogController for this operation. - - - - Adds a Metro Dialog instance to the specified window and makes it visible asynchronously. - If you want to wait until the user has closed the dialog, use - You have to close the resulting dialog yourself with . - - The owning window of the dialog. - The dialog instance itself. - An optional pre-defined settings instance. - A task representing the operation. - The is already visible in the window. - - - - Hides a visible Metro Dialog instance. - - The window with the dialog that is visible. - The dialog instance to hide. - An optional pre-defined settings instance. - A task representing the operation. - - The is not visible in the window. - This happens if hasn't been called before. - - - - - Gets the current shown dialog. - - The dialog owner. - - - - InputDialog - - - - - InitializeComponent - - - - - LoginDialog - - - - - InitializeComponent - - - - - An internal control that represents a message dialog. Please use MetroWindow.ShowMessage instead! - - - ProgressDialog - - - - - InitializeComponent - - - - - A class for manipulating an open ProgressDialog. - - - - - Sets the ProgressBar's IsIndeterminate to true. To set it to false, call SetProgress. - - - - - Sets if the Cancel button is visible. - - - - - - Sets the dialog's progress bar value and sets IsIndeterminate to false. - - The percentage to set as the value. - - - - Sets the dialog's message content. - - The message to be set. - - - - Sets the dialog's title. - - The title to be set. - - - - Begins an operation to close the ProgressDialog. - - A task representing the operation. - - - - Gets if the wrapped ProgressDialog is open. - - - - - Gets if the Cancel button has been pressed. - - - - - An implementation of BaseMetroDialog allowing arbitrary content. - - - - - Gets or sets the Content of this control.. - - - - - Reflects the parameter to pass to the CommandProperty upon execution. - - - - - Gets or sets the target element on which to fire the command. - - - - - Get or sets the Command property. - - - - - Gets or sets an extra tag. - - - - - Gets or sets the dimension of children stacking. - - - - - Gets or sets the Content used to generate the icon part. - - - - - Gets or sets the ContentTemplate used to display the content of the icon part. - - - - - Gets/sets the button style. - - - - - Gets/sets the menu style. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush of the button arrow icon. - - - - - Gets/sets the visibility of the button arrow icon. - - - - - A control that imitate a slideshow with back/forward buttons. - - - - - To counteract the double Loaded event issue. - - - - - Changes the current slide to the previous item. - - - - - Changes the current to the next item. - - - - - Brings the control buttons (next/previous) into view. - - - - - Removes the control buttons (next/previous) from view. - - - - - Gets/sets the text that is displayed in the FlipView's banner. - - - - - Gets/sets whether the FlipView's banner is visible. - - - - - A sliding panel control that is hosted in a MetroWindow via a FlyoutsControl. - - - - - - - An event that is raised when IsOpen changes. - - - - - An event that is raised when the closing animation has finished. - - - - - Gets/sets if the title is visible in this flyout. - - - - - Gets/sets if the close button is visible in this flyout. - - - - - An ICommand that executes when the flyout's close button is clicked. - Note that this won't execute when is set to false. - - - - - A DataTemplate for the flyout's header. - - - - - Gets/sets whether this flyout is visible. - - - - - Gets/sets whether this flyout uses the open/close animation when changing the property. (default is true) - - - - - Gets/sets whether this flyout animates the opacity of the flyout when opening/closing. - - - - - Gets/sets whether this flyout stays open when the user clicks outside of it. - - - - - Gets/sets the mouse button that closes the flyout on an external mouse click. - - - - - Gets/sets whether this flyout is modal. - - - - - Gets/sets this flyout's position in the FlyoutsControl/MetroWindow. - - - - - Gets/sets the flyout's header. - - - - - Gets or sets the theme of this flyout. - - - - - Gets or sets the focused element. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the flyout should try focus an element. - - - - - A FlyoutsControl is for displaying flyouts in a MetroWindow. - - - - - - Gets/sets whether is ignored and all flyouts behave as if it was set to the value of this property. - - - - - Gets/sets whether is ignored and all flyouts behave as if it was set false. - - - - - Adapts the Flyout's theme to the theme of its host window. - - - - - Adapts the Flyout's theme to the theme of its host window, but inverted. - This theme can only be applied if the host window's theme abides the "Dark" and "Light" affix convention. - (see for more infos. - - - - - The dark theme. This is the default theme. - - - - - The flyouts theme will match the host window's accent color. - - - - - GlowWindow - - - - - InitializeComponent - - - - - An internal control that represents a message dialog. Please use MetroWindow.ShowMessage instead! - - - MessageDialog - - - - - InitializeComponent - - - - - An enum representing the result of a Message Dialog. - - - - - An enum representing the different button states for a Message Dialog. - - - - - Just "OK" - - - - - "OK" and "Cancel" - - - - - Overrides the text case behavior for certain buttons. - When set to true, the text case will be preserved and won't be changed to upper or lower case. - - - - - DependencyProperty for property. - - - - - The CornerRadius property allows users to control the roundness of the button corners independently by - setting a radius value for each corner. Radius values that are too large are scaled so that they - smoothly blend from corner to corner. (Can be used e.g. at MetroButton style) - Description taken from original Microsoft description :-D - - - - - A helper class that provides various attached properties for the ComboBox control. - - - - - - Gets the Maximum number of characters the TextBox can accept. - - - - - Sets the Maximum number of characters the TextBox can accept. - - - - - Gets the Character casing of the TextBox. - - - - - Sets the Character casing of the TextBox. - - - - - A helper class that provides various controls. - - - - - This property can be used to set the button width (PART_ClearText) of TextBox, PasswordBox, ComboBox - For multiline TextBox, PasswordBox is this the fallback for the clear text button! so it must set manually! - For normal TextBox, PasswordBox the width is the height. - - - - - Sets the brush used to draw the focus border. - - - - - Gets the brush used to draw the focus border. - - - - - Sets the brush used to draw the mouse over brush. - - - - - Gets the brush used to draw the mouse over brush. - - - - - Save the DataGrid. - - - - - Get the DataGrid. - - - - - This property can be used to set vertical scrollbar left side from the tabpanel (look at MetroAnimatedSingleRowTabControl) - - - - - Defines whether the underline below the is shown or not. - - - - - This property can be used to set the Transition for animated TabControls - - - - - A helper class that provides various attached properties for the TextBox control. - - - Password watermarking code from: http://prabu-guru.blogspot.com/2010/06/how-to-add-watermark-text-to-textbox.html - - - - - The clear text button behavior property. It sets a click event to the button if the value is true. - - - - - Indicates if a TextBox or RichTextBox should use SpellCheck context menu - - - - - Gets if the attached TextBox has text. - - - - - Gets the clear text button behavior. - - - - - Sets the clear text button behavior. - - - - - This property can be used to handle the style for CheckBox and RadioButton - LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa - - - - - This property can be used to handle the style for CheckBox and RadioButton - LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa - - - - - A MetroTabControl (Pivot) that wraps TabItem/MetroTabItem headers on a single row. - - - - - A base class for every MetroTabControl (Pivot). - - - - - Get/sets the command that executes when a MetroTabItem's close button is clicked. - - - - - An event that is raised when a TabItem is closed. - - - - - Event args that is created when a TabItem is closed. - - - - - Gets the MetroTabItem that will be closed. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MahApps.Metro.Controls.MetroAnimatedSingleRowTabControl class. - - - - - A MetroTabControl (Pivot) that uses a TransitioningContentControl to animate the contents of a TabItem/MetroTabItem. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MahApps.Metro.Controls.MetroAnimatedTabControl class. - - - - - A reimplementation of NavigationWindow based on MetroWindow. - - - - MetroNavigationWindow - - - - - An extended, metrofied Window class. - - - - - Gets the window placement settings (can be overwritten). - - - - - Begins to show the MetroWindow's overlay effect. - - A task representing the process. - - - - Begins to hide the MetroWindow's overlay effect. - - A task representing the process. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MahApps.Metro.Controls.MetroWindow class. - - - - - Gets the template child with the given name. - - The interface type inheirted from DependencyObject. - The name of the template child. - - - - Gets the template child with the given name. - - The name of the template child. - - - - CleanWindow sets this so it has the correct default window commands brush - - - - - Gets/sets the style for the MIN button style. - - - - - Gets/sets the style for the MAX button style. - - - - - Gets/sets the style for the CLOSE button style. - - - - - Gets/sets whether the window's entrance transition animation is enabled. - - - - - Gets/sets the FlyoutsControl that hosts the window's flyouts. - - - - - Gets/sets the icon content template to show a custom icon. - - - - - Gets/sets the title content template to show a custom title. - - - - - Gets/sets the left window commands that hosts the user commands. - - - - - Gets/sets the right window commands that hosts the user commands. - - - - - Gets/sets whether the window will ignore (and overlap) the taskbar when maximized. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the titlebar's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets whether the window will save it's position between loads. - - - - - Get/sets whether the titlebar icon is visible or not. - - - - - Gets/sets edge mode of the titlebar icon. - - - - - Gets/sets bitmap scaling mode of the titlebar icon. - - - - - Gets/sets whether the TitleBar is visible or not. - - - - - Gets/sets whether the WindowStyle is None or not. - - - - - Gets/sets if the minimize button is visible. - - - - - Gets/sets if the Maximize/Restore button is visible. - - - - - Gets/sets if the close button is visible. - - - - - Gets/sets if the min button is enabled. - - - - - Gets/sets if the max/restore button is enabled. - - - - - Gets/sets if the close button is enabled. - - - - - Gets/sets if the the system menu should popup on right click. - - - - - Gets/sets the TitleBar's height. - - - - - Gets/sets if the TitleBar's text is automatically capitalized. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the Window's title bar. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the Window's glow. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the Window's non-active glow. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the Window's non-active border. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the Window's non-active title bar. - - - - - Gets/sets the TitleBar/Window's Text. - - - - - Adds an entry to back navigation history that contains a CustomContentState object. - - A CustomContentState object that represents application-defined state that is associated with a specific piece of content. - - - - - Removes the most recent journal entry from back history. - - The most recent JournalEntry in back navigation history, if there is one. - - - - - Navigates to the most recent item in back navigation history. - - - - - - Navigates to the most recent item in forward navigation history. - - - - - - Navigates asynchronously to content that is contained by an object. - - An Object that contains the content to navigate to. - true if a navigation is not canceled; otherwise, false. - - - - - Navigates asynchronously to content that is specified by a uniform resource identifier (URI). - - A Uri object initialized with the URI for the desired content. - true if a navigation is not canceled; otherwise, false. - - - - - Navigates asynchronously to content that is contained by an object, and passes an object that contains data to be used for processing during navigation. - - An Object that contains the content to navigate to. - A Object that contains data to be used for processing during navigation. - true if a navigation is not canceled; otherwise, false. - - - - - Navigates asynchronously to source content located at a uniform resource identifier (URI), and pass an object that contains data to be used for processing during navigation. - - A Uri object initialized with the URI for the desired content. - A Object that contains data to be used for processing during navigation. - true if a navigation is not canceled; otherwise, false. - - - - - Stops further downloading of content for the current navigation request. - - - - - - InitializeComponent - - - - - Gets an IEnumerable that you use to enumerate the entries in back navigation history for a NavigationWindow. - - - - - - Gets an IEnumerable that you use to enumerate the entries in back navigation history for a NavigationWindow. - - - - - - Gets the NavigationService that is used by this MetroNavigationWindow to provide navigation services to its content. - - - - - - Gets a value that indicates whether there is at least one entry in back navigation history. - - - - - - Gets a value that indicates whether there is at least one entry in forward navigation history. - - - - - - Gets or sets the base uniform resource identifier (URI) of the current context. - - - - - - Gets or sets the uniform resource identifier (URI) of the current content, or the URI of new content that is currently being navigated to. - - - - - - Occurs when navigation to a content fragment begins, which occurs immediately, if the desired fragment is in the current content, or after the source XAML content has been loaded, if the desired fragment is in different content. - - - - - - Occurs when a new navigation is requested. - - - - - - Occurs when an error is raised while navigating to the requested content. - - - - - - Occurs periodically during a download to provide navigation progress information. - - - - - - Occurs when the StopLoading method is called, or when a new navigation is requested while a current navigation is in progre - - - - - - Occurs when the content that is being navigated to has been found, and is available from the PageContent property, although it may not have completed loading - - - - - - Occurs when content that was navigated to has been loaded, parsed, and has begun rendering. - - - - - - A metrofied ProgressBar. - - - - - - Gets/sets the diameter of the ellipses used in the indeterminate animation. - - - - - Gets/sets the offset of the ellipses used in the indeterminate animation. - - - - - A standard MetroTabControl (Pivot). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MahApps.Metro.Controls.MetroTabControl class. - - - - - An extended TabItem with a metro style. - - - - - Gets/sets whether the Close Button is visible. - - - - - Gets/sets the command that is executed when the Close Button is clicked. - - - - - This class eats little children. - - - - - Sets the IsHitTestVisibleInChromeProperty to a MetroWindow template child - - The MetroWindow. - The name of the template child. - - - - Sets the WindowChrome ResizeGripDirection to a MetroWindow template child. - - The MetroWindow. - The name of the template child. - The direction. - - - - Adapts the WindowCommands to the theme of the first opened, topmost && (top || right || left) flyout - - The MetroWindow - All the flyouts! Or flyouts that fall into the category described in the summary. - An optional brush to reset the window commands brush to. - - - - Represents a Windows spin box (also known as an up-down control) that displays numeric values. - - - - - Called when this element or any below gets focus. - - - - - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call - . - - - - - Raises the routed event. - - - Old value of the property - - - New value of the property - - - - - Event fired from this NumericUpDown when its value has reached the maximum value - - - - - Event fired from this NumericUpDown when its value has reached the minimum value - - - - - Gets or sets the amount of time, in milliseconds, the NumericUpDown waits while the up/down button is pressed - before it starts increasing/decreasing the - for the specified . The value must be - non-negative. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can use the arrow keys and to change values. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can use the mouse wheel to change values. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control must have the focus in order to change values using the mouse wheel. - - If the value is true then the value changes when the mouse wheel is over the control. If the value is false then the value changes only if the control has the focus. If is set to "false" then this property has no effect. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can enter text in the control. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating the culture to be used in string formatting operations. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the +/- button of the control is visible. - - - If the value is false then the of the control can be changed only if one of the following cases is satisfied: - - - is true. - - - is true. - - - is true. - - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text can be changed by the use of the up or down buttons only. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the value to be added to or subtracted from remains - always - or if it will increase faster after pressing the up/down button/arrow some time. - - - - - Gets or sets the formatting for the displaying - - - - - - - - Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the contents of the text box. - - - - - An Enum representing different positions, such as Left or Right. - - - - - AddValueChanged of dependency property descriptor results in memory leak as you already know. - So, as described here, you can create custom class PropertyChangeNotifier to listen - to any dependency property changes. - - This class takes advantage of the fact that bindings use weak references to manage associations - so the class will not root the object who property changes it is watching. It also uses a WeakReference - to maintain a reference to the object whose property it is watching without rooting that object. - In this way, you can maintain a collection of these objects so that you can unhook the property - change later without worrying about that collection rooting the object whose values you are watching. - - Complete implementation can be found here: http://agsmith.wordpress.com/2008/04/07/propertydescriptor-addvaluechanged-alternative/ - - - - - Identifies the dependency property - - - - - Returns/sets the value of the property - - - - - - <MyNamespace:CustomControl1/> - - - - - Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the separators. - - - - - Doesn't overlay flyouts nor a hidden TitleBar. - - - - - Overlays opened controls. - - - - - Overlays a hidden TitleBar. - - - - - Determining Ideal Text Color Based on Specified Background Color - http://www.codeproject.com/KB/GDI-plus/IdealTextColor.aspx - - The bg. - - - - - Converts the value from true to false and false to true. - - - - - Based on Greg Schechter's Planerator - http://blogs.msdn.com/b/greg_schechter/archive/2007/10/26/enter-the-planerator-dead-simple-3d-in-wpf-with-a-stupid-name.aspx - - - - - Event arguments created for the RangeSlider's SelectionChanged event. - - - - - - The value of the new range's beginning. - - - - - The value of the new range's ending. - - - - - A slider control with the ability to select a range between two values. - - - - - Responds to a change in the value of the property. - - The old value of the property.The new value of the property. - - - - Responds to a change in the value of the property. - - The old value of the property.The new value of the property. - - - - Get/sets value how fast thumbs will move when user press on left/right/central with left mouse button (IsMoveToPoint must be set to FALSE) - - - - - Get/sets precision of the value, which displaying inside AutotToolTip - - - - - Get/sets the converter for the tooltip text - - - - - Get/sets tooltip, which will show while dragging thumbs and display currect value - - - - - Get/sets tick placement position - - - - - Get/sets IsMoveToPoint feature which will enable/disable moving to exact point inside control when user clicked on it - - - - - Get/sets tickFrequency - - - - - Get/sets orientation of range slider - - - - - Get/sets whether possibility to make manipulations inside range with left/right mouse buttons + cotrol button - - - - - Get/sets whether possibility to make manipulations inside range with left/right mouse buttons + cotrol button - - - - - Get/sets whether whole range will be moved when press on right/left/central part of control - - - - - Get/sets the minimal distance between two thumbs. - - - - - Get/sets the beginning of the range selection. - - - - - Get/sets the end of the range selection. - - - - - Get/sets the minimum range that can be selected. - - - - - A Button that allows the user to toggle between two states. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the control's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the on-switch's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the off-switch's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the thumb indicator. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the thumb indicator. - - - - - Gets/sets the width of the thumb indicator. - - - - - enumeration for the different transition types - - - - - Use the VisualState DefaultTransition - - - - - Use the VisualState Normal - - - - - Use the VisualState UpTransition - - - - - Use the VisualState DownTransition - - - - - Use the VisualState RightTransition - - - - - Use the VisualState RightReplaceTransition - - - - - Use the VisualState LeftTransition - - - - - Use the VisualState LeftReplaceTransition - - - - - Use a custom VisualState, the name must be set using CustomVisualStatesName property - - - - - A ContentControl that animates content as it loads and unloads. - - - - - Reload the current transition if the content is the same. - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the custom transition visual state. - - - - - Gets/sets if the content is transitioning. - - - - - Helper methods for UI-related tasks. - This class was obtained from Philip Sumi (a fellow WPF Disciples blog) - http://www.hardcodet.net/uploads/2009/06/UIHelper.cs - - - - - Finds a parent of a given item on the visual tree. - - The type of the queried item. - A direct or indirect child of the - queried item. - The first parent item that matches the submitted - type parameter. If not matching item can be found, a null - reference is being returned. - - - - Finds a Child of a given item in the visual tree. - - A direct parent of the queried item. - The type of the queried item. - x:Name or Name of child. - The first parent item that matches the submitted type parameter. - If not matching item can be found, - a null parent is being returned. - - - - This method is an alternative to WPF's - method, which also - supports content elements. Keep in mind that for content element, - this method falls back to the logical tree of the element! - - The item to be processed. - The submitted item's parent, if available. Otherwise - null. - - - - Analyzes both visual and logical tree in order to find all elements of a given - type that are descendants of the item. - - The type of the queried items. - The root element that marks the source of the search. If the - source is already of the requested type, it will not be included in the result. - Sometimes it's better to search in the VisualTree (e.g. in tests) - All descendants of that match the requested type. - - - - This method is an alternative to WPF's - method, which also - supports content elements. Keep in mind that for content elements, - this method falls back to the logical tree of the element. - - The item to be processed. - Sometimes it's better to search in the VisualTree (e.g. in tests) - The submitted item's child elements, if available. - - - - Tries to locate a given item within the visual tree, - starting with the dependency object at a given position. - - The type of the element to be found - on the visual tree of the element at the given location. - The main element which is used to perform - hit testing. - The position to be evaluated on the origin. - - - - Converts a String into a Visibility enumeration (and back) - The FalseEquivalent can be declared with the "FalseEquivalent" property - - - - - Initialize the properties with standard values - - - - - FalseEquivalent (default : Visibility.Collapsed => see Constructor) - - - - - Define whether the opposite boolean value is crucial (default : false) - - - - IID_IApplicationAssociationRegistration - - - IID_IConnectionPoint - - - IID_IConnectionPointContainer - - - IID_IEnumConnectionPoints - - - IID_IEnumConnections - - - IID_IEnumIDList - - - IID_IEnumObjects - - - IID_IFileDialog - - - IID_IFileDialogEvents - - - IID_IFileOpenDialog - - - IID_IFileSaveDialog - - - IID_IHTMLDocument - - - IID_IHTMLDocument2 - - - IID_IModalWindow - - - IID_IObjectArray - - - IID_IObjectCollection - - - IID_IPropertyNotifySink - - - IID_IPropertyStore - - - IID_IServiceProvider - - - IID_IShellFolder - - - IID_IShellLink - - - IID_IShellItem - - - IID_IShellItem2 - - - IID_IShellItemArray - - - IID_ITaskbarList - - - IID_ITaskbarList2 - - - IID_IUnknown - - - IID_IWebBrowser2 - - - DIID_DWebBrowserEvents - - - IID_DWebBrowserEvents2 - - - IID_IWICBitmapDecoder - - - IID_IWICBitmapFlipRotator - - - IID_IWICBitmapFrameDecode - - - IID_IWICBitmap - - - IID_IWICBitmapSource - - - IID_IWICFormatConverter - - - IID_IWICImagingFactory - - - IID_IWICStream - - - IID_IApplicationDestinations - - - IID_IApplicationDocumentLists - - - IID_ICustomDestinationList - - - IID_IObjectWithAppUserModelID - - - IID_IObjectWithProgID - - - IID_ITaskbarList3 - - - IID_ITaskbarList4 - - - SID_SWebBrowserApp - - - CLSID_ApplicationAssociationRegistration - IID_IApplicationAssociationRegistration - - - CLSID_DragDropHelper - - - CLSID_FileOpenDialog - IID_IFileOpenDialog - - - CLSID_FileSaveDialog - IID_IFileSaveDialog - - - CLSID_TaskbarList - IID_ITaskbarList - - - CLSID_EnumerableObjectCollection - IID_IEnumObjects. - - - CLSID_ShellLink - IID_IShellLink - - - CLSID_WICImagingFactory - - - CLSID_DestinationList - IID_ICustomDestinationList - - - CLSID_ApplicationDestinations - IID_IApplicationDestinations - - - CLSID_ApplicationDocumentLists - IID_IApplicationDocumentLists - - - A static class for verifying assumptions. - - - - Executes the specified argument. - - The function to execute. - - - Obsolete: Use Standard.Assert.AreEqual instead of Assert.Equals - The generic type to compare for equality. - The first generic type data to compare. This is is the expected value. - The second generic type data to compare. This is the actual value. - - - - Verifies that two generic type data are equal. The assertion fails if they are not. - - The generic type to compare for equality. - The first generic type data to compare. This is is the expected value. - The second generic type data to compare. This is the actual value. - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - Verifies that two generic type data are not equal. The assertion fails if they are. - - The generic type to compare for inequality. - The first generic type data to compare. This is is the value that's not expected. - The second generic type data to compare. This is the actual value. - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - Verifies that if the specified condition is true, then so is the result. - The assertion fails if the condition is true but the result is false. - - if set to true [condition]. - - A second Boolean statement. If the first was true then so must this be. - If the first statement was false then the value of this is ignored. - - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - Lazy evaluation overload. Verifies that if a condition is true, then so is a secondary value. - - The conditional value. - A function to be evaluated for truth if the condition argument is true. - - This overload only evaluates the result if the first condition is true. - - - - - Verifies that a string has content. I.e. it is not null and it is not empty. - - The string to verify. - - - - Verifies that a string has content. I.e. it is not null and it is not purely whitespace. - - The string to verify. - - - - Verifies the specified value is not null. The assertion fails if it is. - - The generic reference type. - The value to check for nullness. - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - Verifies that the specified condition is false. The assertion fails if it is true. - - The expression that should be false. - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - Verifies that the specified condition is false. The assertion fails if it is true. - - The expression that should be false. - The message to display if the condition is true. - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - Verifies that the specified condition is true. The assertion fails if it is not. - - A condition that is expected to be true. - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - Verifies that the specified condition is true. The assertion fails if it is not. - - A condition that is expected to be true. - The message to write in case the condition is false. - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - This line should never be executed. The assertion always fails. - - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - This line should never be executed. The assertion always fails. - - The message to display if this function is executed. - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - Verifies that the specified object is null. The assertion fails if it is not. - - The item to verify is null. - - - - Verifies that the specified value is within the expected range. The assertion fails if it isn't. - - The lower bound inclusive value. - The value to verify. - The upper bound inclusive value. - - - - Verifies that the specified value is within the expected range. The assertion fails if it isn't. - - The lower bound inclusive value. - The value to verify. - The upper bound exclusive value. - - - - Verify the current thread's apartment state is what's expected. The assertion fails if it isn't - - - The expected apartment state for the current thread. - - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - A function signature for Assert.Evaluate. - - - A function signature for Assert.Implies. - Returns the truth of a predicate. - - - - DoubleUtil uses fixed eps to provide fuzzy comparison functionality for doubles. - Note that FP noise is a big problem and using any of these compare - methods is not a complete solution, but rather the way to reduce - the probability of repeating unnecessary work. - - - - - Epsilon - more or less random, more or less small number. - - - - - AreClose returns whether or not two doubles are "close". That is, whether or - not they are within epsilon of each other. - There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which - are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this - returns false. - - The first double to compare. - The second double to compare. - The result of the AreClose comparision. - - - - LessThan returns whether or not the first double is less than the second double. - That is, whether or not the first is strictly less than *and* not within epsilon of - the other number. - There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which - are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this - returns false. - - The first double to compare. - The second double to compare. - The result of the LessThan comparision. - - - - GreaterThan returns whether or not the first double is greater than the second double. - That is, whether or not the first is strictly greater than *and* not within epsilon of - the other number. - There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which - are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this - returns false. - - The first double to compare. - The second double to compare. - The result of the GreaterThan comparision. - - - - LessThanOrClose returns whether or not the first double is less than or close to - the second double. That is, whether or not the first is strictly less than or within - epsilon of the other number. - There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which - are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this - returns false. - - The first double to compare. - The second double to compare. - The result of the LessThanOrClose comparision. - - - - GreaterThanOrClose returns whether or not the first double is greater than or close to - the second double. That is, whether or not the first is strictly greater than or within - epsilon of the other number. - There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which - are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this - returns false. - - The first double to compare. - The second double to compare. - The result of the GreaterThanOrClose comparision. - - - - Test to see if a double is a finite number (is not NaN or Infinity). - - The value to test. - Whether or not the value is a finite number. - - - - Test to see if a double a valid size value (is finite and > 0). - - The value to test. - Whether or not the value is a valid size value. - - - - Convert a point in device independent pixels (1/96") to a point in the system coordinates. - - A point in the logical coordinate system. - Returns the parameter converted to the system's coordinates. - - - - Convert a point in system coordinates to a point in device independent pixels (1/96"). - - A point in the physical coordinate system. - Returns the parameter converted to the device independent coordinate system. - - - - Wrapper for common Win32 status codes. - - - - The operation completed successfully. - - - Incorrect function. - - - The system cannot find the file specified. - - - The system cannot find the path specified. - - - The system cannot open the file. - - - Access is denied. - - - The handle is invalid. - - - Not enough storage is available to complete this operation. - - - There are no more files. - - - The process cannot access the file because it is being used by another process. - - - The parameter is incorrect. - - - The data area passed to a system call is too small. - - - Cannot nest calls to LoadModule. - - - Illegal operation attempted on a registry key that has been marked for deletion. - - - Element not found. - - - There was no match for the specified key in the index. - - - An invalid device was specified. - - - The operation was canceled by the user. - - - Cannot find window class. - - - The window class was already registered. - - - The specified datatype is invalid. - - - - Create a new Win32 error. - - The integer value of the error. - - - Performs HRESULT_FROM_WIN32 conversion. - The Win32 error being converted to an HRESULT. - The equivilent HRESULT value. - - - Performs HRESULT_FROM_WIN32 conversion. - The equivilent HRESULT value. - - - Performs the equivalent of Win32's GetLastError() - A Win32Error instance with the result of the native GetLastError - - - - Compare two Win32 error codes for equality. - - The first error code to compare. - The second error code to compare. - Whether the two error codes are the same. - - - - Compare two Win32 error codes for inequality. - - The first error code to compare. - The second error code to compare. - Whether the two error codes are not the same. - - - FACILITY_NULL - - - FACILITY_RPC - - - FACILITY_DISPATCH - - - FACILITY_STORAGE - - - FACILITY_ITF - - - FACILITY_WIN32 - - - FACILITY_WINDOWS - - - FACILITY_CONTROL - - - MSDN doced facility code for ESE errors. - - - FACILITY_WINCODEC (WIC) - - - Wrapper for HRESULT status codes. - - - S_OK - - - S_FALSE - - - E_PENDING - - - E_NOTIMPL - - - E_NOINTERFACE - - - E_POINTER - - - E_ABORT - - - E_FAIL - - - E_UNEXPECTED - - - STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION - - - REGDB_E_CLASSNOTREG - - - DESTS_E_NO_MATCHING_ASSOC_HANDLER. Win7 internal error code for Jump Lists. - There is no Assoc Handler for the given item registered by the specified application. - - - DESTS_E_NORECDOCS. Win7 internal error code for Jump Lists. - The given item is excluded from the recent docs folder by the NoRecDocs bit on its registration. - - - DESTS_E_NOTALLCLEARED. Win7 internal error code for Jump Lists. - Not all of the items were successfully cleared - - - E_ACCESSDENIED - Win32Error ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED. - - - E_OUTOFMEMORY - Win32Error ERROR_OUTOFMEMORY. - - - E_INVALIDARG - Win32Error ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER. - - - INTSAFE_E_ARITHMETIC_OVERFLOW - - - COR_E_OBJECTDISPOSED - - - WC_E_GREATERTHAN - - - WC_E_SYNTAX - - - - Create an HRESULT from an integer value. - - - - - - Convert an HRESULT to an int. Used for COM interface declarations out of our control. - - - - - Get a string representation of this HRESULT. - - - - - - Convert the result of Win32 GetLastError() into a raised exception. - - - - - retrieve HRESULT_FACILITY - - - - - retrieve HRESULT_CODE - - - - - HIGHCONTRAST flags - - - - - DROPIMAGE_* - - - - - BITMAPINFOHEADER Compression type. BI_*. - - - - - CombingRgn flags. RGN_* - - - - - Creates the intersection of the two combined regions. - - - - - Creates the union of two combined regions. - - - - - Creates the union of two combined regions except for any overlapping areas. - - - - - Combines the parts of hrgnSrc1 that are not part of hrgnSrc2. - - - - - Creates a copy of the region identified by hrgnSrc1. - - - - - For IWebBrowser2. OLECMDEXECOPT_* - - - - - For IWebBrowser2. OLECMDF_* - - - - - For IWebBrowser2. OLECMDID_* - - - - - For IWebBrowser2. READYSTATE_* - - - - - DATAOBJ_GET_ITEM_FLAGS. DOGIF_*. - - - - Use the system default, which is to display all error dialog boxes. - - - - The system does not display the critical-error-handler message box. - Instead, the system sends the error to the calling process. - - - - - 64-bit Windows: The system automatically fixes memory alignment faults and makes them - invisible to the application. It does this for the calling process and any descendant processes. - After this value is set for a process, subsequent attempts to clear the value are ignored. - - - - - The system does not display the general-protection-fault message box. - This flag should only be set by debugging applications that handle general - protection (GP) faults themselves with an exception handler. - - - - - The system does not display a message box when it fails to find a file. - Instead, the error is returned to the calling process. - - - - - Non-client hit test values, HT* - - - - - GetClassLongPtr values, GCLP_* - - - - - GetWindowLongPtr values, GWL_* - - - - - SystemMetrics. SM_* - - - - - SystemParameterInfo values, SPI_* - - - - - SystemParameterInfo flag values, SPIF_* - - - - - CS_* - - - - - WindowStyle values, WS_* - - - - - Window message values, WM_* - - - - - Window style extended values, WS_EX_* - - - - - GetDeviceCaps nIndex values. - - - - Number of bits per pixel - - - - - Number of planes - - - - - Logical pixels inch in X - - - - - Logical pixels inch in Y - - - - - "FILEOP_FLAGS", FOF_*. - - - - - EnableMenuItem uEnable values, MF_* - - - - - Possible return value for EnableMenuItem - - - - Specifies the type of visual style attribute to set on a window. - - - Non-client area window attributes will be set. - - - - DWMFLIP3DWINDOWPOLICY. DWMFLIP3D_* - - - - - DWMNCRENDERINGPOLICY. DWMNCRP_* - - - - - DWMWINDOWATTRIBUTE. DWMWA_* - - - - - WindowThemeNonClientAttributes - - - - Prevents the window caption from being drawn. - - - Prevents the system icon from being drawn. - - - Prevents the system icon menu from appearing. - - - Prevents mirroring of the question mark, even in right-to-left (RTL) layout. - - - A mask that contains all the valid bits. - - - - SetWindowPos options - - - - - ShowWindow options - - - - - SCF_ISSECURE - - - - - GDI+ Status codes - - - - - MSGFLT_*. New in Vista. Realiased in Windows 7. - - - - - Shell_NotifyIcon messages. NIM_* - - - - - SHAddToRecentDocuments flags. SHARD_* - - - - - Shell_NotifyIcon flags. NIF_* - - - - - Vista only. - - - - - Vista only. - - - - - Shell_NotifyIcon info flags. NIIF_* - - - - XP SP2 and later. - - - XP and later. - - - Vista and later. - - - Windows 7 and later - - - XP and later. Native version called NIIF_ICON_MASK. - - - - AC_* - - - - - The state of the icon. There are two flags that can be set independently. - NIS_HIDDEN = 1. The icon is hidden. - NIS_SHAREDICON = 2. The icon is shared. - - - - The idlist for the shell item that should be added to the recent docs folder. - - - The id of the application that should be associated with this recent doc. - - - Defines options that are used to set window visual style attributes. - - - - A combination of flags that modify window visual style attributes. - Can be a combination of the WTNCA constants. - - - - - A bitmask that describes how the values specified in dwFlags should be applied. - If the bit corresponding to a value in dwFlags is 0, that flag will be removed. - If the bit is 1, the flag will be added. - - - - Width of left border that retains its size. - - - Width of right border that retains its size. - - - Height of top border that retains its size. - - - Height of bottom border that retains its size. - - - - initialize this field using: Marshal.SizeOf(typeof(APPBARDATA)); - - - - Delegate declaration that matches native WndProc signatures. - - - Delegate declaration that matches managed WndProc signatures. - - - - Sets attributes to control how visual styles are applied to a specified window. - - - Handle to a window to apply changes to. - - - Value of type WINDOWTHEMEATTRIBUTETYPE that specifies the type of attribute to set. - The value of this parameter determines the type of data that should be passed in the pvAttribute parameter. - Can be the following value: - WTA_NONCLIENT (Specifies non-client related attributes). - pvAttribute must be a pointer of type WTA_OPTIONS. - - - A pointer that specifies attributes to set. Type is determined by the value of the eAttribute value. - - - Specifies the size, in bytes, of the data pointed to by pvAttribute. - - - - Overload of SystemParametersInfo for getting and setting NONCLIENTMETRICS. - - - Overload of SystemParametersInfo for getting and setting HIGHCONTRAST. - - - - Sets the User Model AppID for the current process, enabling Windows to retrieve this ID - - - - - - Retrieves the User Model AppID that has been explicitly set for the current process via SetCurrentProcessExplicitAppUserModelID - - - - - ASSOCIATIONLEVEL, AL_* - - - ASSOCIATIONTYPE, AT_* - - - FileDialog AddPlace options. FDAP_* - - - IFileDialog options. FOS_* - - - FDE_OVERWRITE_RESPONSE. FDEOR_* - - - FDE_SHAREVIOLATION_RESPONSE. FDESVR_* - - - ShellItem attribute flags. SIATTRIBFLAGS_* - - - - Flags for SetTabProperties. STPF_* - - The native enum was called STPFLAG. - - - - Flags for Setting Taskbar Progress state. TBPF_* - - - The native enum was called TBPFLAG. - - - - - THUMBBUTTON mask. THB_* - - - - - THUMBBUTTON flags. THBF_* - - - - - GetPropertyStoreFlags. GPS_*. - - - These are new for Vista, but are used in downlevel components - - - - - KNOWNDESTCATEGORY. KDC_* - - - - Objects can be copied - DROPEFFECT_COPY - - - Objects can be moved - DROPEFFECT_MOVE - - - Objects can be linked - - DROPEFFECT_LINK. - - If this bit is set on an item in the shell folder, a - 'Create Shortcut' menu item will be added to the File - menu and context menus for the item. If the user selects - that command, your IContextMenu::InvokeCommand() will be called - with 'link'. - That flag will also be used to determine if 'Create Shortcut' - should be added when the item in your folder is dragged to another - folder. - - - - supports BindToObject(IID_IStorage) - - - Objects can be renamed - - - Objects can be deleted - - - Objects have property sheets - - - Objects are drop target - - - Object is encrypted (use alt color) - - - 'Slow' object - - - Ghosted icon - - - Shortcut (link) - - - Shared - - - Read-only - - - Hidden object - - - May contain children with SFGAO_FILESYSTEM - - - Support BindToObject(IID_IShellFolder) - - - Is a win32 file system object (file/folder/root) - - - May contain children with SFGAO_FOLDER (may be slow) - - - Invalidate cached information (may be slow) - - - Is this removeable media? - - - Object is compressed (use alt color) - - - Supports IShellFolder, but only implements CreateViewObject() (non-folder view) - - - Is a non-enumerated object (should be hidden) - - - Should show bold in explorer tree - - - Obsolete - - - Obsolete - - - Supports BindToObject(IID_IStream) - - - May contain children with SFGAO_STORAGE or SFGAO_STREAM - - - For determining storage capabilities, ie for open/save semantics - - - - Attributes that are masked out for PKEY_SFGAOFlags because they are considered - to cause slow calculations or lack context - (SFGAO_VALIDATE | SFGAO_ISSLOW | SFGAO_HASSUBFOLDER and others) - - - - - IShellFolder::EnumObjects grfFlags bits. Also called SHCONT - - - - - IShellFolder::GetDisplayNameOf/SetNameOf uFlags. Also called SHGDNF. - - - For compatibility with SIGDN, these bits must all sit in the LOW word. - - - - - SHELLITEMCOMPAREHINTF. SICHINT_*. - - - - iOrder based on display in a folder view - - - exact instance compare - - - iOrder based on canonical name (better performance) - - - - ShellItem enum. SIGDN_*. - - - - - STR_GPS_* - - - When requesting a property store through IShellFolder, you can specify the equivalent of - GPS_DEFAULT by passing in a null IBindCtx parameter. - - You can specify the equivalent of GPS_READWRITE by passing a mode of STGM_READWRITE | STGM_EXCLUSIVE - in the bind context - - Here are the string versions of GPS_ flags, passed to IShellFolder::BindToObject() via IBindCtx::RegisterObjectParam() - These flags are valid when requesting an IPropertySetStorage or IPropertyStore handler - - The meaning of these flags are described above. - - There is no STR_ equivalent for GPS_TEMPORARY because temporary property stores - are provided by IShellItem2 only -- not by the underlying IShellFolder. - - - - - WPARAM value for a THUMBBUTTON being clicked. - - - - fmtid - - - pid - - - PKEY_Title - - - PKEY_AppUserModel_ID - - - PKEY_AppUserModel_IsDestListSeparator - - - PKEY_AppUserModel_RelaunchCommand - - - PKEY_AppUserModel_RelaunchDisplayNameResource - - - PKEY_AppUserModel_RelaunchIconResource - - - Unknown Object Array - - - - Shell Namespace helper - - - - - Shell Namespace helper 2 - - - - - This function must be called first to validate use of other members. - - - - - This function adds a tab for hwnd to the taskbar. - - The HWND for which to add the tab. - - - - This function deletes a tab for hwnd from the taskbar. - - The HWND for which the tab is to be deleted. - - - - This function activates the tab associated with hwnd on the taskbar. - - The HWND for which the tab is to be actuvated. - - - - This function marks hwnd in the taskbar as the active tab. - - The HWND to activate. - - - - Marks a window as full-screen. - - The handle of the window to be marked. - A Boolean value marking the desired full-screen status of the window. - - Setting the value of fFullscreen to true, the Shell treats this window as a full-screen window, and the taskbar - is moved to the bottom of the z-order when this window is active. Setting the value of fFullscreen to false - removes the full-screen marking, but does not cause the Shell to treat the window as though it were - definitely not full-screen. With a false fFullscreen value, the Shell depends on its automatic detection facility - to specify how the window should be treated, possibly still flagging the window as full-screen. - - - - - Allows an application to retrieve the most recent and frequent documents opened in that app, as reported via SHAddToRecentDocs - - - - - Set the App User Model ID for the application retrieving this list. If an AppID is not provided via this method, - the system will use a heuristically determined ID. This method must be called before GetList. - - App Id. - - - - Retrieve an IEnumObjects or IObjectArray for IShellItems and/or IShellLinks. - Items may appear in both the frequent and recent lists. - - - - - - Provides access to the App User Model ID on objects supporting this value. - - - - - Provides access to the ProgID associated with an object - - - - - Wraps an IStream interface pointer from COM into a form consumable by .Net. - - - This implementation is immutable, though it's possible that the underlying - stream can be changed in another context. - - - - - Wraps a native IStream interface into a CLR Stream subclass. - - - The stream that this object wraps. - - - Note that the parameter is passed by ref. On successful creation it is - zeroed out to the caller. This object becomes responsible for the lifetime - management of the wrapped IStream. - - - - - Wraps a managed stream instance into an interface pointer consumable by COM. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the ManagedIStream class with the specified managed Stream object. - - - The stream that this IStream reference is wrapping. - - - - - Creates a new stream object with its own seek pointer that - references the same bytes as the original stream. - - - When this method returns, contains the new stream object. This parameter is passed uninitialized. - - - For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::Clone in the MSDN library. - This class doesn't implement Clone. A COMException is thrown if it is used. - - - - - Ensures that any changes made to a stream object that is open in transacted - mode are reflected in the parent storage. - - - A value that controls how the changes for the stream object are committed. - - - For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::Commit in the MSDN library. - - - - - Copies a specified number of bytes from the current seek pointer in the - stream to the current seek pointer in another stream. - - - A reference to the destination stream. - - - The number of bytes to copy from the source stream. - - - On successful return, contains the actual number of bytes read from the source. - (Note the native signature is to a ULARGE_INTEGER*, so 64 bits are written - to this parameter on success.) - - - On successful return, contains the actual number of bytes written to the destination. - (Note the native signature is to a ULARGE_INTEGER*, so 64 bits are written - to this parameter on success.) - - - - - Restricts access to a specified range of bytes in the stream. - - - The byte offset for the beginning of the range. - - - The length of the range, in bytes, to restrict. - - - The requested restrictions on accessing the range. - - - For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::LockRegion in the MSDN library. - This class doesn't implement LockRegion. A COMException is thrown if it is used. - - - - - Reads a specified number of bytes from the stream object into memory starting at the current seek pointer. - - - When this method returns, contains the data read from the stream. This parameter is passed uninitialized. - - - The number of bytes to read from the stream object. - - - A pointer to a ULONG variable that receives the actual number of bytes read from the stream object. - - - For more information, see the existing documentation for ISequentialStream::Read in the MSDN library. - - - - - Discards all changes that have been made to a transacted stream since the last Commit call. - - - This class doesn't implement Revert. A COMException is thrown if it is used. - - - - - Changes the seek pointer to a new location relative to the beginning of the - stream, to the end of the stream, or to the current seek pointer. - - - The displacement to add to dwOrigin. - - - The origin of the seek. The origin can be the beginning of the file, the current seek pointer, or the end of the file. - - - On successful return, contains the offset of the seek pointer from the beginning of the stream. - (Note the native signature is to a ULARGE_INTEGER*, so 64 bits are written - to this parameter on success.) - - - For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::Seek in the MSDN library. - - - - - Changes the size of the stream object. - - - The new size of the stream as a number of bytes. - - - For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::SetSize in the MSDN library. - - - - - Retrieves the STATSTG structure for this stream. - - - When this method returns, contains a STATSTG structure that describes this stream object. - This parameter is passed uninitialized. - - - Members in the STATSTG structure that this method does not return, thus saving some memory allocation operations. - - - - - Removes the access restriction on a range of bytes previously restricted with the LockRegion method. - - The byte offset for the beginning of the range. - - - The length, in bytes, of the range to restrict. - - - The access restrictions previously placed on the range. - - - For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::UnlockRegion in the MSDN library. - This class doesn't implement UnlockRegion. A COMException is thrown if it is used. - - - - - Writes a specified number of bytes into the stream object starting at the current seek pointer. - - - The buffer to write this stream to. - - - The number of bytes to write to the stream. - - - On successful return, contains the actual number of bytes written to the stream object. - If the caller sets this pointer to null, this method does not provide the actual number - of bytes written. - - - - - Releases resources controlled by this object. - - - Dispose can be called multiple times, but trying to use the object - after it has been disposed will generally throw ObjectDisposedExceptions. - - - - - Wrapper around File.Copy to provide feedback as to whether the file wasn't copied because it didn't exist. - - - - - - Simple guard against the exceptions that File.Delete throws on null and empty strings. - - The path to delete. Unlike File.Delete, this can be null or empty. - - Note that File.Delete, and by extension SafeDeleteFile, does not throw an exception - if the file does not exist. - - - - - Utility to help classes catenate their properties for implementing ToString(). - - The StringBuilder to catenate the results into. - The name of the property to be catenated. - The value of the property to be catenated. - - - - Generates ToString functionality for a struct. This is an expensive way to do it, - it exists for the sake of debugging while classes are in flux. - Eventually this should just be removed and the classes should - do this without reflection. - - - - - - - - Encodes a URL string. Duplicated functionality from System.Web.HttpUtility.UrlEncode. - - - - - Duplicated from System.Web.HttpUtility because System.Web isn't part of the client profile. - URL Encoding replaces ' ' with '+' and unsafe ASCII characters with '%XX'. - Safe characters are defined in RFC2396 (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2396.txt). - They are the 7-bit ASCII alphanumerics and the mark characters "-_.!~*'()". - This implementation does not treat '~' as a safe character to be consistent with the System.Web version. - - - - GDI's DeleteObject - - - GDI+'s DisposeImage - - - - From a list of BitmapFrames find the one that best matches the requested dimensions. - The methods used here are copied from Win32 sources. We want to be consistent with - system behaviors. - - - Convert a native integer that represent a color with an alpha channel into a Color struct. - The integer that represents the color. Its bits are of the format 0xAARRGGBB. - A Color representation of the parameter. - - - - A static class for retail validated assertions. - Instead of breaking into the debugger an exception is thrown. - - - - - Ensure that the current thread's apartment state is what's expected. - - - The required apartment state for the current thread. - - - The message string for the exception to be thrown if the state is invalid. - - - Thrown if the calling thread's apartment state is not the same as the requiredState. - - - - - Ensure that an argument is neither null nor empty. - - The string to validate. - The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. - - - - Ensure that an argument is neither null nor does it consist only of whitespace. - - The string to validate. - The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. - - - Verifies that an argument is not null. - Type of the object to validate. Must be a class. - The object to validate. - The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. - - - Verifies that an argument is not null. - Type of the object to validate. Must be a class. - The object to validate. - The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. - - - Verifies that an argument is null. - Type of the object to validate. Must be a class. - The object to validate. - The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. - - - - Verifies the specified statement is true. Throws an ArgumentException if it's not. - - The statement to be verified as true. - Name of the parameter to include in the ArgumentException. - The message to include in the ArgumentException. - - - - Verifies that the specified value is within the expected range. The assertion fails if it isn't. - - The lower bound inclusive value. - The value to verify. - The upper bound exclusive value. - The name of the parameter that caused the current exception. - - - Display the system menu at a specified location. - The MetroWindow - The location to display the system menu, in logical screen coordinates. - - - - Private constructor. The public way to access this class is through the static Current property. - - - - The extent of the top of the window to treat as the caption. - - - The Window that's chrome is being modified. - - - Underlying HWND for the _window. - - - Object that describes the current modifications being made to the chrome. - - - - This method handles the window size if the taskbar is set to auto-hide. - - - - Add and remove a native WindowStyle from the HWND. - The styles to be removed. These can be bitwise combined. - The styles to be added. These can be bitwise combined. - Whether the styles of the HWND were modified as a result of this call. - - - - Get the WindowState as the native HWND knows it to be. This isn't necessarily the same as what Window thinks. - - - - - Get the bounding rectangle for the window in physical coordinates. - - The bounding rectangle for the window. - - - - Update the items in the system menu based on the current, or assumed, WindowState. - - - The state to assume that the Window is in. This can be null to query the Window's state. - - - We want to update the menu while we have some control over whether the caption will be repainted. - - - - - Matrix of the HT values to return when responding to NC window messages. - - - - - Is this using WPF4? - - - There are a few specific bugs in Window in 3.5SP1 and below that require workarounds - when handling WM_NCCALCSIZE on the HWND. - - - - A borderless window lost his animation, with this we bring it back. - - - - Windows Messages - Defined in winuser.h from Windows SDK v6.1 - Documentation pulled from MSDN. - - - - - The WM_NULL message performs no operation. An application sends the WM_NULL message if it wants to post a message that the recipient window will ignore. - - - - - The WM_CREATE message is sent when an application requests that a window be created by calling the CreateWindowEx or CreateWindow function. (The message is sent before the function returns.) The window procedure of the new window receives this message after the window is created, but before the window becomes visible. - - - - - The WM_DESTROY message is sent when a window is being destroyed. It is sent to the window procedure of the window being destroyed after the window is removed from the screen. - This message is sent first to the window being destroyed and then to the child windows (if any) as they are destroyed. During the processing of the message, it can be assumed that all child windows still exist. - /// - - - - The WM_MOVE message is sent after a window has been moved. - - - - - The WM_SIZE message is sent to a window after its size has changed. - - - - - The WM_ACTIVATE message is sent to both the window being activated and the window being deactivated. If the windows use the same input queue, the message is sent synchronously, first to the window procedure of the top-level window being deactivated, then to the window procedure of the top-level window being activated. If the windows use different input queues, the message is sent asynchronously, so the window is activated immediately. - - - - - The WM_SETFOCUS message is sent to a window after it has gained the keyboard focus. - - - - - The WM_KILLFOCUS message is sent to a window immediately before it loses the keyboard focus. - - - - - The WM_ENABLE message is sent when an application changes the enabled state of a window. It is sent to the window whose enabled state is changing. This message is sent before the EnableWindow function returns, but after the enabled state (WS_DISABLED style bit) of the window has changed. - - - - - An application sends the WM_SETREDRAW message to a window to allow changes in that window to be redrawn or to prevent changes in that window from being redrawn. - - - - - An application sends a WM_SETTEXT message to set the text of a window. - - - - - An application sends a WM_GETTEXT message to copy the text that corresponds to a window into a buffer provided by the caller. - - - - - An application sends a WM_GETTEXTLENGTH message to determine the length, in characters, of the text associated with a window. - - - - - The WM_PAINT message is sent when the system or another application makes a request to paint a portion of an application's window. The message is sent when the UpdateWindow or RedrawWindow function is called, or by the DispatchMessage function when the application obtains a WM_PAINT message by using the GetMessage or PeekMessage function. - - - - - The WM_CLOSE message is sent as a signal that a window or an application should terminate. - - - - - The WM_QUERYENDSESSION message is sent when the user chooses to end the session or when an application calls one of the system shutdown functions. If any application returns zero, the session is not ended. The system stops sending WM_QUERYENDSESSION messages as soon as one application returns zero. - After processing this message, the system sends the WM_ENDSESSION message with the wParam parameter set to the results of the WM_QUERYENDSESSION message. - - - - - The WM_QUERYOPEN message is sent to an icon when the user requests that the window be restored to its previous size and position. - - - - - The WM_ENDSESSION message is sent to an application after the system processes the results of the WM_QUERYENDSESSION message. The WM_ENDSESSION message informs the application whether the session is ending. - - - - - The WM_QUIT message indicates a request to terminate an application and is generated when the application calls the PostQuitMessage function. It causes the GetMessage function to return zero. - - - - - The WM_ERASEBKGND message is sent when the window background must be erased (for example, when a window is resized). The message is sent to prepare an invalidated portion of a window for painting. - - - - - This message is sent to all top-level windows when a change is made to a system color setting. - - - - - The WM_SHOWWINDOW message is sent to a window when the window is about to be hidden or shown. - - - - - An application sends the WM_WININICHANGE message to all top-level windows after making a change to the WIN.INI file. The SystemParametersInfo function sends this message after an application uses the function to change a setting in WIN.INI. - Note The WM_WININICHANGE message is provided only for compatibility with earlier versions of the system. Applications should use the WM_SETTINGCHANGE message. - - - - - An application sends the WM_WININICHANGE message to all top-level windows after making a change to the WIN.INI file. The SystemParametersInfo function sends this message after an application uses the function to change a setting in WIN.INI. - Note The WM_WININICHANGE message is provided only for compatibility with earlier versions of the system. Applications should use the WM_SETTINGCHANGE message. - - - - - The WM_DEVMODECHANGE message is sent to all top-level windows whenever the user changes device-mode settings. - - - - - The WM_ACTIVATEAPP message is sent when a window belonging to a different application than the active window is about to be activated. The message is sent to the application whose window is being activated and to the application whose window is being deactivated. - - - - - An application sends the WM_FONTCHANGE message to all top-level windows in the system after changing the pool of font resources. - - - - - A message that is sent whenever there is a change in the system time. - - - - - The WM_CANCELMODE message is sent to cancel certain modes, such as mouse capture. For example, the system sends this message to the active window when a dialog box or message box is displayed. Certain functions also send this message explicitly to the specified window regardless of whether it is the active window. For example, the EnableWindow function sends this message when disabling the specified window. - - - - - The WM_SETCURSOR message is sent to a window if the mouse causes the cursor to move within a window and mouse input is not captured. - - - - - The WM_MOUSEACTIVATE message is sent when the cursor is in an inactive window and the user presses a mouse button. The parent window receives this message only if the child window passes it to the DefWindowProc function. - - - - - The WM_CHILDACTIVATE message is sent to a child window when the user clicks the window's title bar or when the window is activated, moved, or sized. - - - - - The WM_QUEUESYNC message is sent by a computer-based training (CBT) application to separate user-input messages from other messages sent through the WH_JOURNALPLAYBACK Hook procedure. - - - - - The WM_GETMINMAXINFO message is sent to a window when the size or position of the window is about to change. An application can use this message to override the window's default maximized size and position, or its default minimum or maximum tracking size. - - - - - Windows NT 3.51 and earlier: The WM_PAINTICON message is sent to a minimized window when the icon is to be painted. This message is not sent by newer versions of Microsoft Windows, except in unusual circumstances explained in the Remarks. - - - - - Windows NT 3.51 and earlier: The WM_ICONERASEBKGND message is sent to a minimized window when the background of the icon must be filled before painting the icon. A window receives this message only if a class icon is defined for the window; otherwise, WM_ERASEBKGND is sent. This message is not sent by newer versions of Windows. - - - - - The WM_NEXTDLGCTL message is sent to a dialog box procedure to set the keyboard focus to a different control in the dialog box. - - - - - The WM_SPOOLERSTATUS message is sent from Print Manager whenever a job is added to or removed from the Print Manager queue. - - - - - The WM_DRAWITEM message is sent to the parent window of an owner-drawn button, combo box, list box, or menu when a visual aspect of the button, combo box, list box, or menu has changed. - - - - - The WM_MEASUREITEM message is sent to the owner window of a combo box, list box, list view control, or menu item when the control or menu is created. - - - - - Sent to the owner of a list box or combo box when the list box or combo box is destroyed or when items are removed by the LB_DELETESTRING, LB_RESETCONTENT, CB_DELETESTRING, or CB_RESETCONTENT message. The system sends a WM_DELETEITEM message for each deleted item. The system sends the WM_DELETEITEM message for any deleted list box or combo box item with nonzero item data. - - - - - Sent by a list box with the LBS_WANTKEYBOARDINPUT style to its owner in response to a WM_KEYDOWN message. - - - - - Sent by a list box with the LBS_WANTKEYBOARDINPUT style to its owner in response to a WM_CHAR message. - - - - - An application sends a WM_SETFONT message to specify the font that a control is to use when drawing text. - - - - - An application sends a WM_GETFONT message to a control to retrieve the font with which the control is currently drawing its text. - - - - - An application sends a WM_SETHOTKEY message to a window to associate a hot key with the window. When the user presses the hot key, the system activates the window. - - - - - An application sends a WM_GETHOTKEY message to determine the hot key associated with a window. - - - - - The WM_QUERYDRAGICON message is sent to a minimized (iconic) window. The window is about to be dragged by the user but does not have an icon defined for its class. An application can return a handle to an icon or cursor. The system displays this cursor or icon while the user drags the icon. - - - - - The system sends the WM_COMPAREITEM message to determine the relative position of a new item in the sorted list of an owner-drawn combo box or list box. Whenever the application adds a new item, the system sends this message to the owner of a combo box or list box created with the CBS_SORT or LBS_SORT style. - - - - - Active Accessibility sends the WM_GETOBJECT message to obtain information about an accessible object contained in a server application. - Applications never send this message directly. It is sent only by Active Accessibility in response to calls to AccessibleObjectFromPoint, AccessibleObjectFromEvent, or AccessibleObjectFromWindow. However, server applications handle this message. - - - - - The WM_COMPACTING message is sent to all top-level windows when the system detects more than 12.5 percent of system time over a 30- to 60-second interval is being spent compacting memory. This indicates that system memory is low. - - - - - WM_COMMNOTIFY is Obsolete for Win32-Based Applications - - - - - The WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING message is sent to a window whose size, position, or place in the Z order is about to change as a result of a call to the SetWindowPos function or another window-management function. - - - - - The WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED message is sent to a window whose size, position, or place in the Z order has changed as a result of a call to the SetWindowPos function or another window-management function. - - - - - Notifies applications that the system, typically a battery-powered personal computer, is about to enter a suspended mode. - Use: POWERBROADCAST - - - - - An application sends the WM_COPYDATA message to pass data to another application. - - - - - The WM_CANCELJOURNAL message is posted to an application when a user cancels the application's journaling activities. The message is posted with a NULL window handle. - - - - - Sent by a common control to its parent window when an event has occurred or the control requires some information. - - - - - The WM_INPUTLANGCHANGEREQUEST message is posted to the window with the focus when the user chooses a new input language, either with the hotkey (specified in the Keyboard control panel application) or from the indicator on the system taskbar. An application can accept the change by passing the message to the DefWindowProc function or reject the change (and prevent it from taking place) by returning immediately. - - - - - The WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE message is sent to the topmost affected window after an application's input language has been changed. You should make any application-specific settings and pass the message to the DefWindowProc function, which passes the message to all first-level child windows. These child windows can pass the message to DefWindowProc to have it pass the message to their child windows, and so on. - - - - - Sent to an application that has initiated a training card with Microsoft Windows Help. The message informs the application when the user clicks an authorable button. An application initiates a training card by specifying the HELP_TCARD command in a call to the WinHelp function. - - - - - Indicates that the user pressed the F1 key. If a menu is active when F1 is pressed, WM_HELP is sent to the window associated with the menu; otherwise, WM_HELP is sent to the window that has the keyboard focus. If no window has the keyboard focus, WM_HELP is sent to the currently active window. - - - - - The WM_USERCHANGED message is sent to all windows after the user has logged on or off. When the user logs on or off, the system updates the user-specific settings. The system sends this message immediately after updating the settings. - - - - - Determines if a window accepts ANSI or Unicode structures in the WM_NOTIFY notification message. WM_NOTIFYFORMAT messages are sent from a common control to its parent window and from the parent window to the common control. - - - - - The WM_CONTEXTMENU message notifies a window that the user clicked the right mouse button (right-clicked) in the window. - - - - - The WM_STYLECHANGING message is sent to a window when the SetWindowLong function is about to change one or more of the window's styles. - - - - - The WM_STYLECHANGED message is sent to a window after the SetWindowLong function has changed one or more of the window's styles - - - - - The WM_DISPLAYCHANGE message is sent to all windows when the display resolution has changed. - - - - - The WM_GETICON message is sent to a window to retrieve a handle to the large or small icon associated with a window. The system displays the large icon in the ALT+TAB dialog, and the small icon in the window caption. - - - - - An application sends the WM_SETICON message to associate a new large or small icon with a window. The system displays the large icon in the ALT+TAB dialog box, and the small icon in the window caption. - - - - - The WM_NCCREATE message is sent prior to the WM_CREATE message when a window is first created. - - - - - The WM_NCDESTROY message informs a window that its nonclient area is being destroyed. The DestroyWindow function sends the WM_NCDESTROY message to the window following the WM_DESTROY message. WM_DESTROY is used to free the allocated memory object associated with the window. - The WM_NCDESTROY message is sent after the child windows have been destroyed. In contrast, WM_DESTROY is sent before the child windows are destroyed. - - - - - The WM_NCCALCSIZE message is sent when the size and position of a window's client area must be calculated. By processing this message, an application can control the content of the window's client area when the size or position of the window changes. - - - - - The WM_NCHITTEST message is sent to a window when the cursor moves, or when a mouse button is pressed or released. If the mouse is not captured, the message is sent to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is sent to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_NCPAINT message is sent to a window when its frame must be painted. - - - - - The WM_NCACTIVATE message is sent to a window when its nonclient area needs to be changed to indicate an active or inactive state. - - - - - The WM_GETDLGCODE message is sent to the window procedure associated with a control. By default, the system handles all keyboard input to the control; the system interprets certain types of keyboard input as dialog box navigation keys. To override this default behavior, the control can respond to the WM_GETDLGCODE message to indicate the types of input it wants to process itself. - - - - - The WM_SYNCPAINT message is used to synchronize painting while avoiding linking independent GUI threads. - - - - - The WM_NCMOUSEMOVE message is posted to a window when the cursor is moved within the nonclient area of the window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN message is posted when the user presses the left mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCLBUTTONUP message is posted when the user releases the left mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCLBUTTONDBLCLK message is posted when the user double-clicks the left mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCRBUTTONDOWN message is posted when the user presses the right mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCRBUTTONUP message is posted when the user releases the right mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCRBUTTONDBLCLK message is posted when the user double-clicks the right mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCMBUTTONDOWN message is posted when the user presses the middle mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCMBUTTONUP message is posted when the user releases the middle mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCMBUTTONDBLCLK message is posted when the user double-clicks the middle mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCXBUTTONDOWN message is posted when the user presses the first or second X button while the cursor is in the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCXBUTTONUP message is posted when the user releases the first or second X button while the cursor is in the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCXBUTTONDBLCLK message is posted when the user double-clicks the first or second X button while the cursor is in the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_INPUT_DEVICE_CHANGE message is sent to the window that registered to receive raw input. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - The WM_INPUT message is sent to the window that is getting raw input. - - - - - This message filters for keyboard messages. - - - - - The WM_KEYDOWN message is posted to the window with the keyboard focus when a nonsystem key is pressed. A nonsystem key is a key that is pressed when the ALT key is not pressed. - - - - - The WM_KEYUP message is posted to the window with the keyboard focus when a nonsystem key is released. A nonsystem key is a key that is pressed when the ALT key is not pressed, or a keyboard key that is pressed when a window has the keyboard focus. - - - - - The WM_CHAR message is posted to the window with the keyboard focus when a WM_KEYDOWN message is translated by the TranslateMessage function. The WM_CHAR message contains the character code of the key that was pressed. - - - - - The WM_DEADCHAR message is posted to the window with the keyboard focus when a WM_KEYUP message is translated by the TranslateMessage function. WM_DEADCHAR specifies a character code generated by a dead key. A dead key is a key that generates a character, such as the umlaut (double-dot), that is combined with another character to form a composite character. For example, the umlaut-O character (Ö) is generated by typing the dead key for the umlaut character, and then typing the O key. - - - - - The WM_SYSKEYDOWN message is posted to the window with the keyboard focus when the user presses the F10 key (which activates the menu bar) or holds down the ALT key and then presses another key. It also occurs when no window currently has the keyboard focus; in this case, the WM_SYSKEYDOWN message is sent to the active window. The window that receives the message can distinguish between these two contexts by checking the context code in the lParam parameter. - - - - - The WM_SYSKEYUP message is posted to the window with the keyboard focus when the user releases a key that was pressed while the ALT key was held down. It also occurs when no window currently has the keyboard focus; in this case, the WM_SYSKEYUP message is sent to the active window. The window that receives the message can distinguish between these two contexts by checking the context code in the lParam parameter. - - - - - The WM_SYSCHAR message is posted to the window with the keyboard focus when a WM_SYSKEYDOWN message is translated by the TranslateMessage function. It specifies the character code of a system character key — that is, a character key that is pressed while the ALT key is down. - - - - - The WM_SYSDEADCHAR message is sent to the window with the keyboard focus when a WM_SYSKEYDOWN message is translated by the TranslateMessage function. WM_SYSDEADCHAR specifies the character code of a system dead key — that is, a dead key that is pressed while holding down the ALT key. - - - - - The WM_UNICHAR message is posted to the window with the keyboard focus when a WM_KEYDOWN message is translated by the TranslateMessage function. The WM_UNICHAR message contains the character code of the key that was pressed. - The WM_UNICHAR message is equivalent to WM_CHAR, but it uses Unicode Transformation Format (UTF)-32, whereas WM_CHAR uses UTF-16. It is designed to send or post Unicode characters to ANSI windows and it can can handle Unicode Supplementary Plane characters. - - - - - This message filters for keyboard messages. - - - - - Sent immediately before the IME generates the composition string as a result of a keystroke. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - Sent to an application when the IME ends composition. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - Sent to an application when the IME changes composition status as a result of a keystroke. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - The WM_INITDIALOG message is sent to the dialog box procedure immediately before a dialog box is displayed. Dialog box procedures typically use this message to initialize controls and carry out any other initialization tasks that affect the appearance of the dialog box. - - - - - The WM_COMMAND message is sent when the user selects a command item from a menu, when a control sends a notification message to its parent window, or when an accelerator keystroke is translated. - - - - - A window receives this message when the user chooses a command from the Window menu, clicks the maximize button, minimize button, restore button, close button, or moves the form. You can stop the form from moving by filtering this out. - - - - - The WM_TIMER message is posted to the installing thread's message queue when a timer expires. The message is posted by the GetMessage or PeekMessage function. - - - - - The WM_HSCROLL message is sent to a window when a scroll event occurs in the window's standard horizontal scroll bar. This message is also sent to the owner of a horizontal scroll bar control when a scroll event occurs in the control. - - - - - The WM_VSCROLL message is sent to a window when a scroll event occurs in the window's standard vertical scroll bar. This message is also sent to the owner of a vertical scroll bar control when a scroll event occurs in the control. - - - - - The WM_INITMENU message is sent when a menu is about to become active. It occurs when the user clicks an item on the menu bar or presses a menu key. This allows the application to modify the menu before it is displayed. - - - - - The WM_INITMENUPOPUP message is sent when a drop-down menu or submenu is about to become active. This allows an application to modify the menu before it is displayed, without changing the entire menu. - - - - - The WM_MENUSELECT message is sent to a menu's owner window when the user selects a menu item. - - - - - The WM_MENUCHAR message is sent when a menu is active and the user presses a key that does not correspond to any mnemonic or accelerator key. This message is sent to the window that owns the menu. - - - - - The WM_ENTERIDLE message is sent to the owner window of a modal dialog box or menu that is entering an idle state. A modal dialog box or menu enters an idle state when no messages are waiting in its queue after it has processed one or more previous messages. - - - - - The WM_MENURBUTTONUP message is sent when the user releases the right mouse button while the cursor is on a menu item. - - - - - The WM_MENUDRAG message is sent to the owner of a drag-and-drop menu when the user drags a menu item. - - - - - The WM_MENUGETOBJECT message is sent to the owner of a drag-and-drop menu when the mouse cursor enters a menu item or moves from the center of the item to the top or bottom of the item. - - - - - The WM_UNINITMENUPOPUP message is sent when a drop-down menu or submenu has been destroyed. - - - - - The WM_MENUCOMMAND message is sent when the user makes a selection from a menu. - - - - - An application sends the WM_CHANGEUISTATE message to indicate that the user interface (UI) state should be changed. - - - - - An application sends the WM_UPDATEUISTATE message to change the user interface (UI) state for the specified window and all its child windows. - - - - - An application sends the WM_QUERYUISTATE message to retrieve the user interface (UI) state for a window. - - - - - The WM_CTLCOLORMSGBOX message is sent to the owner window of a message box before Windows draws the message box. By responding to this message, the owner window can set the text and background colors of the message box by using the given display device context handle. - - - - - An edit control that is not read-only or disabled sends the WM_CTLCOLOREDIT message to its parent window when the control is about to be drawn. By responding to this message, the parent window can use the specified device context handle to set the text and background colors of the edit control. - - - - - Sent to the parent window of a list box before the system draws the list box. By responding to this message, the parent window can set the text and background colors of the list box by using the specified display device context handle. - - - - - The WM_CTLCOLORBTN message is sent to the parent window of a button before drawing the button. The parent window can change the button's text and background colors. However, only owner-drawn buttons respond to the parent window processing this message. - - - - - The WM_CTLCOLORDLG message is sent to a dialog box before the system draws the dialog box. By responding to this message, the dialog box can set its text and background colors using the specified display device context handle. - - - - - The WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR message is sent to the parent window of a scroll bar control when the control is about to be drawn. By responding to this message, the parent window can use the display context handle to set the background color of the scroll bar control. - - - - - A static control, or an edit control that is read-only or disabled, sends the WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC message to its parent window when the control is about to be drawn. By responding to this message, the parent window can use the specified device context handle to set the text and background colors of the static control. - - - - - Use WM_MOUSEFIRST to specify the first mouse message. Use the PeekMessage() Function. - - - - - The WM_MOUSEMOVE message is posted to a window when the cursor moves. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_LBUTTONDOWN message is posted when the user presses the left mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_LBUTTONUP message is posted when the user releases the left mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK message is posted when the user double-clicks the left mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_RBUTTONDOWN message is posted when the user presses the right mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_RBUTTONUP message is posted when the user releases the right mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK message is posted when the user double-clicks the right mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_MBUTTONDOWN message is posted when the user presses the middle mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_MBUTTONUP message is posted when the user releases the middle mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK message is posted when the user double-clicks the middle mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_MOUSEWHEEL message is sent to the focus window when the mouse wheel is rotated. The DefWindowProc function propagates the message to the window's parent. There should be no internal forwarding of the message, since DefWindowProc propagates it up the parent chain until it finds a window that processes it. - - - - - The WM_XBUTTONDOWN message is posted when the user presses the first or second X button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_XBUTTONUP message is posted when the user releases the first or second X button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK message is posted when the user double-clicks the first or second X button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_MOUSEHWHEEL message is sent to the focus window when the mouse's horizontal scroll wheel is tilted or rotated. The DefWindowProc function propagates the message to the window's parent. There should be no internal forwarding of the message, since DefWindowProc propagates it up the parent chain until it finds a window that processes it. - - - - - Use WM_MOUSELAST to specify the last mouse message. Used with PeekMessage() Function. - - - - - The WM_PARENTNOTIFY message is sent to the parent of a child window when the child window is created or destroyed, or when the user clicks a mouse button while the cursor is over the child window. When the child window is being created, the system sends WM_PARENTNOTIFY just before the CreateWindow or CreateWindowEx function that creates the window returns. When the child window is being destroyed, the system sends the message before any processing to destroy the window takes place. - - - - - The WM_ENTERMENULOOP message informs an application's main window procedure that a menu modal loop has been entered. - - - - - The WM_EXITMENULOOP message informs an application's main window procedure that a menu modal loop has been exited. - - - - - The WM_NEXTMENU message is sent to an application when the right or left arrow key is used to switch between the menu bar and the system menu. - - - - - The WM_SIZING message is sent to a window that the user is resizing. By processing this message, an application can monitor the size and position of the drag rectangle and, if needed, change its size or position. - - - - - The WM_CAPTURECHANGED message is sent to the window that is losing the mouse capture. - - - - - The WM_MOVING message is sent to a window that the user is moving. By processing this message, an application can monitor the position of the drag rectangle and, if needed, change its position. - - - - - Notifies applications that a power-management event has occurred. - - - - - Notifies an application of a change to the hardware configuration of a device or the computer. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDICREATE message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to create an MDI child window. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDIDESTROY message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to close an MDI child window. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDIACTIVATE message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to instruct the client window to activate a different MDI child window. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDIRESTORE message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to restore an MDI child window from maximized or minimized size. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDINEXT message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to activate the next or previous child window. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDIMAXIMIZE message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to maximize an MDI child window. The system resizes the child window to make its client area fill the client window. The system places the child window's window menu icon in the rightmost position of the frame window's menu bar, and places the child window's restore icon in the leftmost position. The system also appends the title bar text of the child window to that of the frame window. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDITILE message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to arrange all of its MDI child windows in a tile format. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDICASCADE message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to arrange all its child windows in a cascade format. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDIICONARRANGE message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to arrange all minimized MDI child windows. It does not affect child windows that are not minimized. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDIGETACTIVE message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to retrieve the handle to the active MDI child window. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDISETMENU message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to replace the entire menu of an MDI frame window, to replace the window menu of the frame window, or both. - - - - - The WM_ENTERSIZEMOVE message is sent one time to a window after it enters the moving or sizing modal loop. The window enters the moving or sizing modal loop when the user clicks the window's title bar or sizing border, or when the window passes the WM_SYSCOMMAND message to the DefWindowProc function and the wParam parameter of the message specifies the SC_MOVE or SC_SIZE value. The operation is complete when DefWindowProc returns. - The system sends the WM_ENTERSIZEMOVE message regardless of whether the dragging of full windows is enabled. - - - - - The WM_EXITSIZEMOVE message is sent one time to a window, after it has exited the moving or sizing modal loop. The window enters the moving or sizing modal loop when the user clicks the window's title bar or sizing border, or when the window passes the WM_SYSCOMMAND message to the DefWindowProc function and the wParam parameter of the message specifies the SC_MOVE or SC_SIZE value. The operation is complete when DefWindowProc returns. - - - - - Sent when the user drops a file on the window of an application that has registered itself as a recipient of dropped files. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDIREFRESHMENU message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to refresh the window menu of the MDI frame window. - - - - - Sent to an application when a window is activated. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - Sent to an application to notify it of changes to the IME window. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - Sent by an application to direct the IME window to carry out the requested command. The application uses this message to control the IME window that it has created. To send this message, the application calls the SendMessage function with the following parameters. - - - - - Sent to an application when the IME window finds no space to extend the area for the composition window. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - Sent to an application when the operating system is about to change the current IME. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - Sent to an application when the IME gets a character of the conversion result. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - Sent to an application to provide commands and request information. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - Sent to an application by the IME to notify the application of a key press and to keep message order. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - Sent to an application by the IME to notify the application of a key release and to keep message order. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - The WM_MOUSEHOVER message is posted to a window when the cursor hovers over the client area of the window for the period of time specified in a prior call to TrackMouseEvent. - - - - - The WM_MOUSELEAVE message is posted to a window when the cursor leaves the client area of the window specified in a prior call to TrackMouseEvent. - - - - - The WM_NCMOUSEHOVER message is posted to a window when the cursor hovers over the nonclient area of the window for the period of time specified in a prior call to TrackMouseEvent. - - - - - The WM_NCMOUSELEAVE message is posted to a window when the cursor leaves the nonclient area of the window specified in a prior call to TrackMouseEvent. - - - - - The WM_WTSSESSION_CHANGE message notifies applications of changes in session state. - - - - - An application sends a WM_CUT message to an edit control or combo box to delete (cut) the current selection, if any, in the edit control and copy the deleted text to the clipboard in CF_TEXT format. - - - - - An application sends the WM_COPY message to an edit control or combo box to copy the current selection to the clipboard in CF_TEXT format. - - - - - An application sends a WM_PASTE message to an edit control or combo box to copy the current content of the clipboard to the edit control at the current caret position. Data is inserted only if the clipboard contains data in CF_TEXT format. - - - - - An application sends a WM_CLEAR message to an edit control or combo box to delete (clear) the current selection, if any, from the edit control. - - - - - An application sends a WM_UNDO message to an edit control to undo the last operation. When this message is sent to an edit control, the previously deleted text is restored or the previously added text is deleted. - - - - - The WM_RENDERFORMAT message is sent to the clipboard owner if it has delayed rendering a specific clipboard format and if an application has requested data in that format. The clipboard owner must render data in the specified format and place it on the clipboard by calling the SetClipboardData function. - - - - - The WM_RENDERALLFORMATS message is sent to the clipboard owner before it is destroyed, if the clipboard owner has delayed rendering one or more clipboard formats. For the content of the clipboard to remain available to other applications, the clipboard owner must render data in all the formats it is capable of generating, and place the data on the clipboard by calling the SetClipboardData function. - - - - - The WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD message is sent to the clipboard owner when a call to the EmptyClipboard function empties the clipboard. - - - - - The WM_DRAWCLIPBOARD message is sent to the first window in the clipboard viewer chain when the content of the clipboard changes. This enables a clipboard viewer window to display the new content of the clipboard. - - - - - The WM_PAINTCLIPBOARD message is sent to the clipboard owner by a clipboard viewer window when the clipboard contains data in the CF_OWNERDISPLAY format and the clipboard viewer's client area needs repainting. - - - - - The WM_VSCROLLCLIPBOARD message is sent to the clipboard owner by a clipboard viewer window when the clipboard contains data in the CF_OWNERDISPLAY format and an event occurs in the clipboard viewer's vertical scroll bar. The owner should scroll the clipboard image and update the scroll bar values. - - - - - The WM_SIZECLIPBOARD message is sent to the clipboard owner by a clipboard viewer window when the clipboard contains data in the CF_OWNERDISPLAY format and the clipboard viewer's client area has changed size. - - - - - The WM_ASKCBFORMATNAME message is sent to the clipboard owner by a clipboard viewer window to request the name of a CF_OWNERDISPLAY clipboard format. - - - - - The WM_CHANGECBCHAIN message is sent to the first window in the clipboard viewer chain when a window is being removed from the chain. - - - - - The WM_HSCROLLCLIPBOARD message is sent to the clipboard owner by a clipboard viewer window. This occurs when the clipboard contains data in the CF_OWNERDISPLAY format and an event occurs in the clipboard viewer's horizontal scroll bar. The owner should scroll the clipboard image and update the scroll bar values. - - - - - This message informs a window that it is about to receive the keyboard focus, giving the window the opportunity to realize its logical palette when it receives the focus. - - - - - The WM_PALETTEISCHANGING message informs applications that an application is going to realize its logical palette. - - - - - This message is sent by the OS to all top-level and overlapped windows after the window with the keyboard focus realizes its logical palette. - This message enables windows that do not have the keyboard focus to realize their logical palettes and update their client areas. - - - - - The WM_HOTKEY message is posted when the user presses a hot key registered by the RegisterHotKey function. The message is placed at the top of the message queue associated with the thread that registered the hot key. - - - - - The WM_PRINT message is sent to a window to request that it draw itself in the specified device context, most commonly in a printer device context. - - - - - The WM_PRINTCLIENT message is sent to a window to request that it draw its client area in the specified device context, most commonly in a printer device context. - - - - - The WM_APPCOMMAND message notifies a window that the user generated an application command event, for example, by clicking an application command button using the mouse or typing an application command key on the keyboard. - - - - - The WM_THEMECHANGED message is broadcast to every window following a theme change event. Examples of theme change events are the activation of a theme, the deactivation of a theme, or a transition from one theme to another. - - - - - Sent when the contents of the clipboard have changed. - - - - - The system will send a window the WM_DWMCOMPOSITIONCHANGED message to indicate that the availability of desktop composition has changed. - - - - - WM_DWMNCRENDERINGCHANGED is called when the non-client area rendering status of a window has changed. Only windows that have set the flag DWM_BLURBEHIND.fTransitionOnMaximized to true will get this message. - - - - - Sent to all top-level windows when the colorization color has changed. - - - - - WM_DWMWINDOWMAXIMIZEDCHANGE will let you know when a DWM composed window is maximized. You also have to register for this message as well. You'd have other windowd go opaque when this message is sent. - - - - - Sent to request extended title bar information. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - The WM_APP constant is used by applications to help define private messages, usually of the form WM_APP+X, where X is an integer value. - - - - - The WM_USER constant is used by applications to help define private messages for use by private window classes, usually of the form WM_USER+X, where X is an integer value. - - - - - An application sends the WM_CPL_LAUNCH message to Windows Control Panel to request that a Control Panel application be started. - - - - - The WM_CPL_LAUNCHED message is sent when a Control Panel application, started by the WM_CPL_LAUNCH message, has closed. The WM_CPL_LAUNCHED message is sent to the window identified by the wParam parameter of the WM_CPL_LAUNCH message that started the application. - - - - - WM_SYSTIMER is a well-known yet still undocumented message. Windows uses WM_SYSTIMER for internal actions like scrolling. - - - - The window has a thin-line border. - - - The window has a title bar (includes the WS_BORDER style). - - - The window is a child window. A window with this style cannot have a menu bar. This style cannot be used with the WS_POPUP style. - - - Excludes the area occupied by child windows when drawing occurs within the parent window. This style is used when creating the parent window. - - - - Clips child windows relative to each other; that is, when a particular child window receives a WM_PAINT message, the WS_CLIPSIBLINGS style clips all other overlapping child windows out of the region of the child window to be updated. - If WS_CLIPSIBLINGS is not specified and child windows overlap, it is possible, when drawing within the client area of a child window, to draw within the client area of a neighboring child window. - - - - The window is initially disabled. A disabled window cannot receive input from the user. To change this after a window has been created, use the EnableWindow function. - - - The window has a border of a style typically used with dialog boxes. A window with this style cannot have a title bar. - - - - The window is the first control of a group of controls. The group consists of this first control and all controls defined after it, up to the next control with the WS_GROUP style. - The first control in each group usually has the WS_TABSTOP style so that the user can move from group to group. The user can subsequently change the keyboard focus from one control in the group to the next control in the group by using the direction keys. - You can turn this style on and off to change dialog box navigation. To change this style after a window has been created, use the SetWindowLong function. - - - - The window has a horizontal scroll bar. - - - The window is initially maximized. - - - The window has a maximize button. Cannot be combined with the WS_EX_CONTEXTHELP style. The WS_SYSMENU style must also be specified. - - - The window is initially minimized. - - - The window has a minimize button. Cannot be combined with the WS_EX_CONTEXTHELP style. The WS_SYSMENU style must also be specified. - - - The window is an overlapped window. An overlapped window has a title bar and a border. - - - The window is an overlapped window. - - - The window is a pop-up window. This style cannot be used with the WS_CHILD style. - - - The window is a pop-up window. The WS_CAPTION and WS_POPUPWINDOW styles must be combined to make the window menu visible. - - - The window has a sizing border. - - - The window has a window menu on its title bar. The WS_CAPTION style must also be specified. - - - - The window is a control that can receive the keyboard focus when the user presses the TAB key. - Pressing the TAB key changes the keyboard focus to the next control with the WS_TABSTOP style. - You can turn this style on and off to change dialog box navigation. To change this style after a window has been created, use the SetWindowLong function. - For user-created windows and modeless dialogs to work with tab stops, alter the message loop to call the IsDialogMessage function. - - - - The window is initially visible. This style can be turned on and off by using the ShowWindow or SetWindowPos function. - - - The window has a vertical scroll bar. - - - - Specifies that a window created with this style accepts drag-drop files. - - - - - Forces a top-level window onto the taskbar when the window is visible. - - - - - Specifies that a window has a border with a sunken edge. - - - - - Windows XP: Paints all descendants of a window in bottom-to-top painting order using double-buffering. For more information, see Remarks. This cannot be used if the window has a class style of either CS_OWNDC or CS_CLASSDC. - - - - - Includes a question mark in the title bar of the window. When the user clicks the question mark, the cursor changes to a question mark with a pointer. If the user then clicks a child window, the child receives a WM_HELP message. The child window should pass the message to the parent window procedure, which should call the WinHelp function using the HELP_WM_HELP command. The Help application displays a pop-up window that typically contains help for the child window. - WS_EX_CONTEXTHELP cannot be used with the WS_MAXIMIZEBOX or WS_MINIMIZEBOX styles. - - - - - The window itself contains child windows that should take part in dialog box navigation. If this style is specified, the dialog manager recurses into children of this window when performing navigation operations such as handling the TAB key, an arrow key, or a keyboard mnemonic. - - - - - Creates a window that has a double border; the window can, optionally, be created with a title bar by specifying the WS_CAPTION style in the dwStyle parameter. - - - - - Windows 2000/XP: Creates a layered window. Note that this cannot be used for child windows. Also, this cannot be used if the window has a class style of either CS_OWNDC or CS_CLASSDC. - - - - - Arabic and Hebrew versions of Windows 98/Me, Windows 2000/XP: Creates a window whose horizontal origin is on the right edge. Increasing horizontal values advance to the left. - - - - - Creates a window that has generic left-aligned properties. This is the default. - - - - - If the shell language is Hebrew, Arabic, or another language that supports reading order alignment, the vertical scroll bar (if present) is to the left of the client area. For other languages, the style is ignored. - - - - - The window text is displayed using left-to-right reading-order properties. This is the default. - - - - - Creates a multiple-document interface (MDI) child window. - - - - - Windows 2000/XP: A top-level window created with this style does not become the foreground window when the user clicks it. The system does not bring this window to the foreground when the user minimizes or closes the foreground window. - To activate the window, use the SetActiveWindow or SetForegroundWindow function. - The window does not appear on the taskbar by default. To force the window to appear on the taskbar, use the WS_EX_APPWINDOW style. - - - - - Windows 2000/XP: A window created with this style does not pass its window layout to its child windows. - - - - - Specifies that a child window created with this style does not send the WM_PARENTNOTIFY message to its parent window when it is created or destroyed. - - - - - Combines the WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE and WS_EX_WINDOWEDGE styles. - - - - - Combines the WS_EX_WINDOWEDGE, WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW, and WS_EX_TOPMOST styles. - - - - - The window has generic "right-aligned" properties. This depends on the window class. This style has an effect only if the shell language is Hebrew, Arabic, or another language that supports reading-order alignment; otherwise, the style is ignored. - Using the WS_EX_RIGHT style for static or edit controls has the same effect as using the SS_RIGHT or ES_RIGHT style, respectively. Using this style with button controls has the same effect as using BS_RIGHT and BS_RIGHTBUTTON styles. - - - - - Vertical scroll bar (if present) is to the right of the client area. This is the default. - - - - - If the shell language is Hebrew, Arabic, or another language that supports reading-order alignment, the window text is displayed using right-to-left reading-order properties. For other languages, the style is ignored. - - - - - Creates a window with a three-dimensional border style intended to be used for items that do not accept user input. - - - - - Creates a tool window; that is, a window intended to be used as a floating toolbar. A tool window has a title bar that is shorter than a normal title bar, and the window title is drawn using a smaller font. A tool window does not appear in the taskbar or in the dialog that appears when the user presses ALT+TAB. If a tool window has a system menu, its icon is not displayed on the title bar. However, you can display the system menu by right-clicking or by typing ALT+SPACE. - - - - - Specifies that a window created with this style should be placed above all non-topmost windows and should stay above them, even when the window is deactivated. To add or remove this style, use the SetWindowPos function. - - - - - Specifies that a window created with this style should not be painted until siblings beneath the window (that were created by the same thread) have been painted. The window appears transparent because the bits of underlying sibling windows have already been painted. - To achieve transparency without these restrictions, use the SetWindowRgn function. - - - - - Specifies that a window has a border with a raised edge. - - - - - Refreshes the application settings property values from persistent storage. - - - - - Updates application settings to reflect a more recent installation of the application. - - - - - Stores the current values of the settings properties. - - - - - Upgrades the application settings on loading. - - - - - this settings class is the default way to save the placement of the window - - - - - Upgrades the application settings on loading. - - - - - Hides the window and activates another window. - - - - - Activates and displays a window. If the window is minimized or maximized, the system restores it to its original size and position. An application should specify this flag when displaying the window for the first time. - - - - - Activates and displays a window. If the window is minimized or maximized, the system restores it to its original size and position. An application should specify this flag when displaying the window for the first time. - - - - - Activates the window and displays it as a minimized window. - - - - - Activates the window and displays it as a maximized window. - - - - - Maximizes the specified window. - - - - - Displays a window in its most recent size and position. This value is similar to , except the window is not activated. - - - - - Activates the window and displays it in its current size and position. - - - - - Minimizes the specified window and activates the next top-level window in the z-order. - - - - - Displays the window as a minimized window. This value is similar to , except the window is not activated. - - - - - Displays the window in its current size and position. This value is similar to , except the window is not activated. - - - - - Activates and displays the window. If the window is minimized or maximized, the system restores it to its original size and position. An application should specify this flag when restoring a minimized window. - - - - - Invalidates the rectangle or region that you specify in lprcUpdate or hrgnUpdate. - You can set only one of these parameters to a non-NULL value. If both are NULL, RDW_INVALIDATE invalidates the entire window. - - - - Causes the OS to post a WM_PAINT message to the window regardless of whether a portion of the window is invalid. - - - - Causes the window to receive a WM_ERASEBKGND message when the window is repainted. - Specify this value in combination with the RDW_INVALIDATE value; otherwise, RDW_ERASE has no effect. - - - - - Validates the rectangle or region that you specify in lprcUpdate or hrgnUpdate. - You can set only one of these parameters to a non-NULL value. If both are NULL, RDW_VALIDATE validates the entire window. - This value does not affect internal WM_PAINT messages. - - - - Suppresses any pending WM_ERASEBKGND messages. - - - Excludes child windows, if any, from the repainting operation. - - - Includes child windows, if any, in the repainting operation. - - - Causes the affected windows, which you specify by setting the RDW_ALLCHILDREN and RDW_NOCHILDREN values, to receive WM_ERASEBKGND and WM_PAINT messages before the RedrawWindow returns, if necessary. - - - - Causes the affected windows, which you specify by setting the RDW_ALLCHILDREN and RDW_NOCHILDREN values, to receive WM_ERASEBKGND messages before RedrawWindow returns, if necessary. - The affected windows receive WM_PAINT messages at the ordinary time. - - - - Determine if 2 RECT are equal (deep compare) - - - Return the HashCode for this struct (not garanteed to be unique) - - - - Originally from http://xamlcoder.com/blog/2010/11/04/creating-a-metro-ui-style-control/ - - - - - RevealImage - - - - - InitializeComponent - - - - - A control that allows the user to toggle between two states: One represents true; The other represents false. - - - - - Gets/sets the text to display when the control is in it's On state. - - - - - Gets/sets the text to display when the control is in it's Off state. - - - - - Gets/sets the header to display on top of the control. - - - - - Gets/sets the data template used to display the header on the top of the control. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the switch's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the on-switch's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the off-switch's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the thumb indicator. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the thumb indicator. - - - - - Gets/sets the width of the thumb indicator. - - - - - Gets/sets the control's content flow direction. - - - - - Gets/sets the control's toggle switch button style. - - - - - Gets/sets whether the control is Checked (On) or not (Off). - - - - - Gets/sets the command which will be executed if the IsChecked property was changed. - - - - - Gets/sets the command which will be executed if the checked event of the control is fired. - - - - - Gets/sets the command which will be executed if the checked event of the control is fired. - - - - - Gets/sets the command parameter which will be passed by the CheckChangedCommand. - - - - - Gets/sets the command parameter which will be passed by the CheckedCommand. - - - - - Gets/sets the command parameter which will be passed by the UnCheckedCommand. - - - - - An event that is raised when the value of IsChecked changes. - - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms182161.aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa969518%28v=vs.85%29.aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa969512%28v=vs.85%29.aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa969524%28v=vs.85%29.aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms633572%28v=vs.85%29.aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd144901%28v=VS.85%29.aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd145064%28v=VS.85%29.aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms633545(v=vs.85).aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms647486%28v=vs.85%29.aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms633528(v=vs.85).aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms647985(v=vs.85).aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms648003(v=vs.85).aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms644944(v=vs.85).aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms648390(v=vs.85).aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms646258(v=vs.85).aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms684175%28v=vs.85%29.aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms683152%28v=vs.85%29.aspx - - - - Sets the show state and the restored, minimized, and maximized positions of the specified window. - - - A handle to the window. - - - A pointer to a WINDOWPLACEMENT structure that specifies the new show state and window positions. - - Before calling SetWindowPlacement, set the length member of the WINDOWPLACEMENT structure to sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT). SetWindowPlacement fails if the length member is not set correctly. - - - - If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. - - If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. - - - - - - Retrieves the show state and the restored, minimized, and maximized positions of the specified window. - - - A handle to the window. - - - A pointer to the WINDOWPLACEMENT structure that receives the show state and position information. - - Before calling GetWindowPlacement, set the length member to sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT). GetWindowPlacement fails if lpwndpl-> length is not set correctly. - - - - If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. - - If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. - - - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms647636(v=vs.85).aspx - - - - Represents the background theme of the application. - - - - - The ResourceDictionary that represents this application theme. - - - - - Gets the name of the application theme. - - - - - A class that allows for the detection and alteration of a MetroWindow's theme and accent. - - - - - Adds an accent with the given name. - - - - true if the accent does not exists and can be added. - - - - Adds an app theme with the given name. - - - - true if the app theme does not exists and can be added. - - - - Gets app theme with the given resource dictionary. - - - AppTheme - - - - Gets app theme with the given name and theme type (light or dark). - - - AppTheme - - - - Gets the inverse of the given . - This method relies on the "Dark" or "Light" affix to be present. - - The app theme. - The inverse or null if it couldn't be found. - - Returns BaseLight, if BaseDark is given or vice versa. - Custom Themes must end with "Dark" or "Light" for this to work, for example "CustomDark" and "CustomLight". - - - - - Gets the with the given name. - - - The or null, if the app theme wasn't found - - - - Gets the with the given resource dictionary. - - - The or null, if the accent wasn't found. - - - - Determines whether the specified resource dictionary represents an . - - This might include runtime accents which do not have a resource uri. - - The resources. - true if the resource dictionary is an ; otherwise, false. - resources - - - - Gets a resource from the detected AppStyle. - - The window to check. If this is null, the Application's sources will be checked. - The key to check against. - The resource object or null, if the resource wasn't found. - - - - Change the theme for the whole application. - - - - - - - Change theme for the given window. - - - - - - - Change accent and theme for the whole application. - - The instance of Application to change. - The accent to apply. - The theme to apply. - - - - Change accent and theme for the given window. - - The Window to change. - The accent to apply. - The theme to apply. - - - - Changes the accent and theme of a ResourceDictionary directly. - - The ResourceDictionary to modify. - The accent to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - The theme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - - - - Scans the window resources and returns it's accent and theme. - - - - - Scans the window resources and returns it's accent and theme. - - The Window to scan. - - - - Scans the application resources and returns it's accent and theme. - - The Application instance to scan. - - - - Scans a resources and returns it's accent and theme. - - The ResourceDictionary to check. - - - - Invalidates global colors and resources. - Sometimes the ContextMenu is not changing the colors, so this will fix it. - - - - - Gets a list of all of default themes. - - - - - Gets a list of all of default metro themes. - - - - - This event fires if accent color and theme was changed - this should be using the weak event pattern, but for now it's enough - - - - - GeneratedInternalTypeHelper - - - - - CreateInstance - - - - - GetPropertyValue - - - - - SetPropertyValue - - - - - CreateDelegate - - - - - AddEventHandler - - - - diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA068/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.dll b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA068/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.dll deleted file mode 100644 index ff35cb048..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA068/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA068/lib/net40/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA068/lib/net40/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 0419e95f0..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA068/lib/net40/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA068/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.XML b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA068/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.XML deleted file mode 100644 index 104525dd0..000000000 --- a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA068/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.XML +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5581 +0,0 @@ - - - - MahApps.Metro - - - - - An object that represents the foreground color for a Metro . - - - - - The ResourceDictionary that represents this Accent. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MahApps.Metro.Accent class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MahApps.Metro.Accent class. - - The name of the new Accent. - The URI of the accent ResourceDictionary. - - - - Gets/sets the name of the Accent. - - - - - Represents the background theme of the application. - - - - - The ResourceDictionary that represents this application theme. - - - - - Gets the name of the application theme. - - - - - With this class we can make custom window styles. - - - - - Updates all glow windows (visible, hidden, collapsed) - - - - - Sets the opacity to all glow windows - - - - - Starts the opacity storyboard 0 -> 1 - - - - - Shows all glow windows - - - - - Gets or sets the bindable Password property on the PasswordBox control. This is a dependency property. - - - - - Handles changes to the 'Password' attached property. - - - - - Handle the 'PasswordChanged'-event on the PasswordBox - - - - - - Sets the first TabItem with Visibility="" as - the SelectedItem of the TabControl. - - - If there is no visible TabItem, null is set as the SelectedItem - - - - - - Use the dialog coordinator to help you interfact with dialogs from a view model. - - - - - Shows the input dialog. - - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - The title of the MessageDialog. - The message contained within the MessageDialog. - Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - The text that was entered or null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the user cancelled the operation. - - - - Creates a LoginDialog inside of the current window. - - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - The title of the LoginDialog. - The message contained within the LoginDialog. - - Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - The text that was entered or null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the user cancelled the operation. - - - - Creates a MessageDialog inside of the current window. - - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - The title of the MessageDialog. - The message contained within the MessageDialog. - The type of buttons to use. - Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - A task promising the result of which button was pressed. - - - - Creates a ProgressDialog inside of the current window. - - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - The title of the ProgressDialog. - The message within the ProgressDialog. - Determines if the cancel button is visible. - Optional Settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - A task promising the instance of ProgressDialogController for this operation. - - - - Adds a Metro Dialog instance to the specified window and makes it visible asynchronously. - You have to close the resulting dialog yourself with . - - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - The dialog instance itself. - An optional pre-defined settings instance. - A task representing the operation. - The is already visible in the window. - - - - Hides a visible Metro Dialog instance. - - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - The dialog instance to hide. - An optional pre-defined settings instance. - A task representing the operation. - - The is not visible in the window. - This happens if hasn't been called before. - - - - - Gets the current shown dialog. - - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - - - - Gets the default instance if the dialog coordinator, which can be injected into a view model. - - - - - Overrides the text case behavior for certain buttons. - When set to true, the text case will be preserved and won't be changed to upper or lower case. - - - - - DependencyProperty for property. - - - - - The CornerRadius property allows users to control the roundness of the button corners independently by - setting a radius value for each corner. Radius values that are too large are scaled so that they - smoothly blend from corner to corner. (Can be used e.g. at MetroButton style) - Description taken from original Microsoft description :-D - - - - - A helper class that provides various attached properties for the ComboBox control. - - - - - - Gets the Maximum number of characters the TextBox can accept. - - - - - Sets the Maximum number of characters the TextBox can accept. - - - - - Gets the Character casing of the TextBox. - - - - - Sets the Character casing of the TextBox. - - - - - A helper class that provides various controls. - - - - - This property can be used to set the button width (PART_ClearText) of TextBox, PasswordBox, ComboBox - For multiline TextBox, PasswordBox is this the fallback for the clear text button! so it must set manually! - For normal TextBox, PasswordBox the width is the height. - - - - - Sets the brush used to draw the focus border. - - - - - Gets the brush used to draw the focus border. - - - - - Sets the brush used to draw the mouse over brush. - - - - - Gets the brush used to draw the mouse over brush. - - - - - This custom popup is used by the validation error template. - It provides some additional nice features: - - repositioning if host-window size or location changed - - repositioning if host-window gets maximized and vice versa - - it's only topmost if the host-window is activated - - - - - The base class for dialogs. - - You probably don't want to use this class, if you want to add arbitrary content to your dialog, - use the class. - - - - - Initializes a new MahApps.Metro.Controls.BaseMetroDialog. - - The window that is the parent of the dialog. - The settings for the message dialog. - - - - Initializes a new MahApps.Metro.Controls.BaseMetroDialog. - - - - - Waits for the dialog to become ready for interaction. - - A task that represents the operation and it's status. - - - - Requests an externally shown Dialog to close. Will throw an exception if the Dialog is inside of a MetroWindow. - - - - - A last chance virtual method for stopping an external dialog from closing. - - - - - - Waits until this dialog gets unloaded. - - - - - - Gets/sets the dialog's title. - - - - - Gets/sets arbitrary content on top of the dialog. - - - - - Gets/sets arbitrary content below the dialog. - - - - - Gets the window that owns the current Dialog IF AND ONLY IF the dialog is shown externally. - - - - - Gets the window that owns the current Dialog IF AND ONLY IF the dialog is shown inside of a window. - - - - - A class that represents the settings used by Metro Dialogs. - - - - - Gets/sets the text used for the Affirmative button. For example: "OK" or "Yes". - - - - - Gets/sets the text used for the Negative button. For example: "Cancel" or "No". - - - - - Gets/sets whether the metro dialog should use the default black/white appearance (theme) or try to use the current accent. - - - - - Enable/disable dialog showing animation. - "True" - play showing animation. - "False" - skip showing animation. - - - - - Enable/disable dialog hiding animation - "True" - play hiding animation. - "False" - skip hiding animation. - - - - - Gets/sets the default text( just the inputdialog needed) - - - - - Gets/sets the maximum height. (Default is unlimited height, Double.NaN) - - - - - An enum representing the different choices for a color scheme in a Metro Dialog. - - - - - An implementation of BaseMetroDialog allowing arbitrary content. - - - - - Creates a LoginDialog inside of the current window. - - The window that is the parent of the dialog. - The title of the LoginDialog. - The message contained within the LoginDialog. - Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - The text that was entered or null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the user cancelled the operation. - - - - Creates a InputDialog inside of the current window. - - The MetroWindow - The title of the MessageDialog. - The message contained within the MessageDialog. - Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - The text that was entered or null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the user cancelled the operation. - - - - Creates a MessageDialog inside of the current window. - - The MetroWindow - The title of the MessageDialog. - The message contained within the MessageDialog. - The type of buttons to use. - Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - A task promising the result of which button was pressed. - - - - Creates a ProgressDialog inside of the current window. - - The MetroWindow - The title of the ProgressDialog. - The message within the ProgressDialog. - Determines if the cancel button is visible. - Optional Settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - A task promising the instance of ProgressDialogController for this operation. - - - - Adds a Metro Dialog instance to the specified window and makes it visible asynchronously. - If you want to wait until the user has closed the dialog, use - You have to close the resulting dialog yourself with . - - The owning window of the dialog. - The dialog instance itself. - An optional pre-defined settings instance. - A task representing the operation. - The is already visible in the window. - - - - Hides a visible Metro Dialog instance. - - The window with the dialog that is visible. - The dialog instance to hide. - An optional pre-defined settings instance. - A task representing the operation. - - The is not visible in the window. - This happens if hasn't been called before. - - - - - Gets the current shown dialog. - - The dialog owner. - - - - InputDialog - - - - - InitializeComponent - - - - - LoginDialog - - - - - InitializeComponent - - - - - An internal control that represents a message dialog. Please use MetroWindow.ShowMessage instead! - - - MessageDialog - - - - - InitializeComponent - - - - - An enum representing the result of a Message Dialog. - - - - - An enum representing the different button states for a Message Dialog. - - - - - Just "OK" - - - - - "OK" and "Cancel" - - - - - An internal control that represents a message dialog. Please use MetroWindow.ShowMessage instead! - - - ProgressDialog - - - - - InitializeComponent - - - - - A class for manipulating an open ProgressDialog. - - - - - Sets the ProgressBar's IsIndeterminate to true. To set it to false, call SetProgress. - - - - - Sets if the Cancel button is visible. - - - - - - Sets the dialog's progress bar value and sets IsIndeterminate to false. - - The percentage to set as the value. - - - - Sets the dialog's message content. - - The message to be set. - - - - Sets the dialog's title. - - The title to be set. - - - - Begins an operation to close the ProgressDialog. - - A task representing the operation. - - - - Gets if the wrapped ProgressDialog is open. - - - - - Gets if the Cancel button has been pressed. - - - - - Gets or sets the Content of this control.. - - - - - Reflects the parameter to pass to the CommandProperty upon execution. - - - - - Gets or sets the target element on which to fire the command. - - - - - Get or sets the Command property. - - - - - Gets or sets an extra tag. - - - - - Gets or sets the dimension of children stacking. - - - - - Gets or sets the Content used to generate the icon part. - - - - - Gets or sets the ContentTemplate used to display the content of the icon part. - - - - - Gets/sets the button style. - - - - - Gets/sets the menu style. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush of the button arrow icon. - - - - - Gets/sets the visibility of the button arrow icon. - - - - - A control that imitate a slideshow with back/forward buttons. - - - - - To counteract the double Loaded event issue. - - - - - Changes the current slide to the previous item. - - - - - Changes the current to the next item. - - - - - Brings the control buttons (next/previous) into view. - - - - - Removes the control buttons (next/previous) from view. - - - - - Gets/sets the text that is displayed in the FlipView's banner. - - - - - Gets/sets whether the FlipView's banner is visible. - - - - - A sliding panel control that is hosted in a MetroWindow via a FlyoutsControl. - - - - - - - An event that is raised when IsOpen changes. - - - - - An event that is raised when the closing animation has finished. - - - - - Gets/sets if the title is visible in this flyout. - - - - - Gets/sets if the close button is visible in this flyout. - - - - - An ICommand that executes when the flyout's close button is clicked. - Note that this won't execute when is set to false. - - - - - A DataTemplate for the flyout's header. - - - - - Gets/sets whether this flyout is visible. - - - - - Gets/sets whether this flyout uses the open/close animation when changing the property. (default is true) - - - - - Gets/sets whether this flyout animates the opacity of the flyout when opening/closing. - - - - - Gets/sets whether this flyout stays open when the user clicks outside of it. - - - - - Gets/sets the mouse button that closes the flyout on an external mouse click. - - - - - Gets/sets whether this flyout is modal. - - - - - Gets/sets this flyout's position in the FlyoutsControl/MetroWindow. - - - - - Gets/sets the flyout's header. - - - - - Gets or sets the theme of this flyout. - - - - - Gets or sets the focused element. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the flyout should try focus an element. - - - - - A FlyoutsControl is for displaying flyouts in a MetroWindow. - - - - - - Gets/sets whether is ignored and all flyouts behave as if it was set to the value of this property. - - - - - Gets/sets whether is ignored and all flyouts behave as if it was set false. - - - - - Adapts the Flyout's theme to the theme of its host window. - - - - - Adapts the Flyout's theme to the theme of its host window, but inverted. - This theme can only be applied if the host window's theme abides the "Dark" and "Light" affix convention. - (see for more infos. - - - - - The dark theme. This is the default theme. - - - - - The flyouts theme will match the host window's accent color. - - - - - GlowWindow - - - - - InitializeComponent - - - - - Save the DataGrid. - - - - - Get the DataGrid. - - - - - A MetroTabControl (Pivot) that wraps TabItem/MetroTabItem headers on a single row. - - - - - A base class for every MetroTabControl (Pivot). - - - - - Get/sets the command that executes when a MetroTabItem's close button is clicked. - - - - - An event that is raised when a TabItem is closed. - - - - - Event args that is created when a TabItem is closed. - - - - - Gets the MetroTabItem that will be closed. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MahApps.Metro.Controls.MetroAnimatedSingleRowTabControl class. - - - - - A MetroTabControl (Pivot) that uses a TransitioningContentControl to animate the contents of a TabItem/MetroTabItem. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MahApps.Metro.Controls.MetroAnimatedTabControl class. - - - - - A reimplementation of NavigationWindow based on MetroWindow. - - - - MetroNavigationWindow - - - - - An extended, metrofied Window class. - - - - - Gets the window placement settings (can be overwritten). - - - - - Begins to show the MetroWindow's overlay effect. - - A task representing the process. - - - - Begins to hide the MetroWindow's overlay effect. - - A task representing the process. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MahApps.Metro.Controls.MetroWindow class. - - - - - Gets the template child with the given name. - - The interface type inheirted from DependencyObject. - The name of the template child. - - - - Gets the template child with the given name. - - The name of the template child. - - - - CleanWindow sets this so it has the correct default window commands brush - - - - - Gets/sets the style for the MIN button style. - - - - - Gets/sets the style for the MAX button style. - - - - - Gets/sets the style for the CLOSE button style. - - - - - Gets/sets whether the window's entrance transition animation is enabled. - - - - - Gets/sets the FlyoutsControl that hosts the window's flyouts. - - - - - Gets/sets the icon content template to show a custom icon. - - - - - Gets/sets the title content template to show a custom title. - - - - - Gets/sets the left window commands that hosts the user commands. - - - - - Gets/sets the right window commands that hosts the user commands. - - - - - Gets/sets whether the window will ignore (and overlap) the taskbar when maximized. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the titlebar's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets whether the window will save it's position between loads. - - - - - Get/sets whether the titlebar icon is visible or not. - - - - - Gets/sets edge mode of the titlebar icon. - - - - - Gets/sets bitmap scaling mode of the titlebar icon. - - - - - Gets/sets whether the TitleBar is visible or not. - - - - - Gets/sets whether the WindowStyle is None or not. - - - - - Gets/sets if the minimize button is visible. - - - - - Gets/sets if the Maximize/Restore button is visible. - - - - - Gets/sets if the close button is visible. - - - - - Gets/sets if the min button is enabled. - - - - - Gets/sets if the max/restore button is enabled. - - - - - Gets/sets if the close button is enabled. - - - - - Gets/sets if the the system menu should popup on right click. - - - - - Gets/sets the TitleBar's height. - - - - - Gets/sets if the TitleBar's text is automatically capitalized. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the Window's title bar. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the Window's glow. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the Window's non-active glow. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the Window's non-active border. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the Window's non-active title bar. - - - - - Gets/sets the TitleBar/Window's Text. - - - - - Adds an entry to back navigation history that contains a CustomContentState object. - - A CustomContentState object that represents application-defined state that is associated with a specific piece of content. - - - - - Removes the most recent journal entry from back history. - - The most recent JournalEntry in back navigation history, if there is one. - - - - - Navigates to the most recent item in back navigation history. - - - - - - Navigates to the most recent item in forward navigation history. - - - - - - Navigates asynchronously to content that is contained by an object. - - An Object that contains the content to navigate to. - true if a navigation is not canceled; otherwise, false. - - - - - Navigates asynchronously to content that is specified by a uniform resource identifier (URI). - - A Uri object initialized with the URI for the desired content. - true if a navigation is not canceled; otherwise, false. - - - - - Navigates asynchronously to content that is contained by an object, and passes an object that contains data to be used for processing during navigation. - - An Object that contains the content to navigate to. - A Object that contains data to be used for processing during navigation. - true if a navigation is not canceled; otherwise, false. - - - - - Navigates asynchronously to source content located at a uniform resource identifier (URI), and pass an object that contains data to be used for processing during navigation. - - A Uri object initialized with the URI for the desired content. - A Object that contains data to be used for processing during navigation. - true if a navigation is not canceled; otherwise, false. - - - - - Stops further downloading of content for the current navigation request. - - - - - - InitializeComponent - - - - - Gets an IEnumerable that you use to enumerate the entries in back navigation history for a NavigationWindow. - - - - - - Gets an IEnumerable that you use to enumerate the entries in back navigation history for a NavigationWindow. - - - - - - Gets the NavigationService that is used by this MetroNavigationWindow to provide navigation services to its content. - - - - - - Gets a value that indicates whether there is at least one entry in back navigation history. - - - - - - Gets a value that indicates whether there is at least one entry in forward navigation history. - - - - - - Gets or sets the base uniform resource identifier (URI) of the current context. - - - - - - Gets or sets the uniform resource identifier (URI) of the current content, or the URI of new content that is currently being navigated to. - - - - - - Occurs when navigation to a content fragment begins, which occurs immediately, if the desired fragment is in the current content, or after the source XAML content has been loaded, if the desired fragment is in different content. - - - - - - Occurs when a new navigation is requested. - - - - - - Occurs when an error is raised while navigating to the requested content. - - - - - - Occurs periodically during a download to provide navigation progress information. - - - - - - Occurs when the StopLoading method is called, or when a new navigation is requested while a current navigation is in progre - - - - - - Occurs when the content that is being navigated to has been found, and is available from the PageContent property, although it may not have completed loading - - - - - - Occurs when content that was navigated to has been loaded, parsed, and has begun rendering. - - - - - - A metrofied ProgressBar. - - - - - - Gets/sets the diameter of the ellipses used in the indeterminate animation. - - - - - Gets/sets the offset of the ellipses used in the indeterminate animation. - - - - - A standard MetroTabControl (Pivot). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MahApps.Metro.Controls.MetroTabControl class. - - - - - An extended TabItem with a metro style. - - - - - Gets/sets whether the Close Button is visible. - - - - - Gets/sets the command that is executed when the Close Button is clicked. - - - - - This class eats little children. - - - - - Sets the IsHitTestVisibleInChromeProperty to a MetroWindow template child - - The MetroWindow. - The name of the template child. - - - - Sets the WindowChrome ResizeGripDirection to a MetroWindow template child. - - The MetroWindow. - The name of the template child. - The direction. - - - - Adapts the WindowCommands to the theme of the first opened, topmost && (top || right || left) flyout - - The MetroWindow - All the flyouts! Or flyouts that fall into the category described in the summary. - An optional brush to reset the window commands brush to. - - - - Represents a Windows spin box (also known as an up-down control) that displays numeric values. - - - - - Called when this element or any below gets focus. - - - - - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call - . - - - - - Raises the routed event. - - - Old value of the property - - - New value of the property - - - - - Event fired from this NumericUpDown when its value has reached the maximum value - - - - - Event fired from this NumericUpDown when its value has reached the minimum value - - - - - Gets or sets the amount of time, in milliseconds, the NumericUpDown waits while the up/down button is pressed - before it starts increasing/decreasing the - for the specified . The value must be - non-negative. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can use the arrow keys and to change values. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can use the mouse wheel to change values. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control must have the focus in order to change values using the mouse wheel. - - If the value is true then the value changes when the mouse wheel is over the control. If the value is false then the value changes only if the control has the focus. If is set to "false" then this property has no effect. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can enter text in the control. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating the culture to be used in string formatting operations. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the +/- button of the control is visible. - - - If the value is false then the of the control can be changed only if one of the following cases is satisfied: - - - is true. - - - is true. - - - is true. - - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text can be changed by the use of the up or down buttons only. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the value to be added to or subtracted from remains - always - or if it will increase faster after pressing the up/down button/arrow some time. - - - - - Gets or sets the formatting for the displaying - - - - - - - - Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the contents of the text box. - - - - - An Enum representing different positions, such as Left or Right. - - - - - AddValueChanged of dependency property descriptor results in memory leak as you already know. - So, as described here, you can create custom class PropertyChangeNotifier to listen - to any dependency property changes. - - This class takes advantage of the fact that bindings use weak references to manage associations - so the class will not root the object who property changes it is watching. It also uses a WeakReference - to maintain a reference to the object whose property it is watching without rooting that object. - In this way, you can maintain a collection of these objects so that you can unhook the property - change later without worrying about that collection rooting the object whose values you are watching. - - Complete implementation can be found here: http://agsmith.wordpress.com/2008/04/07/propertydescriptor-addvaluechanged-alternative/ - - - - - Identifies the dependency property - - - - - Returns/sets the value of the property - - - - - - This property can be used to set vertical scrollbar left side from the tabpanel (look at MetroAnimatedSingleRowTabControl) - - - - - <MyNamespace:CustomControl1/> - - - - - Defines whether the underline below the is shown or not. - - - - - This property can be used to set the Transition for animated TabControls - - - - - This property can be used to handle the style for CheckBox and RadioButton - LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa - - - - - This property can be used to handle the style for CheckBox and RadioButton - LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa - - - - - Doesn't overlay flyouts nor a hidden TitleBar. - - - - - Overlays opened controls. - - - - - Overlays a hidden TitleBar. - - - - - Determining Ideal Text Color Based on Specified Background Color - http://www.codeproject.com/KB/GDI-plus/IdealTextColor.aspx - - The bg. - - - - - Converts the value from true to false and false to true. - - - - - Based on Greg Schechter's Planerator - http://blogs.msdn.com/b/greg_schechter/archive/2007/10/26/enter-the-planerator-dead-simple-3d-in-wpf-with-a-stupid-name.aspx - - - - - Event arguments created for the RangeSlider's SelectionChanged event. - - - - - - The value of the new range's beginning. - - - - - The value of the new range's ending. - - - - - A slider control with the ability to select a range between two values. - - - - - Responds to a change in the value of the property. - - The old value of the property.The new value of the property. - - - - Responds to a change in the value of the property. - - The old value of the property.The new value of the property. - - - - Get/sets value how fast thumbs will move when user press on left/right/central with left mouse button (IsMoveToPoint must be set to FALSE) - - - - - Get/sets precision of the value, which displaying inside AutotToolTip - - - - - Get/sets the converter for the tooltip text - - - - - Get/sets tooltip, which will show while dragging thumbs and display currect value - - - - - Get/sets tick placement position - - - - - Get/sets IsMoveToPoint feature which will enable/disable moving to exact point inside control when user clicked on it - - - - - Get/sets tickFrequency - - - - - Get/sets orientation of range slider - - - - - Get/sets whether possibility to make manipulations inside range with left/right mouse buttons + cotrol button - - - - - Get/sets whether possibility to make manipulations inside range with left/right mouse buttons + cotrol button - - - - - Get/sets whether whole range will be moved when press on right/left/central part of control - - - - - Get/sets the minimal distance between two thumbs. - - - - - Get/sets the beginning of the range selection. - - - - - Get/sets the end of the range selection. - - - - - Get/sets the minimum range that can be selected. - - - - - A helper class that provides various attached properties for the TextBox control. - - - Password watermarking code from: http://prabu-guru.blogspot.com/2010/06/how-to-add-watermark-text-to-textbox.html - - - - - The clear text button behavior property. It sets a click event to the button if the value is true. - - - - - Indicates if a TextBox or RichTextBox should use SpellCheck context menu - - - - - Gets if the attached TextBox has text. - - - - - Gets the clear text button behavior. - - - - - Sets the clear text button behavior. - - - - - A Button that allows the user to toggle between two states. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the control's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the on-switch's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the off-switch's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the thumb indicator. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the thumb indicator. - - - - - Gets/sets the width of the thumb indicator. - - - - - enumeration for the different transition types - - - - - Use the VisualState DefaultTransition - - - - - Use the VisualState Normal - - - - - Use the VisualState UpTransition - - - - - Use the VisualState DownTransition - - - - - Use the VisualState RightTransition - - - - - Use the VisualState RightReplaceTransition - - - - - Use the VisualState LeftTransition - - - - - Use the VisualState LeftReplaceTransition - - - - - Use a custom VisualState, the name must be set using CustomVisualStatesName property - - - - - A ContentControl that animates content as it loads and unloads. - - - - - Reload the current transition if the content is the same. - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the custom transition visual state. - - - - - Gets/sets if the content is transitioning. - - - - - Helper methods for UI-related tasks. - This class was obtained from Philip Sumi (a fellow WPF Disciples blog) - http://www.hardcodet.net/uploads/2009/06/UIHelper.cs - - - - - Finds a parent of a given item on the visual tree. - - The type of the queried item. - A direct or indirect child of the - queried item. - The first parent item that matches the submitted - type parameter. If not matching item can be found, a null - reference is being returned. - - - - Finds a Child of a given item in the visual tree. - - A direct parent of the queried item. - The type of the queried item. - x:Name or Name of child. - The first parent item that matches the submitted type parameter. - If not matching item can be found, - a null parent is being returned. - - - - This method is an alternative to WPF's - method, which also - supports content elements. Keep in mind that for content element, - this method falls back to the logical tree of the element! - - The item to be processed. - The submitted item's parent, if available. Otherwise - null. - - - - Analyzes both visual and logical tree in order to find all elements of a given - type that are descendants of the item. - - The type of the queried items. - The root element that marks the source of the search. If the - source is already of the requested type, it will not be included in the result. - Sometimes it's better to search in the VisualTree (e.g. in tests) - All descendants of that match the requested type. - - - - This method is an alternative to WPF's - method, which also - supports content elements. Keep in mind that for content elements, - this method falls back to the logical tree of the element. - - The item to be processed. - Sometimes it's better to search in the VisualTree (e.g. in tests) - The submitted item's child elements, if available. - - - - Tries to locate a given item within the visual tree, - starting with the dependency object at a given position. - - The type of the element to be found - on the visual tree of the element at the given location. - The main element which is used to perform - hit testing. - The position to be evaluated on the origin. - - - - Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the separators. - - - - - Converts a String into a Visibility enumeration (and back) - The FalseEquivalent can be declared with the "FalseEquivalent" property - - - - - Initialize the properties with standard values - - - - - FalseEquivalent (default : Visibility.Collapsed => see Constructor) - - - - - Define whether the opposite boolean value is crucial (default : false) - - - - IID_IApplicationAssociationRegistration - - - IID_IConnectionPoint - - - IID_IConnectionPointContainer - - - IID_IEnumConnectionPoints - - - IID_IEnumConnections - - - IID_IEnumIDList - - - IID_IEnumObjects - - - IID_IFileDialog - - - IID_IFileDialogEvents - - - IID_IFileOpenDialog - - - IID_IFileSaveDialog - - - IID_IHTMLDocument - - - IID_IHTMLDocument2 - - - IID_IModalWindow - - - IID_IObjectArray - - - IID_IObjectCollection - - - IID_IPropertyNotifySink - - - IID_IPropertyStore - - - IID_IServiceProvider - - - IID_IShellFolder - - - IID_IShellLink - - - IID_IShellItem - - - IID_IShellItem2 - - - IID_IShellItemArray - - - IID_ITaskbarList - - - IID_ITaskbarList2 - - - IID_IUnknown - - - IID_IWebBrowser2 - - - DIID_DWebBrowserEvents - - - IID_DWebBrowserEvents2 - - - IID_IWICBitmapDecoder - - - IID_IWICBitmapFlipRotator - - - IID_IWICBitmapFrameDecode - - - IID_IWICBitmap - - - IID_IWICBitmapSource - - - IID_IWICFormatConverter - - - IID_IWICImagingFactory - - - IID_IWICStream - - - IID_IApplicationDestinations - - - IID_IApplicationDocumentLists - - - IID_ICustomDestinationList - - - IID_IObjectWithAppUserModelID - - - IID_IObjectWithProgID - - - IID_ITaskbarList3 - - - IID_ITaskbarList4 - - - SID_SWebBrowserApp - - - CLSID_ApplicationAssociationRegistration - IID_IApplicationAssociationRegistration - - - CLSID_DragDropHelper - - - CLSID_FileOpenDialog - IID_IFileOpenDialog - - - CLSID_FileSaveDialog - IID_IFileSaveDialog - - - CLSID_TaskbarList - IID_ITaskbarList - - - CLSID_EnumerableObjectCollection - IID_IEnumObjects. - - - CLSID_ShellLink - IID_IShellLink - - - CLSID_WICImagingFactory - - - CLSID_DestinationList - IID_ICustomDestinationList - - - CLSID_ApplicationDestinations - IID_IApplicationDestinations - - - CLSID_ApplicationDocumentLists - IID_IApplicationDocumentLists - - - A static class for verifying assumptions. - - - - Executes the specified argument. - - The function to execute. - - - Obsolete: Use Standard.Assert.AreEqual instead of Assert.Equals - The generic type to compare for equality. - The first generic type data to compare. This is is the expected value. - The second generic type data to compare. This is the actual value. - - - - Verifies that two generic type data are equal. The assertion fails if they are not. - - The generic type to compare for equality. - The first generic type data to compare. This is is the expected value. - The second generic type data to compare. This is the actual value. - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - Verifies that two generic type data are not equal. The assertion fails if they are. - - The generic type to compare for inequality. - The first generic type data to compare. This is is the value that's not expected. - The second generic type data to compare. This is the actual value. - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - Verifies that if the specified condition is true, then so is the result. - The assertion fails if the condition is true but the result is false. - - if set to true [condition]. - - A second Boolean statement. If the first was true then so must this be. - If the first statement was false then the value of this is ignored. - - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - Lazy evaluation overload. Verifies that if a condition is true, then so is a secondary value. - - The conditional value. - A function to be evaluated for truth if the condition argument is true. - - This overload only evaluates the result if the first condition is true. - - - - - Verifies that a string has content. I.e. it is not null and it is not empty. - - The string to verify. - - - - Verifies that a string has content. I.e. it is not null and it is not purely whitespace. - - The string to verify. - - - - Verifies the specified value is not null. The assertion fails if it is. - - The generic reference type. - The value to check for nullness. - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - Verifies that the specified condition is false. The assertion fails if it is true. - - The expression that should be false. - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - Verifies that the specified condition is false. The assertion fails if it is true. - - The expression that should be false. - The message to display if the condition is true. - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - Verifies that the specified condition is true. The assertion fails if it is not. - - A condition that is expected to be true. - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - Verifies that the specified condition is true. The assertion fails if it is not. - - A condition that is expected to be true. - The message to write in case the condition is false. - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - This line should never be executed. The assertion always fails. - - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - This line should never be executed. The assertion always fails. - - The message to display if this function is executed. - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - Verifies that the specified object is null. The assertion fails if it is not. - - The item to verify is null. - - - - Verifies that the specified value is within the expected range. The assertion fails if it isn't. - - The lower bound inclusive value. - The value to verify. - The upper bound inclusive value. - - - - Verifies that the specified value is within the expected range. The assertion fails if it isn't. - - The lower bound inclusive value. - The value to verify. - The upper bound exclusive value. - - - - Verify the current thread's apartment state is what's expected. The assertion fails if it isn't - - - The expected apartment state for the current thread. - - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - A function signature for Assert.Evaluate. - - - A function signature for Assert.Implies. - Returns the truth of a predicate. - - - - DoubleUtil uses fixed eps to provide fuzzy comparison functionality for doubles. - Note that FP noise is a big problem and using any of these compare - methods is not a complete solution, but rather the way to reduce - the probability of repeating unnecessary work. - - - - - Epsilon - more or less random, more or less small number. - - - - - AreClose returns whether or not two doubles are "close". That is, whether or - not they are within epsilon of each other. - There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which - are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this - returns false. - - The first double to compare. - The second double to compare. - The result of the AreClose comparision. - - - - LessThan returns whether or not the first double is less than the second double. - That is, whether or not the first is strictly less than *and* not within epsilon of - the other number. - There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which - are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this - returns false. - - The first double to compare. - The second double to compare. - The result of the LessThan comparision. - - - - GreaterThan returns whether or not the first double is greater than the second double. - That is, whether or not the first is strictly greater than *and* not within epsilon of - the other number. - There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which - are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this - returns false. - - The first double to compare. - The second double to compare. - The result of the GreaterThan comparision. - - - - LessThanOrClose returns whether or not the first double is less than or close to - the second double. That is, whether or not the first is strictly less than or within - epsilon of the other number. - There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which - are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this - returns false. - - The first double to compare. - The second double to compare. - The result of the LessThanOrClose comparision. - - - - GreaterThanOrClose returns whether or not the first double is greater than or close to - the second double. That is, whether or not the first is strictly greater than or within - epsilon of the other number. - There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which - are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this - returns false. - - The first double to compare. - The second double to compare. - The result of the GreaterThanOrClose comparision. - - - - Test to see if a double is a finite number (is not NaN or Infinity). - - The value to test. - Whether or not the value is a finite number. - - - - Test to see if a double a valid size value (is finite and > 0). - - The value to test. - Whether or not the value is a valid size value. - - - - Convert a point in device independent pixels (1/96") to a point in the system coordinates. - - A point in the logical coordinate system. - Returns the parameter converted to the system's coordinates. - - - - Convert a point in system coordinates to a point in device independent pixels (1/96"). - - A point in the physical coordinate system. - Returns the parameter converted to the device independent coordinate system. - - - - Wrapper for common Win32 status codes. - - - - The operation completed successfully. - - - Incorrect function. - - - The system cannot find the file specified. - - - The system cannot find the path specified. - - - The system cannot open the file. - - - Access is denied. - - - The handle is invalid. - - - Not enough storage is available to complete this operation. - - - There are no more files. - - - The process cannot access the file because it is being used by another process. - - - The parameter is incorrect. - - - The data area passed to a system call is too small. - - - Cannot nest calls to LoadModule. - - - Illegal operation attempted on a registry key that has been marked for deletion. - - - Element not found. - - - There was no match for the specified key in the index. - - - An invalid device was specified. - - - The operation was canceled by the user. - - - Cannot find window class. - - - The window class was already registered. - - - The specified datatype is invalid. - - - - Create a new Win32 error. - - The integer value of the error. - - - Performs HRESULT_FROM_WIN32 conversion. - The Win32 error being converted to an HRESULT. - The equivilent HRESULT value. - - - Performs HRESULT_FROM_WIN32 conversion. - The equivilent HRESULT value. - - - Performs the equivalent of Win32's GetLastError() - A Win32Error instance with the result of the native GetLastError - - - - Compare two Win32 error codes for equality. - - The first error code to compare. - The second error code to compare. - Whether the two error codes are the same. - - - - Compare two Win32 error codes for inequality. - - The first error code to compare. - The second error code to compare. - Whether the two error codes are not the same. - - - FACILITY_NULL - - - FACILITY_RPC - - - FACILITY_DISPATCH - - - FACILITY_STORAGE - - - FACILITY_ITF - - - FACILITY_WIN32 - - - FACILITY_WINDOWS - - - FACILITY_CONTROL - - - MSDN doced facility code for ESE errors. - - - FACILITY_WINCODEC (WIC) - - - Wrapper for HRESULT status codes. - - - S_OK - - - S_FALSE - - - E_PENDING - - - E_NOTIMPL - - - E_NOINTERFACE - - - E_POINTER - - - E_ABORT - - - E_FAIL - - - E_UNEXPECTED - - - STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION - - - REGDB_E_CLASSNOTREG - - - DESTS_E_NO_MATCHING_ASSOC_HANDLER. Win7 internal error code for Jump Lists. - There is no Assoc Handler for the given item registered by the specified application. - - - DESTS_E_NORECDOCS. Win7 internal error code for Jump Lists. - The given item is excluded from the recent docs folder by the NoRecDocs bit on its registration. - - - DESTS_E_NOTALLCLEARED. Win7 internal error code for Jump Lists. - Not all of the items were successfully cleared - - - E_ACCESSDENIED - Win32Error ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED. - - - E_OUTOFMEMORY - Win32Error ERROR_OUTOFMEMORY. - - - E_INVALIDARG - Win32Error ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER. - - - INTSAFE_E_ARITHMETIC_OVERFLOW - - - COR_E_OBJECTDISPOSED - - - WC_E_GREATERTHAN - - - WC_E_SYNTAX - - - - Create an HRESULT from an integer value. - - - - - - Convert an HRESULT to an int. Used for COM interface declarations out of our control. - - - - - Get a string representation of this HRESULT. - - - - - - Convert the result of Win32 GetLastError() into a raised exception. - - - - - retrieve HRESULT_FACILITY - - - - - retrieve HRESULT_CODE - - - - - HIGHCONTRAST flags - - - - - DROPIMAGE_* - - - - - BITMAPINFOHEADER Compression type. BI_*. - - - - - CombingRgn flags. RGN_* - - - - - Creates the intersection of the two combined regions. - - - - - Creates the union of two combined regions. - - - - - Creates the union of two combined regions except for any overlapping areas. - - - - - Combines the parts of hrgnSrc1 that are not part of hrgnSrc2. - - - - - Creates a copy of the region identified by hrgnSrc1. - - - - - For IWebBrowser2. OLECMDEXECOPT_* - - - - - For IWebBrowser2. OLECMDF_* - - - - - For IWebBrowser2. OLECMDID_* - - - - - For IWebBrowser2. READYSTATE_* - - - - - DATAOBJ_GET_ITEM_FLAGS. DOGIF_*. - - - - Use the system default, which is to display all error dialog boxes. - - - - The system does not display the critical-error-handler message box. - Instead, the system sends the error to the calling process. - - - - - 64-bit Windows: The system automatically fixes memory alignment faults and makes them - invisible to the application. It does this for the calling process and any descendant processes. - After this value is set for a process, subsequent attempts to clear the value are ignored. - - - - - The system does not display the general-protection-fault message box. - This flag should only be set by debugging applications that handle general - protection (GP) faults themselves with an exception handler. - - - - - The system does not display a message box when it fails to find a file. - Instead, the error is returned to the calling process. - - - - - Non-client hit test values, HT* - - - - - GetClassLongPtr values, GCLP_* - - - - - GetWindowLongPtr values, GWL_* - - - - - SystemMetrics. SM_* - - - - - SystemParameterInfo values, SPI_* - - - - - SystemParameterInfo flag values, SPIF_* - - - - - CS_* - - - - - WindowStyle values, WS_* - - - - - Window message values, WM_* - - - - - Window style extended values, WS_EX_* - - - - - GetDeviceCaps nIndex values. - - - - Number of bits per pixel - - - - - Number of planes - - - - - Logical pixels inch in X - - - - - Logical pixels inch in Y - - - - - "FILEOP_FLAGS", FOF_*. - - - - - EnableMenuItem uEnable values, MF_* - - - - - Possible return value for EnableMenuItem - - - - Specifies the type of visual style attribute to set on a window. - - - Non-client area window attributes will be set. - - - - DWMFLIP3DWINDOWPOLICY. DWMFLIP3D_* - - - - - DWMNCRENDERINGPOLICY. DWMNCRP_* - - - - - DWMWINDOWATTRIBUTE. DWMWA_* - - - - - WindowThemeNonClientAttributes - - - - Prevents the window caption from being drawn. - - - Prevents the system icon from being drawn. - - - Prevents the system icon menu from appearing. - - - Prevents mirroring of the question mark, even in right-to-left (RTL) layout. - - - A mask that contains all the valid bits. - - - - SetWindowPos options - - - - - ShowWindow options - - - - - SCF_ISSECURE - - - - - GDI+ Status codes - - - - - MSGFLT_*. New in Vista. Realiased in Windows 7. - - - - - Shell_NotifyIcon messages. NIM_* - - - - - SHAddToRecentDocuments flags. SHARD_* - - - - - Shell_NotifyIcon flags. NIF_* - - - - - Vista only. - - - - - Vista only. - - - - - Shell_NotifyIcon info flags. NIIF_* - - - - XP SP2 and later. - - - XP and later. - - - Vista and later. - - - Windows 7 and later - - - XP and later. Native version called NIIF_ICON_MASK. - - - - AC_* - - - - - The state of the icon. There are two flags that can be set independently. - NIS_HIDDEN = 1. The icon is hidden. - NIS_SHAREDICON = 2. The icon is shared. - - - - The idlist for the shell item that should be added to the recent docs folder. - - - The id of the application that should be associated with this recent doc. - - - Defines options that are used to set window visual style attributes. - - - - A combination of flags that modify window visual style attributes. - Can be a combination of the WTNCA constants. - - - - - A bitmask that describes how the values specified in dwFlags should be applied. - If the bit corresponding to a value in dwFlags is 0, that flag will be removed. - If the bit is 1, the flag will be added. - - - - Width of left border that retains its size. - - - Width of right border that retains its size. - - - Height of top border that retains its size. - - - Height of bottom border that retains its size. - - - - initialize this field using: Marshal.SizeOf(typeof(APPBARDATA)); - - - - Delegate declaration that matches native WndProc signatures. - - - Delegate declaration that matches managed WndProc signatures. - - - - Sets attributes to control how visual styles are applied to a specified window. - - - Handle to a window to apply changes to. - - - Value of type WINDOWTHEMEATTRIBUTETYPE that specifies the type of attribute to set. - The value of this parameter determines the type of data that should be passed in the pvAttribute parameter. - Can be the following value: - WTA_NONCLIENT (Specifies non-client related attributes). - pvAttribute must be a pointer of type WTA_OPTIONS. - - - A pointer that specifies attributes to set. Type is determined by the value of the eAttribute value. - - - Specifies the size, in bytes, of the data pointed to by pvAttribute. - - - - Overload of SystemParametersInfo for getting and setting NONCLIENTMETRICS. - - - Overload of SystemParametersInfo for getting and setting HIGHCONTRAST. - - - - Sets the User Model AppID for the current process, enabling Windows to retrieve this ID - - - - - - Retrieves the User Model AppID that has been explicitly set for the current process via SetCurrentProcessExplicitAppUserModelID - - - - - ASSOCIATIONLEVEL, AL_* - - - ASSOCIATIONTYPE, AT_* - - - FileDialog AddPlace options. FDAP_* - - - IFileDialog options. FOS_* - - - FDE_OVERWRITE_RESPONSE. FDEOR_* - - - FDE_SHAREVIOLATION_RESPONSE. FDESVR_* - - - ShellItem attribute flags. SIATTRIBFLAGS_* - - - - Flags for SetTabProperties. STPF_* - - The native enum was called STPFLAG. - - - - Flags for Setting Taskbar Progress state. TBPF_* - - - The native enum was called TBPFLAG. - - - - - THUMBBUTTON mask. THB_* - - - - - THUMBBUTTON flags. THBF_* - - - - - GetPropertyStoreFlags. GPS_*. - - - These are new for Vista, but are used in downlevel components - - - - - KNOWNDESTCATEGORY. KDC_* - - - - Objects can be copied - DROPEFFECT_COPY - - - Objects can be moved - DROPEFFECT_MOVE - - - Objects can be linked - - DROPEFFECT_LINK. - - If this bit is set on an item in the shell folder, a - 'Create Shortcut' menu item will be added to the File - menu and context menus for the item. If the user selects - that command, your IContextMenu::InvokeCommand() will be called - with 'link'. - That flag will also be used to determine if 'Create Shortcut' - should be added when the item in your folder is dragged to another - folder. - - - - supports BindToObject(IID_IStorage) - - - Objects can be renamed - - - Objects can be deleted - - - Objects have property sheets - - - Objects are drop target - - - Object is encrypted (use alt color) - - - 'Slow' object - - - Ghosted icon - - - Shortcut (link) - - - Shared - - - Read-only - - - Hidden object - - - May contain children with SFGAO_FILESYSTEM - - - Support BindToObject(IID_IShellFolder) - - - Is a win32 file system object (file/folder/root) - - - May contain children with SFGAO_FOLDER (may be slow) - - - Invalidate cached information (may be slow) - - - Is this removeable media? - - - Object is compressed (use alt color) - - - Supports IShellFolder, but only implements CreateViewObject() (non-folder view) - - - Is a non-enumerated object (should be hidden) - - - Should show bold in explorer tree - - - Obsolete - - - Obsolete - - - Supports BindToObject(IID_IStream) - - - May contain children with SFGAO_STORAGE or SFGAO_STREAM - - - For determining storage capabilities, ie for open/save semantics - - - - Attributes that are masked out for PKEY_SFGAOFlags because they are considered - to cause slow calculations or lack context - (SFGAO_VALIDATE | SFGAO_ISSLOW | SFGAO_HASSUBFOLDER and others) - - - - - IShellFolder::EnumObjects grfFlags bits. Also called SHCONT - - - - - IShellFolder::GetDisplayNameOf/SetNameOf uFlags. Also called SHGDNF. - - - For compatibility with SIGDN, these bits must all sit in the LOW word. - - - - - SHELLITEMCOMPAREHINTF. SICHINT_*. - - - - iOrder based on display in a folder view - - - exact instance compare - - - iOrder based on canonical name (better performance) - - - - ShellItem enum. SIGDN_*. - - - - - STR_GPS_* - - - When requesting a property store through IShellFolder, you can specify the equivalent of - GPS_DEFAULT by passing in a null IBindCtx parameter. - - You can specify the equivalent of GPS_READWRITE by passing a mode of STGM_READWRITE | STGM_EXCLUSIVE - in the bind context - - Here are the string versions of GPS_ flags, passed to IShellFolder::BindToObject() via IBindCtx::RegisterObjectParam() - These flags are valid when requesting an IPropertySetStorage or IPropertyStore handler - - The meaning of these flags are described above. - - There is no STR_ equivalent for GPS_TEMPORARY because temporary property stores - are provided by IShellItem2 only -- not by the underlying IShellFolder. - - - - - WPARAM value for a THUMBBUTTON being clicked. - - - - fmtid - - - pid - - - PKEY_Title - - - PKEY_AppUserModel_ID - - - PKEY_AppUserModel_IsDestListSeparator - - - PKEY_AppUserModel_RelaunchCommand - - - PKEY_AppUserModel_RelaunchDisplayNameResource - - - PKEY_AppUserModel_RelaunchIconResource - - - Unknown Object Array - - - - Shell Namespace helper - - - - - Shell Namespace helper 2 - - - - - This function must be called first to validate use of other members. - - - - - This function adds a tab for hwnd to the taskbar. - - The HWND for which to add the tab. - - - - This function deletes a tab for hwnd from the taskbar. - - The HWND for which the tab is to be deleted. - - - - This function activates the tab associated with hwnd on the taskbar. - - The HWND for which the tab is to be actuvated. - - - - This function marks hwnd in the taskbar as the active tab. - - The HWND to activate. - - - - Marks a window as full-screen. - - The handle of the window to be marked. - A Boolean value marking the desired full-screen status of the window. - - Setting the value of fFullscreen to true, the Shell treats this window as a full-screen window, and the taskbar - is moved to the bottom of the z-order when this window is active. Setting the value of fFullscreen to false - removes the full-screen marking, but does not cause the Shell to treat the window as though it were - definitely not full-screen. With a false fFullscreen value, the Shell depends on its automatic detection facility - to specify how the window should be treated, possibly still flagging the window as full-screen. - - - - - Allows an application to retrieve the most recent and frequent documents opened in that app, as reported via SHAddToRecentDocs - - - - - Set the App User Model ID for the application retrieving this list. If an AppID is not provided via this method, - the system will use a heuristically determined ID. This method must be called before GetList. - - App Id. - - - - Retrieve an IEnumObjects or IObjectArray for IShellItems and/or IShellLinks. - Items may appear in both the frequent and recent lists. - - - - - - Provides access to the App User Model ID on objects supporting this value. - - - - - Provides access to the ProgID associated with an object - - - - - Wraps an IStream interface pointer from COM into a form consumable by .Net. - - - This implementation is immutable, though it's possible that the underlying - stream can be changed in another context. - - - - - Wraps a native IStream interface into a CLR Stream subclass. - - - The stream that this object wraps. - - - Note that the parameter is passed by ref. On successful creation it is - zeroed out to the caller. This object becomes responsible for the lifetime - management of the wrapped IStream. - - - - - Wraps a managed stream instance into an interface pointer consumable by COM. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the ManagedIStream class with the specified managed Stream object. - - - The stream that this IStream reference is wrapping. - - - - - Creates a new stream object with its own seek pointer that - references the same bytes as the original stream. - - - When this method returns, contains the new stream object. This parameter is passed uninitialized. - - - For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::Clone in the MSDN library. - This class doesn't implement Clone. A COMException is thrown if it is used. - - - - - Ensures that any changes made to a stream object that is open in transacted - mode are reflected in the parent storage. - - - A value that controls how the changes for the stream object are committed. - - - For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::Commit in the MSDN library. - - - - - Copies a specified number of bytes from the current seek pointer in the - stream to the current seek pointer in another stream. - - - A reference to the destination stream. - - - The number of bytes to copy from the source stream. - - - On successful return, contains the actual number of bytes read from the source. - (Note the native signature is to a ULARGE_INTEGER*, so 64 bits are written - to this parameter on success.) - - - On successful return, contains the actual number of bytes written to the destination. - (Note the native signature is to a ULARGE_INTEGER*, so 64 bits are written - to this parameter on success.) - - - - - Restricts access to a specified range of bytes in the stream. - - - The byte offset for the beginning of the range. - - - The length of the range, in bytes, to restrict. - - - The requested restrictions on accessing the range. - - - For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::LockRegion in the MSDN library. - This class doesn't implement LockRegion. A COMException is thrown if it is used. - - - - - Reads a specified number of bytes from the stream object into memory starting at the current seek pointer. - - - When this method returns, contains the data read from the stream. This parameter is passed uninitialized. - - - The number of bytes to read from the stream object. - - - A pointer to a ULONG variable that receives the actual number of bytes read from the stream object. - - - For more information, see the existing documentation for ISequentialStream::Read in the MSDN library. - - - - - Discards all changes that have been made to a transacted stream since the last Commit call. - - - This class doesn't implement Revert. A COMException is thrown if it is used. - - - - - Changes the seek pointer to a new location relative to the beginning of the - stream, to the end of the stream, or to the current seek pointer. - - - The displacement to add to dwOrigin. - - - The origin of the seek. The origin can be the beginning of the file, the current seek pointer, or the end of the file. - - - On successful return, contains the offset of the seek pointer from the beginning of the stream. - (Note the native signature is to a ULARGE_INTEGER*, so 64 bits are written - to this parameter on success.) - - - For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::Seek in the MSDN library. - - - - - Changes the size of the stream object. - - - The new size of the stream as a number of bytes. - - - For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::SetSize in the MSDN library. - - - - - Retrieves the STATSTG structure for this stream. - - - When this method returns, contains a STATSTG structure that describes this stream object. - This parameter is passed uninitialized. - - - Members in the STATSTG structure that this method does not return, thus saving some memory allocation operations. - - - - - Removes the access restriction on a range of bytes previously restricted with the LockRegion method. - - The byte offset for the beginning of the range. - - - The length, in bytes, of the range to restrict. - - - The access restrictions previously placed on the range. - - - For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::UnlockRegion in the MSDN library. - This class doesn't implement UnlockRegion. A COMException is thrown if it is used. - - - - - Writes a specified number of bytes into the stream object starting at the current seek pointer. - - - The buffer to write this stream to. - - - The number of bytes to write to the stream. - - - On successful return, contains the actual number of bytes written to the stream object. - If the caller sets this pointer to null, this method does not provide the actual number - of bytes written. - - - - - Releases resources controlled by this object. - - - Dispose can be called multiple times, but trying to use the object - after it has been disposed will generally throw ObjectDisposedExceptions. - - - - - Wrapper around File.Copy to provide feedback as to whether the file wasn't copied because it didn't exist. - - - - - - Simple guard against the exceptions that File.Delete throws on null and empty strings. - - The path to delete. Unlike File.Delete, this can be null or empty. - - Note that File.Delete, and by extension SafeDeleteFile, does not throw an exception - if the file does not exist. - - - - - Utility to help classes catenate their properties for implementing ToString(). - - The StringBuilder to catenate the results into. - The name of the property to be catenated. - The value of the property to be catenated. - - - - Generates ToString functionality for a struct. This is an expensive way to do it, - it exists for the sake of debugging while classes are in flux. - Eventually this should just be removed and the classes should - do this without reflection. - - - - - - - - Encodes a URL string. Duplicated functionality from System.Web.HttpUtility.UrlEncode. - - - - - Duplicated from System.Web.HttpUtility because System.Web isn't part of the client profile. - URL Encoding replaces ' ' with '+' and unsafe ASCII characters with '%XX'. - Safe characters are defined in RFC2396 (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2396.txt). - They are the 7-bit ASCII alphanumerics and the mark characters "-_.!~*'()". - This implementation does not treat '~' as a safe character to be consistent with the System.Web version. - - - - GDI's DeleteObject - - - GDI+'s DisposeImage - - - - From a list of BitmapFrames find the one that best matches the requested dimensions. - The methods used here are copied from Win32 sources. We want to be consistent with - system behaviors. - - - Convert a native integer that represent a color with an alpha channel into a Color struct. - The integer that represents the color. Its bits are of the format 0xAARRGGBB. - A Color representation of the parameter. - - - - A static class for retail validated assertions. - Instead of breaking into the debugger an exception is thrown. - - - - - Ensure that the current thread's apartment state is what's expected. - - - The required apartment state for the current thread. - - - The message string for the exception to be thrown if the state is invalid. - - - Thrown if the calling thread's apartment state is not the same as the requiredState. - - - - - Ensure that an argument is neither null nor empty. - - The string to validate. - The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. - - - - Ensure that an argument is neither null nor does it consist only of whitespace. - - The string to validate. - The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. - - - Verifies that an argument is not null. - Type of the object to validate. Must be a class. - The object to validate. - The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. - - - Verifies that an argument is not null. - Type of the object to validate. Must be a class. - The object to validate. - The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. - - - Verifies that an argument is null. - Type of the object to validate. Must be a class. - The object to validate. - The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. - - - - Verifies the specified statement is true. Throws an ArgumentException if it's not. - - The statement to be verified as true. - Name of the parameter to include in the ArgumentException. - The message to include in the ArgumentException. - - - - Verifies that the specified value is within the expected range. The assertion fails if it isn't. - - The lower bound inclusive value. - The value to verify. - The upper bound exclusive value. - The name of the parameter that caused the current exception. - - - Display the system menu at a specified location. - The MetroWindow - The location to display the system menu, in logical screen coordinates. - - - - Private constructor. The public way to access this class is through the static Current property. - - - - The extent of the top of the window to treat as the caption. - - - The Window that's chrome is being modified. - - - Underlying HWND for the _window. - - - Object that describes the current modifications being made to the chrome. - - - - This method handles the window size if the taskbar is set to auto-hide. - - - - Add and remove a native WindowStyle from the HWND. - The styles to be removed. These can be bitwise combined. - The styles to be added. These can be bitwise combined. - Whether the styles of the HWND were modified as a result of this call. - - - - Get the WindowState as the native HWND knows it to be. This isn't necessarily the same as what Window thinks. - - - - - Get the bounding rectangle for the window in physical coordinates. - - The bounding rectangle for the window. - - - - Update the items in the system menu based on the current, or assumed, WindowState. - - - The state to assume that the Window is in. This can be null to query the Window's state. - - - We want to update the menu while we have some control over whether the caption will be repainted. - - - - - Matrix of the HT values to return when responding to NC window messages. - - - - - Is this using WPF4? - - - There are a few specific bugs in Window in 3.5SP1 and below that require workarounds - when handling WM_NCCALCSIZE on the HWND. - - - - A borderless window lost his animation, with this we bring it back. - - - - Windows Messages - Defined in winuser.h from Windows SDK v6.1 - Documentation pulled from MSDN. - - - - - The WM_NULL message performs no operation. An application sends the WM_NULL message if it wants to post a message that the recipient window will ignore. - - - - - The WM_CREATE message is sent when an application requests that a window be created by calling the CreateWindowEx or CreateWindow function. (The message is sent before the function returns.) The window procedure of the new window receives this message after the window is created, but before the window becomes visible. - - - - - The WM_DESTROY message is sent when a window is being destroyed. It is sent to the window procedure of the window being destroyed after the window is removed from the screen. - This message is sent first to the window being destroyed and then to the child windows (if any) as they are destroyed. During the processing of the message, it can be assumed that all child windows still exist. - /// - - - - The WM_MOVE message is sent after a window has been moved. - - - - - The WM_SIZE message is sent to a window after its size has changed. - - - - - The WM_ACTIVATE message is sent to both the window being activated and the window being deactivated. If the windows use the same input queue, the message is sent synchronously, first to the window procedure of the top-level window being deactivated, then to the window procedure of the top-level window being activated. If the windows use different input queues, the message is sent asynchronously, so the window is activated immediately. - - - - - The WM_SETFOCUS message is sent to a window after it has gained the keyboard focus. - - - - - The WM_KILLFOCUS message is sent to a window immediately before it loses the keyboard focus. - - - - - The WM_ENABLE message is sent when an application changes the enabled state of a window. It is sent to the window whose enabled state is changing. This message is sent before the EnableWindow function returns, but after the enabled state (WS_DISABLED style bit) of the window has changed. - - - - - An application sends the WM_SETREDRAW message to a window to allow changes in that window to be redrawn or to prevent changes in that window from being redrawn. - - - - - An application sends a WM_SETTEXT message to set the text of a window. - - - - - An application sends a WM_GETTEXT message to copy the text that corresponds to a window into a buffer provided by the caller. - - - - - An application sends a WM_GETTEXTLENGTH message to determine the length, in characters, of the text associated with a window. - - - - - The WM_PAINT message is sent when the system or another application makes a request to paint a portion of an application's window. The message is sent when the UpdateWindow or RedrawWindow function is called, or by the DispatchMessage function when the application obtains a WM_PAINT message by using the GetMessage or PeekMessage function. - - - - - The WM_CLOSE message is sent as a signal that a window or an application should terminate. - - - - - The WM_QUERYENDSESSION message is sent when the user chooses to end the session or when an application calls one of the system shutdown functions. If any application returns zero, the session is not ended. The system stops sending WM_QUERYENDSESSION messages as soon as one application returns zero. - After processing this message, the system sends the WM_ENDSESSION message with the wParam parameter set to the results of the WM_QUERYENDSESSION message. - - - - - The WM_QUERYOPEN message is sent to an icon when the user requests that the window be restored to its previous size and position. - - - - - The WM_ENDSESSION message is sent to an application after the system processes the results of the WM_QUERYENDSESSION message. The WM_ENDSESSION message informs the application whether the session is ending. - - - - - The WM_QUIT message indicates a request to terminate an application and is generated when the application calls the PostQuitMessage function. It causes the GetMessage function to return zero. - - - - - The WM_ERASEBKGND message is sent when the window background must be erased (for example, when a window is resized). The message is sent to prepare an invalidated portion of a window for painting. - - - - - This message is sent to all top-level windows when a change is made to a system color setting. - - - - - The WM_SHOWWINDOW message is sent to a window when the window is about to be hidden or shown. - - - - - An application sends the WM_WININICHANGE message to all top-level windows after making a change to the WIN.INI file. The SystemParametersInfo function sends this message after an application uses the function to change a setting in WIN.INI. - Note The WM_WININICHANGE message is provided only for compatibility with earlier versions of the system. Applications should use the WM_SETTINGCHANGE message. - - - - - An application sends the WM_WININICHANGE message to all top-level windows after making a change to the WIN.INI file. The SystemParametersInfo function sends this message after an application uses the function to change a setting in WIN.INI. - Note The WM_WININICHANGE message is provided only for compatibility with earlier versions of the system. Applications should use the WM_SETTINGCHANGE message. - - - - - The WM_DEVMODECHANGE message is sent to all top-level windows whenever the user changes device-mode settings. - - - - - The WM_ACTIVATEAPP message is sent when a window belonging to a different application than the active window is about to be activated. The message is sent to the application whose window is being activated and to the application whose window is being deactivated. - - - - - An application sends the WM_FONTCHANGE message to all top-level windows in the system after changing the pool of font resources. - - - - - A message that is sent whenever there is a change in the system time. - - - - - The WM_CANCELMODE message is sent to cancel certain modes, such as mouse capture. For example, the system sends this message to the active window when a dialog box or message box is displayed. Certain functions also send this message explicitly to the specified window regardless of whether it is the active window. For example, the EnableWindow function sends this message when disabling the specified window. - - - - - The WM_SETCURSOR message is sent to a window if the mouse causes the cursor to move within a window and mouse input is not captured. - - - - - The WM_MOUSEACTIVATE message is sent when the cursor is in an inactive window and the user presses a mouse button. The parent window receives this message only if the child window passes it to the DefWindowProc function. - - - - - The WM_CHILDACTIVATE message is sent to a child window when the user clicks the window's title bar or when the window is activated, moved, or sized. - - - - - The WM_QUEUESYNC message is sent by a computer-based training (CBT) application to separate user-input messages from other messages sent through the WH_JOURNALPLAYBACK Hook procedure. - - - - - The WM_GETMINMAXINFO message is sent to a window when the size or position of the window is about to change. An application can use this message to override the window's default maximized size and position, or its default minimum or maximum tracking size. - - - - - Windows NT 3.51 and earlier: The WM_PAINTICON message is sent to a minimized window when the icon is to be painted. This message is not sent by newer versions of Microsoft Windows, except in unusual circumstances explained in the Remarks. - - - - - Windows NT 3.51 and earlier: The WM_ICONERASEBKGND message is sent to a minimized window when the background of the icon must be filled before painting the icon. A window receives this message only if a class icon is defined for the window; otherwise, WM_ERASEBKGND is sent. This message is not sent by newer versions of Windows. - - - - - The WM_NEXTDLGCTL message is sent to a dialog box procedure to set the keyboard focus to a different control in the dialog box. - - - - - The WM_SPOOLERSTATUS message is sent from Print Manager whenever a job is added to or removed from the Print Manager queue. - - - - - The WM_DRAWITEM message is sent to the parent window of an owner-drawn button, combo box, list box, or menu when a visual aspect of the button, combo box, list box, or menu has changed. - - - - - The WM_MEASUREITEM message is sent to the owner window of a combo box, list box, list view control, or menu item when the control or menu is created. - - - - - Sent to the owner of a list box or combo box when the list box or combo box is destroyed or when items are removed by the LB_DELETESTRING, LB_RESETCONTENT, CB_DELETESTRING, or CB_RESETCONTENT message. The system sends a WM_DELETEITEM message for each deleted item. The system sends the WM_DELETEITEM message for any deleted list box or combo box item with nonzero item data. - - - - - Sent by a list box with the LBS_WANTKEYBOARDINPUT style to its owner in response to a WM_KEYDOWN message. - - - - - Sent by a list box with the LBS_WANTKEYBOARDINPUT style to its owner in response to a WM_CHAR message. - - - - - An application sends a WM_SETFONT message to specify the font that a control is to use when drawing text. - - - - - An application sends a WM_GETFONT message to a control to retrieve the font with which the control is currently drawing its text. - - - - - An application sends a WM_SETHOTKEY message to a window to associate a hot key with the window. When the user presses the hot key, the system activates the window. - - - - - An application sends a WM_GETHOTKEY message to determine the hot key associated with a window. - - - - - The WM_QUERYDRAGICON message is sent to a minimized (iconic) window. The window is about to be dragged by the user but does not have an icon defined for its class. An application can return a handle to an icon or cursor. The system displays this cursor or icon while the user drags the icon. - - - - - The system sends the WM_COMPAREITEM message to determine the relative position of a new item in the sorted list of an owner-drawn combo box or list box. Whenever the application adds a new item, the system sends this message to the owner of a combo box or list box created with the CBS_SORT or LBS_SORT style. - - - - - Active Accessibility sends the WM_GETOBJECT message to obtain information about an accessible object contained in a server application. - Applications never send this message directly. It is sent only by Active Accessibility in response to calls to AccessibleObjectFromPoint, AccessibleObjectFromEvent, or AccessibleObjectFromWindow. However, server applications handle this message. - - - - - The WM_COMPACTING message is sent to all top-level windows when the system detects more than 12.5 percent of system time over a 30- to 60-second interval is being spent compacting memory. This indicates that system memory is low. - - - - - WM_COMMNOTIFY is Obsolete for Win32-Based Applications - - - - - The WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING message is sent to a window whose size, position, or place in the Z order is about to change as a result of a call to the SetWindowPos function or another window-management function. - - - - - The WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED message is sent to a window whose size, position, or place in the Z order has changed as a result of a call to the SetWindowPos function or another window-management function. - - - - - Notifies applications that the system, typically a battery-powered personal computer, is about to enter a suspended mode. - Use: POWERBROADCAST - - - - - An application sends the WM_COPYDATA message to pass data to another application. - - - - - The WM_CANCELJOURNAL message is posted to an application when a user cancels the application's journaling activities. The message is posted with a NULL window handle. - - - - - Sent by a common control to its parent window when an event has occurred or the control requires some information. - - - - - The WM_INPUTLANGCHANGEREQUEST message is posted to the window with the focus when the user chooses a new input language, either with the hotkey (specified in the Keyboard control panel application) or from the indicator on the system taskbar. An application can accept the change by passing the message to the DefWindowProc function or reject the change (and prevent it from taking place) by returning immediately. - - - - - The WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE message is sent to the topmost affected window after an application's input language has been changed. You should make any application-specific settings and pass the message to the DefWindowProc function, which passes the message to all first-level child windows. These child windows can pass the message to DefWindowProc to have it pass the message to their child windows, and so on. - - - - - Sent to an application that has initiated a training card with Microsoft Windows Help. The message informs the application when the user clicks an authorable button. An application initiates a training card by specifying the HELP_TCARD command in a call to the WinHelp function. - - - - - Indicates that the user pressed the F1 key. If a menu is active when F1 is pressed, WM_HELP is sent to the window associated with the menu; otherwise, WM_HELP is sent to the window that has the keyboard focus. If no window has the keyboard focus, WM_HELP is sent to the currently active window. - - - - - The WM_USERCHANGED message is sent to all windows after the user has logged on or off. When the user logs on or off, the system updates the user-specific settings. The system sends this message immediately after updating the settings. - - - - - Determines if a window accepts ANSI or Unicode structures in the WM_NOTIFY notification message. WM_NOTIFYFORMAT messages are sent from a common control to its parent window and from the parent window to the common control. - - - - - The WM_CONTEXTMENU message notifies a window that the user clicked the right mouse button (right-clicked) in the window. - - - - - The WM_STYLECHANGING message is sent to a window when the SetWindowLong function is about to change one or more of the window's styles. - - - - - The WM_STYLECHANGED message is sent to a window after the SetWindowLong function has changed one or more of the window's styles - - - - - The WM_DISPLAYCHANGE message is sent to all windows when the display resolution has changed. - - - - - The WM_GETICON message is sent to a window to retrieve a handle to the large or small icon associated with a window. The system displays the large icon in the ALT+TAB dialog, and the small icon in the window caption. - - - - - An application sends the WM_SETICON message to associate a new large or small icon with a window. The system displays the large icon in the ALT+TAB dialog box, and the small icon in the window caption. - - - - - The WM_NCCREATE message is sent prior to the WM_CREATE message when a window is first created. - - - - - The WM_NCDESTROY message informs a window that its nonclient area is being destroyed. The DestroyWindow function sends the WM_NCDESTROY message to the window following the WM_DESTROY message. WM_DESTROY is used to free the allocated memory object associated with the window. - The WM_NCDESTROY message is sent after the child windows have been destroyed. In contrast, WM_DESTROY is sent before the child windows are destroyed. - - - - - The WM_NCCALCSIZE message is sent when the size and position of a window's client area must be calculated. By processing this message, an application can control the content of the window's client area when the size or position of the window changes. - - - - - The WM_NCHITTEST message is sent to a window when the cursor moves, or when a mouse button is pressed or released. If the mouse is not captured, the message is sent to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is sent to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_NCPAINT message is sent to a window when its frame must be painted. - - - - - The WM_NCACTIVATE message is sent to a window when its nonclient area needs to be changed to indicate an active or inactive state. - - - - - The WM_GETDLGCODE message is sent to the window procedure associated with a control. By default, the system handles all keyboard input to the control; the system interprets certain types of keyboard input as dialog box navigation keys. To override this default behavior, the control can respond to the WM_GETDLGCODE message to indicate the types of input it wants to process itself. - - - - - The WM_SYNCPAINT message is used to synchronize painting while avoiding linking independent GUI threads. - - - - - The WM_NCMOUSEMOVE message is posted to a window when the cursor is moved within the nonclient area of the window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN message is posted when the user presses the left mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCLBUTTONUP message is posted when the user releases the left mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCLBUTTONDBLCLK message is posted when the user double-clicks the left mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCRBUTTONDOWN message is posted when the user presses the right mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCRBUTTONUP message is posted when the user releases the right mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCRBUTTONDBLCLK message is posted when the user double-clicks the right mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCMBUTTONDOWN message is posted when the user presses the middle mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCMBUTTONUP message is posted when the user releases the middle mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCMBUTTONDBLCLK message is posted when the user double-clicks the middle mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCXBUTTONDOWN message is posted when the user presses the first or second X button while the cursor is in the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCXBUTTONUP message is posted when the user releases the first or second X button while the cursor is in the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCXBUTTONDBLCLK message is posted when the user double-clicks the first or second X button while the cursor is in the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_INPUT_DEVICE_CHANGE message is sent to the window that registered to receive raw input. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - The WM_INPUT message is sent to the window that is getting raw input. - - - - - This message filters for keyboard messages. - - - - - The WM_KEYDOWN message is posted to the window with the keyboard focus when a nonsystem key is pressed. A nonsystem key is a key that is pressed when the ALT key is not pressed. - - - - - The WM_KEYUP message is posted to the window with the keyboard focus when a nonsystem key is released. A nonsystem key is a key that is pressed when the ALT key is not pressed, or a keyboard key that is pressed when a window has the keyboard focus. - - - - - The WM_CHAR message is posted to the window with the keyboard focus when a WM_KEYDOWN message is translated by the TranslateMessage function. The WM_CHAR message contains the character code of the key that was pressed. - - - - - The WM_DEADCHAR message is posted to the window with the keyboard focus when a WM_KEYUP message is translated by the TranslateMessage function. WM_DEADCHAR specifies a character code generated by a dead key. A dead key is a key that generates a character, such as the umlaut (double-dot), that is combined with another character to form a composite character. For example, the umlaut-O character (Ö) is generated by typing the dead key for the umlaut character, and then typing the O key. - - - - - The WM_SYSKEYDOWN message is posted to the window with the keyboard focus when the user presses the F10 key (which activates the menu bar) or holds down the ALT key and then presses another key. It also occurs when no window currently has the keyboard focus; in this case, the WM_SYSKEYDOWN message is sent to the active window. The window that receives the message can distinguish between these two contexts by checking the context code in the lParam parameter. - - - - - The WM_SYSKEYUP message is posted to the window with the keyboard focus when the user releases a key that was pressed while the ALT key was held down. It also occurs when no window currently has the keyboard focus; in this case, the WM_SYSKEYUP message is sent to the active window. The window that receives the message can distinguish between these two contexts by checking the context code in the lParam parameter. - - - - - The WM_SYSCHAR message is posted to the window with the keyboard focus when a WM_SYSKEYDOWN message is translated by the TranslateMessage function. It specifies the character code of a system character key — that is, a character key that is pressed while the ALT key is down. - - - - - The WM_SYSDEADCHAR message is sent to the window with the keyboard focus when a WM_SYSKEYDOWN message is translated by the TranslateMessage function. WM_SYSDEADCHAR specifies the character code of a system dead key — that is, a dead key that is pressed while holding down the ALT key. - - - - - The WM_UNICHAR message is posted to the window with the keyboard focus when a WM_KEYDOWN message is translated by the TranslateMessage function. The WM_UNICHAR message contains the character code of the key that was pressed. - The WM_UNICHAR message is equivalent to WM_CHAR, but it uses Unicode Transformation Format (UTF)-32, whereas WM_CHAR uses UTF-16. It is designed to send or post Unicode characters to ANSI windows and it can can handle Unicode Supplementary Plane characters. - - - - - This message filters for keyboard messages. - - - - - Sent immediately before the IME generates the composition string as a result of a keystroke. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - Sent to an application when the IME ends composition. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - Sent to an application when the IME changes composition status as a result of a keystroke. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - The WM_INITDIALOG message is sent to the dialog box procedure immediately before a dialog box is displayed. Dialog box procedures typically use this message to initialize controls and carry out any other initialization tasks that affect the appearance of the dialog box. - - - - - The WM_COMMAND message is sent when the user selects a command item from a menu, when a control sends a notification message to its parent window, or when an accelerator keystroke is translated. - - - - - A window receives this message when the user chooses a command from the Window menu, clicks the maximize button, minimize button, restore button, close button, or moves the form. You can stop the form from moving by filtering this out. - - - - - The WM_TIMER message is posted to the installing thread's message queue when a timer expires. The message is posted by the GetMessage or PeekMessage function. - - - - - The WM_HSCROLL message is sent to a window when a scroll event occurs in the window's standard horizontal scroll bar. This message is also sent to the owner of a horizontal scroll bar control when a scroll event occurs in the control. - - - - - The WM_VSCROLL message is sent to a window when a scroll event occurs in the window's standard vertical scroll bar. This message is also sent to the owner of a vertical scroll bar control when a scroll event occurs in the control. - - - - - The WM_INITMENU message is sent when a menu is about to become active. It occurs when the user clicks an item on the menu bar or presses a menu key. This allows the application to modify the menu before it is displayed. - - - - - The WM_INITMENUPOPUP message is sent when a drop-down menu or submenu is about to become active. This allows an application to modify the menu before it is displayed, without changing the entire menu. - - - - - The WM_MENUSELECT message is sent to a menu's owner window when the user selects a menu item. - - - - - The WM_MENUCHAR message is sent when a menu is active and the user presses a key that does not correspond to any mnemonic or accelerator key. This message is sent to the window that owns the menu. - - - - - The WM_ENTERIDLE message is sent to the owner window of a modal dialog box or menu that is entering an idle state. A modal dialog box or menu enters an idle state when no messages are waiting in its queue after it has processed one or more previous messages. - - - - - The WM_MENURBUTTONUP message is sent when the user releases the right mouse button while the cursor is on a menu item. - - - - - The WM_MENUDRAG message is sent to the owner of a drag-and-drop menu when the user drags a menu item. - - - - - The WM_MENUGETOBJECT message is sent to the owner of a drag-and-drop menu when the mouse cursor enters a menu item or moves from the center of the item to the top or bottom of the item. - - - - - The WM_UNINITMENUPOPUP message is sent when a drop-down menu or submenu has been destroyed. - - - - - The WM_MENUCOMMAND message is sent when the user makes a selection from a menu. - - - - - An application sends the WM_CHANGEUISTATE message to indicate that the user interface (UI) state should be changed. - - - - - An application sends the WM_UPDATEUISTATE message to change the user interface (UI) state for the specified window and all its child windows. - - - - - An application sends the WM_QUERYUISTATE message to retrieve the user interface (UI) state for a window. - - - - - The WM_CTLCOLORMSGBOX message is sent to the owner window of a message box before Windows draws the message box. By responding to this message, the owner window can set the text and background colors of the message box by using the given display device context handle. - - - - - An edit control that is not read-only or disabled sends the WM_CTLCOLOREDIT message to its parent window when the control is about to be drawn. By responding to this message, the parent window can use the specified device context handle to set the text and background colors of the edit control. - - - - - Sent to the parent window of a list box before the system draws the list box. By responding to this message, the parent window can set the text and background colors of the list box by using the specified display device context handle. - - - - - The WM_CTLCOLORBTN message is sent to the parent window of a button before drawing the button. The parent window can change the button's text and background colors. However, only owner-drawn buttons respond to the parent window processing this message. - - - - - The WM_CTLCOLORDLG message is sent to a dialog box before the system draws the dialog box. By responding to this message, the dialog box can set its text and background colors using the specified display device context handle. - - - - - The WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR message is sent to the parent window of a scroll bar control when the control is about to be drawn. By responding to this message, the parent window can use the display context handle to set the background color of the scroll bar control. - - - - - A static control, or an edit control that is read-only or disabled, sends the WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC message to its parent window when the control is about to be drawn. By responding to this message, the parent window can use the specified device context handle to set the text and background colors of the static control. - - - - - Use WM_MOUSEFIRST to specify the first mouse message. Use the PeekMessage() Function. - - - - - The WM_MOUSEMOVE message is posted to a window when the cursor moves. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_LBUTTONDOWN message is posted when the user presses the left mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_LBUTTONUP message is posted when the user releases the left mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK message is posted when the user double-clicks the left mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_RBUTTONDOWN message is posted when the user presses the right mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_RBUTTONUP message is posted when the user releases the right mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK message is posted when the user double-clicks the right mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_MBUTTONDOWN message is posted when the user presses the middle mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_MBUTTONUP message is posted when the user releases the middle mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK message is posted when the user double-clicks the middle mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_MOUSEWHEEL message is sent to the focus window when the mouse wheel is rotated. The DefWindowProc function propagates the message to the window's parent. There should be no internal forwarding of the message, since DefWindowProc propagates it up the parent chain until it finds a window that processes it. - - - - - The WM_XBUTTONDOWN message is posted when the user presses the first or second X button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_XBUTTONUP message is posted when the user releases the first or second X button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK message is posted when the user double-clicks the first or second X button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_MOUSEHWHEEL message is sent to the focus window when the mouse's horizontal scroll wheel is tilted or rotated. The DefWindowProc function propagates the message to the window's parent. There should be no internal forwarding of the message, since DefWindowProc propagates it up the parent chain until it finds a window that processes it. - - - - - Use WM_MOUSELAST to specify the last mouse message. Used with PeekMessage() Function. - - - - - The WM_PARENTNOTIFY message is sent to the parent of a child window when the child window is created or destroyed, or when the user clicks a mouse button while the cursor is over the child window. When the child window is being created, the system sends WM_PARENTNOTIFY just before the CreateWindow or CreateWindowEx function that creates the window returns. When the child window is being destroyed, the system sends the message before any processing to destroy the window takes place. - - - - - The WM_ENTERMENULOOP message informs an application's main window procedure that a menu modal loop has been entered. - - - - - The WM_EXITMENULOOP message informs an application's main window procedure that a menu modal loop has been exited. - - - - - The WM_NEXTMENU message is sent to an application when the right or left arrow key is used to switch between the menu bar and the system menu. - - - - - The WM_SIZING message is sent to a window that the user is resizing. By processing this message, an application can monitor the size and position of the drag rectangle and, if needed, change its size or position. - - - - - The WM_CAPTURECHANGED message is sent to the window that is losing the mouse capture. - - - - - The WM_MOVING message is sent to a window that the user is moving. By processing this message, an application can monitor the position of the drag rectangle and, if needed, change its position. - - - - - Notifies applications that a power-management event has occurred. - - - - - Notifies an application of a change to the hardware configuration of a device or the computer. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDICREATE message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to create an MDI child window. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDIDESTROY message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to close an MDI child window. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDIACTIVATE message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to instruct the client window to activate a different MDI child window. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDIRESTORE message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to restore an MDI child window from maximized or minimized size. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDINEXT message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to activate the next or previous child window. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDIMAXIMIZE message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to maximize an MDI child window. The system resizes the child window to make its client area fill the client window. The system places the child window's window menu icon in the rightmost position of the frame window's menu bar, and places the child window's restore icon in the leftmost position. The system also appends the title bar text of the child window to that of the frame window. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDITILE message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to arrange all of its MDI child windows in a tile format. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDICASCADE message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to arrange all its child windows in a cascade format. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDIICONARRANGE message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to arrange all minimized MDI child windows. It does not affect child windows that are not minimized. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDIGETACTIVE message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to retrieve the handle to the active MDI child window. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDISETMENU message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to replace the entire menu of an MDI frame window, to replace the window menu of the frame window, or both. - - - - - The WM_ENTERSIZEMOVE message is sent one time to a window after it enters the moving or sizing modal loop. The window enters the moving or sizing modal loop when the user clicks the window's title bar or sizing border, or when the window passes the WM_SYSCOMMAND message to the DefWindowProc function and the wParam parameter of the message specifies the SC_MOVE or SC_SIZE value. The operation is complete when DefWindowProc returns. - The system sends the WM_ENTERSIZEMOVE message regardless of whether the dragging of full windows is enabled. - - - - - The WM_EXITSIZEMOVE message is sent one time to a window, after it has exited the moving or sizing modal loop. The window enters the moving or sizing modal loop when the user clicks the window's title bar or sizing border, or when the window passes the WM_SYSCOMMAND message to the DefWindowProc function and the wParam parameter of the message specifies the SC_MOVE or SC_SIZE value. The operation is complete when DefWindowProc returns. - - - - - Sent when the user drops a file on the window of an application that has registered itself as a recipient of dropped files. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDIREFRESHMENU message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to refresh the window menu of the MDI frame window. - - - - - Sent to an application when a window is activated. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - Sent to an application to notify it of changes to the IME window. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - Sent by an application to direct the IME window to carry out the requested command. The application uses this message to control the IME window that it has created. To send this message, the application calls the SendMessage function with the following parameters. - - - - - Sent to an application when the IME window finds no space to extend the area for the composition window. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - Sent to an application when the operating system is about to change the current IME. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - Sent to an application when the IME gets a character of the conversion result. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - Sent to an application to provide commands and request information. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - Sent to an application by the IME to notify the application of a key press and to keep message order. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - Sent to an application by the IME to notify the application of a key release and to keep message order. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - The WM_MOUSEHOVER message is posted to a window when the cursor hovers over the client area of the window for the period of time specified in a prior call to TrackMouseEvent. - - - - - The WM_MOUSELEAVE message is posted to a window when the cursor leaves the client area of the window specified in a prior call to TrackMouseEvent. - - - - - The WM_NCMOUSEHOVER message is posted to a window when the cursor hovers over the nonclient area of the window for the period of time specified in a prior call to TrackMouseEvent. - - - - - The WM_NCMOUSELEAVE message is posted to a window when the cursor leaves the nonclient area of the window specified in a prior call to TrackMouseEvent. - - - - - The WM_WTSSESSION_CHANGE message notifies applications of changes in session state. - - - - - An application sends a WM_CUT message to an edit control or combo box to delete (cut) the current selection, if any, in the edit control and copy the deleted text to the clipboard in CF_TEXT format. - - - - - An application sends the WM_COPY message to an edit control or combo box to copy the current selection to the clipboard in CF_TEXT format. - - - - - An application sends a WM_PASTE message to an edit control or combo box to copy the current content of the clipboard to the edit control at the current caret position. Data is inserted only if the clipboard contains data in CF_TEXT format. - - - - - An application sends a WM_CLEAR message to an edit control or combo box to delete (clear) the current selection, if any, from the edit control. - - - - - An application sends a WM_UNDO message to an edit control to undo the last operation. When this message is sent to an edit control, the previously deleted text is restored or the previously added text is deleted. - - - - - The WM_RENDERFORMAT message is sent to the clipboard owner if it has delayed rendering a specific clipboard format and if an application has requested data in that format. The clipboard owner must render data in the specified format and place it on the clipboard by calling the SetClipboardData function. - - - - - The WM_RENDERALLFORMATS message is sent to the clipboard owner before it is destroyed, if the clipboard owner has delayed rendering one or more clipboard formats. For the content of the clipboard to remain available to other applications, the clipboard owner must render data in all the formats it is capable of generating, and place the data on the clipboard by calling the SetClipboardData function. - - - - - The WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD message is sent to the clipboard owner when a call to the EmptyClipboard function empties the clipboard. - - - - - The WM_DRAWCLIPBOARD message is sent to the first window in the clipboard viewer chain when the content of the clipboard changes. This enables a clipboard viewer window to display the new content of the clipboard. - - - - - The WM_PAINTCLIPBOARD message is sent to the clipboard owner by a clipboard viewer window when the clipboard contains data in the CF_OWNERDISPLAY format and the clipboard viewer's client area needs repainting. - - - - - The WM_VSCROLLCLIPBOARD message is sent to the clipboard owner by a clipboard viewer window when the clipboard contains data in the CF_OWNERDISPLAY format and an event occurs in the clipboard viewer's vertical scroll bar. The owner should scroll the clipboard image and update the scroll bar values. - - - - - The WM_SIZECLIPBOARD message is sent to the clipboard owner by a clipboard viewer window when the clipboard contains data in the CF_OWNERDISPLAY format and the clipboard viewer's client area has changed size. - - - - - The WM_ASKCBFORMATNAME message is sent to the clipboard owner by a clipboard viewer window to request the name of a CF_OWNERDISPLAY clipboard format. - - - - - The WM_CHANGECBCHAIN message is sent to the first window in the clipboard viewer chain when a window is being removed from the chain. - - - - - The WM_HSCROLLCLIPBOARD message is sent to the clipboard owner by a clipboard viewer window. This occurs when the clipboard contains data in the CF_OWNERDISPLAY format and an event occurs in the clipboard viewer's horizontal scroll bar. The owner should scroll the clipboard image and update the scroll bar values. - - - - - This message informs a window that it is about to receive the keyboard focus, giving the window the opportunity to realize its logical palette when it receives the focus. - - - - - The WM_PALETTEISCHANGING message informs applications that an application is going to realize its logical palette. - - - - - This message is sent by the OS to all top-level and overlapped windows after the window with the keyboard focus realizes its logical palette. - This message enables windows that do not have the keyboard focus to realize their logical palettes and update their client areas. - - - - - The WM_HOTKEY message is posted when the user presses a hot key registered by the RegisterHotKey function. The message is placed at the top of the message queue associated with the thread that registered the hot key. - - - - - The WM_PRINT message is sent to a window to request that it draw itself in the specified device context, most commonly in a printer device context. - - - - - The WM_PRINTCLIENT message is sent to a window to request that it draw its client area in the specified device context, most commonly in a printer device context. - - - - - The WM_APPCOMMAND message notifies a window that the user generated an application command event, for example, by clicking an application command button using the mouse or typing an application command key on the keyboard. - - - - - The WM_THEMECHANGED message is broadcast to every window following a theme change event. Examples of theme change events are the activation of a theme, the deactivation of a theme, or a transition from one theme to another. - - - - - Sent when the contents of the clipboard have changed. - - - - - The system will send a window the WM_DWMCOMPOSITIONCHANGED message to indicate that the availability of desktop composition has changed. - - - - - WM_DWMNCRENDERINGCHANGED is called when the non-client area rendering status of a window has changed. Only windows that have set the flag DWM_BLURBEHIND.fTransitionOnMaximized to true will get this message. - - - - - Sent to all top-level windows when the colorization color has changed. - - - - - WM_DWMWINDOWMAXIMIZEDCHANGE will let you know when a DWM composed window is maximized. You also have to register for this message as well. You'd have other windowd go opaque when this message is sent. - - - - - Sent to request extended title bar information. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - The WM_APP constant is used by applications to help define private messages, usually of the form WM_APP+X, where X is an integer value. - - - - - The WM_USER constant is used by applications to help define private messages for use by private window classes, usually of the form WM_USER+X, where X is an integer value. - - - - - An application sends the WM_CPL_LAUNCH message to Windows Control Panel to request that a Control Panel application be started. - - - - - The WM_CPL_LAUNCHED message is sent when a Control Panel application, started by the WM_CPL_LAUNCH message, has closed. The WM_CPL_LAUNCHED message is sent to the window identified by the wParam parameter of the WM_CPL_LAUNCH message that started the application. - - - - - WM_SYSTIMER is a well-known yet still undocumented message. Windows uses WM_SYSTIMER for internal actions like scrolling. - - - - The window has a thin-line border. - - - The window has a title bar (includes the WS_BORDER style). - - - The window is a child window. A window with this style cannot have a menu bar. This style cannot be used with the WS_POPUP style. - - - Excludes the area occupied by child windows when drawing occurs within the parent window. This style is used when creating the parent window. - - - - Clips child windows relative to each other; that is, when a particular child window receives a WM_PAINT message, the WS_CLIPSIBLINGS style clips all other overlapping child windows out of the region of the child window to be updated. - If WS_CLIPSIBLINGS is not specified and child windows overlap, it is possible, when drawing within the client area of a child window, to draw within the client area of a neighboring child window. - - - - The window is initially disabled. A disabled window cannot receive input from the user. To change this after a window has been created, use the EnableWindow function. - - - The window has a border of a style typically used with dialog boxes. A window with this style cannot have a title bar. - - - - The window is the first control of a group of controls. The group consists of this first control and all controls defined after it, up to the next control with the WS_GROUP style. - The first control in each group usually has the WS_TABSTOP style so that the user can move from group to group. The user can subsequently change the keyboard focus from one control in the group to the next control in the group by using the direction keys. - You can turn this style on and off to change dialog box navigation. To change this style after a window has been created, use the SetWindowLong function. - - - - The window has a horizontal scroll bar. - - - The window is initially maximized. - - - The window has a maximize button. Cannot be combined with the WS_EX_CONTEXTHELP style. The WS_SYSMENU style must also be specified. - - - The window is initially minimized. - - - The window has a minimize button. Cannot be combined with the WS_EX_CONTEXTHELP style. The WS_SYSMENU style must also be specified. - - - The window is an overlapped window. An overlapped window has a title bar and a border. - - - The window is an overlapped window. - - - The window is a pop-up window. This style cannot be used with the WS_CHILD style. - - - The window is a pop-up window. The WS_CAPTION and WS_POPUPWINDOW styles must be combined to make the window menu visible. - - - The window has a sizing border. - - - The window has a window menu on its title bar. The WS_CAPTION style must also be specified. - - - - The window is a control that can receive the keyboard focus when the user presses the TAB key. - Pressing the TAB key changes the keyboard focus to the next control with the WS_TABSTOP style. - You can turn this style on and off to change dialog box navigation. To change this style after a window has been created, use the SetWindowLong function. - For user-created windows and modeless dialogs to work with tab stops, alter the message loop to call the IsDialogMessage function. - - - - The window is initially visible. This style can be turned on and off by using the ShowWindow or SetWindowPos function. - - - The window has a vertical scroll bar. - - - - Specifies that a window created with this style accepts drag-drop files. - - - - - Forces a top-level window onto the taskbar when the window is visible. - - - - - Specifies that a window has a border with a sunken edge. - - - - - Windows XP: Paints all descendants of a window in bottom-to-top painting order using double-buffering. For more information, see Remarks. This cannot be used if the window has a class style of either CS_OWNDC or CS_CLASSDC. - - - - - Includes a question mark in the title bar of the window. When the user clicks the question mark, the cursor changes to a question mark with a pointer. If the user then clicks a child window, the child receives a WM_HELP message. The child window should pass the message to the parent window procedure, which should call the WinHelp function using the HELP_WM_HELP command. The Help application displays a pop-up window that typically contains help for the child window. - WS_EX_CONTEXTHELP cannot be used with the WS_MAXIMIZEBOX or WS_MINIMIZEBOX styles. - - - - - The window itself contains child windows that should take part in dialog box navigation. If this style is specified, the dialog manager recurses into children of this window when performing navigation operations such as handling the TAB key, an arrow key, or a keyboard mnemonic. - - - - - Creates a window that has a double border; the window can, optionally, be created with a title bar by specifying the WS_CAPTION style in the dwStyle parameter. - - - - - Windows 2000/XP: Creates a layered window. Note that this cannot be used for child windows. Also, this cannot be used if the window has a class style of either CS_OWNDC or CS_CLASSDC. - - - - - Arabic and Hebrew versions of Windows 98/Me, Windows 2000/XP: Creates a window whose horizontal origin is on the right edge. Increasing horizontal values advance to the left. - - - - - Creates a window that has generic left-aligned properties. This is the default. - - - - - If the shell language is Hebrew, Arabic, or another language that supports reading order alignment, the vertical scroll bar (if present) is to the left of the client area. For other languages, the style is ignored. - - - - - The window text is displayed using left-to-right reading-order properties. This is the default. - - - - - Creates a multiple-document interface (MDI) child window. - - - - - Windows 2000/XP: A top-level window created with this style does not become the foreground window when the user clicks it. The system does not bring this window to the foreground when the user minimizes or closes the foreground window. - To activate the window, use the SetActiveWindow or SetForegroundWindow function. - The window does not appear on the taskbar by default. To force the window to appear on the taskbar, use the WS_EX_APPWINDOW style. - - - - - Windows 2000/XP: A window created with this style does not pass its window layout to its child windows. - - - - - Specifies that a child window created with this style does not send the WM_PARENTNOTIFY message to its parent window when it is created or destroyed. - - - - - Combines the WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE and WS_EX_WINDOWEDGE styles. - - - - - Combines the WS_EX_WINDOWEDGE, WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW, and WS_EX_TOPMOST styles. - - - - - The window has generic "right-aligned" properties. This depends on the window class. This style has an effect only if the shell language is Hebrew, Arabic, or another language that supports reading-order alignment; otherwise, the style is ignored. - Using the WS_EX_RIGHT style for static or edit controls has the same effect as using the SS_RIGHT or ES_RIGHT style, respectively. Using this style with button controls has the same effect as using BS_RIGHT and BS_RIGHTBUTTON styles. - - - - - Vertical scroll bar (if present) is to the right of the client area. This is the default. - - - - - If the shell language is Hebrew, Arabic, or another language that supports reading-order alignment, the window text is displayed using right-to-left reading-order properties. For other languages, the style is ignored. - - - - - Creates a window with a three-dimensional border style intended to be used for items that do not accept user input. - - - - - Creates a tool window; that is, a window intended to be used as a floating toolbar. A tool window has a title bar that is shorter than a normal title bar, and the window title is drawn using a smaller font. A tool window does not appear in the taskbar or in the dialog that appears when the user presses ALT+TAB. If a tool window has a system menu, its icon is not displayed on the title bar. However, you can display the system menu by right-clicking or by typing ALT+SPACE. - - - - - Specifies that a window created with this style should be placed above all non-topmost windows and should stay above them, even when the window is deactivated. To add or remove this style, use the SetWindowPos function. - - - - - Specifies that a window created with this style should not be painted until siblings beneath the window (that were created by the same thread) have been painted. The window appears transparent because the bits of underlying sibling windows have already been painted. - To achieve transparency without these restrictions, use the SetWindowRgn function. - - - - - Specifies that a window has a border with a raised edge. - - - - - Refreshes the application settings property values from persistent storage. - - - - - Updates application settings to reflect a more recent installation of the application. - - - - - Stores the current values of the settings properties. - - - - - Upgrades the application settings on loading. - - - - - this settings class is the default way to save the placement of the window - - - - - Upgrades the application settings on loading. - - - - - Hides the window and activates another window. - - - - - Activates and displays a window. If the window is minimized or maximized, the system restores it to its original size and position. An application should specify this flag when displaying the window for the first time. - - - - - Activates and displays a window. If the window is minimized or maximized, the system restores it to its original size and position. An application should specify this flag when displaying the window for the first time. - - - - - Activates the window and displays it as a minimized window. - - - - - Activates the window and displays it as a maximized window. - - - - - Maximizes the specified window. - - - - - Displays a window in its most recent size and position. This value is similar to , except the window is not activated. - - - - - Activates the window and displays it in its current size and position. - - - - - Minimizes the specified window and activates the next top-level window in the z-order. - - - - - Displays the window as a minimized window. This value is similar to , except the window is not activated. - - - - - Displays the window in its current size and position. This value is similar to , except the window is not activated. - - - - - Activates and displays the window. If the window is minimized or maximized, the system restores it to its original size and position. An application should specify this flag when restoring a minimized window. - - - - - Invalidates the rectangle or region that you specify in lprcUpdate or hrgnUpdate. - You can set only one of these parameters to a non-NULL value. If both are NULL, RDW_INVALIDATE invalidates the entire window. - - - - Causes the OS to post a WM_PAINT message to the window regardless of whether a portion of the window is invalid. - - - - Causes the window to receive a WM_ERASEBKGND message when the window is repainted. - Specify this value in combination with the RDW_INVALIDATE value; otherwise, RDW_ERASE has no effect. - - - - - Validates the rectangle or region that you specify in lprcUpdate or hrgnUpdate. - You can set only one of these parameters to a non-NULL value. If both are NULL, RDW_VALIDATE validates the entire window. - This value does not affect internal WM_PAINT messages. - - - - Suppresses any pending WM_ERASEBKGND messages. - - - Excludes child windows, if any, from the repainting operation. - - - Includes child windows, if any, in the repainting operation. - - - Causes the affected windows, which you specify by setting the RDW_ALLCHILDREN and RDW_NOCHILDREN values, to receive WM_ERASEBKGND and WM_PAINT messages before the RedrawWindow returns, if necessary. - - - - Causes the affected windows, which you specify by setting the RDW_ALLCHILDREN and RDW_NOCHILDREN values, to receive WM_ERASEBKGND messages before RedrawWindow returns, if necessary. - The affected windows receive WM_PAINT messages at the ordinary time. - - - - Determine if 2 RECT are equal (deep compare) - - - Return the HashCode for this struct (not garanteed to be unique) - - - - Originally from http://xamlcoder.com/blog/2010/11/04/creating-a-metro-ui-style-control/ - - - - - RevealImage - - - - - InitializeComponent - - - - - A control that allows the user to toggle between two states: One represents true; The other represents false. - - - - - Gets/sets the text to display when the control is in it's On state. - - - - - Gets/sets the text to display when the control is in it's Off state. - - - - - Gets/sets the header to display on top of the control. - - - - - Gets/sets the data template used to display the header on the top of the control. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the switch's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the on-switch's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the off-switch's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the thumb indicator. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the thumb indicator. - - - - - Gets/sets the width of the thumb indicator. - - - - - Gets/sets the control's content flow direction. - - - - - Gets/sets the control's toggle switch button style. - - - - - Gets/sets whether the control is Checked (On) or not (Off). - - - - - Gets/sets the command which will be executed if the IsChecked property was changed. - - - - - Gets/sets the command which will be executed if the checked event of the control is fired. - - - - - Gets/sets the command which will be executed if the checked event of the control is fired. - - - - - Gets/sets the command parameter which will be passed by the CheckChangedCommand. - - - - - Gets/sets the command parameter which will be passed by the CheckedCommand. - - - - - Gets/sets the command parameter which will be passed by the UnCheckedCommand. - - - - - An event that is raised when the value of IsChecked changes. - - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms182161.aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa969518%28v=vs.85%29.aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa969512%28v=vs.85%29.aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa969524%28v=vs.85%29.aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms633572%28v=vs.85%29.aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd144901%28v=VS.85%29.aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd145064%28v=VS.85%29.aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms633545(v=vs.85).aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms647486%28v=vs.85%29.aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms633528(v=vs.85).aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms647985(v=vs.85).aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms648003(v=vs.85).aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms644944(v=vs.85).aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms648390(v=vs.85).aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms646258(v=vs.85).aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms684175%28v=vs.85%29.aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms683152%28v=vs.85%29.aspx - - - - Sets the show state and the restored, minimized, and maximized positions of the specified window. - - - A handle to the window. - - - A pointer to a WINDOWPLACEMENT structure that specifies the new show state and window positions. - - Before calling SetWindowPlacement, set the length member of the WINDOWPLACEMENT structure to sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT). SetWindowPlacement fails if the length member is not set correctly. - - - - If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. - - If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. - - - - - - Retrieves the show state and the restored, minimized, and maximized positions of the specified window. - - - A handle to the window. - - - A pointer to the WINDOWPLACEMENT structure that receives the show state and position information. - - Before calling GetWindowPlacement, set the length member to sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT). GetWindowPlacement fails if lpwndpl-> length is not set correctly. - - - - If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. - - If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. - - - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms647636(v=vs.85).aspx - - - - A class that allows for the detection and alteration of a MetroWindow's theme and accent. - - - - - Adds an accent with the given name. - - - - true if the accent does not exists and can be added. - - - - Adds an app theme with the given name. - - - - true if the app theme does not exists and can be added. - - - - Gets app theme with the given resource dictionary. - - - AppTheme - - - - Gets app theme with the given name and theme type (light or dark). - - - AppTheme - - - - Gets the inverse of the given . - This method relies on the "Dark" or "Light" affix to be present. - - The app theme. - The inverse or null if it couldn't be found. - - Returns BaseLight, if BaseDark is given or vice versa. - Custom Themes must end with "Dark" or "Light" for this to work, for example "CustomDark" and "CustomLight". - - - - - Gets the with the given name. - - - The or null, if the app theme wasn't found - - - - Gets the with the given resource dictionary. - - - The or null, if the accent wasn't found. - - - - Determines whether the specified resource dictionary represents an . - - This might include runtime accents which do not have a resource uri. - - The resources. - true if the resource dictionary is an ; otherwise, false. - resources - - - - Gets a resource from the detected AppStyle. - - The window to check. If this is null, the Application's sources will be checked. - The key to check against. - The resource object or null, if the resource wasn't found. - - - - Change the theme for the whole application. - - - - - - - Change theme for the given window. - - - - - - - Change accent and theme for the whole application. - - The instance of Application to change. - The accent to apply. - The theme to apply. - - - - Change accent and theme for the given window. - - The Window to change. - The accent to apply. - The theme to apply. - - - - Changes the accent and theme of a ResourceDictionary directly. - - The ResourceDictionary to modify. - The accent to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - The theme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - - - - Scans the window resources and returns it's accent and theme. - - - - - Scans the window resources and returns it's accent and theme. - - The Window to scan. - - - - Scans the application resources and returns it's accent and theme. - - The Application instance to scan. - - - - Scans a resources and returns it's accent and theme. - - The ResourceDictionary to check. - - - - Invalidates global colors and resources. - Sometimes the ContextMenu is not changing the colors, so this will fix it. - - - - - Gets a list of all of default themes. - - - - - Gets a list of all of default metro themes. - - - - - This event fires if accent color and theme was changed - this should be using the weak event pattern, but for now it's enough - - - - - GeneratedInternalTypeHelper - - - - - CreateInstance - - - - - GetPropertyValue - - - - - SetPropertyValue - - - - - CreateDelegate - - - - - AddEventHandler - - - - diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA068/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.dll b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA068/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 4ceca5f2f..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA068/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA182/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA182.nupkg b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA182/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA182.nupkg deleted file mode 100644 index 5fc0d7055..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA182/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA182.nupkg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA182/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.XML b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA182/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.XML deleted file mode 100644 index 9d6790b58..000000000 --- a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA182/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.XML +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6036 +0,0 @@ - - - - MahApps.Metro - - - - - An object that represents the foreground color for a Metro . - - - - - The ResourceDictionary that represents this Accent. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MahApps.Metro.Accent class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MahApps.Metro.Accent class. - - The name of the new Accent. - The URI of the accent ResourceDictionary. - - - - Gets/sets the name of the Accent. - - - - - With this class we can make custom window styles. - - - - Add and remove a native WindowStyle from the HWND. - The styles to be removed. These can be bitwise combined. - The styles to be added. These can be bitwise combined. - Whether the styles of the HWND were modified as a result of this call. - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Use the dialog coordinator to help you interfact with dialogs from a view model. - - - - - Shows the input dialog. - - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - The title of the MessageDialog. - The message contained within the MessageDialog. - Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - The text that was entered or null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the user cancelled the operation. - - - - Creates a LoginDialog inside of the current window. - - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - The title of the LoginDialog. - The message contained within the LoginDialog. - - Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - The text that was entered or null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the user cancelled the operation. - - - - Creates a MessageDialog inside of the current window. - - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - The title of the MessageDialog. - The message contained within the MessageDialog. - The type of buttons to use. - Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - A task promising the result of which button was pressed. - - - - Creates a ProgressDialog inside of the current window. - - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - The title of the ProgressDialog. - The message within the ProgressDialog. - Determines if the cancel button is visible. - Optional Settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - A task promising the instance of ProgressDialogController for this operation. - - - - Adds a Metro Dialog instance to the specified window and makes it visible asynchronously. - You have to close the resulting dialog yourself with . - - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - The dialog instance itself. - An optional pre-defined settings instance. - A task representing the operation. - The is already visible in the window. - - - - Hides a visible Metro Dialog instance. - - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - The dialog instance to hide. - An optional pre-defined settings instance. - A task representing the operation. - - The is not visible in the window. - This happens if hasn't been called before. - - - - - Gets the current shown dialog. - - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - - - - Gets the default instance if the dialog coordinator, which can be injected into a view model. - - - - - Updates all glow windows (visible, hidden, collapsed) - - - - - Sets the opacity to all glow windows - - - - - Starts the opacity storyboard 0 -> 1 - - - - - Shows all glow windows - - - - - Gets or sets the bindable Password property on the PasswordBox control. This is a dependency property. - - - - - Handles changes to the 'Password' attached property. - - - - - Handle the 'PasswordChanged'-event on the PasswordBox - - - - - This custom popup is used by the validation error template. - It provides some additional nice features: - - repositioning if host-window size or location changed - - repositioning if host-window gets maximized and vice versa - - it's only topmost if the host-window is activated - - - - - Gets/sets if the popup can be closed by left mouse button down. - - - - - The base class for dialogs. - - You probably don't want to use this class, if you want to add arbitrary content to your dialog, - use the class. - - - - - Initializes a new MahApps.Metro.Controls.BaseMetroDialog. - - The window that is the parent of the dialog. - The settings for the message dialog. - - - - Initializes a new MahApps.Metro.Controls.BaseMetroDialog. - - - - - This is called in the loaded event. - - - - - Waits for the dialog to become ready for interaction. - - A task that represents the operation and it's status. - - - - Requests an externally shown Dialog to close. Will throw an exception if the Dialog is inside of a MetroWindow. - - - - - A last chance virtual method for stopping an external dialog from closing. - - - - - - Waits until this dialog gets unloaded. - - - - - - Gets/sets the dialog's title. - - - - - Gets/sets arbitrary content on top of the dialog. - - - - - Gets/sets arbitrary content below the dialog. - - - - - Gets the window that owns the current Dialog IF AND ONLY IF the dialog is shown externally. - - - - - Gets the window that owns the current Dialog IF AND ONLY IF the dialog is shown inside of a window. - - - - - A class that represents the settings used by Metro Dialogs. - - - - - Gets/sets the text used for the Affirmative button. For example: "OK" or "Yes". - - - - - Gets/sets the text used for the Negative button. For example: "Cancel" or "No". - - - - - Gets/sets whether the metro dialog should use the default black/white appearance (theme) or try to use the current accent. - - - - - Enable/disable dialog showing animation. - "True" - play showing animation. - "False" - skip showing animation. - - - - - Enable/disable dialog hiding animation - "True" - play hiding animation. - "False" - skip hiding animation. - - - - - Gets/sets the default text( just the inputdialog needed) - - - - - Gets/sets the maximum height. (Default is unlimited height, Double.NaN) - - - - - Gets/sets the token to cancel the dialog. - - - - - Gets/sets a custom resource dictionary which can contains custom styles, brushes or something else. - - - - - If set, stops standard resource dictionaries being applied to the dialog. - - - - - An enum representing the different choices for a color scheme in a Metro Dialog. - - - - - Creates a LoginDialog inside of the current window. - - The window that is the parent of the dialog. - The title of the LoginDialog. - The message contained within the LoginDialog. - Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - The text that was entered or null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the user cancelled the operation. - - - - Creates a InputDialog inside of the current window. - - The MetroWindow - The title of the MessageDialog. - The message contained within the MessageDialog. - Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - The text that was entered or null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the user cancelled the operation. - - - - Creates a MessageDialog inside of the current window. - - The MetroWindow - The title of the MessageDialog. - The message contained within the MessageDialog. - The type of buttons to use. - Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - A task promising the result of which button was pressed. - - - - Creates a ProgressDialog inside of the current window. - - The MetroWindow - The title of the ProgressDialog. - The message within the ProgressDialog. - Determines if the cancel button is visible. - Optional Settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - A task promising the instance of ProgressDialogController for this operation. - - - - Adds a Metro Dialog instance to the specified window and makes it visible asynchronously. - If you want to wait until the user has closed the dialog, use - You have to close the resulting dialog yourself with . - - The owning window of the dialog. - The dialog instance itself. - An optional pre-defined settings instance. - A task representing the operation. - The is already visible in the window. - - - - Hides a visible Metro Dialog instance. - - The window with the dialog that is visible. - The dialog instance to hide. - An optional pre-defined settings instance. - A task representing the operation. - - The is not visible in the window. - This happens if hasn't been called before. - - - - - Gets the current shown dialog. - - The dialog owner. - - - - InputDialog - - - - - InitializeComponent - - - - - LoginDialog - - - - - InitializeComponent - - - - - An internal control that represents a message dialog. Please use MetroWindow.ShowMessage instead! - - - ProgressDialog - - - - - InitializeComponent - - - - - A class for manipulating an open ProgressDialog. - - - - - Sets the ProgressBar's IsIndeterminate to true. To set it to false, call SetProgress. - - - - - Sets if the Cancel button is visible. - - - - - - Sets the dialog's progress bar value and sets IsIndeterminate to false. - - The percentage to set as the value. - - - - Sets the dialog's message content. - - The message to be set. - - - - Sets the dialog's title. - - The title to be set. - - - - Begins an operation to close the ProgressDialog. - - A task representing the operation. - - - - Gets if the wrapped ProgressDialog is open. - - - - - This event is raised when the associated was closed. - - - - - Gets/Sets the minimum restriction of the progress Value property - - - - - Gets/Sets the maximum restriction of the progress Value property - - - - - Gets if the Cancel button has been pressed. - - - - - An implementation of BaseMetroDialog allowing arbitrary content. - - - - - Gets or sets the Content of this control.. - - - - - Reflects the parameter to pass to the CommandProperty upon execution. - - - - - Gets or sets the target element on which to fire the command. - - - - - Get or sets the Command property. - - - - - Indicates whether the Menu is visible. - - - - - Gets or sets an extra tag. - - - - - Gets or sets the dimension of children stacking. - - - - - Gets or sets the Content used to generate the icon part. - - - - - Gets or sets the ContentTemplate used to display the content of the icon part. - - - - - Gets/sets the button style. - - - - - Gets/sets the menu style. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush of the button arrow icon. - - - - - Gets/sets the visibility of the button arrow icon. - - - - - A control that imitate a slideshow with back/forward buttons. - - - - - To counteract the double Loaded event issue. - - - - - Changes the current slide to the previous item. - - - - - Changes the current to the next item. - - - - - Brings the control buttons (next/previous) into view. - - - - - Removes the control buttons (next/previous) from view. - - - - - Gets/sets the text that is displayed in the FlipView's banner. - - - - - Gets/sets whether the FlipView's banner is visible. - - - - - A sliding panel control that is hosted in a MetroWindow via a FlyoutsControl. - - - - - - - An event that is raised when IsOpen changes. - - - - - An event that is raised when the closing animation has finished. - - - - - Gets/sets if the title is visible in this flyout. - - - - - Gets/sets if the close button is visible in this flyout. - - - - - An ICommand that executes when the flyout's close button is clicked. - Note that this won't execute when is set to false. - - - - - A DataTemplate for the flyout's header. - - - - - Gets/sets whether this flyout is visible. - - - - - Gets/sets whether this flyout uses the open/close animation when changing the property. (default is true) - - - - - Gets/sets whether this flyout animates the opacity of the flyout when opening/closing. - - - - - Gets/sets whether this flyout stays open when the user clicks outside of it. - - - - - Gets/sets the mouse button that closes the flyout on an external mouse click. - - - - - Gets/sets whether this flyout is modal. - - - - - Gets/sets this flyout's position in the FlyoutsControl/MetroWindow. - - - - - Gets/sets the flyout's header. - - - - - Gets or sets the theme of this flyout. - - - - - Gets or sets the focused element. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the flyout should try focus an element. - - - - - A FlyoutsControl is for displaying flyouts in a MetroWindow. - - - - - - Gets/sets whether is ignored and all flyouts behave as if it was set to the value of this property. - - - - - Gets/sets whether is ignored and all flyouts behave as if it was set false. - - - - - Adapts the Flyout's theme to the theme of its host window. - - - - - Adapts the Flyout's theme to the theme of its host window, but inverted. - This theme can only be applied if the host window's theme abides the "Dark" and "Light" affix convention. - (see for more infos. - - - - - The dark theme. This is the default theme. - - - - - The flyouts theme will match the host window's accent color. - - - - - GlowWindow - - - - - InitializeComponent - - - - - An internal control that represents a message dialog. Please use MetroWindow.ShowMessage instead! - - - MessageDialog - - - - - InitializeComponent - - - - - An enum representing the result of a Message Dialog. - - - - - An enum representing the different button states for a Message Dialog. - - - - - Just "OK" - - - - - "OK" and "Cancel" - - - - - Overrides the text case behavior for certain buttons. - When set to true, the text case will be preserved and won't be changed to upper or lower case. - - - - - DependencyProperty for property. - - - - - The CornerRadius property allows users to control the roundness of the button corners independently by - setting a radius value for each corner. Radius values that are too large are scaled so that they - smoothly blend from corner to corner. (Can be used e.g. at MetroButton style) - Description taken from original Microsoft description :-D - - - - - A helper class that provides various attached properties for the ComboBox control. - - - - - - Gets the Maximum number of characters the TextBox can accept. - - - - - Sets the Maximum number of characters the TextBox can accept. - - - - - Gets the Character casing of the TextBox. - - - - - Sets the Character casing of the TextBox. - - - - - A helper class that provides various controls. - - - - - Gets the value to handle the visibility of the DisabledVisualElement in the template. - - - - - Sets the value to handle the visibility of the DisabledVisualElement in the template. - - - - - Gets the value to override the text case behavior for the header content. - When set to true, the text case will be preserved and won't be changed to upper or lower case. - - - - - Sets the value to override the text case behavior for the header content. - When set to true, the text case will be preserved and won't be changed to upper or lower case. - - - - - This property can be used to set the button width (PART_ClearText) of TextBox, PasswordBox, ComboBox - For multiline TextBox, PasswordBox is this the fallback for the clear text button! so it must set manually! - For normal TextBox, PasswordBox the width is the height. - - - - - Sets the brush used to draw the focus border. - - - - - Gets the brush used to draw the focus border. - - - - - Sets the brush used to draw the mouse over brush. - - - - - Gets the brush used to draw the mouse over brush. - - - - - Save the DataGrid. - - - - - Get the DataGrid. - - - - - Gets the value to define the DataGridRow selection behavior. - - - - - Sets the value to define the DataGridRow selection behavior. - - - - - A helper class that provides various attached properties for the Expander control. - - - - - - Gets the toggle button style used for the ExpandDirection Up. - - - - - Sets the toggle button style used for the ExpandDirection Up. - - - - - Gets the toggle button style used for the ExpandDirection Down. - - - - - Sets the toggle button style used for the ExpandDirection Down. - - - - - Gets the toggle button style used for the ExpandDirection Left. - - - - - Sets the toggle button style used for the ExpandDirection Left. - - - - - Gets the toggle button style used for the ExpandDirection Right. - - - - - Sets the toggle button style used for the ExpandDirection Right. - - - - - This property can be used to set vertical scrollbar left side from the tabpanel (look at MetroAnimatedSingleRowTabControl) - - - - - Defines whether the underline below the is shown or not. - - - - - This property can be used to set the Transition for animated TabControls - - - - - A helper class that provides various attached properties for the TextBox control. - - - Password watermarking code from: http://prabu-guru.blogspot.com/2010/06/how-to-add-watermark-text-to-textbox.html - - - - - The clear text button behavior property. It sets a click event to the button if the value is true. - - - - - Indicates if a TextBox or RichTextBox should use SpellCheck context menu - - - - - Gets if the attached TextBox has text. - - - - - Gets the buttons placement variant. - - - - - Sets the buttons placement variant. - - - - - Gets the clear text button behavior. - - - - - Sets the clear text button behavior. - - - - - This property can be used to handle the style for CheckBox and RadioButton - LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa - - - - - This property can be used to handle the style for CheckBox and RadioButton - LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa - - - - - A MetroTabControl (Pivot) that wraps TabItem/MetroTabItem headers on a single row. - - - - - A base class for every MetroTabControl (Pivot). - - - - - Get/sets the command that executes when a MetroTabItem's close button is clicked. - - - - - An event that is raised when a TabItem is closed. - - - - - Event args that is created when a TabItem is closed. - - - - - Gets the MetroTabItem that will be closed. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MahApps.Metro.Controls.MetroAnimatedSingleRowTabControl class. - - - - - A MetroTabControl (Pivot) that uses a TransitioningContentControl to animate the contents of a TabItem/MetroTabItem. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MahApps.Metro.Controls.MetroAnimatedTabControl class. - - - - - A reimplementation of NavigationWindow based on MetroWindow. - - - - MetroNavigationWindow - - - - - An extended, metrofied Window class. - - - - - Gets the window placement settings (can be overwritten). - - - - - Begins to show the MetroWindow's overlay effect. - - A task representing the process. - - - - Begins to hide the MetroWindow's overlay effect. - - A task representing the process. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MahApps.Metro.Controls.MetroWindow class. - - - - - Gets the template child with the given name. - - The interface type inheirted from DependencyObject. - The name of the template child. - - - - Gets the template child with the given name. - - The name of the template child. - - - - CleanWindow sets this so it has the correct default window commands brush - - - - - Gets/sets the style for the MIN button style. - - - - - Gets/sets the style for the MAX button style. - - - - - Gets/sets the style for the CLOSE button style. - - - - - Gets/sets whether the window's entrance transition animation is enabled. - - - - - Gets/sets the FlyoutsControl that hosts the window's flyouts. - - - - - Gets/sets the icon content template to show a custom icon. - - - - - Gets/sets the title content template to show a custom title. - - - - - Gets/sets the left window commands that hosts the user commands. - - - - - Gets/sets the right window commands that hosts the user commands. - - - - - Gets/sets whether the window will ignore (and overlap) the taskbar when maximized. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the titlebar's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets whether the window will save it's position between loads. - - - - - Get/sets whether the titlebar icon is visible or not. - - - - - Gets/sets edge mode of the titlebar icon. - - - - - Gets/sets bitmap scaling mode of the titlebar icon. - - - - - Gets/sets whether the TitleBar is visible or not. - - - - - Gets/sets whether the WindowStyle is None or not. - - - - - Gets/sets if the minimize button is visible. - - - - - Gets/sets if the Maximize/Restore button is visible. - - - - - Gets/sets if the close button is visible. - - - - - Gets/sets if the min button is enabled. - - - - - Gets/sets if the max/restore button is enabled. - - - - - Gets/sets if the close button is enabled. - - - - - Gets/sets if the the system menu should popup on right click. - - - - - Gets/sets the TitleBar's height. - - - - - Gets/sets if the TitleBar's text is automatically capitalized. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the Window's title bar. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the Window's glow. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the Window's non-active glow. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the Window's non-active border. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the Window's non-active title bar. - - - - - Gets/sets the TitleBar/Window's Text. - - - - - Adds an entry to back navigation history that contains a CustomContentState object. - - A CustomContentState object that represents application-defined state that is associated with a specific piece of content. - - - - - Removes the most recent journal entry from back history. - - The most recent JournalEntry in back navigation history, if there is one. - - - - - Navigates to the most recent item in back navigation history. - - - - - - Navigates to the most recent item in forward navigation history. - - - - - - Navigates asynchronously to content that is contained by an object. - - An Object that contains the content to navigate to. - true if a navigation is not canceled; otherwise, false. - - - - - Navigates asynchronously to content that is specified by a uniform resource identifier (URI). - - A Uri object initialized with the URI for the desired content. - true if a navigation is not canceled; otherwise, false. - - - - - Navigates asynchronously to content that is contained by an object, and passes an object that contains data to be used for processing during navigation. - - An Object that contains the content to navigate to. - A Object that contains data to be used for processing during navigation. - true if a navigation is not canceled; otherwise, false. - - - - - Navigates asynchronously to source content located at a uniform resource identifier (URI), and pass an object that contains data to be used for processing during navigation. - - A Uri object initialized with the URI for the desired content. - A Object that contains data to be used for processing during navigation. - true if a navigation is not canceled; otherwise, false. - - - - - Stops further downloading of content for the current navigation request. - - - - - - InitializeComponent - - - - - Gets an IEnumerable that you use to enumerate the entries in back navigation history for a NavigationWindow. - - - - - - Gets an IEnumerable that you use to enumerate the entries in back navigation history for a NavigationWindow. - - - - - - Gets the NavigationService that is used by this MetroNavigationWindow to provide navigation services to its content. - - - - - - Gets a value that indicates whether there is at least one entry in back navigation history. - - - - - - Gets a value that indicates whether there is at least one entry in forward navigation history. - - - - - - Gets or sets the base uniform resource identifier (URI) of the current context. - - - - - - Gets or sets the uniform resource identifier (URI) of the current content, or the URI of new content that is currently being navigated to. - - - - - - Occurs when navigation to a content fragment begins, which occurs immediately, if the desired fragment is in the current content, or after the source XAML content has been loaded, if the desired fragment is in different content. - - - - - - Occurs when a new navigation is requested. - - - - - - Occurs when an error is raised while navigating to the requested content. - - - - - - Occurs periodically during a download to provide navigation progress information. - - - - - - Occurs when the StopLoading method is called, or when a new navigation is requested while a current navigation is in progre - - - - - - Occurs when the content that is being navigated to has been found, and is available from the PageContent property, although it may not have completed loading - - - - - - Occurs when content that was navigated to has been loaded, parsed, and has begun rendering. - - - - - - A metrofied ProgressBar. - - - - - - Gets/sets the diameter of the ellipses used in the indeterminate animation. - - - - - Gets/sets the offset of the ellipses used in the indeterminate animation. - - - - - A standard MetroTabControl (Pivot). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MahApps.Metro.Controls.MetroTabControl class. - - - - - An extended TabItem with a metro style. - - - - - Gets/sets whether the Close Button is visible. - - - - - Gets/sets the command that is executed when the Close Button is clicked. - - - - - This class eats little children. - - - - - Sets the IsHitTestVisibleInChromeProperty to a MetroWindow template child - - The MetroWindow. - The name of the template child. - - - - Sets the WindowChrome ResizeGripDirection to a MetroWindow template child. - - The MetroWindow. - The name of the template child. - The direction. - - - - Adapts the WindowCommands to the theme of the first opened, topmost && (top || right || left) flyout - - The MetroWindow - All the flyouts! Or flyouts that fall into the category described in the summary. - An optional brush to reset the window commands brush to. - - - - Represents a Windows spin box (also known as an up-down control) that displays numeric values. - - - - - Called when this element or any below gets focus. - - - - - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call - . - - - - - Raises the routed event. - - - Old value of the property - - - New value of the property - - - - - Event fired from this NumericUpDown when its value has reached the maximum value - - - - - Event fired from this NumericUpDown when its value has reached the minimum value - - - - - Gets or sets the amount of time, in milliseconds, the NumericUpDown waits while the up/down button is pressed - before it starts increasing/decreasing the - for the specified . The value must be - non-negative. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can use the arrow keys and to change values. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can use the mouse wheel to change values. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control must have the focus in order to change values using the mouse wheel. - - If the value is true then the value changes when the mouse wheel is over the control. If the value is false then the value changes only if the control has the focus. If is set to "false" then this property has no effect. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can enter text in the control. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating the culture to be used in string formatting operations. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the +/- button of the control is visible. - - - If the value is false then the of the control can be changed only if one of the following cases is satisfied: - - - is true. - - - is true. - - - is true. - - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text can be changed by the use of the up or down buttons only. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the value to be added to or subtracted from remains - always - or if it will increase faster after pressing the up/down button/arrow some time. - - - - - Gets or sets the formatting for the displaying - - - - - - - - Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the contents of the text box. - - - - - An Enum representing different positions, such as Left or Right. - - - - - AddValueChanged of dependency property descriptor results in memory leak as you already know. - So, as described here, you can create custom class PropertyChangeNotifier to listen - to any dependency property changes. - - This class takes advantage of the fact that bindings use weak references to manage associations - so the class will not root the object who property changes it is watching. It also uses a WeakReference - to maintain a reference to the object whose property it is watching without rooting that object. - In this way, you can maintain a collection of these objects so that you can unhook the property - change later without worrying about that collection rooting the object whose values you are watching. - - Complete implementation can be found here: http://agsmith.wordpress.com/2008/04/07/propertydescriptor-addvaluechanged-alternative/ - - - - - Identifies the dependency property - - - - - Returns/sets the value of the property - - - - - - Reflects the parameter to pass to the CommandProperty upon execution. - - - - - Gets or sets the target element on which to fire the command. - - - - - Get or sets the Command property. - - - - - The index of the first item in the current selection or -1 if the selection is empty. - - - - - The first item in the current selection, or null if the selection is empty. - - - - - Indicates whether the Popup is visible. - - - - - Gets or sets an extra tag. - - - - - Gets or sets the dimension of children stacking. - - - - - Gets or sets the Content used to generate the icon part. - - - - - Gets or sets the ContentTemplate used to display the content of the icon part. - - - - - Gets/sets the button style. - - - - - Gets/sets the button arrow style. - - - - - Gets/sets the popup listbox style. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush of the button arrow icon. - - - - - Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the separators. - - - - - Doesn't overlay flyouts nor a hidden TitleBar. - - - - - Overlays opened controls. - - - - - Overlays a hidden TitleBar. - - - - - Determining Ideal Text Color Based on Specified Background Color - http://www.codeproject.com/KB/GDI-plus/IdealTextColor.aspx - - The bg. - - - - - Converts a Thickness to a new Thickness. It's possible to ignore a side With the IgnoreThicknessSide property. - - - - - Use all sides. - - - - - Ignore the left side. - - - - - Ignore the top side. - - - - - Ignore the right side. - - - - - Ignore the bottom side. - - - - - Converts the value from true to false and false to true. - - - - - Based on Greg Schechter's Planerator - http://blogs.msdn.com/b/greg_schechter/archive/2007/10/26/enter-the-planerator-dead-simple-3d-in-wpf-with-a-stupid-name.aspx - - - - - Event arguments created for the RangeSlider's SelectionChanged event. - - - - - - The value of the new range's beginning. - - - - - The value of the new range's ending. - - - - - A slider control with the ability to select a range between two values. - - - - - Responds to a change in the value of the property. - - The old value of the property.The new value of the property. - - - - Responds to a change in the value of the property. - - The old value of the property.The new value of the property. - - - - Get/sets value how fast thumbs will move when user press on left/right/central with left mouse button (IsMoveToPoint must be set to FALSE) - - - - - Get/sets precision of the value, which displaying inside AutotToolTip - - - - - Get/sets the converter for the tooltip text - - - - - Get/sets tooltip, which will show while dragging thumbs and display currect value - - - - - Get/sets tick placement position - - - - - Get/sets IsMoveToPoint feature which will enable/disable moving to exact point inside control when user clicked on it - - - - - Get/sets tickFrequency - - - - - Get/sets orientation of range slider - - - - - Get/sets whether possibility to make manipulations inside range with left/right mouse buttons + cotrol button - - - - - Get/sets whether possibility to make manipulations inside range with left/right mouse buttons + cotrol button - - - - - Get/sets whether whole range will be moved when press on right/left/central part of control - - - - - Get/sets the minimal distance between two thumbs. - - - - - Get/sets the beginning of the range selection. - - - - - Get/sets the end of the range selection. - - - - - Get/sets the minimum range that can be selected. - - - - - A Button that allows the user to toggle between two states. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the control's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the on-switch's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the off-switch's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the thumb indicator. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the thumb indicator. - - - - - Gets/sets the width of the thumb indicator. - - - - - enumeration for the different transition types - - - - - Use the VisualState DefaultTransition - - - - - Use the VisualState Normal - - - - - Use the VisualState UpTransition - - - - - Use the VisualState DownTransition - - - - - Use the VisualState RightTransition - - - - - Use the VisualState RightReplaceTransition - - - - - Use the VisualState LeftTransition - - - - - Use the VisualState LeftReplaceTransition - - - - - Use a custom VisualState, the name must be set using CustomVisualStatesName property - - - - - A ContentControl that animates content as it loads and unloads. - - - - - Reload the current transition if the content is the same. - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the custom transition visual state. - - - - - Gets/sets if the content is transitioning. - - - - - Helper methods for UI-related tasks. - This class was obtained from Philip Sumi (a fellow WPF Disciples blog) - http://www.hardcodet.net/uploads/2009/06/UIHelper.cs - - - - - Finds a parent of a given item on the visual tree. - - The type of the queried item. - A direct or indirect child of the - queried item. - The first parent item that matches the submitted - type parameter. If not matching item can be found, a null - reference is being returned. - - - - Finds a Child of a given item in the visual tree. - - A direct parent of the queried item. - The type of the queried item. - x:Name or Name of child. - The first parent item that matches the submitted type parameter. - If not matching item can be found, - a null parent is being returned. - - - - This method is an alternative to WPF's - method, which also - supports content elements. Keep in mind that for content element, - this method falls back to the logical tree of the element! - - The item to be processed. - The submitted item's parent, if available. Otherwise - null. - - - - Analyzes both visual and logical tree in order to find all elements of a given - type that are descendants of the item. - - The type of the queried items. - The root element that marks the source of the search. If the - source is already of the requested type, it will not be included in the result. - Sometimes it's better to search in the VisualTree (e.g. in tests) - All descendants of that match the requested type. - - - - This method is an alternative to WPF's - method, which also - supports content elements. Keep in mind that for content elements, - this method falls back to the logical tree of the element. - - The item to be processed. - Sometimes it's better to search in the VisualTree (e.g. in tests) - The submitted item's child elements, if available. - - - - Tries to locate a given item within the visual tree, - starting with the dependency object at a given position. - - The type of the element to be found - on the visual tree of the element at the given location. - The main element which is used to perform - hit testing. - The position to be evaluated on the origin. - - - - Converts a String into a Visibility enumeration (and back) - The FalseEquivalent can be declared with the "FalseEquivalent" property - - - - - Initialize the properties with standard values - - - - - FalseEquivalent (default : Visibility.Collapsed => see Constructor) - - - - - Define whether the opposite boolean value is crucial (default : false) - - - - IID_IApplicationAssociationRegistration - - - IID_IConnectionPoint - - - IID_IConnectionPointContainer - - - IID_IEnumConnectionPoints - - - IID_IEnumConnections - - - IID_IEnumIDList - - - IID_IEnumObjects - - - IID_IFileDialog - - - IID_IFileDialogEvents - - - IID_IFileOpenDialog - - - IID_IFileSaveDialog - - - IID_IHTMLDocument - - - IID_IHTMLDocument2 - - - IID_IModalWindow - - - IID_IObjectArray - - - IID_IObjectCollection - - - IID_IPropertyNotifySink - - - IID_IPropertyStore - - - IID_IServiceProvider - - - IID_IShellFolder - - - IID_IShellLink - - - IID_IShellItem - - - IID_IShellItem2 - - - IID_IShellItemArray - - - IID_ITaskbarList - - - IID_ITaskbarList2 - - - IID_IUnknown - - - IID_IWebBrowser2 - - - DIID_DWebBrowserEvents - - - IID_DWebBrowserEvents2 - - - IID_IWICBitmapDecoder - - - IID_IWICBitmapFlipRotator - - - IID_IWICBitmapFrameDecode - - - IID_IWICBitmap - - - IID_IWICBitmapSource - - - IID_IWICFormatConverter - - - IID_IWICImagingFactory - - - IID_IWICStream - - - IID_IApplicationDestinations - - - IID_IApplicationDocumentLists - - - IID_ICustomDestinationList - - - IID_IObjectWithAppUserModelID - - - IID_IObjectWithProgID - - - IID_ITaskbarList3 - - - IID_ITaskbarList4 - - - SID_SWebBrowserApp - - - CLSID_ApplicationAssociationRegistration - IID_IApplicationAssociationRegistration - - - CLSID_DragDropHelper - - - CLSID_FileOpenDialog - IID_IFileOpenDialog - - - CLSID_FileSaveDialog - IID_IFileSaveDialog - - - CLSID_TaskbarList - IID_ITaskbarList - - - CLSID_EnumerableObjectCollection - IID_IEnumObjects. - - - CLSID_ShellLink - IID_IShellLink - - - CLSID_WICImagingFactory - - - CLSID_DestinationList - IID_ICustomDestinationList - - - CLSID_ApplicationDestinations - IID_IApplicationDestinations - - - CLSID_ApplicationDocumentLists - IID_IApplicationDocumentLists - - - A static class for verifying assumptions. - - - - Executes the specified argument. - - The function to execute. - - - Obsolete: Use Standard.Assert.AreEqual instead of Assert.Equals - The generic type to compare for equality. - The first generic type data to compare. This is is the expected value. - The second generic type data to compare. This is the actual value. - - - - Verifies that two generic type data are equal. The assertion fails if they are not. - - The generic type to compare for equality. - The first generic type data to compare. This is is the expected value. - The second generic type data to compare. This is the actual value. - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - Verifies that two generic type data are not equal. The assertion fails if they are. - - The generic type to compare for inequality. - The first generic type data to compare. This is is the value that's not expected. - The second generic type data to compare. This is the actual value. - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - Verifies that if the specified condition is true, then so is the result. - The assertion fails if the condition is true but the result is false. - - if set to true [condition]. - - A second Boolean statement. If the first was true then so must this be. - If the first statement was false then the value of this is ignored. - - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - Lazy evaluation overload. Verifies that if a condition is true, then so is a secondary value. - - The conditional value. - A function to be evaluated for truth if the condition argument is true. - - This overload only evaluates the result if the first condition is true. - - - - - Verifies that a string has content. I.e. it is not null and it is not empty. - - The string to verify. - - - - Verifies that a string has content. I.e. it is not null and it is not purely whitespace. - - The string to verify. - - - - Verifies the specified value is not null. The assertion fails if it is. - - The generic reference type. - The value to check for nullness. - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - Verifies that the specified condition is false. The assertion fails if it is true. - - The expression that should be false. - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - Verifies that the specified condition is false. The assertion fails if it is true. - - The expression that should be false. - The message to display if the condition is true. - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - Verifies that the specified condition is true. The assertion fails if it is not. - - A condition that is expected to be true. - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - Verifies that the specified condition is true. The assertion fails if it is not. - - A condition that is expected to be true. - The message to write in case the condition is false. - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - This line should never be executed. The assertion always fails. - - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - This line should never be executed. The assertion always fails. - - The message to display if this function is executed. - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - Verifies that the specified object is null. The assertion fails if it is not. - - The item to verify is null. - - - - Verifies that the specified value is within the expected range. The assertion fails if it isn't. - - The lower bound inclusive value. - The value to verify. - The upper bound inclusive value. - - - - Verifies that the specified value is within the expected range. The assertion fails if it isn't. - - The lower bound inclusive value. - The value to verify. - The upper bound exclusive value. - - - - Verify the current thread's apartment state is what's expected. The assertion fails if it isn't - - - The expected apartment state for the current thread. - - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - A function signature for Assert.Evaluate. - - - A function signature for Assert.Implies. - Returns the truth of a predicate. - - - - DoubleUtil uses fixed eps to provide fuzzy comparison functionality for doubles. - Note that FP noise is a big problem and using any of these compare - methods is not a complete solution, but rather the way to reduce - the probability of repeating unnecessary work. - - - - - Epsilon - more or less random, more or less small number. - - - - - AreClose returns whether or not two doubles are "close". That is, whether or - not they are within epsilon of each other. - There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which - are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this - returns false. - - The first double to compare. - The second double to compare. - The result of the AreClose comparision. - - - - LessThan returns whether or not the first double is less than the second double. - That is, whether or not the first is strictly less than *and* not within epsilon of - the other number. - There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which - are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this - returns false. - - The first double to compare. - The second double to compare. - The result of the LessThan comparision. - - - - GreaterThan returns whether or not the first double is greater than the second double. - That is, whether or not the first is strictly greater than *and* not within epsilon of - the other number. - There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which - are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this - returns false. - - The first double to compare. - The second double to compare. - The result of the GreaterThan comparision. - - - - LessThanOrClose returns whether or not the first double is less than or close to - the second double. That is, whether or not the first is strictly less than or within - epsilon of the other number. - There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which - are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this - returns false. - - The first double to compare. - The second double to compare. - The result of the LessThanOrClose comparision. - - - - GreaterThanOrClose returns whether or not the first double is greater than or close to - the second double. That is, whether or not the first is strictly greater than or within - epsilon of the other number. - There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which - are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this - returns false. - - The first double to compare. - The second double to compare. - The result of the GreaterThanOrClose comparision. - - - - Test to see if a double is a finite number (is not NaN or Infinity). - - The value to test. - Whether or not the value is a finite number. - - - - Test to see if a double a valid size value (is finite and > 0). - - The value to test. - Whether or not the value is a valid size value. - - - - Convert a point in device independent pixels (1/96") to a point in the system coordinates. - - A point in the logical coordinate system. - Returns the parameter converted to the system's coordinates. - - - - Convert a point in system coordinates to a point in device independent pixels (1/96"). - - A point in the physical coordinate system. - Returns the parameter converted to the device independent coordinate system. - - - - Wrapper for common Win32 status codes. - - - - The operation completed successfully. - - - Incorrect function. - - - The system cannot find the file specified. - - - The system cannot find the path specified. - - - The system cannot open the file. - - - Access is denied. - - - The handle is invalid. - - - Not enough storage is available to complete this operation. - - - There are no more files. - - - The process cannot access the file because it is being used by another process. - - - The parameter is incorrect. - - - The data area passed to a system call is too small. - - - Cannot nest calls to LoadModule. - - - Illegal operation attempted on a registry key that has been marked for deletion. - - - Element not found. - - - There was no match for the specified key in the index. - - - An invalid device was specified. - - - The operation was canceled by the user. - - - Cannot find window class. - - - The window class was already registered. - - - The specified datatype is invalid. - - - - Create a new Win32 error. - - The integer value of the error. - - - Performs HRESULT_FROM_WIN32 conversion. - The Win32 error being converted to an HRESULT. - The equivilent HRESULT value. - - - Performs HRESULT_FROM_WIN32 conversion. - The equivilent HRESULT value. - - - Performs the equivalent of Win32's GetLastError() - A Win32Error instance with the result of the native GetLastError - - - - Compare two Win32 error codes for equality. - - The first error code to compare. - The second error code to compare. - Whether the two error codes are the same. - - - - Compare two Win32 error codes for inequality. - - The first error code to compare. - The second error code to compare. - Whether the two error codes are not the same. - - - FACILITY_NULL - - - FACILITY_RPC - - - FACILITY_DISPATCH - - - FACILITY_STORAGE - - - FACILITY_ITF - - - FACILITY_WIN32 - - - FACILITY_WINDOWS - - - FACILITY_CONTROL - - - MSDN doced facility code for ESE errors. - - - FACILITY_WINCODEC (WIC) - - - Wrapper for HRESULT status codes. - - - S_OK - - - S_FALSE - - - E_PENDING - - - E_NOTIMPL - - - E_NOINTERFACE - - - E_POINTER - - - E_ABORT - - - E_FAIL - - - E_UNEXPECTED - - - STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION - - - REGDB_E_CLASSNOTREG - - - DESTS_E_NO_MATCHING_ASSOC_HANDLER. Win7 internal error code for Jump Lists. - There is no Assoc Handler for the given item registered by the specified application. - - - DESTS_E_NORECDOCS. Win7 internal error code for Jump Lists. - The given item is excluded from the recent docs folder by the NoRecDocs bit on its registration. - - - DESTS_E_NOTALLCLEARED. Win7 internal error code for Jump Lists. - Not all of the items were successfully cleared - - - E_ACCESSDENIED - Win32Error ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED. - - - E_OUTOFMEMORY - Win32Error ERROR_OUTOFMEMORY. - - - E_INVALIDARG - Win32Error ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER. - - - INTSAFE_E_ARITHMETIC_OVERFLOW - - - COR_E_OBJECTDISPOSED - - - WC_E_GREATERTHAN - - - WC_E_SYNTAX - - - - Create an HRESULT from an integer value. - - - - - - Convert an HRESULT to an int. Used for COM interface declarations out of our control. - - - - - Get a string representation of this HRESULT. - - - - - - Convert the result of Win32 GetLastError() into a raised exception. - - - - - retrieve HRESULT_FACILITY - - - - - retrieve HRESULT_CODE - - - - - HIGHCONTRAST flags - - - - - DROPIMAGE_* - - - - - BITMAPINFOHEADER Compression type. BI_*. - - - - - CombingRgn flags. RGN_* - - - - - Creates the intersection of the two combined regions. - - - - - Creates the union of two combined regions. - - - - - Creates the union of two combined regions except for any overlapping areas. - - - - - Combines the parts of hrgnSrc1 that are not part of hrgnSrc2. - - - - - Creates a copy of the region identified by hrgnSrc1. - - - - - For IWebBrowser2. OLECMDEXECOPT_* - - - - - For IWebBrowser2. OLECMDF_* - - - - - For IWebBrowser2. OLECMDID_* - - - - - For IWebBrowser2. READYSTATE_* - - - - - DATAOBJ_GET_ITEM_FLAGS. DOGIF_*. - - - - Use the system default, which is to display all error dialog boxes. - - - - The system does not display the critical-error-handler message box. - Instead, the system sends the error to the calling process. - - - - - 64-bit Windows: The system automatically fixes memory alignment faults and makes them - invisible to the application. It does this for the calling process and any descendant processes. - After this value is set for a process, subsequent attempts to clear the value are ignored. - - - - - The system does not display the general-protection-fault message box. - This flag should only be set by debugging applications that handle general - protection (GP) faults themselves with an exception handler. - - - - - The system does not display a message box when it fails to find a file. - Instead, the error is returned to the calling process. - - - - - Non-client hit test values, HT* - - - - - GetClassLongPtr values, GCLP_* - - - - - GetWindowLongPtr values, GWL_* - - - - - SystemMetrics. SM_* - - - - - SystemParameterInfo values, SPI_* - - - - - SystemParameterInfo flag values, SPIF_* - - - - - CS_* - - - - - WindowStyle values, WS_* - - - - - Window message values, WM_* - - - - - Window style extended values, WS_EX_* - - - - - GetDeviceCaps nIndex values. - - - - Number of bits per pixel - - - - - Number of planes - - - - - Logical pixels inch in X - - - - - Logical pixels inch in Y - - - - - "FILEOP_FLAGS", FOF_*. - - - - - EnableMenuItem uEnable values, MF_* - - - - - Possible return value for EnableMenuItem - - - - Specifies the type of visual style attribute to set on a window. - - - Non-client area window attributes will be set. - - - - DWMFLIP3DWINDOWPOLICY. DWMFLIP3D_* - - - - - DWMNCRENDERINGPOLICY. DWMNCRP_* - - - - - DWMWINDOWATTRIBUTE. DWMWA_* - - - - - WindowThemeNonClientAttributes - - - - Prevents the window caption from being drawn. - - - Prevents the system icon from being drawn. - - - Prevents the system icon menu from appearing. - - - Prevents mirroring of the question mark, even in right-to-left (RTL) layout. - - - A mask that contains all the valid bits. - - - - SetWindowPos options - - - - - ShowWindow options - - - - - SCF_ISSECURE - - - - - GDI+ Status codes - - - - - MSGFLT_*. New in Vista. Realiased in Windows 7. - - - - - Shell_NotifyIcon messages. NIM_* - - - - - SHAddToRecentDocuments flags. SHARD_* - - - - - Shell_NotifyIcon flags. NIF_* - - - - - Vista only. - - - - - Vista only. - - - - - Shell_NotifyIcon info flags. NIIF_* - - - - XP SP2 and later. - - - XP and later. - - - Vista and later. - - - Windows 7 and later - - - XP and later. Native version called NIIF_ICON_MASK. - - - - AC_* - - - - - The state of the icon. There are two flags that can be set independently. - NIS_HIDDEN = 1. The icon is hidden. - NIS_SHAREDICON = 2. The icon is shared. - - - - The idlist for the shell item that should be added to the recent docs folder. - - - The id of the application that should be associated with this recent doc. - - - Defines options that are used to set window visual style attributes. - - - - A combination of flags that modify window visual style attributes. - Can be a combination of the WTNCA constants. - - - - - A bitmask that describes how the values specified in dwFlags should be applied. - If the bit corresponding to a value in dwFlags is 0, that flag will be removed. - If the bit is 1, the flag will be added. - - - - Width of left border that retains its size. - - - Width of right border that retains its size. - - - Height of top border that retains its size. - - - Height of bottom border that retains its size. - - - - initialize this field using: Marshal.SizeOf(typeof(APPBARDATA)); - - - - Delegate declaration that matches native WndProc signatures. - - - Delegate declaration that matches managed WndProc signatures. - - - - Sets attributes to control how visual styles are applied to a specified window. - - - Handle to a window to apply changes to. - - - Value of type WINDOWTHEMEATTRIBUTETYPE that specifies the type of attribute to set. - The value of this parameter determines the type of data that should be passed in the pvAttribute parameter. - Can be the following value: - WTA_NONCLIENT (Specifies non-client related attributes). - pvAttribute must be a pointer of type WTA_OPTIONS. - - - A pointer that specifies attributes to set. Type is determined by the value of the eAttribute value. - - - Specifies the size, in bytes, of the data pointed to by pvAttribute. - - - - Overload of SystemParametersInfo for getting and setting NONCLIENTMETRICS. - - - Overload of SystemParametersInfo for getting and setting HIGHCONTRAST. - - - - Sets the User Model AppID for the current process, enabling Windows to retrieve this ID - - - - - - Retrieves the User Model AppID that has been explicitly set for the current process via SetCurrentProcessExplicitAppUserModelID - - - - - ASSOCIATIONLEVEL, AL_* - - - ASSOCIATIONTYPE, AT_* - - - FileDialog AddPlace options. FDAP_* - - - IFileDialog options. FOS_* - - - FDE_OVERWRITE_RESPONSE. FDEOR_* - - - FDE_SHAREVIOLATION_RESPONSE. FDESVR_* - - - ShellItem attribute flags. SIATTRIBFLAGS_* - - - - Flags for SetTabProperties. STPF_* - - The native enum was called STPFLAG. - - - - Flags for Setting Taskbar Progress state. TBPF_* - - - The native enum was called TBPFLAG. - - - - - THUMBBUTTON mask. THB_* - - - - - THUMBBUTTON flags. THBF_* - - - - - GetPropertyStoreFlags. GPS_*. - - - These are new for Vista, but are used in downlevel components - - - - - KNOWNDESTCATEGORY. KDC_* - - - - Objects can be copied - DROPEFFECT_COPY - - - Objects can be moved - DROPEFFECT_MOVE - - - Objects can be linked - - DROPEFFECT_LINK. - - If this bit is set on an item in the shell folder, a - 'Create Shortcut' menu item will be added to the File - menu and context menus for the item. If the user selects - that command, your IContextMenu::InvokeCommand() will be called - with 'link'. - That flag will also be used to determine if 'Create Shortcut' - should be added when the item in your folder is dragged to another - folder. - - - - supports BindToObject(IID_IStorage) - - - Objects can be renamed - - - Objects can be deleted - - - Objects have property sheets - - - Objects are drop target - - - Object is encrypted (use alt color) - - - 'Slow' object - - - Ghosted icon - - - Shortcut (link) - - - Shared - - - Read-only - - - Hidden object - - - May contain children with SFGAO_FILESYSTEM - - - Support BindToObject(IID_IShellFolder) - - - Is a win32 file system object (file/folder/root) - - - May contain children with SFGAO_FOLDER (may be slow) - - - Invalidate cached information (may be slow) - - - Is this removeable media? - - - Object is compressed (use alt color) - - - Supports IShellFolder, but only implements CreateViewObject() (non-folder view) - - - Is a non-enumerated object (should be hidden) - - - Should show bold in explorer tree - - - Obsolete - - - Obsolete - - - Supports BindToObject(IID_IStream) - - - May contain children with SFGAO_STORAGE or SFGAO_STREAM - - - For determining storage capabilities, ie for open/save semantics - - - - Attributes that are masked out for PKEY_SFGAOFlags because they are considered - to cause slow calculations or lack context - (SFGAO_VALIDATE | SFGAO_ISSLOW | SFGAO_HASSUBFOLDER and others) - - - - - IShellFolder::EnumObjects grfFlags bits. Also called SHCONT - - - - - IShellFolder::GetDisplayNameOf/SetNameOf uFlags. Also called SHGDNF. - - - For compatibility with SIGDN, these bits must all sit in the LOW word. - - - - - SHELLITEMCOMPAREHINTF. SICHINT_*. - - - - iOrder based on display in a folder view - - - exact instance compare - - - iOrder based on canonical name (better performance) - - - - ShellItem enum. SIGDN_*. - - - - - STR_GPS_* - - - When requesting a property store through IShellFolder, you can specify the equivalent of - GPS_DEFAULT by passing in a null IBindCtx parameter. - - You can specify the equivalent of GPS_READWRITE by passing a mode of STGM_READWRITE | STGM_EXCLUSIVE - in the bind context - - Here are the string versions of GPS_ flags, passed to IShellFolder::BindToObject() via IBindCtx::RegisterObjectParam() - These flags are valid when requesting an IPropertySetStorage or IPropertyStore handler - - The meaning of these flags are described above. - - There is no STR_ equivalent for GPS_TEMPORARY because temporary property stores - are provided by IShellItem2 only -- not by the underlying IShellFolder. - - - - - WPARAM value for a THUMBBUTTON being clicked. - - - - fmtid - - - pid - - - PKEY_Title - - - PKEY_AppUserModel_ID - - - PKEY_AppUserModel_IsDestListSeparator - - - PKEY_AppUserModel_RelaunchCommand - - - PKEY_AppUserModel_RelaunchDisplayNameResource - - - PKEY_AppUserModel_RelaunchIconResource - - - Unknown Object Array - - - - Shell Namespace helper - - - - - Shell Namespace helper 2 - - - - - This function must be called first to validate use of other members. - - - - - This function adds a tab for hwnd to the taskbar. - - The HWND for which to add the tab. - - - - This function deletes a tab for hwnd from the taskbar. - - The HWND for which the tab is to be deleted. - - - - This function activates the tab associated with hwnd on the taskbar. - - The HWND for which the tab is to be actuvated. - - - - This function marks hwnd in the taskbar as the active tab. - - The HWND to activate. - - - - Marks a window as full-screen. - - The handle of the window to be marked. - A Boolean value marking the desired full-screen status of the window. - - Setting the value of fFullscreen to true, the Shell treats this window as a full-screen window, and the taskbar - is moved to the bottom of the z-order when this window is active. Setting the value of fFullscreen to false - removes the full-screen marking, but does not cause the Shell to treat the window as though it were - definitely not full-screen. With a false fFullscreen value, the Shell depends on its automatic detection facility - to specify how the window should be treated, possibly still flagging the window as full-screen. - - - - - Allows an application to retrieve the most recent and frequent documents opened in that app, as reported via SHAddToRecentDocs - - - - - Set the App User Model ID for the application retrieving this list. If an AppID is not provided via this method, - the system will use a heuristically determined ID. This method must be called before GetList. - - App Id. - - - - Retrieve an IEnumObjects or IObjectArray for IShellItems and/or IShellLinks. - Items may appear in both the frequent and recent lists. - - - - - - Provides access to the App User Model ID on objects supporting this value. - - - - - Provides access to the ProgID associated with an object - - - - - Wraps an IStream interface pointer from COM into a form consumable by .Net. - - - This implementation is immutable, though it's possible that the underlying - stream can be changed in another context. - - - - - Wraps a native IStream interface into a CLR Stream subclass. - - - The stream that this object wraps. - - - Note that the parameter is passed by ref. On successful creation it is - zeroed out to the caller. This object becomes responsible for the lifetime - management of the wrapped IStream. - - - - - Wraps a managed stream instance into an interface pointer consumable by COM. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the ManagedIStream class with the specified managed Stream object. - - - The stream that this IStream reference is wrapping. - - - - - Creates a new stream object with its own seek pointer that - references the same bytes as the original stream. - - - When this method returns, contains the new stream object. This parameter is passed uninitialized. - - - For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::Clone in the MSDN library. - This class doesn't implement Clone. A COMException is thrown if it is used. - - - - - Ensures that any changes made to a stream object that is open in transacted - mode are reflected in the parent storage. - - - A value that controls how the changes for the stream object are committed. - - - For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::Commit in the MSDN library. - - - - - Copies a specified number of bytes from the current seek pointer in the - stream to the current seek pointer in another stream. - - - A reference to the destination stream. - - - The number of bytes to copy from the source stream. - - - On successful return, contains the actual number of bytes read from the source. - (Note the native signature is to a ULARGE_INTEGER*, so 64 bits are written - to this parameter on success.) - - - On successful return, contains the actual number of bytes written to the destination. - (Note the native signature is to a ULARGE_INTEGER*, so 64 bits are written - to this parameter on success.) - - - - - Restricts access to a specified range of bytes in the stream. - - - The byte offset for the beginning of the range. - - - The length of the range, in bytes, to restrict. - - - The requested restrictions on accessing the range. - - - For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::LockRegion in the MSDN library. - This class doesn't implement LockRegion. A COMException is thrown if it is used. - - - - - Reads a specified number of bytes from the stream object into memory starting at the current seek pointer. - - - When this method returns, contains the data read from the stream. This parameter is passed uninitialized. - - - The number of bytes to read from the stream object. - - - A pointer to a ULONG variable that receives the actual number of bytes read from the stream object. - - - For more information, see the existing documentation for ISequentialStream::Read in the MSDN library. - - - - - Discards all changes that have been made to a transacted stream since the last Commit call. - - - This class doesn't implement Revert. A COMException is thrown if it is used. - - - - - Changes the seek pointer to a new location relative to the beginning of the - stream, to the end of the stream, or to the current seek pointer. - - - The displacement to add to dwOrigin. - - - The origin of the seek. The origin can be the beginning of the file, the current seek pointer, or the end of the file. - - - On successful return, contains the offset of the seek pointer from the beginning of the stream. - (Note the native signature is to a ULARGE_INTEGER*, so 64 bits are written - to this parameter on success.) - - - For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::Seek in the MSDN library. - - - - - Changes the size of the stream object. - - - The new size of the stream as a number of bytes. - - - For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::SetSize in the MSDN library. - - - - - Retrieves the STATSTG structure for this stream. - - - When this method returns, contains a STATSTG structure that describes this stream object. - This parameter is passed uninitialized. - - - Members in the STATSTG structure that this method does not return, thus saving some memory allocation operations. - - - - - Removes the access restriction on a range of bytes previously restricted with the LockRegion method. - - The byte offset for the beginning of the range. - - - The length, in bytes, of the range to restrict. - - - The access restrictions previously placed on the range. - - - For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::UnlockRegion in the MSDN library. - This class doesn't implement UnlockRegion. A COMException is thrown if it is used. - - - - - Writes a specified number of bytes into the stream object starting at the current seek pointer. - - - The buffer to write this stream to. - - - The number of bytes to write to the stream. - - - On successful return, contains the actual number of bytes written to the stream object. - If the caller sets this pointer to null, this method does not provide the actual number - of bytes written. - - - - - Releases resources controlled by this object. - - - Dispose can be called multiple times, but trying to use the object - after it has been disposed will generally throw ObjectDisposedExceptions. - - - - - Wrapper around File.Copy to provide feedback as to whether the file wasn't copied because it didn't exist. - - - - - - Simple guard against the exceptions that File.Delete throws on null and empty strings. - - The path to delete. Unlike File.Delete, this can be null or empty. - - Note that File.Delete, and by extension SafeDeleteFile, does not throw an exception - if the file does not exist. - - - - - Utility to help classes catenate their properties for implementing ToString(). - - The StringBuilder to catenate the results into. - The name of the property to be catenated. - The value of the property to be catenated. - - - - Generates ToString functionality for a struct. This is an expensive way to do it, - it exists for the sake of debugging while classes are in flux. - Eventually this should just be removed and the classes should - do this without reflection. - - - - - - - - Encodes a URL string. Duplicated functionality from System.Web.HttpUtility.UrlEncode. - - - - - Duplicated from System.Web.HttpUtility because System.Web isn't part of the client profile. - URL Encoding replaces ' ' with '+' and unsafe ASCII characters with '%XX'. - Safe characters are defined in RFC2396 (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2396.txt). - They are the 7-bit ASCII alphanumerics and the mark characters "-_.!~*'()". - This implementation does not treat '~' as a safe character to be consistent with the System.Web version. - - - - GDI's DeleteObject - - - GDI+'s DisposeImage - - - - From a list of BitmapFrames find the one that best matches the requested dimensions. - The methods used here are copied from Win32 sources. We want to be consistent with - system behaviors. - - - Convert a native integer that represent a color with an alpha channel into a Color struct. - The integer that represents the color. Its bits are of the format 0xAARRGGBB. - A Color representation of the parameter. - - - - A static class for retail validated assertions. - Instead of breaking into the debugger an exception is thrown. - - - - - Ensure that the current thread's apartment state is what's expected. - - - The required apartment state for the current thread. - - - The message string for the exception to be thrown if the state is invalid. - - - Thrown if the calling thread's apartment state is not the same as the requiredState. - - - - - Ensure that an argument is neither null nor empty. - - The string to validate. - The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. - - - - Ensure that an argument is neither null nor does it consist only of whitespace. - - The string to validate. - The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. - - - Verifies that an argument is not null. - Type of the object to validate. Must be a class. - The object to validate. - The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. - - - Verifies that an argument is not null. - Type of the object to validate. Must be a class. - The object to validate. - The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. - - - Verifies that an argument is null. - Type of the object to validate. Must be a class. - The object to validate. - The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. - - - - Verifies the specified statement is true. Throws an ArgumentException if it's not. - - The statement to be verified as true. - Name of the parameter to include in the ArgumentException. - The message to include in the ArgumentException. - - - - Verifies that the specified value is within the expected range. The assertion fails if it isn't. - - The lower bound inclusive value. - The value to verify. - The upper bound exclusive value. - The name of the parameter that caused the current exception. - - - Display the system menu at a specified location. - The MetroWindow - The location to display the system menu, in logical screen coordinates. - - - - Private constructor. The public way to access this class is through the static Current property. - - - - The extent of the top of the window to treat as the caption. - - - The Window that's chrome is being modified. - - - Underlying HWND for the _window. - - Critical : Critical member - - - - Underlying HWND for the _window. - - Critical : Critical member provides access to HWND's window messages which are critical - - - - Object that describes the current modifications being made to the chrome. - - - - Critical : Store critical methods in critical callback table - Safe : Demands full trust permissions - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - Safe : Demands full trust permissions - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - Safe : Demands full trust permissions - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - Safe : Demands full trust permissions - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Store critical methods in critical callback table - Safe : Demands full trust permissions - - - - - Critical : References critical methods - - - - - Critical : Store critical methods in critical callback table - Safe : Demands full trust permissions - - - - - Critical : Accesses critical _hwnd field - Safe : Demands full trust permissions - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Store critical methods in critical callback table - Safe : Demands full trust permissions - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Accesses critical _hwnd - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - This method handles the window size if the taskbar is set to auto-hide. - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Calls critical Marshal.PtrToStructure - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Calls critical method - - - - - Critical : Calls critical method - - - - - Critical : Calls critical Marshal.PtrToStructure - - - - - Critical : Calls critical Marshal.PtrToStructure - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - Add and remove a native WindowStyle from the HWND. - The styles to be removed. These can be bitwise combined. - The styles to be added. These can be bitwise combined. - Whether the styles of the HWND were modified as a result of this call. - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Get the WindowState as the native HWND knows it to be. This isn't necessarily the same as what Window thinks. - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Get the bounding rectangle for the window in physical coordinates. - - The bounding rectangle for the window. - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Update the items in the system menu based on the current, or assumed, WindowState. - - - The state to assume that the Window is in. This can be null to query the Window's state. - - - We want to update the menu while we have some control over whether the caption will be repainted. - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Matrix of the HT values to return when responding to NC window messages. - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Unsubscribes event handler from critical _hwndSource - - - - - Critical : Unsubscribes critical event handler - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Is this using WPF4? - - - There are a few specific bugs in Window in 3.5SP1 and below that require workarounds - when handling WM_NCCALCSIZE on the HWND. - - - - - Critical : Calls critical method - - - - A borderless window lost his animation, with this we bring it back. - - - - Windows Messages - Defined in winuser.h from Windows SDK v6.1 - Documentation pulled from MSDN. - - - - - The WM_NULL message performs no operation. An application sends the WM_NULL message if it wants to post a message that the recipient window will ignore. - - - - - The WM_CREATE message is sent when an application requests that a window be created by calling the CreateWindowEx or CreateWindow function. (The message is sent before the function returns.) The window procedure of the new window receives this message after the window is created, but before the window becomes visible. - - - - - The WM_DESTROY message is sent when a window is being destroyed. It is sent to the window procedure of the window being destroyed after the window is removed from the screen. - This message is sent first to the window being destroyed and then to the child windows (if any) as they are destroyed. During the processing of the message, it can be assumed that all child windows still exist. - /// - - - - The WM_MOVE message is sent after a window has been moved. - - - - - The WM_SIZE message is sent to a window after its size has changed. - - - - - The WM_ACTIVATE message is sent to both the window being activated and the window being deactivated. If the windows use the same input queue, the message is sent synchronously, first to the window procedure of the top-level window being deactivated, then to the window procedure of the top-level window being activated. If the windows use different input queues, the message is sent asynchronously, so the window is activated immediately. - - - - - The WM_SETFOCUS message is sent to a window after it has gained the keyboard focus. - - - - - The WM_KILLFOCUS message is sent to a window immediately before it loses the keyboard focus. - - - - - The WM_ENABLE message is sent when an application changes the enabled state of a window. It is sent to the window whose enabled state is changing. This message is sent before the EnableWindow function returns, but after the enabled state (WS_DISABLED style bit) of the window has changed. - - - - - An application sends the WM_SETREDRAW message to a window to allow changes in that window to be redrawn or to prevent changes in that window from being redrawn. - - - - - An application sends a WM_SETTEXT message to set the text of a window. - - - - - An application sends a WM_GETTEXT message to copy the text that corresponds to a window into a buffer provided by the caller. - - - - - An application sends a WM_GETTEXTLENGTH message to determine the length, in characters, of the text associated with a window. - - - - - The WM_PAINT message is sent when the system or another application makes a request to paint a portion of an application's window. The message is sent when the UpdateWindow or RedrawWindow function is called, or by the DispatchMessage function when the application obtains a WM_PAINT message by using the GetMessage or PeekMessage function. - - - - - The WM_CLOSE message is sent as a signal that a window or an application should terminate. - - - - - The WM_QUERYENDSESSION message is sent when the user chooses to end the session or when an application calls one of the system shutdown functions. If any application returns zero, the session is not ended. The system stops sending WM_QUERYENDSESSION messages as soon as one application returns zero. - After processing this message, the system sends the WM_ENDSESSION message with the wParam parameter set to the results of the WM_QUERYENDSESSION message. - - - - - The WM_QUERYOPEN message is sent to an icon when the user requests that the window be restored to its previous size and position. - - - - - The WM_ENDSESSION message is sent to an application after the system processes the results of the WM_QUERYENDSESSION message. The WM_ENDSESSION message informs the application whether the session is ending. - - - - - The WM_QUIT message indicates a request to terminate an application and is generated when the application calls the PostQuitMessage function. It causes the GetMessage function to return zero. - - - - - The WM_ERASEBKGND message is sent when the window background must be erased (for example, when a window is resized). The message is sent to prepare an invalidated portion of a window for painting. - - - - - This message is sent to all top-level windows when a change is made to a system color setting. - - - - - The WM_SHOWWINDOW message is sent to a window when the window is about to be hidden or shown. - - - - - An application sends the WM_WININICHANGE message to all top-level windows after making a change to the WIN.INI file. The SystemParametersInfo function sends this message after an application uses the function to change a setting in WIN.INI. - Note The WM_WININICHANGE message is provided only for compatibility with earlier versions of the system. Applications should use the WM_SETTINGCHANGE message. - - - - - An application sends the WM_WININICHANGE message to all top-level windows after making a change to the WIN.INI file. The SystemParametersInfo function sends this message after an application uses the function to change a setting in WIN.INI. - Note The WM_WININICHANGE message is provided only for compatibility with earlier versions of the system. Applications should use the WM_SETTINGCHANGE message. - - - - - The WM_DEVMODECHANGE message is sent to all top-level windows whenever the user changes device-mode settings. - - - - - The WM_ACTIVATEAPP message is sent when a window belonging to a different application than the active window is about to be activated. The message is sent to the application whose window is being activated and to the application whose window is being deactivated. - - - - - An application sends the WM_FONTCHANGE message to all top-level windows in the system after changing the pool of font resources. - - - - - A message that is sent whenever there is a change in the system time. - - - - - The WM_CANCELMODE message is sent to cancel certain modes, such as mouse capture. For example, the system sends this message to the active window when a dialog box or message box is displayed. Certain functions also send this message explicitly to the specified window regardless of whether it is the active window. For example, the EnableWindow function sends this message when disabling the specified window. - - - - - The WM_SETCURSOR message is sent to a window if the mouse causes the cursor to move within a window and mouse input is not captured. - - - - - The WM_MOUSEACTIVATE message is sent when the cursor is in an inactive window and the user presses a mouse button. The parent window receives this message only if the child window passes it to the DefWindowProc function. - - - - - The WM_CHILDACTIVATE message is sent to a child window when the user clicks the window's title bar or when the window is activated, moved, or sized. - - - - - The WM_QUEUESYNC message is sent by a computer-based training (CBT) application to separate user-input messages from other messages sent through the WH_JOURNALPLAYBACK Hook procedure. - - - - - The WM_GETMINMAXINFO message is sent to a window when the size or position of the window is about to change. An application can use this message to override the window's default maximized size and position, or its default minimum or maximum tracking size. - - - - - Windows NT 3.51 and earlier: The WM_PAINTICON message is sent to a minimized window when the icon is to be painted. This message is not sent by newer versions of Microsoft Windows, except in unusual circumstances explained in the Remarks. - - - - - Windows NT 3.51 and earlier: The WM_ICONERASEBKGND message is sent to a minimized window when the background of the icon must be filled before painting the icon. A window receives this message only if a class icon is defined for the window; otherwise, WM_ERASEBKGND is sent. This message is not sent by newer versions of Windows. - - - - - The WM_NEXTDLGCTL message is sent to a dialog box procedure to set the keyboard focus to a different control in the dialog box. - - - - - The WM_SPOOLERSTATUS message is sent from Print Manager whenever a job is added to or removed from the Print Manager queue. - - - - - The WM_DRAWITEM message is sent to the parent window of an owner-drawn button, combo box, list box, or menu when a visual aspect of the button, combo box, list box, or menu has changed. - - - - - The WM_MEASUREITEM message is sent to the owner window of a combo box, list box, list view control, or menu item when the control or menu is created. - - - - - Sent to the owner of a list box or combo box when the list box or combo box is destroyed or when items are removed by the LB_DELETESTRING, LB_RESETCONTENT, CB_DELETESTRING, or CB_RESETCONTENT message. The system sends a WM_DELETEITEM message for each deleted item. The system sends the WM_DELETEITEM message for any deleted list box or combo box item with nonzero item data. - - - - - Sent by a list box with the LBS_WANTKEYBOARDINPUT style to its owner in response to a WM_KEYDOWN message. - - - - - Sent by a list box with the LBS_WANTKEYBOARDINPUT style to its owner in response to a WM_CHAR message. - - - - - An application sends a WM_SETFONT message to specify the font that a control is to use when drawing text. - - - - - An application sends a WM_GETFONT message to a control to retrieve the font with which the control is currently drawing its text. - - - - - An application sends a WM_SETHOTKEY message to a window to associate a hot key with the window. When the user presses the hot key, the system activates the window. - - - - - An application sends a WM_GETHOTKEY message to determine the hot key associated with a window. - - - - - The WM_QUERYDRAGICON message is sent to a minimized (iconic) window. The window is about to be dragged by the user but does not have an icon defined for its class. An application can return a handle to an icon or cursor. The system displays this cursor or icon while the user drags the icon. - - - - - The system sends the WM_COMPAREITEM message to determine the relative position of a new item in the sorted list of an owner-drawn combo box or list box. Whenever the application adds a new item, the system sends this message to the owner of a combo box or list box created with the CBS_SORT or LBS_SORT style. - - - - - Active Accessibility sends the WM_GETOBJECT message to obtain information about an accessible object contained in a server application. - Applications never send this message directly. It is sent only by Active Accessibility in response to calls to AccessibleObjectFromPoint, AccessibleObjectFromEvent, or AccessibleObjectFromWindow. However, server applications handle this message. - - - - - The WM_COMPACTING message is sent to all top-level windows when the system detects more than 12.5 percent of system time over a 30- to 60-second interval is being spent compacting memory. This indicates that system memory is low. - - - - - WM_COMMNOTIFY is Obsolete for Win32-Based Applications - - - - - The WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING message is sent to a window whose size, position, or place in the Z order is about to change as a result of a call to the SetWindowPos function or another window-management function. - - - - - The WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED message is sent to a window whose size, position, or place in the Z order has changed as a result of a call to the SetWindowPos function or another window-management function. - - - - - Notifies applications that the system, typically a battery-powered personal computer, is about to enter a suspended mode. - Use: POWERBROADCAST - - - - - An application sends the WM_COPYDATA message to pass data to another application. - - - - - The WM_CANCELJOURNAL message is posted to an application when a user cancels the application's journaling activities. The message is posted with a NULL window handle. - - - - - Sent by a common control to its parent window when an event has occurred or the control requires some information. - - - - - The WM_INPUTLANGCHANGEREQUEST message is posted to the window with the focus when the user chooses a new input language, either with the hotkey (specified in the Keyboard control panel application) or from the indicator on the system taskbar. An application can accept the change by passing the message to the DefWindowProc function or reject the change (and prevent it from taking place) by returning immediately. - - - - - The WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE message is sent to the topmost affected window after an application's input language has been changed. You should make any application-specific settings and pass the message to the DefWindowProc function, which passes the message to all first-level child windows. These child windows can pass the message to DefWindowProc to have it pass the message to their child windows, and so on. - - - - - Sent to an application that has initiated a training card with Microsoft Windows Help. The message informs the application when the user clicks an authorable button. An application initiates a training card by specifying the HELP_TCARD command in a call to the WinHelp function. - - - - - Indicates that the user pressed the F1 key. If a menu is active when F1 is pressed, WM_HELP is sent to the window associated with the menu; otherwise, WM_HELP is sent to the window that has the keyboard focus. If no window has the keyboard focus, WM_HELP is sent to the currently active window. - - - - - The WM_USERCHANGED message is sent to all windows after the user has logged on or off. When the user logs on or off, the system updates the user-specific settings. The system sends this message immediately after updating the settings. - - - - - Determines if a window accepts ANSI or Unicode structures in the WM_NOTIFY notification message. WM_NOTIFYFORMAT messages are sent from a common control to its parent window and from the parent window to the common control. - - - - - The WM_CONTEXTMENU message notifies a window that the user clicked the right mouse button (right-clicked) in the window. - - - - - The WM_STYLECHANGING message is sent to a window when the SetWindowLong function is about to change one or more of the window's styles. - - - - - The WM_STYLECHANGED message is sent to a window after the SetWindowLong function has changed one or more of the window's styles - - - - - The WM_DISPLAYCHANGE message is sent to all windows when the display resolution has changed. - - - - - The WM_GETICON message is sent to a window to retrieve a handle to the large or small icon associated with a window. The system displays the large icon in the ALT+TAB dialog, and the small icon in the window caption. - - - - - An application sends the WM_SETICON message to associate a new large or small icon with a window. The system displays the large icon in the ALT+TAB dialog box, and the small icon in the window caption. - - - - - The WM_NCCREATE message is sent prior to the WM_CREATE message when a window is first created. - - - - - The WM_NCDESTROY message informs a window that its nonclient area is being destroyed. The DestroyWindow function sends the WM_NCDESTROY message to the window following the WM_DESTROY message. WM_DESTROY is used to free the allocated memory object associated with the window. - The WM_NCDESTROY message is sent after the child windows have been destroyed. In contrast, WM_DESTROY is sent before the child windows are destroyed. - - - - - The WM_NCCALCSIZE message is sent when the size and position of a window's client area must be calculated. By processing this message, an application can control the content of the window's client area when the size or position of the window changes. - - - - - The WM_NCHITTEST message is sent to a window when the cursor moves, or when a mouse button is pressed or released. If the mouse is not captured, the message is sent to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is sent to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_NCPAINT message is sent to a window when its frame must be painted. - - - - - The WM_NCACTIVATE message is sent to a window when its nonclient area needs to be changed to indicate an active or inactive state. - - - - - The WM_GETDLGCODE message is sent to the window procedure associated with a control. By default, the system handles all keyboard input to the control; the system interprets certain types of keyboard input as dialog box navigation keys. To override this default behavior, the control can respond to the WM_GETDLGCODE message to indicate the types of input it wants to process itself. - - - - - The WM_SYNCPAINT message is used to synchronize painting while avoiding linking independent GUI threads. - - - - - The WM_NCMOUSEMOVE message is posted to a window when the cursor is moved within the nonclient area of the window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN message is posted when the user presses the left mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCLBUTTONUP message is posted when the user releases the left mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCLBUTTONDBLCLK message is posted when the user double-clicks the left mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCRBUTTONDOWN message is posted when the user presses the right mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCRBUTTONUP message is posted when the user releases the right mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCRBUTTONDBLCLK message is posted when the user double-clicks the right mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCMBUTTONDOWN message is posted when the user presses the middle mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCMBUTTONUP message is posted when the user releases the middle mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCMBUTTONDBLCLK message is posted when the user double-clicks the middle mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCXBUTTONDOWN message is posted when the user presses the first or second X button while the cursor is in the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCXBUTTONUP message is posted when the user releases the first or second X button while the cursor is in the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCXBUTTONDBLCLK message is posted when the user double-clicks the first or second X button while the cursor is in the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_INPUT_DEVICE_CHANGE message is sent to the window that registered to receive raw input. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - The WM_INPUT message is sent to the window that is getting raw input. - - - - - This message filters for keyboard messages. - - - - - The WM_KEYDOWN message is posted to the window with the keyboard focus when a nonsystem key is pressed. A nonsystem key is a key that is pressed when the ALT key is not pressed. - - - - - The WM_KEYUP message is posted to the window with the keyboard focus when a nonsystem key is released. A nonsystem key is a key that is pressed when the ALT key is not pressed, or a keyboard key that is pressed when a window has the keyboard focus. - - - - - The WM_CHAR message is posted to the window with the keyboard focus when a WM_KEYDOWN message is translated by the TranslateMessage function. The WM_CHAR message contains the character code of the key that was pressed. - - - - - The WM_DEADCHAR message is posted to the window with the keyboard focus when a WM_KEYUP message is translated by the TranslateMessage function. WM_DEADCHAR specifies a character code generated by a dead key. A dead key is a key that generates a character, such as the umlaut (double-dot), that is combined with another character to form a composite character. For example, the umlaut-O character (Ö) is generated by typing the dead key for the umlaut character, and then typing the O key. - - - - - The WM_SYSKEYDOWN message is posted to the window with the keyboard focus when the user presses the F10 key (which activates the menu bar) or holds down the ALT key and then presses another key. It also occurs when no window currently has the keyboard focus; in this case, the WM_SYSKEYDOWN message is sent to the active window. The window that receives the message can distinguish between these two contexts by checking the context code in the lParam parameter. - - - - - The WM_SYSKEYUP message is posted to the window with the keyboard focus when the user releases a key that was pressed while the ALT key was held down. It also occurs when no window currently has the keyboard focus; in this case, the WM_SYSKEYUP message is sent to the active window. The window that receives the message can distinguish between these two contexts by checking the context code in the lParam parameter. - - - - - The WM_SYSCHAR message is posted to the window with the keyboard focus when a WM_SYSKEYDOWN message is translated by the TranslateMessage function. It specifies the character code of a system character key — that is, a character key that is pressed while the ALT key is down. - - - - - The WM_SYSDEADCHAR message is sent to the window with the keyboard focus when a WM_SYSKEYDOWN message is translated by the TranslateMessage function. WM_SYSDEADCHAR specifies the character code of a system dead key — that is, a dead key that is pressed while holding down the ALT key. - - - - - The WM_UNICHAR message is posted to the window with the keyboard focus when a WM_KEYDOWN message is translated by the TranslateMessage function. The WM_UNICHAR message contains the character code of the key that was pressed. - The WM_UNICHAR message is equivalent to WM_CHAR, but it uses Unicode Transformation Format (UTF)-32, whereas WM_CHAR uses UTF-16. It is designed to send or post Unicode characters to ANSI windows and it can can handle Unicode Supplementary Plane characters. - - - - - This message filters for keyboard messages. - - - - - Sent immediately before the IME generates the composition string as a result of a keystroke. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - Sent to an application when the IME ends composition. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - Sent to an application when the IME changes composition status as a result of a keystroke. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - The WM_INITDIALOG message is sent to the dialog box procedure immediately before a dialog box is displayed. Dialog box procedures typically use this message to initialize controls and carry out any other initialization tasks that affect the appearance of the dialog box. - - - - - The WM_COMMAND message is sent when the user selects a command item from a menu, when a control sends a notification message to its parent window, or when an accelerator keystroke is translated. - - - - - A window receives this message when the user chooses a command from the Window menu, clicks the maximize button, minimize button, restore button, close button, or moves the form. You can stop the form from moving by filtering this out. - - - - - The WM_TIMER message is posted to the installing thread's message queue when a timer expires. The message is posted by the GetMessage or PeekMessage function. - - - - - The WM_HSCROLL message is sent to a window when a scroll event occurs in the window's standard horizontal scroll bar. This message is also sent to the owner of a horizontal scroll bar control when a scroll event occurs in the control. - - - - - The WM_VSCROLL message is sent to a window when a scroll event occurs in the window's standard vertical scroll bar. This message is also sent to the owner of a vertical scroll bar control when a scroll event occurs in the control. - - - - - The WM_INITMENU message is sent when a menu is about to become active. It occurs when the user clicks an item on the menu bar or presses a menu key. This allows the application to modify the menu before it is displayed. - - - - - The WM_INITMENUPOPUP message is sent when a drop-down menu or submenu is about to become active. This allows an application to modify the menu before it is displayed, without changing the entire menu. - - - - - The WM_MENUSELECT message is sent to a menu's owner window when the user selects a menu item. - - - - - The WM_MENUCHAR message is sent when a menu is active and the user presses a key that does not correspond to any mnemonic or accelerator key. This message is sent to the window that owns the menu. - - - - - The WM_ENTERIDLE message is sent to the owner window of a modal dialog box or menu that is entering an idle state. A modal dialog box or menu enters an idle state when no messages are waiting in its queue after it has processed one or more previous messages. - - - - - The WM_MENURBUTTONUP message is sent when the user releases the right mouse button while the cursor is on a menu item. - - - - - The WM_MENUDRAG message is sent to the owner of a drag-and-drop menu when the user drags a menu item. - - - - - The WM_MENUGETOBJECT message is sent to the owner of a drag-and-drop menu when the mouse cursor enters a menu item or moves from the center of the item to the top or bottom of the item. - - - - - The WM_UNINITMENUPOPUP message is sent when a drop-down menu or submenu has been destroyed. - - - - - The WM_MENUCOMMAND message is sent when the user makes a selection from a menu. - - - - - An application sends the WM_CHANGEUISTATE message to indicate that the user interface (UI) state should be changed. - - - - - An application sends the WM_UPDATEUISTATE message to change the user interface (UI) state for the specified window and all its child windows. - - - - - An application sends the WM_QUERYUISTATE message to retrieve the user interface (UI) state for a window. - - - - - The WM_CTLCOLORMSGBOX message is sent to the owner window of a message box before Windows draws the message box. By responding to this message, the owner window can set the text and background colors of the message box by using the given display device context handle. - - - - - An edit control that is not read-only or disabled sends the WM_CTLCOLOREDIT message to its parent window when the control is about to be drawn. By responding to this message, the parent window can use the specified device context handle to set the text and background colors of the edit control. - - - - - Sent to the parent window of a list box before the system draws the list box. By responding to this message, the parent window can set the text and background colors of the list box by using the specified display device context handle. - - - - - The WM_CTLCOLORBTN message is sent to the parent window of a button before drawing the button. The parent window can change the button's text and background colors. However, only owner-drawn buttons respond to the parent window processing this message. - - - - - The WM_CTLCOLORDLG message is sent to a dialog box before the system draws the dialog box. By responding to this message, the dialog box can set its text and background colors using the specified display device context handle. - - - - - The WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR message is sent to the parent window of a scroll bar control when the control is about to be drawn. By responding to this message, the parent window can use the display context handle to set the background color of the scroll bar control. - - - - - A static control, or an edit control that is read-only or disabled, sends the WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC message to its parent window when the control is about to be drawn. By responding to this message, the parent window can use the specified device context handle to set the text and background colors of the static control. - - - - - Use WM_MOUSEFIRST to specify the first mouse message. Use the PeekMessage() Function. - - - - - The WM_MOUSEMOVE message is posted to a window when the cursor moves. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_LBUTTONDOWN message is posted when the user presses the left mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_LBUTTONUP message is posted when the user releases the left mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK message is posted when the user double-clicks the left mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_RBUTTONDOWN message is posted when the user presses the right mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_RBUTTONUP message is posted when the user releases the right mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK message is posted when the user double-clicks the right mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_MBUTTONDOWN message is posted when the user presses the middle mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_MBUTTONUP message is posted when the user releases the middle mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK message is posted when the user double-clicks the middle mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_MOUSEWHEEL message is sent to the focus window when the mouse wheel is rotated. The DefWindowProc function propagates the message to the window's parent. There should be no internal forwarding of the message, since DefWindowProc propagates it up the parent chain until it finds a window that processes it. - - - - - The WM_XBUTTONDOWN message is posted when the user presses the first or second X button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_XBUTTONUP message is posted when the user releases the first or second X button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK message is posted when the user double-clicks the first or second X button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_MOUSEHWHEEL message is sent to the focus window when the mouse's horizontal scroll wheel is tilted or rotated. The DefWindowProc function propagates the message to the window's parent. There should be no internal forwarding of the message, since DefWindowProc propagates it up the parent chain until it finds a window that processes it. - - - - - Use WM_MOUSELAST to specify the last mouse message. Used with PeekMessage() Function. - - - - - The WM_PARENTNOTIFY message is sent to the parent of a child window when the child window is created or destroyed, or when the user clicks a mouse button while the cursor is over the child window. When the child window is being created, the system sends WM_PARENTNOTIFY just before the CreateWindow or CreateWindowEx function that creates the window returns. When the child window is being destroyed, the system sends the message before any processing to destroy the window takes place. - - - - - The WM_ENTERMENULOOP message informs an application's main window procedure that a menu modal loop has been entered. - - - - - The WM_EXITMENULOOP message informs an application's main window procedure that a menu modal loop has been exited. - - - - - The WM_NEXTMENU message is sent to an application when the right or left arrow key is used to switch between the menu bar and the system menu. - - - - - The WM_SIZING message is sent to a window that the user is resizing. By processing this message, an application can monitor the size and position of the drag rectangle and, if needed, change its size or position. - - - - - The WM_CAPTURECHANGED message is sent to the window that is losing the mouse capture. - - - - - The WM_MOVING message is sent to a window that the user is moving. By processing this message, an application can monitor the position of the drag rectangle and, if needed, change its position. - - - - - Notifies applications that a power-management event has occurred. - - - - - Notifies an application of a change to the hardware configuration of a device or the computer. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDICREATE message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to create an MDI child window. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDIDESTROY message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to close an MDI child window. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDIACTIVATE message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to instruct the client window to activate a different MDI child window. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDIRESTORE message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to restore an MDI child window from maximized or minimized size. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDINEXT message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to activate the next or previous child window. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDIMAXIMIZE message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to maximize an MDI child window. The system resizes the child window to make its client area fill the client window. The system places the child window's window menu icon in the rightmost position of the frame window's menu bar, and places the child window's restore icon in the leftmost position. The system also appends the title bar text of the child window to that of the frame window. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDITILE message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to arrange all of its MDI child windows in a tile format. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDICASCADE message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to arrange all its child windows in a cascade format. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDIICONARRANGE message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to arrange all minimized MDI child windows. It does not affect child windows that are not minimized. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDIGETACTIVE message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to retrieve the handle to the active MDI child window. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDISETMENU message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to replace the entire menu of an MDI frame window, to replace the window menu of the frame window, or both. - - - - - The WM_ENTERSIZEMOVE message is sent one time to a window after it enters the moving or sizing modal loop. The window enters the moving or sizing modal loop when the user clicks the window's title bar or sizing border, or when the window passes the WM_SYSCOMMAND message to the DefWindowProc function and the wParam parameter of the message specifies the SC_MOVE or SC_SIZE value. The operation is complete when DefWindowProc returns. - The system sends the WM_ENTERSIZEMOVE message regardless of whether the dragging of full windows is enabled. - - - - - The WM_EXITSIZEMOVE message is sent one time to a window, after it has exited the moving or sizing modal loop. The window enters the moving or sizing modal loop when the user clicks the window's title bar or sizing border, or when the window passes the WM_SYSCOMMAND message to the DefWindowProc function and the wParam parameter of the message specifies the SC_MOVE or SC_SIZE value. The operation is complete when DefWindowProc returns. - - - - - Sent when the user drops a file on the window of an application that has registered itself as a recipient of dropped files. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDIREFRESHMENU message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to refresh the window menu of the MDI frame window. - - - - - Sent to an application when a window is activated. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - Sent to an application to notify it of changes to the IME window. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - Sent by an application to direct the IME window to carry out the requested command. The application uses this message to control the IME window that it has created. To send this message, the application calls the SendMessage function with the following parameters. - - - - - Sent to an application when the IME window finds no space to extend the area for the composition window. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - Sent to an application when the operating system is about to change the current IME. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - Sent to an application when the IME gets a character of the conversion result. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - Sent to an application to provide commands and request information. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - Sent to an application by the IME to notify the application of a key press and to keep message order. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - Sent to an application by the IME to notify the application of a key release and to keep message order. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - The WM_MOUSEHOVER message is posted to a window when the cursor hovers over the client area of the window for the period of time specified in a prior call to TrackMouseEvent. - - - - - The WM_MOUSELEAVE message is posted to a window when the cursor leaves the client area of the window specified in a prior call to TrackMouseEvent. - - - - - The WM_NCMOUSEHOVER message is posted to a window when the cursor hovers over the nonclient area of the window for the period of time specified in a prior call to TrackMouseEvent. - - - - - The WM_NCMOUSELEAVE message is posted to a window when the cursor leaves the nonclient area of the window specified in a prior call to TrackMouseEvent. - - - - - The WM_WTSSESSION_CHANGE message notifies applications of changes in session state. - - - - - An application sends a WM_CUT message to an edit control or combo box to delete (cut) the current selection, if any, in the edit control and copy the deleted text to the clipboard in CF_TEXT format. - - - - - An application sends the WM_COPY message to an edit control or combo box to copy the current selection to the clipboard in CF_TEXT format. - - - - - An application sends a WM_PASTE message to an edit control or combo box to copy the current content of the clipboard to the edit control at the current caret position. Data is inserted only if the clipboard contains data in CF_TEXT format. - - - - - An application sends a WM_CLEAR message to an edit control or combo box to delete (clear) the current selection, if any, from the edit control. - - - - - An application sends a WM_UNDO message to an edit control to undo the last operation. When this message is sent to an edit control, the previously deleted text is restored or the previously added text is deleted. - - - - - The WM_RENDERFORMAT message is sent to the clipboard owner if it has delayed rendering a specific clipboard format and if an application has requested data in that format. The clipboard owner must render data in the specified format and place it on the clipboard by calling the SetClipboardData function. - - - - - The WM_RENDERALLFORMATS message is sent to the clipboard owner before it is destroyed, if the clipboard owner has delayed rendering one or more clipboard formats. For the content of the clipboard to remain available to other applications, the clipboard owner must render data in all the formats it is capable of generating, and place the data on the clipboard by calling the SetClipboardData function. - - - - - The WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD message is sent to the clipboard owner when a call to the EmptyClipboard function empties the clipboard. - - - - - The WM_DRAWCLIPBOARD message is sent to the first window in the clipboard viewer chain when the content of the clipboard changes. This enables a clipboard viewer window to display the new content of the clipboard. - - - - - The WM_PAINTCLIPBOARD message is sent to the clipboard owner by a clipboard viewer window when the clipboard contains data in the CF_OWNERDISPLAY format and the clipboard viewer's client area needs repainting. - - - - - The WM_VSCROLLCLIPBOARD message is sent to the clipboard owner by a clipboard viewer window when the clipboard contains data in the CF_OWNERDISPLAY format and an event occurs in the clipboard viewer's vertical scroll bar. The owner should scroll the clipboard image and update the scroll bar values. - - - - - The WM_SIZECLIPBOARD message is sent to the clipboard owner by a clipboard viewer window when the clipboard contains data in the CF_OWNERDISPLAY format and the clipboard viewer's client area has changed size. - - - - - The WM_ASKCBFORMATNAME message is sent to the clipboard owner by a clipboard viewer window to request the name of a CF_OWNERDISPLAY clipboard format. - - - - - The WM_CHANGECBCHAIN message is sent to the first window in the clipboard viewer chain when a window is being removed from the chain. - - - - - The WM_HSCROLLCLIPBOARD message is sent to the clipboard owner by a clipboard viewer window. This occurs when the clipboard contains data in the CF_OWNERDISPLAY format and an event occurs in the clipboard viewer's horizontal scroll bar. The owner should scroll the clipboard image and update the scroll bar values. - - - - - This message informs a window that it is about to receive the keyboard focus, giving the window the opportunity to realize its logical palette when it receives the focus. - - - - - The WM_PALETTEISCHANGING message informs applications that an application is going to realize its logical palette. - - - - - This message is sent by the OS to all top-level and overlapped windows after the window with the keyboard focus realizes its logical palette. - This message enables windows that do not have the keyboard focus to realize their logical palettes and update their client areas. - - - - - The WM_HOTKEY message is posted when the user presses a hot key registered by the RegisterHotKey function. The message is placed at the top of the message queue associated with the thread that registered the hot key. - - - - - The WM_PRINT message is sent to a window to request that it draw itself in the specified device context, most commonly in a printer device context. - - - - - The WM_PRINTCLIENT message is sent to a window to request that it draw its client area in the specified device context, most commonly in a printer device context. - - - - - The WM_APPCOMMAND message notifies a window that the user generated an application command event, for example, by clicking an application command button using the mouse or typing an application command key on the keyboard. - - - - - The WM_THEMECHANGED message is broadcast to every window following a theme change event. Examples of theme change events are the activation of a theme, the deactivation of a theme, or a transition from one theme to another. - - - - - Sent when the contents of the clipboard have changed. - - - - - The system will send a window the WM_DWMCOMPOSITIONCHANGED message to indicate that the availability of desktop composition has changed. - - - - - WM_DWMNCRENDERINGCHANGED is called when the non-client area rendering status of a window has changed. Only windows that have set the flag DWM_BLURBEHIND.fTransitionOnMaximized to true will get this message. - - - - - Sent to all top-level windows when the colorization color has changed. - - - - - WM_DWMWINDOWMAXIMIZEDCHANGE will let you know when a DWM composed window is maximized. You also have to register for this message as well. You'd have other windowd go opaque when this message is sent. - - - - - Sent to request extended title bar information. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - The WM_APP constant is used by applications to help define private messages, usually of the form WM_APP+X, where X is an integer value. - - - - - The WM_USER constant is used by applications to help define private messages for use by private window classes, usually of the form WM_USER+X, where X is an integer value. - - - - - An application sends the WM_CPL_LAUNCH message to Windows Control Panel to request that a Control Panel application be started. - - - - - The WM_CPL_LAUNCHED message is sent when a Control Panel application, started by the WM_CPL_LAUNCH message, has closed. The WM_CPL_LAUNCHED message is sent to the window identified by the wParam parameter of the WM_CPL_LAUNCH message that started the application. - - - - - WM_SYSTIMER is a well-known yet still undocumented message. Windows uses WM_SYSTIMER for internal actions like scrolling. - - - - The window has a thin-line border. - - - The window has a title bar (includes the WS_BORDER style). - - - The window is a child window. A window with this style cannot have a menu bar. This style cannot be used with the WS_POPUP style. - - - Excludes the area occupied by child windows when drawing occurs within the parent window. This style is used when creating the parent window. - - - - Clips child windows relative to each other; that is, when a particular child window receives a WM_PAINT message, the WS_CLIPSIBLINGS style clips all other overlapping child windows out of the region of the child window to be updated. - If WS_CLIPSIBLINGS is not specified and child windows overlap, it is possible, when drawing within the client area of a child window, to draw within the client area of a neighboring child window. - - - - The window is initially disabled. A disabled window cannot receive input from the user. To change this after a window has been created, use the EnableWindow function. - - - The window has a border of a style typically used with dialog boxes. A window with this style cannot have a title bar. - - - - The window is the first control of a group of controls. The group consists of this first control and all controls defined after it, up to the next control with the WS_GROUP style. - The first control in each group usually has the WS_TABSTOP style so that the user can move from group to group. The user can subsequently change the keyboard focus from one control in the group to the next control in the group by using the direction keys. - You can turn this style on and off to change dialog box navigation. To change this style after a window has been created, use the SetWindowLong function. - - - - The window has a horizontal scroll bar. - - - The window is initially maximized. - - - The window has a maximize button. Cannot be combined with the WS_EX_CONTEXTHELP style. The WS_SYSMENU style must also be specified. - - - The window is initially minimized. - - - The window has a minimize button. Cannot be combined with the WS_EX_CONTEXTHELP style. The WS_SYSMENU style must also be specified. - - - The window is an overlapped window. An overlapped window has a title bar and a border. - - - The window is an overlapped window. - - - The window is a pop-up window. This style cannot be used with the WS_CHILD style. - - - The window is a pop-up window. The WS_CAPTION and WS_POPUPWINDOW styles must be combined to make the window menu visible. - - - The window has a sizing border. - - - The window has a window menu on its title bar. The WS_CAPTION style must also be specified. - - - - The window is a control that can receive the keyboard focus when the user presses the TAB key. - Pressing the TAB key changes the keyboard focus to the next control with the WS_TABSTOP style. - You can turn this style on and off to change dialog box navigation. To change this style after a window has been created, use the SetWindowLong function. - For user-created windows and modeless dialogs to work with tab stops, alter the message loop to call the IsDialogMessage function. - - - - The window is initially visible. This style can be turned on and off by using the ShowWindow or SetWindowPos function. - - - The window has a vertical scroll bar. - - - - Specifies that a window created with this style accepts drag-drop files. - - - - - Forces a top-level window onto the taskbar when the window is visible. - - - - - Specifies that a window has a border with a sunken edge. - - - - - Windows XP: Paints all descendants of a window in bottom-to-top painting order using double-buffering. For more information, see Remarks. This cannot be used if the window has a class style of either CS_OWNDC or CS_CLASSDC. - - - - - Includes a question mark in the title bar of the window. When the user clicks the question mark, the cursor changes to a question mark with a pointer. If the user then clicks a child window, the child receives a WM_HELP message. The child window should pass the message to the parent window procedure, which should call the WinHelp function using the HELP_WM_HELP command. The Help application displays a pop-up window that typically contains help for the child window. - WS_EX_CONTEXTHELP cannot be used with the WS_MAXIMIZEBOX or WS_MINIMIZEBOX styles. - - - - - The window itself contains child windows that should take part in dialog box navigation. If this style is specified, the dialog manager recurses into children of this window when performing navigation operations such as handling the TAB key, an arrow key, or a keyboard mnemonic. - - - - - Creates a window that has a double border; the window can, optionally, be created with a title bar by specifying the WS_CAPTION style in the dwStyle parameter. - - - - - Windows 2000/XP: Creates a layered window. Note that this cannot be used for child windows. Also, this cannot be used if the window has a class style of either CS_OWNDC or CS_CLASSDC. - - - - - Arabic and Hebrew versions of Windows 98/Me, Windows 2000/XP: Creates a window whose horizontal origin is on the right edge. Increasing horizontal values advance to the left. - - - - - Creates a window that has generic left-aligned properties. This is the default. - - - - - If the shell language is Hebrew, Arabic, or another language that supports reading order alignment, the vertical scroll bar (if present) is to the left of the client area. For other languages, the style is ignored. - - - - - The window text is displayed using left-to-right reading-order properties. This is the default. - - - - - Creates a multiple-document interface (MDI) child window. - - - - - Windows 2000/XP: A top-level window created with this style does not become the foreground window when the user clicks it. The system does not bring this window to the foreground when the user minimizes or closes the foreground window. - To activate the window, use the SetActiveWindow or SetForegroundWindow function. - The window does not appear on the taskbar by default. To force the window to appear on the taskbar, use the WS_EX_APPWINDOW style. - - - - - Windows 2000/XP: A window created with this style does not pass its window layout to its child windows. - - - - - Specifies that a child window created with this style does not send the WM_PARENTNOTIFY message to its parent window when it is created or destroyed. - - - - - Combines the WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE and WS_EX_WINDOWEDGE styles. - - - - - Combines the WS_EX_WINDOWEDGE, WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW, and WS_EX_TOPMOST styles. - - - - - The window has generic "right-aligned" properties. This depends on the window class. This style has an effect only if the shell language is Hebrew, Arabic, or another language that supports reading-order alignment; otherwise, the style is ignored. - Using the WS_EX_RIGHT style for static or edit controls has the same effect as using the SS_RIGHT or ES_RIGHT style, respectively. Using this style with button controls has the same effect as using BS_RIGHT and BS_RIGHTBUTTON styles. - - - - - Vertical scroll bar (if present) is to the right of the client area. This is the default. - - - - - If the shell language is Hebrew, Arabic, or another language that supports reading-order alignment, the window text is displayed using right-to-left reading-order properties. For other languages, the style is ignored. - - - - - Creates a window with a three-dimensional border style intended to be used for items that do not accept user input. - - - - - Creates a tool window; that is, a window intended to be used as a floating toolbar. A tool window has a title bar that is shorter than a normal title bar, and the window title is drawn using a smaller font. A tool window does not appear in the taskbar or in the dialog that appears when the user presses ALT+TAB. If a tool window has a system menu, its icon is not displayed on the title bar. However, you can display the system menu by right-clicking or by typing ALT+SPACE. - - - - - Specifies that a window created with this style should be placed above all non-topmost windows and should stay above them, even when the window is deactivated. To add or remove this style, use the SetWindowPos function. - - - - - Specifies that a window created with this style should not be painted until siblings beneath the window (that were created by the same thread) have been painted. The window appears transparent because the bits of underlying sibling windows have already been painted. - To achieve transparency without these restrictions, use the SetWindowRgn function. - - - - - Specifies that a window has a border with a raised edge. - - - - - Refreshes the application settings property values from persistent storage. - - - - - Updates application settings to reflect a more recent installation of the application. - - - - - Stores the current values of the settings properties. - - - - - Upgrades the application settings on loading. - - - - - this settings class is the default way to save the placement of the window - - - - - Upgrades the application settings on loading. - - - - - Hides the window and activates another window. - - - - - Activates and displays a window. If the window is minimized or maximized, the system restores it to its original size and position. An application should specify this flag when displaying the window for the first time. - - - - - Activates and displays a window. If the window is minimized or maximized, the system restores it to its original size and position. An application should specify this flag when displaying the window for the first time. - - - - - Activates the window and displays it as a minimized window. - - - - - Activates the window and displays it as a maximized window. - - - - - Maximizes the specified window. - - - - - Displays a window in its most recent size and position. This value is similar to , except the window is not activated. - - - - - Activates the window and displays it in its current size and position. - - - - - Minimizes the specified window and activates the next top-level window in the z-order. - - - - - Displays the window as a minimized window. This value is similar to , except the window is not activated. - - - - - Displays the window in its current size and position. This value is similar to , except the window is not activated. - - - - - Activates and displays the window. If the window is minimized or maximized, the system restores it to its original size and position. An application should specify this flag when restoring a minimized window. - - - - - Invalidates the rectangle or region that you specify in lprcUpdate or hrgnUpdate. - You can set only one of these parameters to a non-NULL value. If both are NULL, RDW_INVALIDATE invalidates the entire window. - - - - Causes the OS to post a WM_PAINT message to the window regardless of whether a portion of the window is invalid. - - - - Causes the window to receive a WM_ERASEBKGND message when the window is repainted. - Specify this value in combination with the RDW_INVALIDATE value; otherwise, RDW_ERASE has no effect. - - - - - Validates the rectangle or region that you specify in lprcUpdate or hrgnUpdate. - You can set only one of these parameters to a non-NULL value. If both are NULL, RDW_VALIDATE validates the entire window. - This value does not affect internal WM_PAINT messages. - - - - Suppresses any pending WM_ERASEBKGND messages. - - - Excludes child windows, if any, from the repainting operation. - - - Includes child windows, if any, in the repainting operation. - - - Causes the affected windows, which you specify by setting the RDW_ALLCHILDREN and RDW_NOCHILDREN values, to receive WM_ERASEBKGND and WM_PAINT messages before the RedrawWindow returns, if necessary. - - - - Causes the affected windows, which you specify by setting the RDW_ALLCHILDREN and RDW_NOCHILDREN values, to receive WM_ERASEBKGND messages before RedrawWindow returns, if necessary. - The affected windows receive WM_PAINT messages at the ordinary time. - - - - Determine if 2 RECT are equal (deep compare) - - - Return the HashCode for this struct (not garanteed to be unique) - - - - Originally from http://xamlcoder.com/blog/2010/11/04/creating-a-metro-ui-style-control/ - - - - - RevealImage - - - - - InitializeComponent - - - - - A control that allows the user to toggle between two states: One represents true; The other represents false. - - - - - Gets/sets the text to display when the control is in it's On state. - - - - - Gets/sets the text to display when the control is in it's Off state. - - - - - Gets/sets the header to display on top of the control. - - - - - Gets/sets the data template used to display the header on the top of the control. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the switch's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the on-switch's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the off-switch's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the thumb indicator. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the thumb indicator. - - - - - Gets/sets the width of the thumb indicator. - - - - - Gets/sets the control's content flow direction. - - - - - Gets/sets the control's toggle switch button style. - - - - - Gets/sets whether the control is Checked (On) or not (Off). - - - - - Gets/sets the command which will be executed if the IsChecked property was changed. - - - - - Gets/sets the command which will be executed if the checked event of the control is fired. - - - - - Gets/sets the command which will be executed if the checked event of the control is fired. - - - - - Gets/sets the command parameter which will be passed by the CheckChangedCommand. - - - - - Gets/sets the command parameter which will be passed by the CheckedCommand. - - - - - Gets/sets the command parameter which will be passed by the UnCheckedCommand. - - - - - An event that is raised when the value of IsChecked changes. - - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms182161.aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa969518%28v=vs.85%29.aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa969512%28v=vs.85%29.aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa969524%28v=vs.85%29.aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms633572%28v=vs.85%29.aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd144901%28v=VS.85%29.aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd145064%28v=VS.85%29.aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms633545(v=vs.85).aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms647486%28v=vs.85%29.aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms633528(v=vs.85).aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms647985(v=vs.85).aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms648003(v=vs.85).aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms644944(v=vs.85).aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms648390(v=vs.85).aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms646258(v=vs.85).aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms684175%28v=vs.85%29.aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms683152%28v=vs.85%29.aspx - - - - Sets the show state and the restored, minimized, and maximized positions of the specified window. - - - A handle to the window. - - - A pointer to a WINDOWPLACEMENT structure that specifies the new show state and window positions. - - Before calling SetWindowPlacement, set the length member of the WINDOWPLACEMENT structure to sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT). SetWindowPlacement fails if the length member is not set correctly. - - - - If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. - - If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. - - - - - - Retrieves the show state and the restored, minimized, and maximized positions of the specified window. - - - A handle to the window. - - - A pointer to the WINDOWPLACEMENT structure that receives the show state and position information. - - Before calling GetWindowPlacement, set the length member to sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT). GetWindowPlacement fails if lpwndpl-> length is not set correctly. - - - - If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. - - If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. - - - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms647636(v=vs.85).aspx - - - - Represents the background theme of the application. - - - - - The ResourceDictionary that represents this application theme. - - - - - Gets the name of the application theme. - - - - - A class that allows for the detection and alteration of a MetroWindow's theme and accent. - - - - - Adds an accent with the given name. - - - - true if the accent does not exists and can be added. - - - - Adds an app theme with the given name. - - - - true if the app theme does not exists and can be added. - - - - Gets app theme with the given resource dictionary. - - - AppTheme - - - - Gets app theme with the given name and theme type (light or dark). - - - AppTheme - - - - Gets the inverse of the given . - This method relies on the "Dark" or "Light" affix to be present. - - The app theme. - The inverse or null if it couldn't be found. - - Returns BaseLight, if BaseDark is given or vice versa. - Custom Themes must end with "Dark" or "Light" for this to work, for example "CustomDark" and "CustomLight". - - - - - Gets the with the given name. - - - The or null, if the app theme wasn't found - - - - Gets the with the given resource dictionary. - - - The or null, if the accent wasn't found. - - - - Determines whether the specified resource dictionary represents an . - - This might include runtime accents which do not have a resource uri. - - The resources. - true if the resource dictionary is an ; otherwise, false. - resources - - - - Gets a resource from the detected AppStyle. - - The window to check. If this is null, the Application's sources will be checked. - The key to check against. - The resource object or null, if the resource wasn't found. - - - - Change the theme for the whole application. - - - - - - - Change theme for the given window. - - - - - - - Change accent and theme for the whole application. - - The instance of Application to change. - The accent to apply. - The theme to apply. - - - - Change accent and theme for the given window. - - The Window to change. - The accent to apply. - The theme to apply. - - - - Changes the accent and theme of a ResourceDictionary directly. - - The ResourceDictionary to modify. - The accent to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - The theme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - - - - Copies all resource keys from one resource to another. - - The source resource dictionary. - The destination resource dictionary. - - fromRD - or - toRD - - - - - Scans the window resources and returns it's accent and theme. - - - - - Scans the window resources and returns it's accent and theme. - - The Window to scan. - - - - Scans the application resources and returns it's accent and theme. - - The Application instance to scan. - - - - Scans a resources and returns it's accent and theme. - - The ResourceDictionary to check. - - - - Invalidates global colors and resources. - Sometimes the ContextMenu is not changing the colors, so this will fix it. - - - - - Gets a list of all of default themes. - - - - - Gets a list of all of default metro themes. - - - - - This event fires if accent color and theme was changed - this should be using the weak event pattern, but for now it's enough - - - - diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA182/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.dll b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA182/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 1cbb35f8b..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA182/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA182/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.pdb b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA182/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index 1d8f40e2f..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA182/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA182/lib/net40/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA182/lib/net40/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 0419e95f0..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA182/lib/net40/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA182/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.XML b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA182/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.XML deleted file mode 100644 index 643d46434..000000000 --- a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA182/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.XML +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6047 +0,0 @@ - - - - MahApps.Metro - - - - - An object that represents the foreground color for a Metro . - - - - - The ResourceDictionary that represents this Accent. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MahApps.Metro.Accent class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MahApps.Metro.Accent class. - - The name of the new Accent. - The URI of the accent ResourceDictionary. - - - - Gets/sets the name of the Accent. - - - - - Represents the background theme of the application. - - - - - The ResourceDictionary that represents this application theme. - - - - - Gets the name of the application theme. - - - - - With this class we can make custom window styles. - - - - Add and remove a native WindowStyle from the HWND. - The styles to be removed. These can be bitwise combined. - The styles to be added. These can be bitwise combined. - Whether the styles of the HWND were modified as a result of this call. - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Updates all glow windows (visible, hidden, collapsed) - - - - - Sets the opacity to all glow windows - - - - - Starts the opacity storyboard 0 -> 1 - - - - - Shows all glow windows - - - - - Gets or sets the bindable Password property on the PasswordBox control. This is a dependency property. - - - - - Handles changes to the 'Password' attached property. - - - - - Handle the 'PasswordChanged'-event on the PasswordBox - - - - - - Sets the first TabItem with Visibility="" as - the SelectedItem of the TabControl. - - - If there is no visible TabItem, null is set as the SelectedItem - - - - - - Use the dialog coordinator to help you interfact with dialogs from a view model. - - - - - Shows the input dialog. - - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - The title of the MessageDialog. - The message contained within the MessageDialog. - Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - The text that was entered or null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the user cancelled the operation. - - - - Creates a LoginDialog inside of the current window. - - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - The title of the LoginDialog. - The message contained within the LoginDialog. - - Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - The text that was entered or null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the user cancelled the operation. - - - - Creates a MessageDialog inside of the current window. - - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - The title of the MessageDialog. - The message contained within the MessageDialog. - The type of buttons to use. - Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - A task promising the result of which button was pressed. - - - - Creates a ProgressDialog inside of the current window. - - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - The title of the ProgressDialog. - The message within the ProgressDialog. - Determines if the cancel button is visible. - Optional Settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - A task promising the instance of ProgressDialogController for this operation. - - - - Adds a Metro Dialog instance to the specified window and makes it visible asynchronously. - You have to close the resulting dialog yourself with . - - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - The dialog instance itself. - An optional pre-defined settings instance. - A task representing the operation. - The is already visible in the window. - - - - Hides a visible Metro Dialog instance. - - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - The dialog instance to hide. - An optional pre-defined settings instance. - A task representing the operation. - - The is not visible in the window. - This happens if hasn't been called before. - - - - - Gets the current shown dialog. - - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - - - - Gets the default instance if the dialog coordinator, which can be injected into a view model. - - - - - Overrides the text case behavior for certain buttons. - When set to true, the text case will be preserved and won't be changed to upper or lower case. - - - - - DependencyProperty for property. - - - - - The CornerRadius property allows users to control the roundness of the button corners independently by - setting a radius value for each corner. Radius values that are too large are scaled so that they - smoothly blend from corner to corner. (Can be used e.g. at MetroButton style) - Description taken from original Microsoft description :-D - - - - - A helper class that provides various attached properties for the ComboBox control. - - - - - - Gets the Maximum number of characters the TextBox can accept. - - - - - Sets the Maximum number of characters the TextBox can accept. - - - - - Gets the Character casing of the TextBox. - - - - - Sets the Character casing of the TextBox. - - - - - A helper class that provides various controls. - - - - - Gets the value to handle the visibility of the DisabledVisualElement in the template. - - - - - Sets the value to handle the visibility of the DisabledVisualElement in the template. - - - - - Gets the value to override the text case behavior for the header content. - When set to true, the text case will be preserved and won't be changed to upper or lower case. - - - - - Sets the value to override the text case behavior for the header content. - When set to true, the text case will be preserved and won't be changed to upper or lower case. - - - - - This property can be used to set the button width (PART_ClearText) of TextBox, PasswordBox, ComboBox - For multiline TextBox, PasswordBox is this the fallback for the clear text button! so it must set manually! - For normal TextBox, PasswordBox the width is the height. - - - - - Sets the brush used to draw the focus border. - - - - - Gets the brush used to draw the focus border. - - - - - Sets the brush used to draw the mouse over brush. - - - - - Gets the brush used to draw the mouse over brush. - - - - - This custom popup is used by the validation error template. - It provides some additional nice features: - - repositioning if host-window size or location changed - - repositioning if host-window gets maximized and vice versa - - it's only topmost if the host-window is activated - - - - - Gets/sets if the popup can be closed by left mouse button down. - - - - - The base class for dialogs. - - You probably don't want to use this class, if you want to add arbitrary content to your dialog, - use the class. - - - - - Initializes a new MahApps.Metro.Controls.BaseMetroDialog. - - The window that is the parent of the dialog. - The settings for the message dialog. - - - - Initializes a new MahApps.Metro.Controls.BaseMetroDialog. - - - - - This is called in the loaded event. - - - - - Waits for the dialog to become ready for interaction. - - A task that represents the operation and it's status. - - - - Requests an externally shown Dialog to close. Will throw an exception if the Dialog is inside of a MetroWindow. - - - - - A last chance virtual method for stopping an external dialog from closing. - - - - - - Waits until this dialog gets unloaded. - - - - - - Gets/sets the dialog's title. - - - - - Gets/sets arbitrary content on top of the dialog. - - - - - Gets/sets arbitrary content below the dialog. - - - - - Gets the window that owns the current Dialog IF AND ONLY IF the dialog is shown externally. - - - - - Gets the window that owns the current Dialog IF AND ONLY IF the dialog is shown inside of a window. - - - - - A class that represents the settings used by Metro Dialogs. - - - - - Gets/sets the text used for the Affirmative button. For example: "OK" or "Yes". - - - - - Gets/sets the text used for the Negative button. For example: "Cancel" or "No". - - - - - Gets/sets whether the metro dialog should use the default black/white appearance (theme) or try to use the current accent. - - - - - Enable/disable dialog showing animation. - "True" - play showing animation. - "False" - skip showing animation. - - - - - Enable/disable dialog hiding animation - "True" - play hiding animation. - "False" - skip hiding animation. - - - - - Gets/sets the default text( just the inputdialog needed) - - - - - Gets/sets the maximum height. (Default is unlimited height, Double.NaN) - - - - - Gets/sets the token to cancel the dialog. - - - - - Gets/sets a custom resource dictionary which can contains custom styles, brushes or something else. - - - - - If set, stops standard resource dictionaries being applied to the dialog. - - - - - An enum representing the different choices for a color scheme in a Metro Dialog. - - - - - An implementation of BaseMetroDialog allowing arbitrary content. - - - - - Creates a LoginDialog inside of the current window. - - The window that is the parent of the dialog. - The title of the LoginDialog. - The message contained within the LoginDialog. - Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - The text that was entered or null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the user cancelled the operation. - - - - Creates a InputDialog inside of the current window. - - The MetroWindow - The title of the MessageDialog. - The message contained within the MessageDialog. - Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - The text that was entered or null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the user cancelled the operation. - - - - Creates a MessageDialog inside of the current window. - - The MetroWindow - The title of the MessageDialog. - The message contained within the MessageDialog. - The type of buttons to use. - Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - A task promising the result of which button was pressed. - - - - Creates a ProgressDialog inside of the current window. - - The MetroWindow - The title of the ProgressDialog. - The message within the ProgressDialog. - Determines if the cancel button is visible. - Optional Settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - A task promising the instance of ProgressDialogController for this operation. - - - - Adds a Metro Dialog instance to the specified window and makes it visible asynchronously. - If you want to wait until the user has closed the dialog, use - You have to close the resulting dialog yourself with . - - The owning window of the dialog. - The dialog instance itself. - An optional pre-defined settings instance. - A task representing the operation. - The is already visible in the window. - - - - Hides a visible Metro Dialog instance. - - The window with the dialog that is visible. - The dialog instance to hide. - An optional pre-defined settings instance. - A task representing the operation. - - The is not visible in the window. - This happens if hasn't been called before. - - - - - Gets the current shown dialog. - - The dialog owner. - - - - InputDialog - - - - - InitializeComponent - - - - - LoginDialog - - - - - InitializeComponent - - - - - An internal control that represents a message dialog. Please use MetroWindow.ShowMessage instead! - - - MessageDialog - - - - - InitializeComponent - - - - - An enum representing the result of a Message Dialog. - - - - - An enum representing the different button states for a Message Dialog. - - - - - Just "OK" - - - - - "OK" and "Cancel" - - - - - An internal control that represents a message dialog. Please use MetroWindow.ShowMessage instead! - - - ProgressDialog - - - - - InitializeComponent - - - - - A class for manipulating an open ProgressDialog. - - - - - Sets the ProgressBar's IsIndeterminate to true. To set it to false, call SetProgress. - - - - - Sets if the Cancel button is visible. - - - - - - Sets the dialog's progress bar value and sets IsIndeterminate to false. - - The percentage to set as the value. - - - - Sets the dialog's message content. - - The message to be set. - - - - Sets the dialog's title. - - The title to be set. - - - - Begins an operation to close the ProgressDialog. - - A task representing the operation. - - - - Gets if the wrapped ProgressDialog is open. - - - - - This event is raised when the associated was closed. - - - - - Gets/Sets the minimum restriction of the progress Value property - - - - - Gets/Sets the maximum restriction of the progress Value property - - - - - Gets if the Cancel button has been pressed. - - - - - Gets or sets the Content of this control.. - - - - - Reflects the parameter to pass to the CommandProperty upon execution. - - - - - Gets or sets the target element on which to fire the command. - - - - - Get or sets the Command property. - - - - - Indicates whether the Menu is visible. - - - - - Gets or sets an extra tag. - - - - - Gets or sets the dimension of children stacking. - - - - - Gets or sets the Content used to generate the icon part. - - - - - Gets or sets the ContentTemplate used to display the content of the icon part. - - - - - Gets/sets the button style. - - - - - Gets/sets the menu style. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush of the button arrow icon. - - - - - Gets/sets the visibility of the button arrow icon. - - - - - A control that imitate a slideshow with back/forward buttons. - - - - - To counteract the double Loaded event issue. - - - - - Changes the current slide to the previous item. - - - - - Changes the current to the next item. - - - - - Brings the control buttons (next/previous) into view. - - - - - Removes the control buttons (next/previous) from view. - - - - - Gets/sets the text that is displayed in the FlipView's banner. - - - - - Gets/sets whether the FlipView's banner is visible. - - - - - A sliding panel control that is hosted in a MetroWindow via a FlyoutsControl. - - - - - - - An event that is raised when IsOpen changes. - - - - - An event that is raised when the closing animation has finished. - - - - - Gets/sets if the title is visible in this flyout. - - - - - Gets/sets if the close button is visible in this flyout. - - - - - An ICommand that executes when the flyout's close button is clicked. - Note that this won't execute when is set to false. - - - - - A DataTemplate for the flyout's header. - - - - - Gets/sets whether this flyout is visible. - - - - - Gets/sets whether this flyout uses the open/close animation when changing the property. (default is true) - - - - - Gets/sets whether this flyout animates the opacity of the flyout when opening/closing. - - - - - Gets/sets whether this flyout stays open when the user clicks outside of it. - - - - - Gets/sets the mouse button that closes the flyout on an external mouse click. - - - - - Gets/sets whether this flyout is modal. - - - - - Gets/sets this flyout's position in the FlyoutsControl/MetroWindow. - - - - - Gets/sets the flyout's header. - - - - - Gets or sets the theme of this flyout. - - - - - Gets or sets the focused element. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the flyout should try focus an element. - - - - - A FlyoutsControl is for displaying flyouts in a MetroWindow. - - - - - - Gets/sets whether is ignored and all flyouts behave as if it was set to the value of this property. - - - - - Gets/sets whether is ignored and all flyouts behave as if it was set false. - - - - - Adapts the Flyout's theme to the theme of its host window. - - - - - Adapts the Flyout's theme to the theme of its host window, but inverted. - This theme can only be applied if the host window's theme abides the "Dark" and "Light" affix convention. - (see for more infos. - - - - - The dark theme. This is the default theme. - - - - - The flyouts theme will match the host window's accent color. - - - - - GlowWindow - - - - - InitializeComponent - - - - - Save the DataGrid. - - - - - Get the DataGrid. - - - - - Gets the value to define the DataGridRow selection behavior. - - - - - Sets the value to define the DataGridRow selection behavior. - - - - - A helper class that provides various attached properties for the Expander control. - - - - - - Gets the toggle button style used for the ExpandDirection Up. - - - - - Sets the toggle button style used for the ExpandDirection Up. - - - - - Gets the toggle button style used for the ExpandDirection Down. - - - - - Sets the toggle button style used for the ExpandDirection Down. - - - - - Gets the toggle button style used for the ExpandDirection Left. - - - - - Sets the toggle button style used for the ExpandDirection Left. - - - - - Gets the toggle button style used for the ExpandDirection Right. - - - - - Sets the toggle button style used for the ExpandDirection Right. - - - - - A MetroTabControl (Pivot) that wraps TabItem/MetroTabItem headers on a single row. - - - - - A base class for every MetroTabControl (Pivot). - - - - - Get/sets the command that executes when a MetroTabItem's close button is clicked. - - - - - An event that is raised when a TabItem is closed. - - - - - Event args that is created when a TabItem is closed. - - - - - Gets the MetroTabItem that will be closed. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MahApps.Metro.Controls.MetroAnimatedSingleRowTabControl class. - - - - - A MetroTabControl (Pivot) that uses a TransitioningContentControl to animate the contents of a TabItem/MetroTabItem. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MahApps.Metro.Controls.MetroAnimatedTabControl class. - - - - - A reimplementation of NavigationWindow based on MetroWindow. - - - - MetroNavigationWindow - - - - - An extended, metrofied Window class. - - - - - Gets the window placement settings (can be overwritten). - - - - - Begins to show the MetroWindow's overlay effect. - - A task representing the process. - - - - Begins to hide the MetroWindow's overlay effect. - - A task representing the process. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MahApps.Metro.Controls.MetroWindow class. - - - - - Gets the template child with the given name. - - The interface type inheirted from DependencyObject. - The name of the template child. - - - - Gets the template child with the given name. - - The name of the template child. - - - - CleanWindow sets this so it has the correct default window commands brush - - - - - Gets/sets the style for the MIN button style. - - - - - Gets/sets the style for the MAX button style. - - - - - Gets/sets the style for the CLOSE button style. - - - - - Gets/sets whether the window's entrance transition animation is enabled. - - - - - Gets/sets the FlyoutsControl that hosts the window's flyouts. - - - - - Gets/sets the icon content template to show a custom icon. - - - - - Gets/sets the title content template to show a custom title. - - - - - Gets/sets the left window commands that hosts the user commands. - - - - - Gets/sets the right window commands that hosts the user commands. - - - - - Gets/sets whether the window will ignore (and overlap) the taskbar when maximized. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the titlebar's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets whether the window will save it's position between loads. - - - - - Get/sets whether the titlebar icon is visible or not. - - - - - Gets/sets edge mode of the titlebar icon. - - - - - Gets/sets bitmap scaling mode of the titlebar icon. - - - - - Gets/sets whether the TitleBar is visible or not. - - - - - Gets/sets whether the WindowStyle is None or not. - - - - - Gets/sets if the minimize button is visible. - - - - - Gets/sets if the Maximize/Restore button is visible. - - - - - Gets/sets if the close button is visible. - - - - - Gets/sets if the min button is enabled. - - - - - Gets/sets if the max/restore button is enabled. - - - - - Gets/sets if the close button is enabled. - - - - - Gets/sets if the the system menu should popup on right click. - - - - - Gets/sets the TitleBar's height. - - - - - Gets/sets if the TitleBar's text is automatically capitalized. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the Window's title bar. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the Window's glow. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the Window's non-active glow. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the Window's non-active border. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the Window's non-active title bar. - - - - - Gets/sets the TitleBar/Window's Text. - - - - - Adds an entry to back navigation history that contains a CustomContentState object. - - A CustomContentState object that represents application-defined state that is associated with a specific piece of content. - - - - - Removes the most recent journal entry from back history. - - The most recent JournalEntry in back navigation history, if there is one. - - - - - Navigates to the most recent item in back navigation history. - - - - - - Navigates to the most recent item in forward navigation history. - - - - - - Navigates asynchronously to content that is contained by an object. - - An Object that contains the content to navigate to. - true if a navigation is not canceled; otherwise, false. - - - - - Navigates asynchronously to content that is specified by a uniform resource identifier (URI). - - A Uri object initialized with the URI for the desired content. - true if a navigation is not canceled; otherwise, false. - - - - - Navigates asynchronously to content that is contained by an object, and passes an object that contains data to be used for processing during navigation. - - An Object that contains the content to navigate to. - A Object that contains data to be used for processing during navigation. - true if a navigation is not canceled; otherwise, false. - - - - - Navigates asynchronously to source content located at a uniform resource identifier (URI), and pass an object that contains data to be used for processing during navigation. - - A Uri object initialized with the URI for the desired content. - A Object that contains data to be used for processing during navigation. - true if a navigation is not canceled; otherwise, false. - - - - - Stops further downloading of content for the current navigation request. - - - - - - InitializeComponent - - - - - Gets an IEnumerable that you use to enumerate the entries in back navigation history for a NavigationWindow. - - - - - - Gets an IEnumerable that you use to enumerate the entries in back navigation history for a NavigationWindow. - - - - - - Gets the NavigationService that is used by this MetroNavigationWindow to provide navigation services to its content. - - - - - - Gets a value that indicates whether there is at least one entry in back navigation history. - - - - - - Gets a value that indicates whether there is at least one entry in forward navigation history. - - - - - - Gets or sets the base uniform resource identifier (URI) of the current context. - - - - - - Gets or sets the uniform resource identifier (URI) of the current content, or the URI of new content that is currently being navigated to. - - - - - - Occurs when navigation to a content fragment begins, which occurs immediately, if the desired fragment is in the current content, or after the source XAML content has been loaded, if the desired fragment is in different content. - - - - - - Occurs when a new navigation is requested. - - - - - - Occurs when an error is raised while navigating to the requested content. - - - - - - Occurs periodically during a download to provide navigation progress information. - - - - - - Occurs when the StopLoading method is called, or when a new navigation is requested while a current navigation is in progre - - - - - - Occurs when the content that is being navigated to has been found, and is available from the PageContent property, although it may not have completed loading - - - - - - Occurs when content that was navigated to has been loaded, parsed, and has begun rendering. - - - - - - A metrofied ProgressBar. - - - - - - Gets/sets the diameter of the ellipses used in the indeterminate animation. - - - - - Gets/sets the offset of the ellipses used in the indeterminate animation. - - - - - A standard MetroTabControl (Pivot). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MahApps.Metro.Controls.MetroTabControl class. - - - - - An extended TabItem with a metro style. - - - - - Gets/sets whether the Close Button is visible. - - - - - Gets/sets the command that is executed when the Close Button is clicked. - - - - - This class eats little children. - - - - - Sets the IsHitTestVisibleInChromeProperty to a MetroWindow template child - - The MetroWindow. - The name of the template child. - - - - Sets the WindowChrome ResizeGripDirection to a MetroWindow template child. - - The MetroWindow. - The name of the template child. - The direction. - - - - Adapts the WindowCommands to the theme of the first opened, topmost && (top || right || left) flyout - - The MetroWindow - All the flyouts! Or flyouts that fall into the category described in the summary. - An optional brush to reset the window commands brush to. - - - - Represents a Windows spin box (also known as an up-down control) that displays numeric values. - - - - - Called when this element or any below gets focus. - - - - - When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call - . - - - - - Raises the routed event. - - - Old value of the property - - - New value of the property - - - - - Event fired from this NumericUpDown when its value has reached the maximum value - - - - - Event fired from this NumericUpDown when its value has reached the minimum value - - - - - Gets or sets the amount of time, in milliseconds, the NumericUpDown waits while the up/down button is pressed - before it starts increasing/decreasing the - for the specified . The value must be - non-negative. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can use the arrow keys and to change values. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can use the mouse wheel to change values. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control must have the focus in order to change values using the mouse wheel. - - If the value is true then the value changes when the mouse wheel is over the control. If the value is false then the value changes only if the control has the focus. If is set to "false" then this property has no effect. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can enter text in the control. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating the culture to be used in string formatting operations. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the +/- button of the control is visible. - - - If the value is false then the of the control can be changed only if one of the following cases is satisfied: - - - is true. - - - is true. - - - is true. - - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text can be changed by the use of the up or down buttons only. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the value to be added to or subtracted from remains - always - or if it will increase faster after pressing the up/down button/arrow some time. - - - - - Gets or sets the formatting for the displaying - - - - - - - - Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the contents of the text box. - - - - - An Enum representing different positions, such as Left or Right. - - - - - AddValueChanged of dependency property descriptor results in memory leak as you already know. - So, as described here, you can create custom class PropertyChangeNotifier to listen - to any dependency property changes. - - This class takes advantage of the fact that bindings use weak references to manage associations - so the class will not root the object who property changes it is watching. It also uses a WeakReference - to maintain a reference to the object whose property it is watching without rooting that object. - In this way, you can maintain a collection of these objects so that you can unhook the property - change later without worrying about that collection rooting the object whose values you are watching. - - Complete implementation can be found here: http://agsmith.wordpress.com/2008/04/07/propertydescriptor-addvaluechanged-alternative/ - - - - - Identifies the dependency property - - - - - Returns/sets the value of the property - - - - - - This property can be used to set vertical scrollbar left side from the tabpanel (look at MetroAnimatedSingleRowTabControl) - - - - - Reflects the parameter to pass to the CommandProperty upon execution. - - - - - Gets or sets the target element on which to fire the command. - - - - - Get or sets the Command property. - - - - - The index of the first item in the current selection or -1 if the selection is empty. - - - - - The first item in the current selection, or null if the selection is empty. - - - - - Indicates whether the Popup is visible. - - - - - Gets or sets an extra tag. - - - - - Gets or sets the dimension of children stacking. - - - - - Gets or sets the Content used to generate the icon part. - - - - - Gets or sets the ContentTemplate used to display the content of the icon part. - - - - - Gets/sets the button style. - - - - - Gets/sets the button arrow style. - - - - - Gets/sets the popup listbox style. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush of the button arrow icon. - - - - - Defines whether the underline below the is shown or not. - - - - - This property can be used to set the Transition for animated TabControls - - - - - This property can be used to handle the style for CheckBox and RadioButton - LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa - - - - - This property can be used to handle the style for CheckBox and RadioButton - LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa - - - - - Doesn't overlay flyouts nor a hidden TitleBar. - - - - - Overlays opened controls. - - - - - Overlays a hidden TitleBar. - - - - - Determining Ideal Text Color Based on Specified Background Color - http://www.codeproject.com/KB/GDI-plus/IdealTextColor.aspx - - The bg. - - - - - Converts the value from true to false and false to true. - - - - - Based on Greg Schechter's Planerator - http://blogs.msdn.com/b/greg_schechter/archive/2007/10/26/enter-the-planerator-dead-simple-3d-in-wpf-with-a-stupid-name.aspx - - - - - Event arguments created for the RangeSlider's SelectionChanged event. - - - - - - The value of the new range's beginning. - - - - - The value of the new range's ending. - - - - - A slider control with the ability to select a range between two values. - - - - - Responds to a change in the value of the property. - - The old value of the property.The new value of the property. - - - - Responds to a change in the value of the property. - - The old value of the property.The new value of the property. - - - - Get/sets value how fast thumbs will move when user press on left/right/central with left mouse button (IsMoveToPoint must be set to FALSE) - - - - - Get/sets precision of the value, which displaying inside AutotToolTip - - - - - Get/sets the converter for the tooltip text - - - - - Get/sets tooltip, which will show while dragging thumbs and display currect value - - - - - Get/sets tick placement position - - - - - Get/sets IsMoveToPoint feature which will enable/disable moving to exact point inside control when user clicked on it - - - - - Get/sets tickFrequency - - - - - Get/sets orientation of range slider - - - - - Get/sets whether possibility to make manipulations inside range with left/right mouse buttons + cotrol button - - - - - Get/sets whether possibility to make manipulations inside range with left/right mouse buttons + cotrol button - - - - - Get/sets whether whole range will be moved when press on right/left/central part of control - - - - - Get/sets the minimal distance between two thumbs. - - - - - Get/sets the beginning of the range selection. - - - - - Get/sets the end of the range selection. - - - - - Get/sets the minimum range that can be selected. - - - - - A helper class that provides various attached properties for the TextBox control. - - - Password watermarking code from: http://prabu-guru.blogspot.com/2010/06/how-to-add-watermark-text-to-textbox.html - - - - - The clear text button behavior property. It sets a click event to the button if the value is true. - - - - - Indicates if a TextBox or RichTextBox should use SpellCheck context menu - - - - - Gets if the attached TextBox has text. - - - - - Gets the buttons placement variant. - - - - - Sets the buttons placement variant. - - - - - Gets the clear text button behavior. - - - - - Sets the clear text button behavior. - - - - - A Button that allows the user to toggle between two states. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the control's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the on-switch's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the off-switch's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the thumb indicator. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the thumb indicator. - - - - - Gets/sets the width of the thumb indicator. - - - - - enumeration for the different transition types - - - - - Use the VisualState DefaultTransition - - - - - Use the VisualState Normal - - - - - Use the VisualState UpTransition - - - - - Use the VisualState DownTransition - - - - - Use the VisualState RightTransition - - - - - Use the VisualState RightReplaceTransition - - - - - Use the VisualState LeftTransition - - - - - Use the VisualState LeftReplaceTransition - - - - - Use a custom VisualState, the name must be set using CustomVisualStatesName property - - - - - A ContentControl that animates content as it loads and unloads. - - - - - Reload the current transition if the content is the same. - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the custom transition visual state. - - - - - Gets/sets if the content is transitioning. - - - - - Helper methods for UI-related tasks. - This class was obtained from Philip Sumi (a fellow WPF Disciples blog) - http://www.hardcodet.net/uploads/2009/06/UIHelper.cs - - - - - Finds a parent of a given item on the visual tree. - - The type of the queried item. - A direct or indirect child of the - queried item. - The first parent item that matches the submitted - type parameter. If not matching item can be found, a null - reference is being returned. - - - - Finds a Child of a given item in the visual tree. - - A direct parent of the queried item. - The type of the queried item. - x:Name or Name of child. - The first parent item that matches the submitted type parameter. - If not matching item can be found, - a null parent is being returned. - - - - This method is an alternative to WPF's - method, which also - supports content elements. Keep in mind that for content element, - this method falls back to the logical tree of the element! - - The item to be processed. - The submitted item's parent, if available. Otherwise - null. - - - - Analyzes both visual and logical tree in order to find all elements of a given - type that are descendants of the item. - - The type of the queried items. - The root element that marks the source of the search. If the - source is already of the requested type, it will not be included in the result. - Sometimes it's better to search in the VisualTree (e.g. in tests) - All descendants of that match the requested type. - - - - This method is an alternative to WPF's - method, which also - supports content elements. Keep in mind that for content elements, - this method falls back to the logical tree of the element. - - The item to be processed. - Sometimes it's better to search in the VisualTree (e.g. in tests) - The submitted item's child elements, if available. - - - - Tries to locate a given item within the visual tree, - starting with the dependency object at a given position. - - The type of the element to be found - on the visual tree of the element at the given location. - The main element which is used to perform - hit testing. - The position to be evaluated on the origin. - - - - Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the separators. - - - - - Converts a String into a Visibility enumeration (and back) - The FalseEquivalent can be declared with the "FalseEquivalent" property - - - - - Initialize the properties with standard values - - - - - FalseEquivalent (default : Visibility.Collapsed => see Constructor) - - - - - Define whether the opposite boolean value is crucial (default : false) - - - - - Converts a Thickness to a new Thickness. It's possible to ignore a side With the IgnoreThicknessSide property. - - - - - Use all sides. - - - - - Ignore the left side. - - - - - Ignore the top side. - - - - - Ignore the right side. - - - - - Ignore the bottom side. - - - - IID_IApplicationAssociationRegistration - - - IID_IConnectionPoint - - - IID_IConnectionPointContainer - - - IID_IEnumConnectionPoints - - - IID_IEnumConnections - - - IID_IEnumIDList - - - IID_IEnumObjects - - - IID_IFileDialog - - - IID_IFileDialogEvents - - - IID_IFileOpenDialog - - - IID_IFileSaveDialog - - - IID_IHTMLDocument - - - IID_IHTMLDocument2 - - - IID_IModalWindow - - - IID_IObjectArray - - - IID_IObjectCollection - - - IID_IPropertyNotifySink - - - IID_IPropertyStore - - - IID_IServiceProvider - - - IID_IShellFolder - - - IID_IShellLink - - - IID_IShellItem - - - IID_IShellItem2 - - - IID_IShellItemArray - - - IID_ITaskbarList - - - IID_ITaskbarList2 - - - IID_IUnknown - - - IID_IWebBrowser2 - - - DIID_DWebBrowserEvents - - - IID_DWebBrowserEvents2 - - - IID_IWICBitmapDecoder - - - IID_IWICBitmapFlipRotator - - - IID_IWICBitmapFrameDecode - - - IID_IWICBitmap - - - IID_IWICBitmapSource - - - IID_IWICFormatConverter - - - IID_IWICImagingFactory - - - IID_IWICStream - - - IID_IApplicationDestinations - - - IID_IApplicationDocumentLists - - - IID_ICustomDestinationList - - - IID_IObjectWithAppUserModelID - - - IID_IObjectWithProgID - - - IID_ITaskbarList3 - - - IID_ITaskbarList4 - - - SID_SWebBrowserApp - - - CLSID_ApplicationAssociationRegistration - IID_IApplicationAssociationRegistration - - - CLSID_DragDropHelper - - - CLSID_FileOpenDialog - IID_IFileOpenDialog - - - CLSID_FileSaveDialog - IID_IFileSaveDialog - - - CLSID_TaskbarList - IID_ITaskbarList - - - CLSID_EnumerableObjectCollection - IID_IEnumObjects. - - - CLSID_ShellLink - IID_IShellLink - - - CLSID_WICImagingFactory - - - CLSID_DestinationList - IID_ICustomDestinationList - - - CLSID_ApplicationDestinations - IID_IApplicationDestinations - - - CLSID_ApplicationDocumentLists - IID_IApplicationDocumentLists - - - A static class for verifying assumptions. - - - - Executes the specified argument. - - The function to execute. - - - Obsolete: Use Standard.Assert.AreEqual instead of Assert.Equals - The generic type to compare for equality. - The first generic type data to compare. This is is the expected value. - The second generic type data to compare. This is the actual value. - - - - Verifies that two generic type data are equal. The assertion fails if they are not. - - The generic type to compare for equality. - The first generic type data to compare. This is is the expected value. - The second generic type data to compare. This is the actual value. - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - Verifies that two generic type data are not equal. The assertion fails if they are. - - The generic type to compare for inequality. - The first generic type data to compare. This is is the value that's not expected. - The second generic type data to compare. This is the actual value. - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - Verifies that if the specified condition is true, then so is the result. - The assertion fails if the condition is true but the result is false. - - if set to true [condition]. - - A second Boolean statement. If the first was true then so must this be. - If the first statement was false then the value of this is ignored. - - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - Lazy evaluation overload. Verifies that if a condition is true, then so is a secondary value. - - The conditional value. - A function to be evaluated for truth if the condition argument is true. - - This overload only evaluates the result if the first condition is true. - - - - - Verifies that a string has content. I.e. it is not null and it is not empty. - - The string to verify. - - - - Verifies that a string has content. I.e. it is not null and it is not purely whitespace. - - The string to verify. - - - - Verifies the specified value is not null. The assertion fails if it is. - - The generic reference type. - The value to check for nullness. - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - Verifies that the specified condition is false. The assertion fails if it is true. - - The expression that should be false. - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - Verifies that the specified condition is false. The assertion fails if it is true. - - The expression that should be false. - The message to display if the condition is true. - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - Verifies that the specified condition is true. The assertion fails if it is not. - - A condition that is expected to be true. - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - Verifies that the specified condition is true. The assertion fails if it is not. - - A condition that is expected to be true. - The message to write in case the condition is false. - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - This line should never be executed. The assertion always fails. - - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - This line should never be executed. The assertion always fails. - - The message to display if this function is executed. - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - - Verifies that the specified object is null. The assertion fails if it is not. - - The item to verify is null. - - - - Verifies that the specified value is within the expected range. The assertion fails if it isn't. - - The lower bound inclusive value. - The value to verify. - The upper bound inclusive value. - - - - Verifies that the specified value is within the expected range. The assertion fails if it isn't. - - The lower bound inclusive value. - The value to verify. - The upper bound exclusive value. - - - - Verify the current thread's apartment state is what's expected. The assertion fails if it isn't - - - The expected apartment state for the current thread. - - This breaks into the debugger in the case of a failed assertion. - - - A function signature for Assert.Evaluate. - - - A function signature for Assert.Implies. - Returns the truth of a predicate. - - - - DoubleUtil uses fixed eps to provide fuzzy comparison functionality for doubles. - Note that FP noise is a big problem and using any of these compare - methods is not a complete solution, but rather the way to reduce - the probability of repeating unnecessary work. - - - - - Epsilon - more or less random, more or less small number. - - - - - AreClose returns whether or not two doubles are "close". That is, whether or - not they are within epsilon of each other. - There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which - are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this - returns false. - - The first double to compare. - The second double to compare. - The result of the AreClose comparision. - - - - LessThan returns whether or not the first double is less than the second double. - That is, whether or not the first is strictly less than *and* not within epsilon of - the other number. - There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which - are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this - returns false. - - The first double to compare. - The second double to compare. - The result of the LessThan comparision. - - - - GreaterThan returns whether or not the first double is greater than the second double. - That is, whether or not the first is strictly greater than *and* not within epsilon of - the other number. - There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which - are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this - returns false. - - The first double to compare. - The second double to compare. - The result of the GreaterThan comparision. - - - - LessThanOrClose returns whether or not the first double is less than or close to - the second double. That is, whether or not the first is strictly less than or within - epsilon of the other number. - There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which - are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this - returns false. - - The first double to compare. - The second double to compare. - The result of the LessThanOrClose comparision. - - - - GreaterThanOrClose returns whether or not the first double is greater than or close to - the second double. That is, whether or not the first is strictly greater than or within - epsilon of the other number. - There are plenty of ways for this to return false even for numbers which - are theoretically identical, so no code calling this should fail to work if this - returns false. - - The first double to compare. - The second double to compare. - The result of the GreaterThanOrClose comparision. - - - - Test to see if a double is a finite number (is not NaN or Infinity). - - The value to test. - Whether or not the value is a finite number. - - - - Test to see if a double a valid size value (is finite and > 0). - - The value to test. - Whether or not the value is a valid size value. - - - - Convert a point in device independent pixels (1/96") to a point in the system coordinates. - - A point in the logical coordinate system. - Returns the parameter converted to the system's coordinates. - - - - Convert a point in system coordinates to a point in device independent pixels (1/96"). - - A point in the physical coordinate system. - Returns the parameter converted to the device independent coordinate system. - - - - Wrapper for common Win32 status codes. - - - - The operation completed successfully. - - - Incorrect function. - - - The system cannot find the file specified. - - - The system cannot find the path specified. - - - The system cannot open the file. - - - Access is denied. - - - The handle is invalid. - - - Not enough storage is available to complete this operation. - - - There are no more files. - - - The process cannot access the file because it is being used by another process. - - - The parameter is incorrect. - - - The data area passed to a system call is too small. - - - Cannot nest calls to LoadModule. - - - Illegal operation attempted on a registry key that has been marked for deletion. - - - Element not found. - - - There was no match for the specified key in the index. - - - An invalid device was specified. - - - The operation was canceled by the user. - - - Cannot find window class. - - - The window class was already registered. - - - The specified datatype is invalid. - - - - Create a new Win32 error. - - The integer value of the error. - - - Performs HRESULT_FROM_WIN32 conversion. - The Win32 error being converted to an HRESULT. - The equivilent HRESULT value. - - - Performs HRESULT_FROM_WIN32 conversion. - The equivilent HRESULT value. - - - Performs the equivalent of Win32's GetLastError() - A Win32Error instance with the result of the native GetLastError - - - - Compare two Win32 error codes for equality. - - The first error code to compare. - The second error code to compare. - Whether the two error codes are the same. - - - - Compare two Win32 error codes for inequality. - - The first error code to compare. - The second error code to compare. - Whether the two error codes are not the same. - - - FACILITY_NULL - - - FACILITY_RPC - - - FACILITY_DISPATCH - - - FACILITY_STORAGE - - - FACILITY_ITF - - - FACILITY_WIN32 - - - FACILITY_WINDOWS - - - FACILITY_CONTROL - - - MSDN doced facility code for ESE errors. - - - FACILITY_WINCODEC (WIC) - - - Wrapper for HRESULT status codes. - - - S_OK - - - S_FALSE - - - E_PENDING - - - E_NOTIMPL - - - E_NOINTERFACE - - - E_POINTER - - - E_ABORT - - - E_FAIL - - - E_UNEXPECTED - - - STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION - - - REGDB_E_CLASSNOTREG - - - DESTS_E_NO_MATCHING_ASSOC_HANDLER. Win7 internal error code for Jump Lists. - There is no Assoc Handler for the given item registered by the specified application. - - - DESTS_E_NORECDOCS. Win7 internal error code for Jump Lists. - The given item is excluded from the recent docs folder by the NoRecDocs bit on its registration. - - - DESTS_E_NOTALLCLEARED. Win7 internal error code for Jump Lists. - Not all of the items were successfully cleared - - - E_ACCESSDENIED - Win32Error ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED. - - - E_OUTOFMEMORY - Win32Error ERROR_OUTOFMEMORY. - - - E_INVALIDARG - Win32Error ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER. - - - INTSAFE_E_ARITHMETIC_OVERFLOW - - - COR_E_OBJECTDISPOSED - - - WC_E_GREATERTHAN - - - WC_E_SYNTAX - - - - Create an HRESULT from an integer value. - - - - - - Convert an HRESULT to an int. Used for COM interface declarations out of our control. - - - - - Get a string representation of this HRESULT. - - - - - - Convert the result of Win32 GetLastError() into a raised exception. - - - - - retrieve HRESULT_FACILITY - - - - - retrieve HRESULT_CODE - - - - - HIGHCONTRAST flags - - - - - DROPIMAGE_* - - - - - BITMAPINFOHEADER Compression type. BI_*. - - - - - CombingRgn flags. RGN_* - - - - - Creates the intersection of the two combined regions. - - - - - Creates the union of two combined regions. - - - - - Creates the union of two combined regions except for any overlapping areas. - - - - - Combines the parts of hrgnSrc1 that are not part of hrgnSrc2. - - - - - Creates a copy of the region identified by hrgnSrc1. - - - - - For IWebBrowser2. OLECMDEXECOPT_* - - - - - For IWebBrowser2. OLECMDF_* - - - - - For IWebBrowser2. OLECMDID_* - - - - - For IWebBrowser2. READYSTATE_* - - - - - DATAOBJ_GET_ITEM_FLAGS. DOGIF_*. - - - - Use the system default, which is to display all error dialog boxes. - - - - The system does not display the critical-error-handler message box. - Instead, the system sends the error to the calling process. - - - - - 64-bit Windows: The system automatically fixes memory alignment faults and makes them - invisible to the application. It does this for the calling process and any descendant processes. - After this value is set for a process, subsequent attempts to clear the value are ignored. - - - - - The system does not display the general-protection-fault message box. - This flag should only be set by debugging applications that handle general - protection (GP) faults themselves with an exception handler. - - - - - The system does not display a message box when it fails to find a file. - Instead, the error is returned to the calling process. - - - - - Non-client hit test values, HT* - - - - - GetClassLongPtr values, GCLP_* - - - - - GetWindowLongPtr values, GWL_* - - - - - SystemMetrics. SM_* - - - - - SystemParameterInfo values, SPI_* - - - - - SystemParameterInfo flag values, SPIF_* - - - - - CS_* - - - - - WindowStyle values, WS_* - - - - - Window message values, WM_* - - - - - Window style extended values, WS_EX_* - - - - - GetDeviceCaps nIndex values. - - - - Number of bits per pixel - - - - - Number of planes - - - - - Logical pixels inch in X - - - - - Logical pixels inch in Y - - - - - "FILEOP_FLAGS", FOF_*. - - - - - EnableMenuItem uEnable values, MF_* - - - - - Possible return value for EnableMenuItem - - - - Specifies the type of visual style attribute to set on a window. - - - Non-client area window attributes will be set. - - - - DWMFLIP3DWINDOWPOLICY. DWMFLIP3D_* - - - - - DWMNCRENDERINGPOLICY. DWMNCRP_* - - - - - DWMWINDOWATTRIBUTE. DWMWA_* - - - - - WindowThemeNonClientAttributes - - - - Prevents the window caption from being drawn. - - - Prevents the system icon from being drawn. - - - Prevents the system icon menu from appearing. - - - Prevents mirroring of the question mark, even in right-to-left (RTL) layout. - - - A mask that contains all the valid bits. - - - - SetWindowPos options - - - - - ShowWindow options - - - - - SCF_ISSECURE - - - - - GDI+ Status codes - - - - - MSGFLT_*. New in Vista. Realiased in Windows 7. - - - - - Shell_NotifyIcon messages. NIM_* - - - - - SHAddToRecentDocuments flags. SHARD_* - - - - - Shell_NotifyIcon flags. NIF_* - - - - - Vista only. - - - - - Vista only. - - - - - Shell_NotifyIcon info flags. NIIF_* - - - - XP SP2 and later. - - - XP and later. - - - Vista and later. - - - Windows 7 and later - - - XP and later. Native version called NIIF_ICON_MASK. - - - - AC_* - - - - - The state of the icon. There are two flags that can be set independently. - NIS_HIDDEN = 1. The icon is hidden. - NIS_SHAREDICON = 2. The icon is shared. - - - - The idlist for the shell item that should be added to the recent docs folder. - - - The id of the application that should be associated with this recent doc. - - - Defines options that are used to set window visual style attributes. - - - - A combination of flags that modify window visual style attributes. - Can be a combination of the WTNCA constants. - - - - - A bitmask that describes how the values specified in dwFlags should be applied. - If the bit corresponding to a value in dwFlags is 0, that flag will be removed. - If the bit is 1, the flag will be added. - - - - Width of left border that retains its size. - - - Width of right border that retains its size. - - - Height of top border that retains its size. - - - Height of bottom border that retains its size. - - - - initialize this field using: Marshal.SizeOf(typeof(APPBARDATA)); - - - - Delegate declaration that matches native WndProc signatures. - - - Delegate declaration that matches managed WndProc signatures. - - - - Sets attributes to control how visual styles are applied to a specified window. - - - Handle to a window to apply changes to. - - - Value of type WINDOWTHEMEATTRIBUTETYPE that specifies the type of attribute to set. - The value of this parameter determines the type of data that should be passed in the pvAttribute parameter. - Can be the following value: - WTA_NONCLIENT (Specifies non-client related attributes). - pvAttribute must be a pointer of type WTA_OPTIONS. - - - A pointer that specifies attributes to set. Type is determined by the value of the eAttribute value. - - - Specifies the size, in bytes, of the data pointed to by pvAttribute. - - - - Overload of SystemParametersInfo for getting and setting NONCLIENTMETRICS. - - - Overload of SystemParametersInfo for getting and setting HIGHCONTRAST. - - - - Sets the User Model AppID for the current process, enabling Windows to retrieve this ID - - - - - - Retrieves the User Model AppID that has been explicitly set for the current process via SetCurrentProcessExplicitAppUserModelID - - - - - ASSOCIATIONLEVEL, AL_* - - - ASSOCIATIONTYPE, AT_* - - - FileDialog AddPlace options. FDAP_* - - - IFileDialog options. FOS_* - - - FDE_OVERWRITE_RESPONSE. FDEOR_* - - - FDE_SHAREVIOLATION_RESPONSE. FDESVR_* - - - ShellItem attribute flags. SIATTRIBFLAGS_* - - - - Flags for SetTabProperties. STPF_* - - The native enum was called STPFLAG. - - - - Flags for Setting Taskbar Progress state. TBPF_* - - - The native enum was called TBPFLAG. - - - - - THUMBBUTTON mask. THB_* - - - - - THUMBBUTTON flags. THBF_* - - - - - GetPropertyStoreFlags. GPS_*. - - - These are new for Vista, but are used in downlevel components - - - - - KNOWNDESTCATEGORY. KDC_* - - - - Objects can be copied - DROPEFFECT_COPY - - - Objects can be moved - DROPEFFECT_MOVE - - - Objects can be linked - - DROPEFFECT_LINK. - - If this bit is set on an item in the shell folder, a - 'Create Shortcut' menu item will be added to the File - menu and context menus for the item. If the user selects - that command, your IContextMenu::InvokeCommand() will be called - with 'link'. - That flag will also be used to determine if 'Create Shortcut' - should be added when the item in your folder is dragged to another - folder. - - - - supports BindToObject(IID_IStorage) - - - Objects can be renamed - - - Objects can be deleted - - - Objects have property sheets - - - Objects are drop target - - - Object is encrypted (use alt color) - - - 'Slow' object - - - Ghosted icon - - - Shortcut (link) - - - Shared - - - Read-only - - - Hidden object - - - May contain children with SFGAO_FILESYSTEM - - - Support BindToObject(IID_IShellFolder) - - - Is a win32 file system object (file/folder/root) - - - May contain children with SFGAO_FOLDER (may be slow) - - - Invalidate cached information (may be slow) - - - Is this removeable media? - - - Object is compressed (use alt color) - - - Supports IShellFolder, but only implements CreateViewObject() (non-folder view) - - - Is a non-enumerated object (should be hidden) - - - Should show bold in explorer tree - - - Obsolete - - - Obsolete - - - Supports BindToObject(IID_IStream) - - - May contain children with SFGAO_STORAGE or SFGAO_STREAM - - - For determining storage capabilities, ie for open/save semantics - - - - Attributes that are masked out for PKEY_SFGAOFlags because they are considered - to cause slow calculations or lack context - (SFGAO_VALIDATE | SFGAO_ISSLOW | SFGAO_HASSUBFOLDER and others) - - - - - IShellFolder::EnumObjects grfFlags bits. Also called SHCONT - - - - - IShellFolder::GetDisplayNameOf/SetNameOf uFlags. Also called SHGDNF. - - - For compatibility with SIGDN, these bits must all sit in the LOW word. - - - - - SHELLITEMCOMPAREHINTF. SICHINT_*. - - - - iOrder based on display in a folder view - - - exact instance compare - - - iOrder based on canonical name (better performance) - - - - ShellItem enum. SIGDN_*. - - - - - STR_GPS_* - - - When requesting a property store through IShellFolder, you can specify the equivalent of - GPS_DEFAULT by passing in a null IBindCtx parameter. - - You can specify the equivalent of GPS_READWRITE by passing a mode of STGM_READWRITE | STGM_EXCLUSIVE - in the bind context - - Here are the string versions of GPS_ flags, passed to IShellFolder::BindToObject() via IBindCtx::RegisterObjectParam() - These flags are valid when requesting an IPropertySetStorage or IPropertyStore handler - - The meaning of these flags are described above. - - There is no STR_ equivalent for GPS_TEMPORARY because temporary property stores - are provided by IShellItem2 only -- not by the underlying IShellFolder. - - - - - WPARAM value for a THUMBBUTTON being clicked. - - - - fmtid - - - pid - - - PKEY_Title - - - PKEY_AppUserModel_ID - - - PKEY_AppUserModel_IsDestListSeparator - - - PKEY_AppUserModel_RelaunchCommand - - - PKEY_AppUserModel_RelaunchDisplayNameResource - - - PKEY_AppUserModel_RelaunchIconResource - - - Unknown Object Array - - - - Shell Namespace helper - - - - - Shell Namespace helper 2 - - - - - This function must be called first to validate use of other members. - - - - - This function adds a tab for hwnd to the taskbar. - - The HWND for which to add the tab. - - - - This function deletes a tab for hwnd from the taskbar. - - The HWND for which the tab is to be deleted. - - - - This function activates the tab associated with hwnd on the taskbar. - - The HWND for which the tab is to be actuvated. - - - - This function marks hwnd in the taskbar as the active tab. - - The HWND to activate. - - - - Marks a window as full-screen. - - The handle of the window to be marked. - A Boolean value marking the desired full-screen status of the window. - - Setting the value of fFullscreen to true, the Shell treats this window as a full-screen window, and the taskbar - is moved to the bottom of the z-order when this window is active. Setting the value of fFullscreen to false - removes the full-screen marking, but does not cause the Shell to treat the window as though it were - definitely not full-screen. With a false fFullscreen value, the Shell depends on its automatic detection facility - to specify how the window should be treated, possibly still flagging the window as full-screen. - - - - - Allows an application to retrieve the most recent and frequent documents opened in that app, as reported via SHAddToRecentDocs - - - - - Set the App User Model ID for the application retrieving this list. If an AppID is not provided via this method, - the system will use a heuristically determined ID. This method must be called before GetList. - - App Id. - - - - Retrieve an IEnumObjects or IObjectArray for IShellItems and/or IShellLinks. - Items may appear in both the frequent and recent lists. - - - - - - Provides access to the App User Model ID on objects supporting this value. - - - - - Provides access to the ProgID associated with an object - - - - - Wraps an IStream interface pointer from COM into a form consumable by .Net. - - - This implementation is immutable, though it's possible that the underlying - stream can be changed in another context. - - - - - Wraps a native IStream interface into a CLR Stream subclass. - - - The stream that this object wraps. - - - Note that the parameter is passed by ref. On successful creation it is - zeroed out to the caller. This object becomes responsible for the lifetime - management of the wrapped IStream. - - - - - Wraps a managed stream instance into an interface pointer consumable by COM. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the ManagedIStream class with the specified managed Stream object. - - - The stream that this IStream reference is wrapping. - - - - - Creates a new stream object with its own seek pointer that - references the same bytes as the original stream. - - - When this method returns, contains the new stream object. This parameter is passed uninitialized. - - - For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::Clone in the MSDN library. - This class doesn't implement Clone. A COMException is thrown if it is used. - - - - - Ensures that any changes made to a stream object that is open in transacted - mode are reflected in the parent storage. - - - A value that controls how the changes for the stream object are committed. - - - For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::Commit in the MSDN library. - - - - - Copies a specified number of bytes from the current seek pointer in the - stream to the current seek pointer in another stream. - - - A reference to the destination stream. - - - The number of bytes to copy from the source stream. - - - On successful return, contains the actual number of bytes read from the source. - (Note the native signature is to a ULARGE_INTEGER*, so 64 bits are written - to this parameter on success.) - - - On successful return, contains the actual number of bytes written to the destination. - (Note the native signature is to a ULARGE_INTEGER*, so 64 bits are written - to this parameter on success.) - - - - - Restricts access to a specified range of bytes in the stream. - - - The byte offset for the beginning of the range. - - - The length of the range, in bytes, to restrict. - - - The requested restrictions on accessing the range. - - - For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::LockRegion in the MSDN library. - This class doesn't implement LockRegion. A COMException is thrown if it is used. - - - - - Reads a specified number of bytes from the stream object into memory starting at the current seek pointer. - - - When this method returns, contains the data read from the stream. This parameter is passed uninitialized. - - - The number of bytes to read from the stream object. - - - A pointer to a ULONG variable that receives the actual number of bytes read from the stream object. - - - For more information, see the existing documentation for ISequentialStream::Read in the MSDN library. - - - - - Discards all changes that have been made to a transacted stream since the last Commit call. - - - This class doesn't implement Revert. A COMException is thrown if it is used. - - - - - Changes the seek pointer to a new location relative to the beginning of the - stream, to the end of the stream, or to the current seek pointer. - - - The displacement to add to dwOrigin. - - - The origin of the seek. The origin can be the beginning of the file, the current seek pointer, or the end of the file. - - - On successful return, contains the offset of the seek pointer from the beginning of the stream. - (Note the native signature is to a ULARGE_INTEGER*, so 64 bits are written - to this parameter on success.) - - - For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::Seek in the MSDN library. - - - - - Changes the size of the stream object. - - - The new size of the stream as a number of bytes. - - - For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::SetSize in the MSDN library. - - - - - Retrieves the STATSTG structure for this stream. - - - When this method returns, contains a STATSTG structure that describes this stream object. - This parameter is passed uninitialized. - - - Members in the STATSTG structure that this method does not return, thus saving some memory allocation operations. - - - - - Removes the access restriction on a range of bytes previously restricted with the LockRegion method. - - The byte offset for the beginning of the range. - - - The length, in bytes, of the range to restrict. - - - The access restrictions previously placed on the range. - - - For more information, see the existing documentation for IStream::UnlockRegion in the MSDN library. - This class doesn't implement UnlockRegion. A COMException is thrown if it is used. - - - - - Writes a specified number of bytes into the stream object starting at the current seek pointer. - - - The buffer to write this stream to. - - - The number of bytes to write to the stream. - - - On successful return, contains the actual number of bytes written to the stream object. - If the caller sets this pointer to null, this method does not provide the actual number - of bytes written. - - - - - Releases resources controlled by this object. - - - Dispose can be called multiple times, but trying to use the object - after it has been disposed will generally throw ObjectDisposedExceptions. - - - - - Wrapper around File.Copy to provide feedback as to whether the file wasn't copied because it didn't exist. - - - - - - Simple guard against the exceptions that File.Delete throws on null and empty strings. - - The path to delete. Unlike File.Delete, this can be null or empty. - - Note that File.Delete, and by extension SafeDeleteFile, does not throw an exception - if the file does not exist. - - - - - Utility to help classes catenate their properties for implementing ToString(). - - The StringBuilder to catenate the results into. - The name of the property to be catenated. - The value of the property to be catenated. - - - - Generates ToString functionality for a struct. This is an expensive way to do it, - it exists for the sake of debugging while classes are in flux. - Eventually this should just be removed and the classes should - do this without reflection. - - - - - - - - Encodes a URL string. Duplicated functionality from System.Web.HttpUtility.UrlEncode. - - - - - Duplicated from System.Web.HttpUtility because System.Web isn't part of the client profile. - URL Encoding replaces ' ' with '+' and unsafe ASCII characters with '%XX'. - Safe characters are defined in RFC2396 (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2396.txt). - They are the 7-bit ASCII alphanumerics and the mark characters "-_.!~*'()". - This implementation does not treat '~' as a safe character to be consistent with the System.Web version. - - - - GDI's DeleteObject - - - GDI+'s DisposeImage - - - - From a list of BitmapFrames find the one that best matches the requested dimensions. - The methods used here are copied from Win32 sources. We want to be consistent with - system behaviors. - - - Convert a native integer that represent a color with an alpha channel into a Color struct. - The integer that represents the color. Its bits are of the format 0xAARRGGBB. - A Color representation of the parameter. - - - - A static class for retail validated assertions. - Instead of breaking into the debugger an exception is thrown. - - - - - Ensure that the current thread's apartment state is what's expected. - - - The required apartment state for the current thread. - - - The message string for the exception to be thrown if the state is invalid. - - - Thrown if the calling thread's apartment state is not the same as the requiredState. - - - - - Ensure that an argument is neither null nor empty. - - The string to validate. - The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. - - - - Ensure that an argument is neither null nor does it consist only of whitespace. - - The string to validate. - The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. - - - Verifies that an argument is not null. - Type of the object to validate. Must be a class. - The object to validate. - The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. - - - Verifies that an argument is not null. - Type of the object to validate. Must be a class. - The object to validate. - The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. - - - Verifies that an argument is null. - Type of the object to validate. Must be a class. - The object to validate. - The name of the parameter that will be presented if an exception is thrown. - - - - Verifies the specified statement is true. Throws an ArgumentException if it's not. - - The statement to be verified as true. - Name of the parameter to include in the ArgumentException. - The message to include in the ArgumentException. - - - - Verifies that the specified value is within the expected range. The assertion fails if it isn't. - - The lower bound inclusive value. - The value to verify. - The upper bound exclusive value. - The name of the parameter that caused the current exception. - - - Display the system menu at a specified location. - The MetroWindow - The location to display the system menu, in logical screen coordinates. - - - - Private constructor. The public way to access this class is through the static Current property. - - - - The extent of the top of the window to treat as the caption. - - - The Window that's chrome is being modified. - - - Underlying HWND for the _window. - - Critical : Critical member - - - - Underlying HWND for the _window. - - Critical : Critical member provides access to HWND's window messages which are critical - - - - Object that describes the current modifications being made to the chrome. - - - - Critical : Store critical methods in critical callback table - Safe : Demands full trust permissions - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - Safe : Demands full trust permissions - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - Safe : Demands full trust permissions - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - Safe : Demands full trust permissions - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Store critical methods in critical callback table - Safe : Demands full trust permissions - - - - - Critical : References critical methods - - - - - Critical : Store critical methods in critical callback table - Safe : Demands full trust permissions - - - - - Critical : Accesses critical _hwnd field - Safe : Demands full trust permissions - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Store critical methods in critical callback table - Safe : Demands full trust permissions - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Accesses critical _hwnd - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - This method handles the window size if the taskbar is set to auto-hide. - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Calls critical Marshal.PtrToStructure - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Calls critical method - - - - - Critical : Calls critical method - - - - - Critical : Calls critical Marshal.PtrToStructure - - - - - Critical : Calls critical Marshal.PtrToStructure - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - Add and remove a native WindowStyle from the HWND. - The styles to be removed. These can be bitwise combined. - The styles to be added. These can be bitwise combined. - Whether the styles of the HWND were modified as a result of this call. - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Get the WindowState as the native HWND knows it to be. This isn't necessarily the same as what Window thinks. - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Get the bounding rectangle for the window in physical coordinates. - - The bounding rectangle for the window. - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Update the items in the system menu based on the current, or assumed, WindowState. - - - The state to assume that the Window is in. This can be null to query the Window's state. - - - We want to update the menu while we have some control over whether the caption will be repainted. - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Matrix of the HT values to return when responding to NC window messages. - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Unsubscribes event handler from critical _hwndSource - - - - - Critical : Unsubscribes critical event handler - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Critical : Calls critical methods - - - - - Is this using WPF4? - - - There are a few specific bugs in Window in 3.5SP1 and below that require workarounds - when handling WM_NCCALCSIZE on the HWND. - - - - - Critical : Calls critical method - - - - A borderless window lost his animation, with this we bring it back. - - - - Windows Messages - Defined in winuser.h from Windows SDK v6.1 - Documentation pulled from MSDN. - - - - - The WM_NULL message performs no operation. An application sends the WM_NULL message if it wants to post a message that the recipient window will ignore. - - - - - The WM_CREATE message is sent when an application requests that a window be created by calling the CreateWindowEx or CreateWindow function. (The message is sent before the function returns.) The window procedure of the new window receives this message after the window is created, but before the window becomes visible. - - - - - The WM_DESTROY message is sent when a window is being destroyed. It is sent to the window procedure of the window being destroyed after the window is removed from the screen. - This message is sent first to the window being destroyed and then to the child windows (if any) as they are destroyed. During the processing of the message, it can be assumed that all child windows still exist. - /// - - - - The WM_MOVE message is sent after a window has been moved. - - - - - The WM_SIZE message is sent to a window after its size has changed. - - - - - The WM_ACTIVATE message is sent to both the window being activated and the window being deactivated. If the windows use the same input queue, the message is sent synchronously, first to the window procedure of the top-level window being deactivated, then to the window procedure of the top-level window being activated. If the windows use different input queues, the message is sent asynchronously, so the window is activated immediately. - - - - - The WM_SETFOCUS message is sent to a window after it has gained the keyboard focus. - - - - - The WM_KILLFOCUS message is sent to a window immediately before it loses the keyboard focus. - - - - - The WM_ENABLE message is sent when an application changes the enabled state of a window. It is sent to the window whose enabled state is changing. This message is sent before the EnableWindow function returns, but after the enabled state (WS_DISABLED style bit) of the window has changed. - - - - - An application sends the WM_SETREDRAW message to a window to allow changes in that window to be redrawn or to prevent changes in that window from being redrawn. - - - - - An application sends a WM_SETTEXT message to set the text of a window. - - - - - An application sends a WM_GETTEXT message to copy the text that corresponds to a window into a buffer provided by the caller. - - - - - An application sends a WM_GETTEXTLENGTH message to determine the length, in characters, of the text associated with a window. - - - - - The WM_PAINT message is sent when the system or another application makes a request to paint a portion of an application's window. The message is sent when the UpdateWindow or RedrawWindow function is called, or by the DispatchMessage function when the application obtains a WM_PAINT message by using the GetMessage or PeekMessage function. - - - - - The WM_CLOSE message is sent as a signal that a window or an application should terminate. - - - - - The WM_QUERYENDSESSION message is sent when the user chooses to end the session or when an application calls one of the system shutdown functions. If any application returns zero, the session is not ended. The system stops sending WM_QUERYENDSESSION messages as soon as one application returns zero. - After processing this message, the system sends the WM_ENDSESSION message with the wParam parameter set to the results of the WM_QUERYENDSESSION message. - - - - - The WM_QUERYOPEN message is sent to an icon when the user requests that the window be restored to its previous size and position. - - - - - The WM_ENDSESSION message is sent to an application after the system processes the results of the WM_QUERYENDSESSION message. The WM_ENDSESSION message informs the application whether the session is ending. - - - - - The WM_QUIT message indicates a request to terminate an application and is generated when the application calls the PostQuitMessage function. It causes the GetMessage function to return zero. - - - - - The WM_ERASEBKGND message is sent when the window background must be erased (for example, when a window is resized). The message is sent to prepare an invalidated portion of a window for painting. - - - - - This message is sent to all top-level windows when a change is made to a system color setting. - - - - - The WM_SHOWWINDOW message is sent to a window when the window is about to be hidden or shown. - - - - - An application sends the WM_WININICHANGE message to all top-level windows after making a change to the WIN.INI file. The SystemParametersInfo function sends this message after an application uses the function to change a setting in WIN.INI. - Note The WM_WININICHANGE message is provided only for compatibility with earlier versions of the system. Applications should use the WM_SETTINGCHANGE message. - - - - - An application sends the WM_WININICHANGE message to all top-level windows after making a change to the WIN.INI file. The SystemParametersInfo function sends this message after an application uses the function to change a setting in WIN.INI. - Note The WM_WININICHANGE message is provided only for compatibility with earlier versions of the system. Applications should use the WM_SETTINGCHANGE message. - - - - - The WM_DEVMODECHANGE message is sent to all top-level windows whenever the user changes device-mode settings. - - - - - The WM_ACTIVATEAPP message is sent when a window belonging to a different application than the active window is about to be activated. The message is sent to the application whose window is being activated and to the application whose window is being deactivated. - - - - - An application sends the WM_FONTCHANGE message to all top-level windows in the system after changing the pool of font resources. - - - - - A message that is sent whenever there is a change in the system time. - - - - - The WM_CANCELMODE message is sent to cancel certain modes, such as mouse capture. For example, the system sends this message to the active window when a dialog box or message box is displayed. Certain functions also send this message explicitly to the specified window regardless of whether it is the active window. For example, the EnableWindow function sends this message when disabling the specified window. - - - - - The WM_SETCURSOR message is sent to a window if the mouse causes the cursor to move within a window and mouse input is not captured. - - - - - The WM_MOUSEACTIVATE message is sent when the cursor is in an inactive window and the user presses a mouse button. The parent window receives this message only if the child window passes it to the DefWindowProc function. - - - - - The WM_CHILDACTIVATE message is sent to a child window when the user clicks the window's title bar or when the window is activated, moved, or sized. - - - - - The WM_QUEUESYNC message is sent by a computer-based training (CBT) application to separate user-input messages from other messages sent through the WH_JOURNALPLAYBACK Hook procedure. - - - - - The WM_GETMINMAXINFO message is sent to a window when the size or position of the window is about to change. An application can use this message to override the window's default maximized size and position, or its default minimum or maximum tracking size. - - - - - Windows NT 3.51 and earlier: The WM_PAINTICON message is sent to a minimized window when the icon is to be painted. This message is not sent by newer versions of Microsoft Windows, except in unusual circumstances explained in the Remarks. - - - - - Windows NT 3.51 and earlier: The WM_ICONERASEBKGND message is sent to a minimized window when the background of the icon must be filled before painting the icon. A window receives this message only if a class icon is defined for the window; otherwise, WM_ERASEBKGND is sent. This message is not sent by newer versions of Windows. - - - - - The WM_NEXTDLGCTL message is sent to a dialog box procedure to set the keyboard focus to a different control in the dialog box. - - - - - The WM_SPOOLERSTATUS message is sent from Print Manager whenever a job is added to or removed from the Print Manager queue. - - - - - The WM_DRAWITEM message is sent to the parent window of an owner-drawn button, combo box, list box, or menu when a visual aspect of the button, combo box, list box, or menu has changed. - - - - - The WM_MEASUREITEM message is sent to the owner window of a combo box, list box, list view control, or menu item when the control or menu is created. - - - - - Sent to the owner of a list box or combo box when the list box or combo box is destroyed or when items are removed by the LB_DELETESTRING, LB_RESETCONTENT, CB_DELETESTRING, or CB_RESETCONTENT message. The system sends a WM_DELETEITEM message for each deleted item. The system sends the WM_DELETEITEM message for any deleted list box or combo box item with nonzero item data. - - - - - Sent by a list box with the LBS_WANTKEYBOARDINPUT style to its owner in response to a WM_KEYDOWN message. - - - - - Sent by a list box with the LBS_WANTKEYBOARDINPUT style to its owner in response to a WM_CHAR message. - - - - - An application sends a WM_SETFONT message to specify the font that a control is to use when drawing text. - - - - - An application sends a WM_GETFONT message to a control to retrieve the font with which the control is currently drawing its text. - - - - - An application sends a WM_SETHOTKEY message to a window to associate a hot key with the window. When the user presses the hot key, the system activates the window. - - - - - An application sends a WM_GETHOTKEY message to determine the hot key associated with a window. - - - - - The WM_QUERYDRAGICON message is sent to a minimized (iconic) window. The window is about to be dragged by the user but does not have an icon defined for its class. An application can return a handle to an icon or cursor. The system displays this cursor or icon while the user drags the icon. - - - - - The system sends the WM_COMPAREITEM message to determine the relative position of a new item in the sorted list of an owner-drawn combo box or list box. Whenever the application adds a new item, the system sends this message to the owner of a combo box or list box created with the CBS_SORT or LBS_SORT style. - - - - - Active Accessibility sends the WM_GETOBJECT message to obtain information about an accessible object contained in a server application. - Applications never send this message directly. It is sent only by Active Accessibility in response to calls to AccessibleObjectFromPoint, AccessibleObjectFromEvent, or AccessibleObjectFromWindow. However, server applications handle this message. - - - - - The WM_COMPACTING message is sent to all top-level windows when the system detects more than 12.5 percent of system time over a 30- to 60-second interval is being spent compacting memory. This indicates that system memory is low. - - - - - WM_COMMNOTIFY is Obsolete for Win32-Based Applications - - - - - The WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING message is sent to a window whose size, position, or place in the Z order is about to change as a result of a call to the SetWindowPos function or another window-management function. - - - - - The WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED message is sent to a window whose size, position, or place in the Z order has changed as a result of a call to the SetWindowPos function or another window-management function. - - - - - Notifies applications that the system, typically a battery-powered personal computer, is about to enter a suspended mode. - Use: POWERBROADCAST - - - - - An application sends the WM_COPYDATA message to pass data to another application. - - - - - The WM_CANCELJOURNAL message is posted to an application when a user cancels the application's journaling activities. The message is posted with a NULL window handle. - - - - - Sent by a common control to its parent window when an event has occurred or the control requires some information. - - - - - The WM_INPUTLANGCHANGEREQUEST message is posted to the window with the focus when the user chooses a new input language, either with the hotkey (specified in the Keyboard control panel application) or from the indicator on the system taskbar. An application can accept the change by passing the message to the DefWindowProc function or reject the change (and prevent it from taking place) by returning immediately. - - - - - The WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE message is sent to the topmost affected window after an application's input language has been changed. You should make any application-specific settings and pass the message to the DefWindowProc function, which passes the message to all first-level child windows. These child windows can pass the message to DefWindowProc to have it pass the message to their child windows, and so on. - - - - - Sent to an application that has initiated a training card with Microsoft Windows Help. The message informs the application when the user clicks an authorable button. An application initiates a training card by specifying the HELP_TCARD command in a call to the WinHelp function. - - - - - Indicates that the user pressed the F1 key. If a menu is active when F1 is pressed, WM_HELP is sent to the window associated with the menu; otherwise, WM_HELP is sent to the window that has the keyboard focus. If no window has the keyboard focus, WM_HELP is sent to the currently active window. - - - - - The WM_USERCHANGED message is sent to all windows after the user has logged on or off. When the user logs on or off, the system updates the user-specific settings. The system sends this message immediately after updating the settings. - - - - - Determines if a window accepts ANSI or Unicode structures in the WM_NOTIFY notification message. WM_NOTIFYFORMAT messages are sent from a common control to its parent window and from the parent window to the common control. - - - - - The WM_CONTEXTMENU message notifies a window that the user clicked the right mouse button (right-clicked) in the window. - - - - - The WM_STYLECHANGING message is sent to a window when the SetWindowLong function is about to change one or more of the window's styles. - - - - - The WM_STYLECHANGED message is sent to a window after the SetWindowLong function has changed one or more of the window's styles - - - - - The WM_DISPLAYCHANGE message is sent to all windows when the display resolution has changed. - - - - - The WM_GETICON message is sent to a window to retrieve a handle to the large or small icon associated with a window. The system displays the large icon in the ALT+TAB dialog, and the small icon in the window caption. - - - - - An application sends the WM_SETICON message to associate a new large or small icon with a window. The system displays the large icon in the ALT+TAB dialog box, and the small icon in the window caption. - - - - - The WM_NCCREATE message is sent prior to the WM_CREATE message when a window is first created. - - - - - The WM_NCDESTROY message informs a window that its nonclient area is being destroyed. The DestroyWindow function sends the WM_NCDESTROY message to the window following the WM_DESTROY message. WM_DESTROY is used to free the allocated memory object associated with the window. - The WM_NCDESTROY message is sent after the child windows have been destroyed. In contrast, WM_DESTROY is sent before the child windows are destroyed. - - - - - The WM_NCCALCSIZE message is sent when the size and position of a window's client area must be calculated. By processing this message, an application can control the content of the window's client area when the size or position of the window changes. - - - - - The WM_NCHITTEST message is sent to a window when the cursor moves, or when a mouse button is pressed or released. If the mouse is not captured, the message is sent to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is sent to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_NCPAINT message is sent to a window when its frame must be painted. - - - - - The WM_NCACTIVATE message is sent to a window when its nonclient area needs to be changed to indicate an active or inactive state. - - - - - The WM_GETDLGCODE message is sent to the window procedure associated with a control. By default, the system handles all keyboard input to the control; the system interprets certain types of keyboard input as dialog box navigation keys. To override this default behavior, the control can respond to the WM_GETDLGCODE message to indicate the types of input it wants to process itself. - - - - - The WM_SYNCPAINT message is used to synchronize painting while avoiding linking independent GUI threads. - - - - - The WM_NCMOUSEMOVE message is posted to a window when the cursor is moved within the nonclient area of the window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN message is posted when the user presses the left mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCLBUTTONUP message is posted when the user releases the left mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCLBUTTONDBLCLK message is posted when the user double-clicks the left mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCRBUTTONDOWN message is posted when the user presses the right mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCRBUTTONUP message is posted when the user releases the right mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCRBUTTONDBLCLK message is posted when the user double-clicks the right mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCMBUTTONDOWN message is posted when the user presses the middle mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCMBUTTONUP message is posted when the user releases the middle mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCMBUTTONDBLCLK message is posted when the user double-clicks the middle mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCXBUTTONDOWN message is posted when the user presses the first or second X button while the cursor is in the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCXBUTTONUP message is posted when the user releases the first or second X button while the cursor is in the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_NCXBUTTONDBLCLK message is posted when the user double-clicks the first or second X button while the cursor is in the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted. - - - - - The WM_INPUT_DEVICE_CHANGE message is sent to the window that registered to receive raw input. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - The WM_INPUT message is sent to the window that is getting raw input. - - - - - This message filters for keyboard messages. - - - - - The WM_KEYDOWN message is posted to the window with the keyboard focus when a nonsystem key is pressed. A nonsystem key is a key that is pressed when the ALT key is not pressed. - - - - - The WM_KEYUP message is posted to the window with the keyboard focus when a nonsystem key is released. A nonsystem key is a key that is pressed when the ALT key is not pressed, or a keyboard key that is pressed when a window has the keyboard focus. - - - - - The WM_CHAR message is posted to the window with the keyboard focus when a WM_KEYDOWN message is translated by the TranslateMessage function. The WM_CHAR message contains the character code of the key that was pressed. - - - - - The WM_DEADCHAR message is posted to the window with the keyboard focus when a WM_KEYUP message is translated by the TranslateMessage function. WM_DEADCHAR specifies a character code generated by a dead key. A dead key is a key that generates a character, such as the umlaut (double-dot), that is combined with another character to form a composite character. For example, the umlaut-O character (Ö) is generated by typing the dead key for the umlaut character, and then typing the O key. - - - - - The WM_SYSKEYDOWN message is posted to the window with the keyboard focus when the user presses the F10 key (which activates the menu bar) or holds down the ALT key and then presses another key. It also occurs when no window currently has the keyboard focus; in this case, the WM_SYSKEYDOWN message is sent to the active window. The window that receives the message can distinguish between these two contexts by checking the context code in the lParam parameter. - - - - - The WM_SYSKEYUP message is posted to the window with the keyboard focus when the user releases a key that was pressed while the ALT key was held down. It also occurs when no window currently has the keyboard focus; in this case, the WM_SYSKEYUP message is sent to the active window. The window that receives the message can distinguish between these two contexts by checking the context code in the lParam parameter. - - - - - The WM_SYSCHAR message is posted to the window with the keyboard focus when a WM_SYSKEYDOWN message is translated by the TranslateMessage function. It specifies the character code of a system character key — that is, a character key that is pressed while the ALT key is down. - - - - - The WM_SYSDEADCHAR message is sent to the window with the keyboard focus when a WM_SYSKEYDOWN message is translated by the TranslateMessage function. WM_SYSDEADCHAR specifies the character code of a system dead key — that is, a dead key that is pressed while holding down the ALT key. - - - - - The WM_UNICHAR message is posted to the window with the keyboard focus when a WM_KEYDOWN message is translated by the TranslateMessage function. The WM_UNICHAR message contains the character code of the key that was pressed. - The WM_UNICHAR message is equivalent to WM_CHAR, but it uses Unicode Transformation Format (UTF)-32, whereas WM_CHAR uses UTF-16. It is designed to send or post Unicode characters to ANSI windows and it can can handle Unicode Supplementary Plane characters. - - - - - This message filters for keyboard messages. - - - - - Sent immediately before the IME generates the composition string as a result of a keystroke. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - Sent to an application when the IME ends composition. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - Sent to an application when the IME changes composition status as a result of a keystroke. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - The WM_INITDIALOG message is sent to the dialog box procedure immediately before a dialog box is displayed. Dialog box procedures typically use this message to initialize controls and carry out any other initialization tasks that affect the appearance of the dialog box. - - - - - The WM_COMMAND message is sent when the user selects a command item from a menu, when a control sends a notification message to its parent window, or when an accelerator keystroke is translated. - - - - - A window receives this message when the user chooses a command from the Window menu, clicks the maximize button, minimize button, restore button, close button, or moves the form. You can stop the form from moving by filtering this out. - - - - - The WM_TIMER message is posted to the installing thread's message queue when a timer expires. The message is posted by the GetMessage or PeekMessage function. - - - - - The WM_HSCROLL message is sent to a window when a scroll event occurs in the window's standard horizontal scroll bar. This message is also sent to the owner of a horizontal scroll bar control when a scroll event occurs in the control. - - - - - The WM_VSCROLL message is sent to a window when a scroll event occurs in the window's standard vertical scroll bar. This message is also sent to the owner of a vertical scroll bar control when a scroll event occurs in the control. - - - - - The WM_INITMENU message is sent when a menu is about to become active. It occurs when the user clicks an item on the menu bar or presses a menu key. This allows the application to modify the menu before it is displayed. - - - - - The WM_INITMENUPOPUP message is sent when a drop-down menu or submenu is about to become active. This allows an application to modify the menu before it is displayed, without changing the entire menu. - - - - - The WM_MENUSELECT message is sent to a menu's owner window when the user selects a menu item. - - - - - The WM_MENUCHAR message is sent when a menu is active and the user presses a key that does not correspond to any mnemonic or accelerator key. This message is sent to the window that owns the menu. - - - - - The WM_ENTERIDLE message is sent to the owner window of a modal dialog box or menu that is entering an idle state. A modal dialog box or menu enters an idle state when no messages are waiting in its queue after it has processed one or more previous messages. - - - - - The WM_MENURBUTTONUP message is sent when the user releases the right mouse button while the cursor is on a menu item. - - - - - The WM_MENUDRAG message is sent to the owner of a drag-and-drop menu when the user drags a menu item. - - - - - The WM_MENUGETOBJECT message is sent to the owner of a drag-and-drop menu when the mouse cursor enters a menu item or moves from the center of the item to the top or bottom of the item. - - - - - The WM_UNINITMENUPOPUP message is sent when a drop-down menu or submenu has been destroyed. - - - - - The WM_MENUCOMMAND message is sent when the user makes a selection from a menu. - - - - - An application sends the WM_CHANGEUISTATE message to indicate that the user interface (UI) state should be changed. - - - - - An application sends the WM_UPDATEUISTATE message to change the user interface (UI) state for the specified window and all its child windows. - - - - - An application sends the WM_QUERYUISTATE message to retrieve the user interface (UI) state for a window. - - - - - The WM_CTLCOLORMSGBOX message is sent to the owner window of a message box before Windows draws the message box. By responding to this message, the owner window can set the text and background colors of the message box by using the given display device context handle. - - - - - An edit control that is not read-only or disabled sends the WM_CTLCOLOREDIT message to its parent window when the control is about to be drawn. By responding to this message, the parent window can use the specified device context handle to set the text and background colors of the edit control. - - - - - Sent to the parent window of a list box before the system draws the list box. By responding to this message, the parent window can set the text and background colors of the list box by using the specified display device context handle. - - - - - The WM_CTLCOLORBTN message is sent to the parent window of a button before drawing the button. The parent window can change the button's text and background colors. However, only owner-drawn buttons respond to the parent window processing this message. - - - - - The WM_CTLCOLORDLG message is sent to a dialog box before the system draws the dialog box. By responding to this message, the dialog box can set its text and background colors using the specified display device context handle. - - - - - The WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR message is sent to the parent window of a scroll bar control when the control is about to be drawn. By responding to this message, the parent window can use the display context handle to set the background color of the scroll bar control. - - - - - A static control, or an edit control that is read-only or disabled, sends the WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC message to its parent window when the control is about to be drawn. By responding to this message, the parent window can use the specified device context handle to set the text and background colors of the static control. - - - - - Use WM_MOUSEFIRST to specify the first mouse message. Use the PeekMessage() Function. - - - - - The WM_MOUSEMOVE message is posted to a window when the cursor moves. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_LBUTTONDOWN message is posted when the user presses the left mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_LBUTTONUP message is posted when the user releases the left mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK message is posted when the user double-clicks the left mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_RBUTTONDOWN message is posted when the user presses the right mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_RBUTTONUP message is posted when the user releases the right mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK message is posted when the user double-clicks the right mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_MBUTTONDOWN message is posted when the user presses the middle mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_MBUTTONUP message is posted when the user releases the middle mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK message is posted when the user double-clicks the middle mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_MOUSEWHEEL message is sent to the focus window when the mouse wheel is rotated. The DefWindowProc function propagates the message to the window's parent. There should be no internal forwarding of the message, since DefWindowProc propagates it up the parent chain until it finds a window that processes it. - - - - - The WM_XBUTTONDOWN message is posted when the user presses the first or second X button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_XBUTTONUP message is posted when the user releases the first or second X button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK message is posted when the user double-clicks the first or second X button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse. - - - - - The WM_MOUSEHWHEEL message is sent to the focus window when the mouse's horizontal scroll wheel is tilted or rotated. The DefWindowProc function propagates the message to the window's parent. There should be no internal forwarding of the message, since DefWindowProc propagates it up the parent chain until it finds a window that processes it. - - - - - Use WM_MOUSELAST to specify the last mouse message. Used with PeekMessage() Function. - - - - - The WM_PARENTNOTIFY message is sent to the parent of a child window when the child window is created or destroyed, or when the user clicks a mouse button while the cursor is over the child window. When the child window is being created, the system sends WM_PARENTNOTIFY just before the CreateWindow or CreateWindowEx function that creates the window returns. When the child window is being destroyed, the system sends the message before any processing to destroy the window takes place. - - - - - The WM_ENTERMENULOOP message informs an application's main window procedure that a menu modal loop has been entered. - - - - - The WM_EXITMENULOOP message informs an application's main window procedure that a menu modal loop has been exited. - - - - - The WM_NEXTMENU message is sent to an application when the right or left arrow key is used to switch between the menu bar and the system menu. - - - - - The WM_SIZING message is sent to a window that the user is resizing. By processing this message, an application can monitor the size and position of the drag rectangle and, if needed, change its size or position. - - - - - The WM_CAPTURECHANGED message is sent to the window that is losing the mouse capture. - - - - - The WM_MOVING message is sent to a window that the user is moving. By processing this message, an application can monitor the position of the drag rectangle and, if needed, change its position. - - - - - Notifies applications that a power-management event has occurred. - - - - - Notifies an application of a change to the hardware configuration of a device or the computer. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDICREATE message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to create an MDI child window. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDIDESTROY message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to close an MDI child window. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDIACTIVATE message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to instruct the client window to activate a different MDI child window. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDIRESTORE message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to restore an MDI child window from maximized or minimized size. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDINEXT message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to activate the next or previous child window. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDIMAXIMIZE message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to maximize an MDI child window. The system resizes the child window to make its client area fill the client window. The system places the child window's window menu icon in the rightmost position of the frame window's menu bar, and places the child window's restore icon in the leftmost position. The system also appends the title bar text of the child window to that of the frame window. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDITILE message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to arrange all of its MDI child windows in a tile format. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDICASCADE message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to arrange all its child windows in a cascade format. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDIICONARRANGE message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to arrange all minimized MDI child windows. It does not affect child windows that are not minimized. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDIGETACTIVE message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to retrieve the handle to the active MDI child window. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDISETMENU message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to replace the entire menu of an MDI frame window, to replace the window menu of the frame window, or both. - - - - - The WM_ENTERSIZEMOVE message is sent one time to a window after it enters the moving or sizing modal loop. The window enters the moving or sizing modal loop when the user clicks the window's title bar or sizing border, or when the window passes the WM_SYSCOMMAND message to the DefWindowProc function and the wParam parameter of the message specifies the SC_MOVE or SC_SIZE value. The operation is complete when DefWindowProc returns. - The system sends the WM_ENTERSIZEMOVE message regardless of whether the dragging of full windows is enabled. - - - - - The WM_EXITSIZEMOVE message is sent one time to a window, after it has exited the moving or sizing modal loop. The window enters the moving or sizing modal loop when the user clicks the window's title bar or sizing border, or when the window passes the WM_SYSCOMMAND message to the DefWindowProc function and the wParam parameter of the message specifies the SC_MOVE or SC_SIZE value. The operation is complete when DefWindowProc returns. - - - - - Sent when the user drops a file on the window of an application that has registered itself as a recipient of dropped files. - - - - - An application sends the WM_MDIREFRESHMENU message to a multiple-document interface (MDI) client window to refresh the window menu of the MDI frame window. - - - - - Sent to an application when a window is activated. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - Sent to an application to notify it of changes to the IME window. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - Sent by an application to direct the IME window to carry out the requested command. The application uses this message to control the IME window that it has created. To send this message, the application calls the SendMessage function with the following parameters. - - - - - Sent to an application when the IME window finds no space to extend the area for the composition window. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - Sent to an application when the operating system is about to change the current IME. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - Sent to an application when the IME gets a character of the conversion result. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - Sent to an application to provide commands and request information. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - Sent to an application by the IME to notify the application of a key press and to keep message order. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - Sent to an application by the IME to notify the application of a key release and to keep message order. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - The WM_MOUSEHOVER message is posted to a window when the cursor hovers over the client area of the window for the period of time specified in a prior call to TrackMouseEvent. - - - - - The WM_MOUSELEAVE message is posted to a window when the cursor leaves the client area of the window specified in a prior call to TrackMouseEvent. - - - - - The WM_NCMOUSEHOVER message is posted to a window when the cursor hovers over the nonclient area of the window for the period of time specified in a prior call to TrackMouseEvent. - - - - - The WM_NCMOUSELEAVE message is posted to a window when the cursor leaves the nonclient area of the window specified in a prior call to TrackMouseEvent. - - - - - The WM_WTSSESSION_CHANGE message notifies applications of changes in session state. - - - - - An application sends a WM_CUT message to an edit control or combo box to delete (cut) the current selection, if any, in the edit control and copy the deleted text to the clipboard in CF_TEXT format. - - - - - An application sends the WM_COPY message to an edit control or combo box to copy the current selection to the clipboard in CF_TEXT format. - - - - - An application sends a WM_PASTE message to an edit control or combo box to copy the current content of the clipboard to the edit control at the current caret position. Data is inserted only if the clipboard contains data in CF_TEXT format. - - - - - An application sends a WM_CLEAR message to an edit control or combo box to delete (clear) the current selection, if any, from the edit control. - - - - - An application sends a WM_UNDO message to an edit control to undo the last operation. When this message is sent to an edit control, the previously deleted text is restored or the previously added text is deleted. - - - - - The WM_RENDERFORMAT message is sent to the clipboard owner if it has delayed rendering a specific clipboard format and if an application has requested data in that format. The clipboard owner must render data in the specified format and place it on the clipboard by calling the SetClipboardData function. - - - - - The WM_RENDERALLFORMATS message is sent to the clipboard owner before it is destroyed, if the clipboard owner has delayed rendering one or more clipboard formats. For the content of the clipboard to remain available to other applications, the clipboard owner must render data in all the formats it is capable of generating, and place the data on the clipboard by calling the SetClipboardData function. - - - - - The WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD message is sent to the clipboard owner when a call to the EmptyClipboard function empties the clipboard. - - - - - The WM_DRAWCLIPBOARD message is sent to the first window in the clipboard viewer chain when the content of the clipboard changes. This enables a clipboard viewer window to display the new content of the clipboard. - - - - - The WM_PAINTCLIPBOARD message is sent to the clipboard owner by a clipboard viewer window when the clipboard contains data in the CF_OWNERDISPLAY format and the clipboard viewer's client area needs repainting. - - - - - The WM_VSCROLLCLIPBOARD message is sent to the clipboard owner by a clipboard viewer window when the clipboard contains data in the CF_OWNERDISPLAY format and an event occurs in the clipboard viewer's vertical scroll bar. The owner should scroll the clipboard image and update the scroll bar values. - - - - - The WM_SIZECLIPBOARD message is sent to the clipboard owner by a clipboard viewer window when the clipboard contains data in the CF_OWNERDISPLAY format and the clipboard viewer's client area has changed size. - - - - - The WM_ASKCBFORMATNAME message is sent to the clipboard owner by a clipboard viewer window to request the name of a CF_OWNERDISPLAY clipboard format. - - - - - The WM_CHANGECBCHAIN message is sent to the first window in the clipboard viewer chain when a window is being removed from the chain. - - - - - The WM_HSCROLLCLIPBOARD message is sent to the clipboard owner by a clipboard viewer window. This occurs when the clipboard contains data in the CF_OWNERDISPLAY format and an event occurs in the clipboard viewer's horizontal scroll bar. The owner should scroll the clipboard image and update the scroll bar values. - - - - - This message informs a window that it is about to receive the keyboard focus, giving the window the opportunity to realize its logical palette when it receives the focus. - - - - - The WM_PALETTEISCHANGING message informs applications that an application is going to realize its logical palette. - - - - - This message is sent by the OS to all top-level and overlapped windows after the window with the keyboard focus realizes its logical palette. - This message enables windows that do not have the keyboard focus to realize their logical palettes and update their client areas. - - - - - The WM_HOTKEY message is posted when the user presses a hot key registered by the RegisterHotKey function. The message is placed at the top of the message queue associated with the thread that registered the hot key. - - - - - The WM_PRINT message is sent to a window to request that it draw itself in the specified device context, most commonly in a printer device context. - - - - - The WM_PRINTCLIENT message is sent to a window to request that it draw its client area in the specified device context, most commonly in a printer device context. - - - - - The WM_APPCOMMAND message notifies a window that the user generated an application command event, for example, by clicking an application command button using the mouse or typing an application command key on the keyboard. - - - - - The WM_THEMECHANGED message is broadcast to every window following a theme change event. Examples of theme change events are the activation of a theme, the deactivation of a theme, or a transition from one theme to another. - - - - - Sent when the contents of the clipboard have changed. - - - - - The system will send a window the WM_DWMCOMPOSITIONCHANGED message to indicate that the availability of desktop composition has changed. - - - - - WM_DWMNCRENDERINGCHANGED is called when the non-client area rendering status of a window has changed. Only windows that have set the flag DWM_BLURBEHIND.fTransitionOnMaximized to true will get this message. - - - - - Sent to all top-level windows when the colorization color has changed. - - - - - WM_DWMWINDOWMAXIMIZEDCHANGE will let you know when a DWM composed window is maximized. You also have to register for this message as well. You'd have other windowd go opaque when this message is sent. - - - - - Sent to request extended title bar information. A window receives this message through its WindowProc function. - - - - - The WM_APP constant is used by applications to help define private messages, usually of the form WM_APP+X, where X is an integer value. - - - - - The WM_USER constant is used by applications to help define private messages for use by private window classes, usually of the form WM_USER+X, where X is an integer value. - - - - - An application sends the WM_CPL_LAUNCH message to Windows Control Panel to request that a Control Panel application be started. - - - - - The WM_CPL_LAUNCHED message is sent when a Control Panel application, started by the WM_CPL_LAUNCH message, has closed. The WM_CPL_LAUNCHED message is sent to the window identified by the wParam parameter of the WM_CPL_LAUNCH message that started the application. - - - - - WM_SYSTIMER is a well-known yet still undocumented message. Windows uses WM_SYSTIMER for internal actions like scrolling. - - - - The window has a thin-line border. - - - The window has a title bar (includes the WS_BORDER style). - - - The window is a child window. A window with this style cannot have a menu bar. This style cannot be used with the WS_POPUP style. - - - Excludes the area occupied by child windows when drawing occurs within the parent window. This style is used when creating the parent window. - - - - Clips child windows relative to each other; that is, when a particular child window receives a WM_PAINT message, the WS_CLIPSIBLINGS style clips all other overlapping child windows out of the region of the child window to be updated. - If WS_CLIPSIBLINGS is not specified and child windows overlap, it is possible, when drawing within the client area of a child window, to draw within the client area of a neighboring child window. - - - - The window is initially disabled. A disabled window cannot receive input from the user. To change this after a window has been created, use the EnableWindow function. - - - The window has a border of a style typically used with dialog boxes. A window with this style cannot have a title bar. - - - - The window is the first control of a group of controls. The group consists of this first control and all controls defined after it, up to the next control with the WS_GROUP style. - The first control in each group usually has the WS_TABSTOP style so that the user can move from group to group. The user can subsequently change the keyboard focus from one control in the group to the next control in the group by using the direction keys. - You can turn this style on and off to change dialog box navigation. To change this style after a window has been created, use the SetWindowLong function. - - - - The window has a horizontal scroll bar. - - - The window is initially maximized. - - - The window has a maximize button. Cannot be combined with the WS_EX_CONTEXTHELP style. The WS_SYSMENU style must also be specified. - - - The window is initially minimized. - - - The window has a minimize button. Cannot be combined with the WS_EX_CONTEXTHELP style. The WS_SYSMENU style must also be specified. - - - The window is an overlapped window. An overlapped window has a title bar and a border. - - - The window is an overlapped window. - - - The window is a pop-up window. This style cannot be used with the WS_CHILD style. - - - The window is a pop-up window. The WS_CAPTION and WS_POPUPWINDOW styles must be combined to make the window menu visible. - - - The window has a sizing border. - - - The window has a window menu on its title bar. The WS_CAPTION style must also be specified. - - - - The window is a control that can receive the keyboard focus when the user presses the TAB key. - Pressing the TAB key changes the keyboard focus to the next control with the WS_TABSTOP style. - You can turn this style on and off to change dialog box navigation. To change this style after a window has been created, use the SetWindowLong function. - For user-created windows and modeless dialogs to work with tab stops, alter the message loop to call the IsDialogMessage function. - - - - The window is initially visible. This style can be turned on and off by using the ShowWindow or SetWindowPos function. - - - The window has a vertical scroll bar. - - - - Specifies that a window created with this style accepts drag-drop files. - - - - - Forces a top-level window onto the taskbar when the window is visible. - - - - - Specifies that a window has a border with a sunken edge. - - - - - Windows XP: Paints all descendants of a window in bottom-to-top painting order using double-buffering. For more information, see Remarks. This cannot be used if the window has a class style of either CS_OWNDC or CS_CLASSDC. - - - - - Includes a question mark in the title bar of the window. When the user clicks the question mark, the cursor changes to a question mark with a pointer. If the user then clicks a child window, the child receives a WM_HELP message. The child window should pass the message to the parent window procedure, which should call the WinHelp function using the HELP_WM_HELP command. The Help application displays a pop-up window that typically contains help for the child window. - WS_EX_CONTEXTHELP cannot be used with the WS_MAXIMIZEBOX or WS_MINIMIZEBOX styles. - - - - - The window itself contains child windows that should take part in dialog box navigation. If this style is specified, the dialog manager recurses into children of this window when performing navigation operations such as handling the TAB key, an arrow key, or a keyboard mnemonic. - - - - - Creates a window that has a double border; the window can, optionally, be created with a title bar by specifying the WS_CAPTION style in the dwStyle parameter. - - - - - Windows 2000/XP: Creates a layered window. Note that this cannot be used for child windows. Also, this cannot be used if the window has a class style of either CS_OWNDC or CS_CLASSDC. - - - - - Arabic and Hebrew versions of Windows 98/Me, Windows 2000/XP: Creates a window whose horizontal origin is on the right edge. Increasing horizontal values advance to the left. - - - - - Creates a window that has generic left-aligned properties. This is the default. - - - - - If the shell language is Hebrew, Arabic, or another language that supports reading order alignment, the vertical scroll bar (if present) is to the left of the client area. For other languages, the style is ignored. - - - - - The window text is displayed using left-to-right reading-order properties. This is the default. - - - - - Creates a multiple-document interface (MDI) child window. - - - - - Windows 2000/XP: A top-level window created with this style does not become the foreground window when the user clicks it. The system does not bring this window to the foreground when the user minimizes or closes the foreground window. - To activate the window, use the SetActiveWindow or SetForegroundWindow function. - The window does not appear on the taskbar by default. To force the window to appear on the taskbar, use the WS_EX_APPWINDOW style. - - - - - Windows 2000/XP: A window created with this style does not pass its window layout to its child windows. - - - - - Specifies that a child window created with this style does not send the WM_PARENTNOTIFY message to its parent window when it is created or destroyed. - - - - - Combines the WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE and WS_EX_WINDOWEDGE styles. - - - - - Combines the WS_EX_WINDOWEDGE, WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW, and WS_EX_TOPMOST styles. - - - - - The window has generic "right-aligned" properties. This depends on the window class. This style has an effect only if the shell language is Hebrew, Arabic, or another language that supports reading-order alignment; otherwise, the style is ignored. - Using the WS_EX_RIGHT style for static or edit controls has the same effect as using the SS_RIGHT or ES_RIGHT style, respectively. Using this style with button controls has the same effect as using BS_RIGHT and BS_RIGHTBUTTON styles. - - - - - Vertical scroll bar (if present) is to the right of the client area. This is the default. - - - - - If the shell language is Hebrew, Arabic, or another language that supports reading-order alignment, the window text is displayed using right-to-left reading-order properties. For other languages, the style is ignored. - - - - - Creates a window with a three-dimensional border style intended to be used for items that do not accept user input. - - - - - Creates a tool window; that is, a window intended to be used as a floating toolbar. A tool window has a title bar that is shorter than a normal title bar, and the window title is drawn using a smaller font. A tool window does not appear in the taskbar or in the dialog that appears when the user presses ALT+TAB. If a tool window has a system menu, its icon is not displayed on the title bar. However, you can display the system menu by right-clicking or by typing ALT+SPACE. - - - - - Specifies that a window created with this style should be placed above all non-topmost windows and should stay above them, even when the window is deactivated. To add or remove this style, use the SetWindowPos function. - - - - - Specifies that a window created with this style should not be painted until siblings beneath the window (that were created by the same thread) have been painted. The window appears transparent because the bits of underlying sibling windows have already been painted. - To achieve transparency without these restrictions, use the SetWindowRgn function. - - - - - Specifies that a window has a border with a raised edge. - - - - - Refreshes the application settings property values from persistent storage. - - - - - Updates application settings to reflect a more recent installation of the application. - - - - - Stores the current values of the settings properties. - - - - - Upgrades the application settings on loading. - - - - - this settings class is the default way to save the placement of the window - - - - - Upgrades the application settings on loading. - - - - - Hides the window and activates another window. - - - - - Activates and displays a window. If the window is minimized or maximized, the system restores it to its original size and position. An application should specify this flag when displaying the window for the first time. - - - - - Activates and displays a window. If the window is minimized or maximized, the system restores it to its original size and position. An application should specify this flag when displaying the window for the first time. - - - - - Activates the window and displays it as a minimized window. - - - - - Activates the window and displays it as a maximized window. - - - - - Maximizes the specified window. - - - - - Displays a window in its most recent size and position. This value is similar to , except the window is not activated. - - - - - Activates the window and displays it in its current size and position. - - - - - Minimizes the specified window and activates the next top-level window in the z-order. - - - - - Displays the window as a minimized window. This value is similar to , except the window is not activated. - - - - - Displays the window in its current size and position. This value is similar to , except the window is not activated. - - - - - Activates and displays the window. If the window is minimized or maximized, the system restores it to its original size and position. An application should specify this flag when restoring a minimized window. - - - - - Invalidates the rectangle or region that you specify in lprcUpdate or hrgnUpdate. - You can set only one of these parameters to a non-NULL value. If both are NULL, RDW_INVALIDATE invalidates the entire window. - - - - Causes the OS to post a WM_PAINT message to the window regardless of whether a portion of the window is invalid. - - - - Causes the window to receive a WM_ERASEBKGND message when the window is repainted. - Specify this value in combination with the RDW_INVALIDATE value; otherwise, RDW_ERASE has no effect. - - - - - Validates the rectangle or region that you specify in lprcUpdate or hrgnUpdate. - You can set only one of these parameters to a non-NULL value. If both are NULL, RDW_VALIDATE validates the entire window. - This value does not affect internal WM_PAINT messages. - - - - Suppresses any pending WM_ERASEBKGND messages. - - - Excludes child windows, if any, from the repainting operation. - - - Includes child windows, if any, in the repainting operation. - - - Causes the affected windows, which you specify by setting the RDW_ALLCHILDREN and RDW_NOCHILDREN values, to receive WM_ERASEBKGND and WM_PAINT messages before the RedrawWindow returns, if necessary. - - - - Causes the affected windows, which you specify by setting the RDW_ALLCHILDREN and RDW_NOCHILDREN values, to receive WM_ERASEBKGND messages before RedrawWindow returns, if necessary. - The affected windows receive WM_PAINT messages at the ordinary time. - - - - Determine if 2 RECT are equal (deep compare) - - - Return the HashCode for this struct (not garanteed to be unique) - - - - Originally from http://xamlcoder.com/blog/2010/11/04/creating-a-metro-ui-style-control/ - - - - - RevealImage - - - - - InitializeComponent - - - - - A control that allows the user to toggle between two states: One represents true; The other represents false. - - - - - Gets/sets the text to display when the control is in it's On state. - - - - - Gets/sets the text to display when the control is in it's Off state. - - - - - Gets/sets the header to display on top of the control. - - - - - Gets/sets the data template used to display the header on the top of the control. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the switch's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the on-switch's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the off-switch's foreground. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the thumb indicator. - - - - - Gets/sets the brush used for the thumb indicator. - - - - - Gets/sets the width of the thumb indicator. - - - - - Gets/sets the control's content flow direction. - - - - - Gets/sets the control's toggle switch button style. - - - - - Gets/sets whether the control is Checked (On) or not (Off). - - - - - Gets/sets the command which will be executed if the IsChecked property was changed. - - - - - Gets/sets the command which will be executed if the checked event of the control is fired. - - - - - Gets/sets the command which will be executed if the checked event of the control is fired. - - - - - Gets/sets the command parameter which will be passed by the CheckChangedCommand. - - - - - Gets/sets the command parameter which will be passed by the CheckedCommand. - - - - - Gets/sets the command parameter which will be passed by the UnCheckedCommand. - - - - - An event that is raised when the value of IsChecked changes. - - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms182161.aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa969518%28v=vs.85%29.aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa969512%28v=vs.85%29.aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa969524%28v=vs.85%29.aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms633572%28v=vs.85%29.aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd144901%28v=VS.85%29.aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd145064%28v=VS.85%29.aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms633545(v=vs.85).aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms647486%28v=vs.85%29.aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms633528(v=vs.85).aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms647985(v=vs.85).aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms648003(v=vs.85).aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms644944(v=vs.85).aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms648390(v=vs.85).aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms646258(v=vs.85).aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms684175%28v=vs.85%29.aspx - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms683152%28v=vs.85%29.aspx - - - - Sets the show state and the restored, minimized, and maximized positions of the specified window. - - - A handle to the window. - - - A pointer to a WINDOWPLACEMENT structure that specifies the new show state and window positions. - - Before calling SetWindowPlacement, set the length member of the WINDOWPLACEMENT structure to sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT). SetWindowPlacement fails if the length member is not set correctly. - - - - If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. - - If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. - - - - - - Retrieves the show state and the restored, minimized, and maximized positions of the specified window. - - - A handle to the window. - - - A pointer to the WINDOWPLACEMENT structure that receives the show state and position information. - - Before calling GetWindowPlacement, set the length member to sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT). GetWindowPlacement fails if lpwndpl-> length is not set correctly. - - - - If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. - - If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. - - - - - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms647636(v=vs.85).aspx - - - - A class that allows for the detection and alteration of a MetroWindow's theme and accent. - - - - - Adds an accent with the given name. - - - - true if the accent does not exists and can be added. - - - - Adds an app theme with the given name. - - - - true if the app theme does not exists and can be added. - - - - Gets app theme with the given resource dictionary. - - - AppTheme - - - - Gets app theme with the given name and theme type (light or dark). - - - AppTheme - - - - Gets the inverse of the given . - This method relies on the "Dark" or "Light" affix to be present. - - The app theme. - The inverse or null if it couldn't be found. - - Returns BaseLight, if BaseDark is given or vice versa. - Custom Themes must end with "Dark" or "Light" for this to work, for example "CustomDark" and "CustomLight". - - - - - Gets the with the given name. - - - The or null, if the app theme wasn't found - - - - Gets the with the given resource dictionary. - - - The or null, if the accent wasn't found. - - - - Determines whether the specified resource dictionary represents an . - - This might include runtime accents which do not have a resource uri. - - The resources. - true if the resource dictionary is an ; otherwise, false. - resources - - - - Gets a resource from the detected AppStyle. - - The window to check. If this is null, the Application's sources will be checked. - The key to check against. - The resource object or null, if the resource wasn't found. - - - - Change the theme for the whole application. - - - - - - - Change theme for the given window. - - - - - - - Change accent and theme for the whole application. - - The instance of Application to change. - The accent to apply. - The theme to apply. - - - - Change accent and theme for the given window. - - The Window to change. - The accent to apply. - The theme to apply. - - - - Changes the accent and theme of a ResourceDictionary directly. - - The ResourceDictionary to modify. - The accent to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - The theme to apply to the ResourceDictionary. - - - - Copies all resource keys from one resource to another. - - The source resource dictionary. - The destination resource dictionary. - - fromRD - or - toRD - - - - - Scans the window resources and returns it's accent and theme. - - - - - Scans the window resources and returns it's accent and theme. - - The Window to scan. - - - - Scans the application resources and returns it's accent and theme. - - The Application instance to scan. - - - - Scans a resources and returns it's accent and theme. - - The ResourceDictionary to check. - - - - Invalidates global colors and resources. - Sometimes the ContextMenu is not changing the colors, so this will fix it. - - - - - Gets a list of all of default themes. - - - - - Gets a list of all of default metro themes. - - - - - This event fires if accent color and theme was changed - this should be using the weak event pattern, but for now it's enough - - - - diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA182/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.dll b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA182/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 3c6ea1c9a..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA182/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA182/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.pdb b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA182/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index fe9faa518..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA182/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA182/tools/install.ps1 b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA182/tools/install.ps1 deleted file mode 100644 index 1bf1af020..000000000 --- a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA182/tools/install.ps1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -param($rootPath, $toolsPath, $package, $project) - -$project.DTE.ItemOperations.Navigate('http://mahapps.com/guides/quick-start.html') diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA139/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA139.nupkg b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA139/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA139.nupkg deleted file mode 100644 index 1516250c1..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA139/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA139.nupkg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA139/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.dll b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA139/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.dll deleted file mode 100644 index c8b5f417f..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA139/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA139/lib/net40/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA139/lib/net40/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 0419e95f0..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA139/lib/net40/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA139/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.dll b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA139/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 15ab38f71..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA139/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA139/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.pdb b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA139/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index c974672d6..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA139/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA139/lib/net45/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA139/lib/net45/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 931c744c8..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA139/lib/net45/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA139/tools/install.ps1 b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA139/tools/install.ps1 deleted file mode 100644 index 1bf1af020..000000000 --- a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA139/tools/install.ps1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -param($rootPath, $toolsPath, $package, $project) - -$project.DTE.ItemOperations.Navigate('http://mahapps.com/guides/quick-start.html') diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA147/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA147.nupkg b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA147/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA147.nupkg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b0f7b37d6 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA147/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA147.nupkg differ diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA139/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.XML b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA147/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.XML similarity index 99% rename from packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA139/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.XML rename to packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA147/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.XML index 73e10f741..1ca6dba30 100644 --- a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA139/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.XML +++ b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA147/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.XML @@ -53,21 +53,6 @@ The name of the new Accent. The URI of the accent ResourceDictionary. - - - Represents the background theme of the application. - - - - - The ResourceDictionary that represents this application theme. - - - - - Gets the name of the application theme. - - With this class we can make custom window styles. @@ -133,16 +118,22 @@ Override this to unhook functionality from the AssociatedObject. - - - - Sets the first TabItem with Visibility="" as - the SelectedItem of the TabControl. - - - If there is no visible TabItem, null is set as the SelectedItem - + + + Executes the specified action asynchronously with the DispatcherPriority.Background on the thread that the Dispatcher was created on. + The dispatcher object where the action runs. + An action that takes no parameters. + The dispatcher priority. + + + + Represents an hour comparison operation that ensures that 12 is smaller than 1. + This ensures that in the control the first hour that is selectable is 12 (AM/PM). + + This ensures that the first hour that is selectable is 12 (AM/PM).

+ This comparer is used only if in the corresponding the value for is false. + @@ -167,64 +158,6 @@ Determine if the inner ContentPresenter should use AccessText in its style - - - Executes the specified action asynchronously with the DispatcherPriority.Background on the thread that the Dispatcher was created on. - - The dispatcher object where the action runs. - - An action that takes no parameters. - - - - - Icon from the Material Design Icons project, https://materialdesignicons.com/. - - - - ****************************************** - This code is auto generated. Do not amend. - ****************************************** - - - ****************************************** - This code is auto generated. Do not amend. - ****************************************** - - List of available icons for use with . - - - All icons sourced from Material Design Icons Font - https://materialdesignicons.com - in accordance of - https://github.com/Templarian/MaterialDesign/blob/master/license.txt. - - - - - Icon from the Material Design Icons project, https://materialdesignicons.com/. - - - - ****************************************** - This code is auto generated. Do not amend. - ****************************************** - - - ****************************************** - This code is auto generated. Do not amend. - ****************************************** - - List of available icons for use with . - - - All icons sourced from Modern UI Icons Font - http://modernuiicons.com - in accordance of - https://github.com/Templarian/WindowsIcons/blob/master/WindowsPhone/license.txt. - - - - - Defines the visibility for time-parts that are visible for the . - - Represents a control that allows the user to select a date and a time. @@ -414,84 +347,6 @@ Gets the default instance if the dialog coordinator, which can be injected into a view model. - - - Use the dialog coordinator to help you interfact with dialogs from a view model. - - - - - Shows the input dialog. - - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - The title of the MessageDialog. - The message contained within the MessageDialog. - Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - The text that was entered or null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the user cancelled the operation. - - - - Creates a LoginDialog inside of the current window. - - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - The title of the LoginDialog. - The message contained within the LoginDialog. - - Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - The text that was entered or null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the user cancelled the operation. - - - - Creates a MessageDialog inside of the current window. - - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - The title of the MessageDialog. - The message contained within the MessageDialog. - The type of buttons to use. - Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - A task promising the result of which button was pressed. - - - - Creates a ProgressDialog inside of the current window. - - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - The title of the ProgressDialog. - The message within the ProgressDialog. - Determines if the cancel button is visible. - Optional Settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - A task promising the instance of ProgressDialogController for this operation. - - - - Adds a Metro Dialog instance to the specified window and makes it visible asynchronously. - You have to close the resulting dialog yourself with . - - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - The dialog instance itself. - An optional pre-defined settings instance. - A task representing the operation. - The is already visible in the window. - - - - Hides a visible Metro Dialog instance. - - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - The dialog instance to hide. - An optional pre-defined settings instance. - A task representing the operation. - - The is not visible in the window. - This happens if hasn't been called before. - - - - - Gets the current shown dialog. - - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - The base class for dialogs. @@ -666,11 +521,6 @@ An enum representing the different choices for a color scheme in a Metro Dialog. - - - An implementation of BaseMetroDialog allowing arbitrary content. - - Creates a LoginDialog inside of the current window. @@ -744,57 +594,102 @@ The dialog owner. - + - InputDialog + Use the dialog coordinator to help you interfact with dialogs from a view model. - + - InitializeComponent + Shows the input dialog. + Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . + The title of the MessageDialog. + The message contained within the MessageDialog. + Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. + The text that was entered or null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the user cancelled the operation. - + - LoginDialog + Creates a LoginDialog inside of the current window. + + Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . + The title of the LoginDialog. + The message contained within the LoginDialog. + + Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. + The text that was entered or null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the user cancelled the operation. + + + + Creates a MessageDialog inside of the current window. + Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . + The title of the MessageDialog. + The message contained within the MessageDialog. + The type of buttons to use. + Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. + A task promising the result of which button was pressed. - + - InitializeComponent + Creates a ProgressDialog inside of the current window. + Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . + The title of the ProgressDialog. + The message within the ProgressDialog. + Determines if the cancel button is visible. + Optional Settings that override the global metro dialog settings. + A task promising the instance of ProgressDialogController for this operation. - + - An internal control that represents a message dialog. Please use MetroWindow.ShowMessage instead! + Adds a Metro Dialog instance to the specified window and makes it visible asynchronously. + You have to close the resulting dialog yourself with . + Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . + The dialog instance itself. + An optional pre-defined settings instance. + A task representing the operation. + The is already visible in the window. + + - MessageDialog + Hides a visible Metro Dialog instance. + Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . + The dialog instance to hide. + An optional pre-defined settings instance. + A task representing the operation. + + The is not visible in the window. + This happens if hasn't been called before. + - + - InitializeComponent + Gets the current shown dialog. + Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - + - An enum representing the result of a Message Dialog. + InputDialog - + - An enum representing the different button states for a Message Dialog. + InitializeComponent - + - Just "OK" + LoginDialog - + - "OK" and "Cancel" + InitializeComponent @@ -880,127 +775,42 @@ A task representing the operation. - - - Represents an hour comparison operation that ensures that 12 is smaller than 1. - This ensures that in the control the first hour that is selectable is 12 (AM/PM). - - This ensures that the first hour that is selectable is 12 (AM/PM).

- This comparer is used only if in the corresponding the value for is false. - - - - - Overrides the text case behavior for certain buttons. - When set to true, the text case will be preserved and won't be changed to upper or lower case. - - - - - DependencyProperty for property. - - - - - The CornerRadius property allows users to control the roundness of the button corners independently by - setting a radius value for each corner. Radius values that are too large are scaled so that they - smoothly blend from corner to corner. (Can be used e.g. at MetroButton style) - Description taken from original Microsoft description :-D - - - - - A helper class that provides various attached properties for the ComboBox control. - - - - - - Gets the Maximum number of characters the TextBox can accept. - - - - - Sets the Maximum number of characters the TextBox can accept. - - - - - Gets the Character casing of the TextBox. - - - - - Sets the Character casing of the TextBox. - - - - - A helper class that provides various controls. - - - - - Gets the value to handle the visibility of the DisabledVisualElement in the template. - - - - - Sets the value to handle the visibility of the DisabledVisualElement in the template. - - - - - The DependencyProperty for the CharacterCasing property. - Controls whether or not content is converted to upper or lower case - - - + - Gets the character casing of the control + An implementation of BaseMetroDialog allowing arbitrary content. - + - Sets the character casing of the control + An internal control that represents a message dialog. Please use MetroWindow.ShowMessage instead! - - - This property can be used to set the button width (PART_ClearText) of TextBox, PasswordBox, ComboBox, NumericUpDown + MessageDialog - + - Sets the brush used to draw the focus border. + InitializeComponent - + - Gets the brush used to draw the focus border. + An enum representing the result of a Message Dialog. - + - Sets the brush used to draw the mouse over brush. + An enum representing the different button states for a Message Dialog. - + - Gets the brush used to draw the mouse over brush. + Just "OK" - + - DependencyProperty for property. - - - - - The CornerRadius property allows users to control the roundness of the button corners independently by - setting a radius value for each corner. Radius values that are too large are scaled so that they - smoothly blend from corner to corner. (Can be used e.g. at MetroButton style) - Description taken from original Microsoft description :-D + "OK" and "Cancel" @@ -1381,6 +1191,120 @@ InitializeComponent + + + Overrides the text case behavior for certain buttons. + When set to true, the text case will be preserved and won't be changed to upper or lower case. + + + + + DependencyProperty for property. + + + + + The CornerRadius property allows users to control the roundness of the button corners independently by + setting a radius value for each corner. Radius values that are too large are scaled so that they + smoothly blend from corner to corner. (Can be used e.g. at MetroButton style) + Description taken from original Microsoft description :-D + + + + + A helper class that provides various attached properties for the ComboBox control. + + + + + + Gets the Maximum number of characters the TextBox can accept. + + + + + Sets the Maximum number of characters the TextBox can accept. + + + + + Gets the Character casing of the TextBox. + + + + + Sets the Character casing of the TextBox. + + + + + A helper class that provides various controls. + + + + + Gets the value to handle the visibility of the DisabledVisualElement in the template. + + + + + Sets the value to handle the visibility of the DisabledVisualElement in the template. + + + + + The DependencyProperty for the CharacterCasing property. + Controls whether or not content is converted to upper or lower case + + + + + Gets the character casing of the control + + + + + Sets the character casing of the control + + + + + This property can be used to set the button width (PART_ClearText) of TextBox, PasswordBox, ComboBox, NumericUpDown + + + + + Sets the brush used to draw the focus border. + + + + + Gets the brush used to draw the focus border. + + + + + Sets the brush used to draw the mouse over brush. + + + + + Gets the brush used to draw the mouse over brush. + + + + + DependencyProperty for property. + + + + + The CornerRadius property allows users to control the roundness of the button corners independently by + setting a radius value for each corner. Radius values that are too large are scaled so that they + smoothly blend from corner to corner. (Can be used e.g. at MetroButton style) + Description taken from original Microsoft description :-D + + Save the DataGrid. @@ -1469,8 +1393,152 @@ - Changes the value of the slider if the mouse pointer is over this element. + Changes the value of the slider if the mouse pointer is over this element. + + + + + This property can be used to set vertical scrollbar left side from the tabpanel (look at MetroAnimatedSingleRowTabControl) + + + + + Defines whether the underline below the is shown or not. + + + + + This property can be used to set the Transition for animated TabControls + + + + + A helper class that provides various attached properties for the TextBox control. + + + Password watermarking code from: http://prabu-guru.blogspot.com/2010/06/how-to-add-watermark-text-to-textbox.html + + + + + The clear text button behavior property. It sets a click event to the button if the value is true. + + + + + This property can be used to set the button width (PART_ClearText) of TextBox, PasswordBox, ComboBox, NumericUpDown + + + + + Indicates if a TextBox or RichTextBox should use SpellCheck context menu + + + + + Gets if the attached TextBox has text. + + + + + Gets the clear text button visibility / feature. Can be used to enable text deletion. + + + + + Sets the clear text button visibility / feature. Can be used to enable text deletion. + + + + + Gets the text button visibility. + + + + + Sets the text button visibility. + + + + + Gets the buttons placement variant. + + + + + Sets the buttons placement variant. + + + + + Gets the clear text button behavior. + + + + + Sets the clear text button behavior. + + + + + ButtonContentTemplate is the template used to display the content of the ClearText button. + + + + + This property can be used to handle the style for CheckBox and RadioButton + LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa + + + + + This property can be used to handle the style for CheckBox and RadioButton + LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa + + + + + Icon from the Material Design Icons project, https://materialdesignicons.com/. + + + + ****************************************** + This code is auto generated. Do not amend. + ****************************************** + + + ****************************************** + This code is auto generated. Do not amend. + ****************************************** + + List of available icons for use with . + + + All icons sourced from Material Design Icons Font - https://materialdesignicons.com - in accordance of + https://github.com/Templarian/MaterialDesign/blob/master/license.txt. + + + + + Icon from the Material Design Icons project, https://materialdesignicons.com/. + + + + ****************************************** + This code is auto generated. Do not amend. + ****************************************** + + + ****************************************** + This code is auto generated. Do not amend. + ****************************************** + + List of available icons for use with . + + All icons sourced from Modern UI Icons Font - http://modernuiicons.com - in accordance of + https://github.com/Templarian/WindowsIcons/blob/master/WindowsPhone/license.txt. + @@ -1752,12 +1820,13 @@ This class eats little children. - + Sets the IsHitTestVisibleInChromeProperty to a MetroWindow template child The MetroWindow. The name of the template child. + @@ -1928,11 +1997,6 @@ - - - This property can be used to set vertical scrollbar left side from the tabpanel (look at MetroAnimatedSingleRowTabControl) - - Reflects the parameter to pass to the CommandProperty upon execution. @@ -2003,31 +2067,44 @@ Gets/sets the brush of the button arrow icon. - + - Defines whether the underline below the is shown or not. + An Enum representing different themes for window commands. - + - This property can be used to set the Transition for animated TabControls + The MetroThumbContentControl control can be used for titles or something else and enables basic drag movement functionality. - + - This property can be used to handle the style for CheckBox and RadioButton - LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa + Adds or remove a DragStartedEvent handler - + - This property can be used to handle the style for CheckBox and RadioButton - LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa + Adds or remove a DragDeltaEvent handler - + - An Enum representing different themes for window commands. + Adds or remove a DragCompletedEvent handler + + + + + DependencyProperty for the IsDragging property. + + + + + Indicates that the left mouse button is pressed and is over the MetroThumbContentControl. + + + + + Defines the visibility for time-parts that are visible for the . @@ -2085,6 +2162,41 @@ Gets or sets the restore button tooltip. + + + Gets or sets the value indicating current theme. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating light theme template. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating light theme template. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the separators. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the last separator. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating separator height. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the separator. + + Doesn't overlay flyouts nor a hidden TitleBar. @@ -2214,79 +2326,6 @@ The old value of the property.The new value of the property. - - - A helper class that provides various attached properties for the TextBox control. - - - Password watermarking code from: http://prabu-guru.blogspot.com/2010/06/how-to-add-watermark-text-to-textbox.html - - - - - The clear text button behavior property. It sets a click event to the button if the value is true. - - - - - This property can be used to set the button width (PART_ClearText) of TextBox, PasswordBox, ComboBox, NumericUpDown - - - - - Indicates if a TextBox or RichTextBox should use SpellCheck context menu - - - - - Gets if the attached TextBox has text. - - - - - Gets the clear text button visibility / feature. Can be used to enable text deletion. - - - - - Sets the clear text button visibility / feature. Can be used to enable text deletion. - - - - - Gets the text button visibility. - - - - - Sets the text button visibility. - - - - - Gets the buttons placement variant. - - - - - Sets the buttons placement variant. - - - - - Gets the clear text button behavior. - - - - - Sets the clear text button behavior. - - - - - ButtonContentTemplate is the template used to display the content of the ClearText button. - - A Button that allows the user to toggle between two states. @@ -2465,41 +2504,6 @@ hit testing. The position to be evaluated on the origin. - - - Gets or sets the value indicating current theme. - - - - - Gets or sets the value indicating light theme template. - - - - - Gets or sets the value indicating light theme template. - - - - - Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the separators. - - - - - Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the last separator. - - - - - Gets or sets the value indicating separator height. - - - - - Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the separator. - - Refreshes the application settings property values from persistent storage. @@ -2670,6 +2674,11 @@ Gets/sets if the TitleBar's text is automatically capitalized. + + + Character casing of the title + + Gets/sets the title horizontal alignment. @@ -2700,11 +2709,6 @@ Gets/sets the brush used for the Window's non-active title bar. - - - Gets/sets the TitleBar/Window's Text. - - Begins to show the MetroWindow's overlay effect. @@ -2872,11 +2876,6 @@ An event that is raised when the value of IsChecked changes. - - - Converts a double representing either hour/minute/second to the corresponding angle. - - Determining Ideal Text Color Based on Specified Background Color @@ -2885,30 +2884,9 @@ The bg. - - - Converts the value from true to false and false to true. - - - - - Converts a String into a Visibility enumeration (and back) - The FalseEquivalent can be declared with the "FalseEquivalent" property - - - - - Initialize the properties with standard values - - - - - FalseEquivalent (default : Visibility.Collapsed => see Constructor) - - - + - Define whether the opposite boolean value is crucial (default : false) + Converts a double representing either hour/minute/second to the corresponding angle. @@ -2941,6 +2919,32 @@ Ignore the bottom side. + + + Converts the value from true to false and false to true. + + + + + Converts a String into a Visibility enumeration (and back) + The FalseEquivalent can be declared with the "FalseEquivalent" property + + + + + Initialize the properties with standard values + + + + + FalseEquivalent (default : Visibility.Collapsed => see Constructor) + + + + + Define whether the opposite boolean value is crucial (default : false) + + Windows Messages @@ -4481,6 +4485,21 @@ http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms647636(v=vs.85).aspx + + + Represents the background theme of the application. + + + + + The ResourceDictionary that represents this application theme. + + + + + Gets the name of the application theme. + + A class that allows for the detection and alteration of a MetroWindow's theme and accent. diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA147/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.dll b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA147/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..88efd5755 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA147/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.dll differ diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA139/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.pdb b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA147/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.pdb similarity index 54% rename from packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA139/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.pdb rename to packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA147/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.pdb index d9324385f..fe1875562 100644 Binary files a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA139/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.pdb and b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA147/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.pdb differ diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.0.38-ALPHA/lib/net40/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA147/lib/net40/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll similarity index 100% rename from packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.0.38-ALPHA/lib/net40/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll rename to packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA147/lib/net40/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA139/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.XML b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA147/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.XML similarity index 99% rename from packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA139/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.XML rename to packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA147/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.XML index e38681977..2aed34cd3 100644 --- a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA139/lib/net40/MahApps.Metro.XML +++ b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA147/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.XML @@ -53,6 +53,21 @@ The name of the new Accent. The URI of the accent ResourceDictionary. + + + Represents the background theme of the application. + + + + + The ResourceDictionary that represents this application theme. + + + + + Gets the name of the application theme. + + With this class we can make custom window styles. @@ -118,23 +133,16 @@ Override this to unhook functionality from the AssociatedObject. - - - Executes the specified action asynchronously with the DispatcherPriority.Background on the thread that the Dispatcher was created on. + + + + Sets the first TabItem with Visibility="" as + the SelectedItem of the TabControl. + + + If there is no visible TabItem, null is set as the SelectedItem + - The dispatcher object where the action runs. - - An action that takes no parameters. - - - - - Represents an hour comparison operation that ensures that 12 is smaller than 1. - This ensures that in the control the first hour that is selectable is 12 (AM/PM). - - This ensures that the first hour that is selectable is 12 (AM/PM).

- This comparer is used only if in the corresponding the value for is false. - @@ -159,6 +167,93 @@ Determine if the inner ContentPresenter should use AccessText in its style + + + Executes the specified action asynchronously with the DispatcherPriority.Background on the thread that the Dispatcher was created on. + + The dispatcher object where the action runs. + An action that takes no parameters. + The dispatcher priority. + + + + Icon from the Material Design Icons project, https://materialdesignicons.com/. + + + + ****************************************** + This code is auto generated. Do not amend. + ****************************************** + + + ****************************************** + This code is auto generated. Do not amend. + ****************************************** + + List of available icons for use with . + + + All icons sourced from Material Design Icons Font - https://materialdesignicons.com - in accordance of + https://github.com/Templarian/MaterialDesign/blob/master/license.txt. + + + + + Icon from the Material Design Icons project, https://materialdesignicons.com/. + + + + ****************************************** + This code is auto generated. Do not amend. + ****************************************** + + + ****************************************** + This code is auto generated. Do not amend. + ****************************************** + + List of available icons for use with . + + + All icons sourced from Modern UI Icons Font - http://modernuiicons.com - in accordance of + https://github.com/Templarian/WindowsIcons/blob/master/WindowsPhone/license.txt. + + + + + The MetroThumbContentControl control can be used for titles or something else and enables basic drag movement functionality. + + + + + Adds or remove a DragStartedEvent handler + + + + + Adds or remove a DragDeltaEvent handler + + + + + Adds or remove a DragCompletedEvent handler + + + + + DependencyProperty for the IsDragging property. + + + + + Indicates that the left mouse button is pressed and is over the MetroThumbContentControl. + + + + + Defines the visibility for time-parts that are visible for the . + + Represents a control that allows the user to select a date and a time. @@ -348,6 +443,84 @@ Gets the default instance if the dialog coordinator, which can be injected into a view model. + + + Use the dialog coordinator to help you interfact with dialogs from a view model. + + + + + Shows the input dialog. + + Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . + The title of the MessageDialog. + The message contained within the MessageDialog. + Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. + The text that was entered or null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the user cancelled the operation. + + + + Creates a LoginDialog inside of the current window. + + Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . + The title of the LoginDialog. + The message contained within the LoginDialog. + + Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. + The text that was entered or null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the user cancelled the operation. + + + + Creates a MessageDialog inside of the current window. + + Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . + The title of the MessageDialog. + The message contained within the MessageDialog. + The type of buttons to use. + Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. + A task promising the result of which button was pressed. + + + + Creates a ProgressDialog inside of the current window. + + Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . + The title of the ProgressDialog. + The message within the ProgressDialog. + Determines if the cancel button is visible. + Optional Settings that override the global metro dialog settings. + A task promising the instance of ProgressDialogController for this operation. + + + + Adds a Metro Dialog instance to the specified window and makes it visible asynchronously. + You have to close the resulting dialog yourself with . + + Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . + The dialog instance itself. + An optional pre-defined settings instance. + A task representing the operation. + The is already visible in the window. + + + + Hides a visible Metro Dialog instance. + + Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . + The dialog instance to hide. + An optional pre-defined settings instance. + A task representing the operation. + + The is not visible in the window. + This happens if hasn't been called before. + + + + + Gets the current shown dialog. + + Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . + The base class for dialogs. @@ -522,6 +695,11 @@ An enum representing the different choices for a color scheme in a Metro Dialog. + + + An implementation of BaseMetroDialog allowing arbitrary content. + + Creates a LoginDialog inside of the current window. @@ -595,102 +773,57 @@ The dialog owner. - + - Use the dialog coordinator to help you interfact with dialogs from a view model. + InputDialog - + - Shows the input dialog. + InitializeComponent - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - The title of the MessageDialog. - The message contained within the MessageDialog. - Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - The text that was entered or null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the user cancelled the operation. - + - Creates a LoginDialog inside of the current window. + LoginDialog - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - The title of the LoginDialog. - The message contained within the LoginDialog. - - Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - The text that was entered or null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the user cancelled the operation. - + - Creates a MessageDialog inside of the current window. + InitializeComponent - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - The title of the MessageDialog. - The message contained within the MessageDialog. - The type of buttons to use. - Optional settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - A task promising the result of which button was pressed. - + - Creates a ProgressDialog inside of the current window. + An internal control that represents a message dialog. Please use MetroWindow.ShowMessage instead! - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - The title of the ProgressDialog. - The message within the ProgressDialog. - Determines if the cancel button is visible. - Optional Settings that override the global metro dialog settings. - A task promising the instance of ProgressDialogController for this operation. - - - Adds a Metro Dialog instance to the specified window and makes it visible asynchronously. - You have to close the resulting dialog yourself with . + MessageDialog - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - The dialog instance itself. - An optional pre-defined settings instance. - A task representing the operation. - The is already visible in the window. - + - Hides a visible Metro Dialog instance. + InitializeComponent - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - The dialog instance to hide. - An optional pre-defined settings instance. - A task representing the operation. - - The is not visible in the window. - This happens if hasn't been called before. - - + - Gets the current shown dialog. + An enum representing the result of a Message Dialog. - Typically this should be the view model, which you register in XAML using . - - - InputDialog - - - + - InitializeComponent + An enum representing the different button states for a Message Dialog. - + - LoginDialog + Just "OK" - + - InitializeComponent + "OK" and "Cancel" @@ -776,42 +909,127 @@ A task representing the operation. - + + + Represents an hour comparison operation that ensures that 12 is smaller than 1. + This ensures that in the control the first hour that is selectable is 12 (AM/PM). + + This ensures that the first hour that is selectable is 12 (AM/PM).

+ This comparer is used only if in the corresponding the value for is false. + + + - An implementation of BaseMetroDialog allowing arbitrary content. + Overrides the text case behavior for certain buttons. + When set to true, the text case will be preserved and won't be changed to upper or lower case. - + - An internal control that represents a message dialog. Please use MetroWindow.ShowMessage instead! + DependencyProperty for property. + + + + + The CornerRadius property allows users to control the roundness of the button corners independently by + setting a radius value for each corner. Radius values that are too large are scaled so that they + smoothly blend from corner to corner. (Can be used e.g. at MetroButton style) + Description taken from original Microsoft description :-D + + - MessageDialog + A helper class that provides various attached properties for the ComboBox control. + - + - InitializeComponent + Gets the Maximum number of characters the TextBox can accept. - + - An enum representing the result of a Message Dialog. + Sets the Maximum number of characters the TextBox can accept. - + - An enum representing the different button states for a Message Dialog. + Gets the Character casing of the TextBox. - + - Just "OK" + Sets the Character casing of the TextBox. - + - "OK" and "Cancel" + A helper class that provides various controls. + + + + + Gets the value to handle the visibility of the DisabledVisualElement in the template. + + + + + Sets the value to handle the visibility of the DisabledVisualElement in the template. + + + + + The DependencyProperty for the CharacterCasing property. + Controls whether or not content is converted to upper or lower case + + + + + Gets the character casing of the control + + + + + Sets the character casing of the control + + + + + This property can be used to set the button width (PART_ClearText) of TextBox, PasswordBox, ComboBox, NumericUpDown + + + + + Sets the brush used to draw the focus border. + + + + + Gets the brush used to draw the focus border. + + + + + Sets the brush used to draw the mouse over brush. + + + + + Gets the brush used to draw the mouse over brush. + + + + + DependencyProperty for property. + + + + + The CornerRadius property allows users to control the roundness of the button corners independently by + setting a radius value for each corner. Radius values that are too large are scaled so that they + smoothly blend from corner to corner. (Can be used e.g. at MetroButton style) + Description taken from original Microsoft description :-D @@ -1192,120 +1410,6 @@ InitializeComponent - - - Overrides the text case behavior for certain buttons. - When set to true, the text case will be preserved and won't be changed to upper or lower case. - - - - - DependencyProperty for property. - - - - - The CornerRadius property allows users to control the roundness of the button corners independently by - setting a radius value for each corner. Radius values that are too large are scaled so that they - smoothly blend from corner to corner. (Can be used e.g. at MetroButton style) - Description taken from original Microsoft description :-D - - - - - A helper class that provides various attached properties for the ComboBox control. - - - - - - Gets the Maximum number of characters the TextBox can accept. - - - - - Sets the Maximum number of characters the TextBox can accept. - - - - - Gets the Character casing of the TextBox. - - - - - Sets the Character casing of the TextBox. - - - - - A helper class that provides various controls. - - - - - Gets the value to handle the visibility of the DisabledVisualElement in the template. - - - - - Sets the value to handle the visibility of the DisabledVisualElement in the template. - - - - - The DependencyProperty for the CharacterCasing property. - Controls whether or not content is converted to upper or lower case - - - - - Gets the character casing of the control - - - - - Sets the character casing of the control - - - - - This property can be used to set the button width (PART_ClearText) of TextBox, PasswordBox, ComboBox, NumericUpDown - - - - - Sets the brush used to draw the focus border. - - - - - Gets the brush used to draw the focus border. - - - - - Sets the brush used to draw the mouse over brush. - - - - - Gets the brush used to draw the mouse over brush. - - - - - DependencyProperty for property. - - - - - The CornerRadius property allows users to control the roundness of the button corners independently by - setting a radius value for each corner. Radius values that are too large are scaled so that they - smoothly blend from corner to corner. (Can be used e.g. at MetroButton style) - Description taken from original Microsoft description :-D - - Save the DataGrid. @@ -1394,152 +1498,8 @@ - Changes the value of the slider if the mouse pointer is over this element. - - - - - This property can be used to set vertical scrollbar left side from the tabpanel (look at MetroAnimatedSingleRowTabControl) - - - - - Defines whether the underline below the is shown or not. - - - - - This property can be used to set the Transition for animated TabControls - - - - - A helper class that provides various attached properties for the TextBox control. - - - Password watermarking code from: http://prabu-guru.blogspot.com/2010/06/how-to-add-watermark-text-to-textbox.html - - - - - The clear text button behavior property. It sets a click event to the button if the value is true. - - - - - This property can be used to set the button width (PART_ClearText) of TextBox, PasswordBox, ComboBox, NumericUpDown - - - - - Indicates if a TextBox or RichTextBox should use SpellCheck context menu - - - - - Gets if the attached TextBox has text. - - - - - Gets the clear text button visibility / feature. Can be used to enable text deletion. - - - - - Sets the clear text button visibility / feature. Can be used to enable text deletion. - - - - - Gets the text button visibility. - - - - - Sets the text button visibility. - - - - - Gets the buttons placement variant. - - - - - Sets the buttons placement variant. - - - - - Gets the clear text button behavior. - - - - - Sets the clear text button behavior. - - - - - ButtonContentTemplate is the template used to display the content of the ClearText button. - - - - - This property can be used to handle the style for CheckBox and RadioButton - LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa - - - - - This property can be used to handle the style for CheckBox and RadioButton - LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa - - - - - Icon from the Material Design Icons project, https://materialdesignicons.com/. - - - - ****************************************** - This code is auto generated. Do not amend. - ****************************************** - - - ****************************************** - This code is auto generated. Do not amend. - ****************************************** - - List of available icons for use with . - - - All icons sourced from Material Design Icons Font - https://materialdesignicons.com - in accordance of - https://github.com/Templarian/MaterialDesign/blob/master/license.txt. - - - - - Icon from the Material Design Icons project, https://materialdesignicons.com/. - - - - ****************************************** - This code is auto generated. Do not amend. - ****************************************** - - - ****************************************** - This code is auto generated. Do not amend. - ****************************************** - - List of available icons for use with . + Changes the value of the slider if the mouse pointer is over this element. - - All icons sourced from Modern UI Icons Font - http://modernuiicons.com - in accordance of - https://github.com/Templarian/WindowsIcons/blob/master/WindowsPhone/license.txt. - @@ -1821,12 +1781,13 @@ This class eats little children. - + Sets the IsHitTestVisibleInChromeProperty to a MetroWindow template child The MetroWindow. The name of the template child. + @@ -1997,6 +1958,11 @@ + + + This property can be used to set vertical scrollbar left side from the tabpanel (look at MetroAnimatedSingleRowTabControl) + + Reflects the parameter to pass to the CommandProperty upon execution. @@ -2067,14 +2033,31 @@ Gets/sets the brush of the button arrow icon. - + - An Enum representing different themes for window commands. + Defines whether the underline below the is shown or not. - + - Defines the visibility for time-parts that are visible for the . + This property can be used to set the Transition for animated TabControls + + + + + This property can be used to handle the style for CheckBox and RadioButton + LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa + + + + + This property can be used to handle the style for CheckBox and RadioButton + LeftToRight means content left and button right and RightToLeft vise versa + + + + + An Enum representing different themes for window commands. @@ -2132,41 +2115,6 @@ Gets or sets the restore button tooltip. - - - Gets or sets the value indicating current theme. - - - - - Gets or sets the value indicating light theme template. - - - - - Gets or sets the value indicating light theme template. - - - - - Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the separators. - - - - - Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the last separator. - - - - - Gets or sets the value indicating separator height. - - - - - Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the separator. - - Doesn't overlay flyouts nor a hidden TitleBar. @@ -2296,6 +2244,79 @@ The old value of the property.The new value of the property. + + + A helper class that provides various attached properties for the TextBox control. + + + Password watermarking code from: http://prabu-guru.blogspot.com/2010/06/how-to-add-watermark-text-to-textbox.html + + + + + The clear text button behavior property. It sets a click event to the button if the value is true. + + + + + This property can be used to set the button width (PART_ClearText) of TextBox, PasswordBox, ComboBox, NumericUpDown + + + + + Indicates if a TextBox or RichTextBox should use SpellCheck context menu + + + + + Gets if the attached TextBox has text. + + + + + Gets the clear text button visibility / feature. Can be used to enable text deletion. + + + + + Sets the clear text button visibility / feature. Can be used to enable text deletion. + + + + + Gets the text button visibility. + + + + + Sets the text button visibility. + + + + + Gets the buttons placement variant. + + + + + Sets the buttons placement variant. + + + + + Gets the clear text button behavior. + + + + + Sets the clear text button behavior. + + + + + ButtonContentTemplate is the template used to display the content of the ClearText button. + + A Button that allows the user to toggle between two states. @@ -2474,6 +2495,41 @@ hit testing. The position to be evaluated on the origin. + + + Gets or sets the value indicating current theme. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating light theme template. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating light theme template. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the separators. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the last separator. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating separator height. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show the separator. + + Refreshes the application settings property values from persistent storage. @@ -2644,6 +2700,11 @@ Gets/sets if the TitleBar's text is automatically capitalized. + + + Character casing of the title + + Gets/sets the title horizontal alignment. @@ -2674,11 +2735,6 @@ Gets/sets the brush used for the Window's non-active title bar. - - - Gets/sets the TitleBar/Window's Text. - - Begins to show the MetroWindow's overlay effect. @@ -2846,6 +2902,11 @@ An event that is raised when the value of IsChecked changes. + + + Converts a double representing either hour/minute/second to the corresponding angle. + + Determining Ideal Text Color Based on Specified Background Color @@ -2854,65 +2915,60 @@ The bg. - - - Converts a double representing either hour/minute/second to the corresponding angle. - - - + - Converts a Thickness to a new Thickness. It's possible to ignore a side With the IgnoreThicknessSide property. + Converts the value from true to false and false to true. - + - Use all sides. + Converts a String into a Visibility enumeration (and back) + The FalseEquivalent can be declared with the "FalseEquivalent" property - + - Ignore the left side. + Initialize the properties with standard values - + - Ignore the top side. + FalseEquivalent (default : Visibility.Collapsed => see Constructor) - + - Ignore the right side. + Define whether the opposite boolean value is crucial (default : false) - + - Ignore the bottom side. + Converts a Thickness to a new Thickness. It's possible to ignore a side With the IgnoreThicknessSide property. - + - Converts the value from true to false and false to true. + Use all sides. - + - Converts a String into a Visibility enumeration (and back) - The FalseEquivalent can be declared with the "FalseEquivalent" property + Ignore the left side. - + - Initialize the properties with standard values + Ignore the top side. - + - FalseEquivalent (default : Visibility.Collapsed => see Constructor) + Ignore the right side. - + - Define whether the opposite boolean value is crucial (default : false) + Ignore the bottom side. @@ -4455,21 +4511,6 @@ http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms647636(v=vs.85).aspx - - - Represents the background theme of the application. - - - - - The ResourceDictionary that represents this application theme. - - - - - Gets the name of the application theme. - - A class that allows for the detection and alteration of a MetroWindow's theme and accent. diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA147/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.dll b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA147/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4b9e18ad1 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA147/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.dll differ diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA147/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.pdb b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA147/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.pdb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..061aca743 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA147/lib/net45/MahApps.Metro.pdb differ diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA068/lib/net45/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA147/lib/net45/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll similarity index 100% rename from packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA068/lib/net45/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll rename to packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA147/lib/net45/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA068/tools/install.ps1 b/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA147/tools/install.ps1 similarity index 100% rename from packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA068/tools/install.ps1 rename to packages/MahApps.Metro.1.3.0-ALPHA147/tools/install.ps1 diff --git a/packages/MvvmLight.5.2.0.0/MvvmLight.5.2.0.0.nupkg b/packages/MvvmLight.5.2.0.0/MvvmLight.5.2.0.0.nupkg deleted file mode 100644 index 4505b4fd3..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLight.5.2.0.0/MvvmLight.5.2.0.0.nupkg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLight.5.2.0.0/Content/ViewModel/MainViewModel.cs.pp b/packages/MvvmLight.5.3.0.0/Content/ViewModel/MainViewModel.cs.pp similarity index 100% rename from packages/MvvmLight.5.2.0.0/Content/ViewModel/MainViewModel.cs.pp rename to packages/MvvmLight.5.3.0.0/Content/ViewModel/MainViewModel.cs.pp diff --git a/packages/MvvmLight.5.2.0.0/Content/ViewModel/ViewModelLocator.cs.pp b/packages/MvvmLight.5.3.0.0/Content/ViewModel/ViewModelLocator.cs.pp similarity index 100% rename from packages/MvvmLight.5.2.0.0/Content/ViewModel/ViewModelLocator.cs.pp rename to packages/MvvmLight.5.3.0.0/Content/ViewModel/ViewModelLocator.cs.pp diff --git a/packages/MvvmLight.5.3.0.0/MvvmLight.5.3.0.0.nupkg b/packages/MvvmLight.5.3.0.0/MvvmLight.5.3.0.0.nupkg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43f44d8bd Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLight.5.3.0.0/MvvmLight.5.3.0.0.nupkg differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLight.5.2.0.0/tools/install.ps1 b/packages/MvvmLight.5.3.0.0/tools/install.ps1 similarity index 99% rename from packages/MvvmLight.5.2.0.0/tools/install.ps1 rename to packages/MvvmLight.5.3.0.0/tools/install.ps1 index e31956eab..2cb3ac57f 100644 --- a/packages/MvvmLight.5.2.0.0/tools/install.ps1 +++ b/packages/MvvmLight.5.3.0.0/tools/install.ps1 @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ else $appXamlXml.Load($appxamlPath) $appresources = $appXamlXml.SelectNodes("//*") | where { $_.Name -eq "Application.Resources" } - $resources = null + $resources = $null if ($appresources -eq $null) { diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0.nupkg b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0.nupkg deleted file mode 100644 index 603ae549f..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0.nupkg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL4/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL4/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 53173609a..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL4/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL4/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL4/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index 3b0032d33..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL4/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL4/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL4/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll deleted file mode 100644 index ffae8f93c..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL4/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL4/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL4/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index 885f131a6..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL4/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL4/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL4/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 91cb145b4..000000000 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL4/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1681 +0,0 @@ - - - - GalaSoft.MvvmLight - - - - - A command whose sole purpose is to relay its functionality to other - objects by invoking delegates. The default return value for the CanExecute - method is 'true'. This class does not allow you to accept command parameters in the - Execute and CanExecute callback methods. - - If you are using this class in WPF4.5 or above, you need to use the - GalaSoft.MvvmLight.CommandWpf namespace (instead of GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Command). - This will enable (or restore) the CommandManager class which handles - automatic enabling/disabling of controls based on the CanExecute delegate. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class that - can always execute. - - The execution logic. - If the execute argument is null. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class. - - The execution logic. - The execution status logic. - If the execute argument is null. - - - - Raises the event. - - - - - Defines the method that determines whether the command can execute in its current state. - - This parameter will always be ignored. - true if this command can be executed; otherwise, false. - - - - Defines the method to be called when the command is invoked. - - This parameter will always be ignored. - - - - Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. - - - - - A generic command whose sole purpose is to relay its functionality to other - objects by invoking delegates. The default return value for the CanExecute - method is 'true'. This class allows you to accept command parameters in the - Execute and CanExecute callback methods. - - The type of the command parameter. - If you are using this class in WPF4.5 or above, you need to use the - GalaSoft.MvvmLight.CommandWpf namespace (instead of GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Command). - This will enable (or restore) the CommandManager class which handles - automatic enabling/disabling of controls based on the CanExecute delegate. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class that - can always execute. - - The execution logic. - If the execute argument is null. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class. - - The execution logic. - The execution status logic. - If the execute argument is null. - - - - Raises the event. - - - - - Defines the method that determines whether the command can execute in its current state. - - Data used by the command. If the command does not require data - to be passed, this object can be set to a null reference - true if this command can be executed; otherwise, false. - - - - Defines the method to be called when the command is invoked. - - Data used by the command. If the command does not require data - to be passed, this object can be set to a null reference - - - - Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. - - - - - This interface is meant for the class and can be - useful if you store multiple WeakAction{T} instances but don't know in advance - what type T represents. - - - - - Executes an action. - - A parameter passed as an object, - to be casted to the appropriate type. - - - - Deletes all references, which notifies the cleanup method - that this entry must be deleted. - - - - - The target of the WeakAction. - - - - - This interface is meant for the class and can be - useful if you store multiple WeakFunc{T} instances but don't know in advance - what type T represents. - - - - - Executes a Func and returns the result. - - A parameter passed as an object, - to be casted to the appropriate type. - The result of the operation. - - - - Stores an without causing a hard reference - to be created to the Action's owner. The owner can be garbage collected at any time. - - - - - Initializes an empty instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The action that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The action's owner. - The action that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Executes the action. This only happens if the action's owner - is still alive. - - - - - Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. - - - - - Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakAction's - method passed in the constructor. - - - - - Gets the name of the method that this WeakAction represents. - - - - - Gets or sets a WeakReference to this WeakAction's action's target. - This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the - method is anonymous. - - - - - Gets or sets a WeakReference to the target passed when constructing - the WeakAction. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the - method is anonymous. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the WeakAction is static or not. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected - by the Garbage Collector already. - - - - - Gets the Action's owner. This object is stored as a - . - - - - - The target of the weak reference. - - - - - Stores an Action without causing a hard reference - to be created to the Action's owner. The owner can be garbage collected at any time. - - The type of the Action's parameter. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakAction class. - - The action that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakAction class. - - The action's owner. - The action that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Executes the action. This only happens if the action's owner - is still alive. The action's parameter is set to default(T). - - - - - Executes the action. This only happens if the action's owner - is still alive. - - A parameter to be passed to the action. - - - - Executes the action with a parameter of type object. This parameter - will be casted to T. This method implements - and can be useful if you store multiple WeakAction{T} instances but don't know in advance - what type T represents. - - The parameter that will be passed to the action after - being casted to T. - - - - Sets all the actions that this WeakAction contains to null, - which is a signal for containing objects that this WeakAction - should be deleted. - - - - - Gets the name of the method that this WeakAction represents. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected - by the Garbage Collector already. - - - - - Stores a Func<T> without causing a hard reference - to be created to the Func's owner. The owner can be garbage collected at any time. - - The type of the result of the Func that will be stored - by this weak reference. - - - - Initializes an empty instance of the WeakFunc class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. - - The Func that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. - - The Func's owner. - The Func that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Executes the action. This only happens if the Func's owner - is still alive. - - The result of the Func stored as reference. - - - - Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. - - - - - Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakFunc's - method passed in the constructor. - - - - - Get a value indicating whether the WeakFunc is static or not. - - - - - Gets the name of the method that this WeakFunc represents. - - - - - Gets or sets a WeakReference to this WeakFunc's action's target. - This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the - method is anonymous. - - - - - Gets or sets a WeakReference to the target passed when constructing - the WeakFunc. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the - method is anonymous. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected - by the Garbage Collector already. - - - - - Gets the Func's owner. This object is stored as a - . - - - - - Gets the owner of the Func that was passed as parameter. - This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the - method is anonymous. - - - - - Stores an Func without causing a hard reference - to be created to the Func's owner. The owner can be garbage collected at any time. - - The type of the Func's parameter. - The type of the Func's return value. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. - - The Func that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. - - The Func's owner. - The Func that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Executes the Func. This only happens if the Func's owner - is still alive. The Func's parameter is set to default(T). - - The result of the Func stored as reference. - - - - Executes the Func. This only happens if the Func's owner - is still alive. - - A parameter to be passed to the action. - The result of the Func stored as reference. - - - - Executes the Func with a parameter of type object. This parameter - will be casted to T. This method implements - and can be useful if you store multiple WeakFunc{T} instances but don't know in advance - what type T represents. - - The parameter that will be passed to the Func after - being casted to T. - The result of the execution as object, to be casted to T. - - - - Sets all the funcs that this WeakFunc contains to null, - which is a signal for containing objects that this WeakFunc - should be deleted. - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the method that this WeakFunc represents. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected - by the Garbage Collector already. - - - - - Defines a common interface for classes that should be cleaned up, - but without the implications that IDisposable presupposes. An instance - implementing ICleanup can be cleaned up without being - disposed and garbage collected. - - - - - Cleans up the instance, for example by saving its state, - removing resources, etc... - - - - - Use this class to send a message requesting to display a message box with features - corresponding to this message's properties. The Callback property should be used - to notify the message's sender about the user's choice in the message box. - Typically, you can use this message typ's recipient will be an element of the View, - and the sender will possibly be a ViewModel. - - - - - Passes a generic value (Content) to a recipient. - - The type of the Content property. - - - - Base class for all messages broadcasted by the Messenger. - You can create your own message types by extending this class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - The message's original sender. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - The message's original sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - - - - Gets or sets the message's sender. - - - - - Gets or sets the message's intended target. This property can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the GenericMessage class. - - The message content. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the GenericMessage class. - - The message's sender. - The message content. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the GenericMessage class. - - The message's sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - The message content. - - - - Gets or sets the message's content. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the DialogMessage class. - - The text displayed by the message box. - A callback method that should be executed to deliver the result - of the message box to the object that sent the message. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the DialogMessage class. - - The message's original sender. - The text displayed by the message box. - A callback method that should be executed to deliver the result - of the message box to the object that sent the message. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the DialogMessage class. - - The message's original sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - The text displayed by the message box. - A callback method that should be executed to deliver the result - of the message box to the object that sent the message. - - - - Utility method, checks if the property is - null, and if it is not null, executes it. - - The result that must be passed - to the dialog message caller. - - - - Gets or sets the buttons displayed by the message box. - - - - - Gets a callback method that should be executed to deliver the result - of the message box to the object that sent the message. - - - - - Gets or sets the caption for the message box. - - - - - Gets or sets which result is the default in the message box. - - - - - The Messenger is a class allowing objects to exchange messages. - - - - - Registers a recipient for a type of message TMessage. The action - parameter will be executed when a corresponding message is sent. - Registering a recipient does not create a hard reference to it, - so if this recipient is deleted, no memory leak is caused. - - The type of message that the recipient registers - for. - The recipient that will receive the messages. - The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. - - - - Registers a recipient for a type of message TMessage. - The action parameter will be executed when a corresponding - message is sent. See the receiveDerivedMessagesToo parameter - for details on how messages deriving from TMessage (or, if TMessage is an interface, - messages implementing TMessage) can be received too. - Registering a recipient does not create a hard reference to it, - so if this recipient is deleted, no memory leak is caused. - - The type of message that the recipient registers - for. - The recipient that will receive the messages. - A token for a messaging channel. If a recipient registers - using a token, and a sender sends a message using the same token, then this - message will be delivered to the recipient. Other recipients who did not - use a token when registering (or who used a different token) will not - get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different - token, will not be delivered to that recipient. - The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. - - - - Registers a recipient for a type of message TMessage. - The action parameter will be executed when a corresponding - message is sent. See the receiveDerivedMessagesToo parameter - for details on how messages deriving from TMessage (or, if TMessage is an interface, - messages implementing TMessage) can be received too. - Registering a recipient does not create a hard reference to it, - so if this recipient is deleted, no memory leak is caused. - - The type of message that the recipient registers - for. - The recipient that will receive the messages. - A token for a messaging channel. If a recipient registers - using a token, and a sender sends a message using the same token, then this - message will be delivered to the recipient. Other recipients who did not - use a token when registering (or who used a different token) will not - get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different - token, will not be delivered to that recipient. - If true, message types deriving from - TMessage will also be transmitted to the recipient. For example, if a SendOrderMessage - and an ExecuteOrderMessage derive from OrderMessage, registering for OrderMessage - and setting receiveDerivedMessagesToo to true will send SendOrderMessage - and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. - Also, if TMessage is an interface, message types implementing TMessage will also be - transmitted to the recipient. For example, if a SendOrderMessage - and an ExecuteOrderMessage implement IOrderMessage, registering for IOrderMessage - and setting receiveDerivedMessagesToo to true will send SendOrderMessage - and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. - - The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. - - - - Registers a recipient for a type of message TMessage. - The action parameter will be executed when a corresponding - message is sent. See the receiveDerivedMessagesToo parameter - for details on how messages deriving from TMessage (or, if TMessage is an interface, - messages implementing TMessage) can be received too. - Registering a recipient does not create a hard reference to it, - so if this recipient is deleted, no memory leak is caused. - - The type of message that the recipient registers - for. - The recipient that will receive the messages. - If true, message types deriving from - TMessage will also be transmitted to the recipient. For example, if a SendOrderMessage - and an ExecuteOrderMessage derive from OrderMessage, registering for OrderMessage - and setting receiveDerivedMessagesToo to true will send SendOrderMessage - and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. - Also, if TMessage is an interface, message types implementing TMessage will also be - transmitted to the recipient. For example, if a SendOrderMessage - and an ExecuteOrderMessage implement IOrderMessage, registering for IOrderMessage - and setting receiveDerivedMessagesToo to true will send SendOrderMessage - and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. - - The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. - - - - Sends a message to registered recipients. The message will - reach all recipients that registered for this message type - using one of the Register methods. - - The type of message that will be sent. - The message to send to registered recipients. - - - - Sends a message to registered recipients. The message will - reach only recipients that registered for this message type - using one of the Register methods, and that are - of the targetType. - - The type of message that will be sent. - The type of recipients that will receive - the message. The message won't be sent to recipients of another type. - The message to send to registered recipients. - - - - Sends a message to registered recipients. The message will - reach only recipients that registered for this message type - using one of the Register methods, and that are - of the targetType. - - The type of message that will be sent. - The message to send to registered recipients. - A token for a messaging channel. If a recipient registers - using a token, and a sender sends a message using the same token, then this - message will be delivered to the recipient. Other recipients who did not - use a token when registering (or who used a different token) will not - get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different - token, will not be delivered to that recipient. - - - - Unregisters a messager recipient completely. After this method - is executed, the recipient will not receive any messages anymore. - - The recipient that must be unregistered. - - - - Unregisters a message recipient for a given type of messages only. - After this method is executed, the recipient will not receive messages - of type TMessage anymore, but will still receive other message types (if it - registered for them previously). - - The type of messages that the recipient wants - to unregister from. - The recipient that must be unregistered. - - - - Unregisters a message recipient for a given type of messages only and for a given token. - After this method is executed, the recipient will not receive messages - of type TMessage anymore with the given token, but will still receive other message types - or messages with other tokens (if it registered for them previously). - - The recipient that must be unregistered. - The token for which the recipient must be unregistered. - The type of messages that the recipient wants - to unregister from. - - - - Unregisters a message recipient for a given type of messages and for - a given action. Other message types will still be transmitted to the - recipient (if it registered for them previously). Other actions that have - been registered for the message type TMessage and for the given recipient (if - available) will also remain available. - - The type of messages that the recipient wants - to unregister from. - The recipient that must be unregistered. - The action that must be unregistered for - the recipient and for the message type TMessage. - - - - Unregisters a message recipient for a given type of messages, for - a given action and a given token. Other message types will still be transmitted to the - recipient (if it registered for them previously). Other actions that have - been registered for the message type TMessage, for the given recipient and other tokens (if - available) will also remain available. - - The type of messages that the recipient wants - to unregister from. - The recipient that must be unregistered. - The token for which the recipient must be unregistered. - The action that must be unregistered for - the recipient and for the message type TMessage. - - - - The Messenger is a class allowing objects to exchange messages. - - - - - Registers a recipient for a type of message TMessage. The action - parameter will be executed when a corresponding message is sent. - Registering a recipient does not create a hard reference to it, - so if this recipient is deleted, no memory leak is caused. - - The type of message that the recipient registers - for. - The recipient that will receive the messages. - The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. - - - - Registers a recipient for a type of message TMessage. - The action parameter will be executed when a corresponding - message is sent. See the receiveDerivedMessagesToo parameter - for details on how messages deriving from TMessage (or, if TMessage is an interface, - messages implementing TMessage) can be received too. - Registering a recipient does not create a hard reference to it, - so if this recipient is deleted, no memory leak is caused. - - The type of message that the recipient registers - for. - The recipient that will receive the messages. - If true, message types deriving from - TMessage will also be transmitted to the recipient. For example, if a SendOrderMessage - and an ExecuteOrderMessage derive from OrderMessage, registering for OrderMessage - and setting receiveDerivedMessagesToo to true will send SendOrderMessage - and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. - Also, if TMessage is an interface, message types implementing TMessage will also be - transmitted to the recipient. For example, if a SendOrderMessage - and an ExecuteOrderMessage implement IOrderMessage, registering for IOrderMessage - and setting receiveDerivedMessagesToo to true will send SendOrderMessage - and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. - - The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. - - - - Registers a recipient for a type of message TMessage. - The action parameter will be executed when a corresponding - message is sent. - Registering a recipient does not create a hard reference to it, - so if this recipient is deleted, no memory leak is caused. - - The type of message that the recipient registers - for. - The recipient that will receive the messages. - A token for a messaging channel. If a recipient registers - using a token, and a sender sends a message using the same token, then this - message will be delivered to the recipient. Other recipients who did not - use a token when registering (or who used a different token) will not - get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different - token, will not be delivered to that recipient. - The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. - - - - Registers a recipient for a type of message TMessage. - The action parameter will be executed when a corresponding - message is sent. See the receiveDerivedMessagesToo parameter - for details on how messages deriving from TMessage (or, if TMessage is an interface, - messages implementing TMessage) can be received too. - Registering a recipient does not create a hard reference to it, - so if this recipient is deleted, no memory leak is caused. - - The type of message that the recipient registers - for. - The recipient that will receive the messages. - A token for a messaging channel. If a recipient registers - using a token, and a sender sends a message using the same token, then this - message will be delivered to the recipient. Other recipients who did not - use a token when registering (or who used a different token) will not - get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different - token, will not be delivered to that recipient. - If true, message types deriving from - TMessage will also be transmitted to the recipient. For example, if a SendOrderMessage - and an ExecuteOrderMessage derive from OrderMessage, registering for OrderMessage - and setting receiveDerivedMessagesToo to true will send SendOrderMessage - and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. - Also, if TMessage is an interface, message types implementing TMessage will also be - transmitted to the recipient. For example, if a SendOrderMessage - and an ExecuteOrderMessage implement IOrderMessage, registering for IOrderMessage - and setting receiveDerivedMessagesToo to true will send SendOrderMessage - and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. - - The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. - - - - Sends a message to registered recipients. The message will - reach all recipients that registered for this message type - using one of the Register methods. - - The type of message that will be sent. - The message to send to registered recipients. - - - - Sends a message to registered recipients. The message will - reach only recipients that registered for this message type - using one of the Register methods, and that are - of the targetType. - - The type of message that will be sent. - The type of recipients that will receive - the message. The message won't be sent to recipients of another type. - The message to send to registered recipients. - - - - Sends a message to registered recipients. The message will - reach only recipients that registered for this message type - using one of the Register methods, and that are - of the targetType. - - The type of message that will be sent. - The message to send to registered recipients. - A token for a messaging channel. If a recipient registers - using a token, and a sender sends a message using the same token, then this - message will be delivered to the recipient. Other recipients who did not - use a token when registering (or who used a different token) will not - get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different - token, will not be delivered to that recipient. - - - - Unregisters a messager recipient completely. After this method - is executed, the recipient will not receive any messages anymore. - - The recipient that must be unregistered. - - - - Unregisters a message recipient for a given type of messages only. - After this method is executed, the recipient will not receive messages - of type TMessage anymore, but will still receive other message types (if it - registered for them previously). - - The recipient that must be unregistered. - The type of messages that the recipient wants - to unregister from. - - - - Unregisters a message recipient for a given type of messages only and for a given token. - After this method is executed, the recipient will not receive messages - of type TMessage anymore with the given token, but will still receive other message types - or messages with other tokens (if it registered for them previously). - - The recipient that must be unregistered. - The token for which the recipient must be unregistered. - The type of messages that the recipient wants - to unregister from. - - - - Unregisters a message recipient for a given type of messages and for - a given action. Other message types will still be transmitted to the - recipient (if it registered for them previously). Other actions that have - been registered for the message type TMessage and for the given recipient (if - available) will also remain available. - - The type of messages that the recipient wants - to unregister from. - The recipient that must be unregistered. - The action that must be unregistered for - the recipient and for the message type TMessage. - - - - Unregisters a message recipient for a given type of messages, for - a given action and a given token. Other message types will still be transmitted to the - recipient (if it registered for them previously). Other actions that have - been registered for the message type TMessage, for the given recipient and other tokens (if - available) will also remain available. - - The type of messages that the recipient wants - to unregister from. - The recipient that must be unregistered. - The token for which the recipient must be unregistered. - The action that must be unregistered for - the recipient and for the message type TMessage. - - - - Provides a way to override the Messenger.Default instance with - a custom instance, for example for unit testing purposes. - - The instance that will be used as Messenger.Default. - - - - Sets the Messenger's default (static) instance to null. - - - - - Provides a non-static access to the static method. - Sets the Messenger's default (static) instance to null. - - - - - Notifies the Messenger that the lists of recipients should - be scanned and cleaned up. - Since recipients are stored as , - recipients can be garbage collected even though the Messenger keeps - them in a list. During the cleanup operation, all "dead" - recipients are removed from the lists. Since this operation - can take a moment, it is only executed when the application is - idle. For this reason, a user of the Messenger class should use - instead of forcing one with the - method. - - - - - Scans the recipients' lists for "dead" instances and removes them. - Since recipients are stored as , - recipients can be garbage collected even though the Messenger keeps - them in a list. During the cleanup operation, all "dead" - recipients are removed from the lists. Since this operation - can take a moment, it is only executed when the application is - idle. For this reason, a user of the Messenger class should use - instead of forcing one with the - method. - - - - - Gets the Messenger's default instance, allowing - to register and send messages in a static manner. - - - - - Passes a string message (Notification) to a recipient. - Typically, notifications are defined as unique strings in a static class. To define - a unique string, you can use Guid.NewGuid().ToString() or any other unique - identifier. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the NotificationMessage class. - - A string containing any arbitrary message to be - passed to recipient(s) - - - - Initializes a new instance of the NotificationMessage class. - - The message's sender. - A string containing any arbitrary message to be - passed to recipient(s) - - - - Initializes a new instance of the NotificationMessage class. - - The message's sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - A string containing any arbitrary message to be - passed to recipient(s) - - - - Gets a string containing any arbitrary message to be - passed to recipient(s). - - - - - Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient - is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the - method to execute the callback. - - - - - Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient - is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the - method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. - and - . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Executes the callback that was provided with the message with an - arbitrary number of parameters. - - A number of parameters that will - be passed to the callback method. - The object returned by the callback method. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - The message's sender. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - The message's sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Executes the callback that was provided with the message. - - - - - Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient - is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the - method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. - . - - The type of the callback method's - only parameter. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - The message's sender. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - The message's sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Executes the callback that was provided with the message. - - A parameter requested by the message's - sender and providing additional information on the recipient's - state. - - - - Passes a string message (Notification) and a generic value (Content) to a recipient. - - The type of the Content property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the NotificationMessage class. - - A value to be passed to recipient(s). - A string containing any arbitrary message to be - passed to recipient(s) - - - - Initializes a new instance of the NotificationMessage class. - - The message's sender. - A value to be passed to recipient(s). - A string containing any arbitrary message to be - passed to recipient(s) - - - - Initializes a new instance of the NotificationMessage class. - - The message's sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - A value to be passed to recipient(s). - A string containing any arbitrary message to be - passed to recipient(s) - - - - Gets a string containing any arbitrary message to be - passed to recipient(s). - - - - - Passes a string property name (PropertyName) and a generic value - ( and ) to a recipient. - This message type can be used to propagate a PropertyChanged event to - a recipient using the messenging system. - - The type of the OldValue and NewValue property. - - - - Basis class for the class. This - class allows a recipient to register for all PropertyChangedMessages without - having to specify the type T. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - The name of the property that changed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - The name of the property that changed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The name of the property that changed. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the property that changed. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - The property's value before the change occurred. - The property's value after the change occurred. - The name of the property that changed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The property's value before the change occurred. - The property's value after the change occurred. - The name of the property that changed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - The property's value before the change occurred. - The property's value after the change occurred. - The name of the property that changed. - - - - Gets the value that the property has after the change. - - - - - Gets the value that the property had before the change. - - - - - A base class for objects of which the properties must be observable. - - - - - Verifies that a property name exists in this ViewModel. This method - can be called before the property is used, for instance before - calling RaisePropertyChanged. It avoids errors when a property name - is changed but some places are missed. - - This method is only active in DEBUG mode. - The name of the property that will be - checked. - - - - Raises the PropertyChanged event if needed. - - If the propertyName parameter - does not correspond to an existing property on the current class, an - exception is thrown in DEBUG configuration only. - The name of the property that - changed. - - - - Raises the PropertyChanged event if needed. - - The type of the property that - changed. - An expression identifying the property - that changed. - - - - Extracts the name of a property from an expression. - - The type of the property. - An expression returning the property's name. - The name of the property returned by the expression. - If the expression is null. - If the expression does not represent a property. - - - - Assigns a new value to the property. Then, raises the - PropertyChanged event if needed. - - The type of the property that - changed. - An expression identifying the property - that changed. - The field storing the property's value. - The property's value after the change - occurred. - True if the PropertyChanged event has been raised, - false otherwise. The event is not raised if the old - value is equal to the new value. - - - - Assigns a new value to the property. Then, raises the - PropertyChanged event if needed. - - The type of the property that - changed. - The name of the property that - changed. - The field storing the property's value. - The property's value after the change - occurred. - True if the PropertyChanged event has been raised, - false otherwise. The event is not raised if the old - value is equal to the new value. - - - - Occurs after a property value changes. - - - - - Provides access to the PropertyChanged event handler to derived classes. - - - - - A base class for the ViewModel classes in the MVVM pattern. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the ViewModelBase class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the ViewModelBase class. - - An instance of a - used to broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class - will attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default - instance. - - - - Unregisters this instance from the Messenger class. - To cleanup additional resources, override this method, clean - up and then call base.Cleanup(). - - - - - Broadcasts a PropertyChangedMessage using either the instance of - the Messenger that was passed to this class (if available) - or the Messenger's default instance. - - The type of the property that - changed. - The value of the property before it - changed. - The value of the property after it - changed. - The name of the property that - changed. - - - - Raises the PropertyChanged event if needed, and broadcasts a - PropertyChangedMessage using the Messenger instance (or the - static default instance if no Messenger instance is available). - - The type of the property that - changed. - The name of the property that - changed. - The property's value before the change - occurred. - The property's value after the change - occurred. - If true, a PropertyChangedMessage will - be broadcasted. If false, only the event will be raised. - If the propertyName parameter - does not correspond to an existing property on the current class, an - exception is thrown in DEBUG configuration only. - - - - Raises the PropertyChanged event if needed, and broadcasts a - PropertyChangedMessage using the Messenger instance (or the - static default instance if no Messenger instance is available). - - The type of the property that - changed. - An expression identifying the property - that changed. - The property's value before the change - occurred. - The property's value after the change - occurred. - If true, a PropertyChangedMessage will - be broadcasted. If false, only the event will be raised. - - - - Assigns a new value to the property. Then, raises the - PropertyChanged event if needed, and broadcasts a - PropertyChangedMessage using the Messenger instance (or the - static default instance if no Messenger instance is available). - - The type of the property that - changed. - An expression identifying the property - that changed. - The field storing the property's value. - The property's value after the change - occurred. - If true, a PropertyChangedMessage will - be broadcasted. If false, only the event will be raised. - True if the PropertyChanged event was raised, false otherwise. - - - - Assigns a new value to the property. Then, raises the - PropertyChanged event if needed, and broadcasts a - PropertyChangedMessage using the Messenger instance (or the - static default instance if no Messenger instance is available). - - The type of the property that - changed. - The name of the property that - changed. - The field storing the property's value. - The property's value after the change - occurred. - If true, a PropertyChangedMessage will - be broadcasted. If false, only the event will be raised. - True if the PropertyChanged event was raised, false otherwise. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode - (running under Blend or Visual Studio). - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode - (running in Blend or Visual Studio). - - - - - Gets or sets an instance of a used to - broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class will - attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default instance. - - - - - An interface defining how navigation between pages should - be performed in various frameworks such as Windows, - Windows Phone, Android, iOS etc. - - - - - If possible, instructs the navigation service - to discard the current page and display the previous page - on the navigation stack. - - - - - Instructs the navigation service to display a new page - corresponding to the given key. Depending on the platforms, - the navigation service might have to be configured with a - key/page list. - - The key corresponding to the page - that should be displayed. - - - - Instructs the navigation service to display a new page - corresponding to the given key, and passes a parameter - to the new page. - Depending on the platforms, the navigation service might - have to be Configure with a key/page list. - - The key corresponding to the page - that should be displayed. - The parameter that should be passed - to the new page. - - - - The key corresponding to the currently displayed page. - - - - - Helper class for dispatcher operations on the UI thread. - - - - - Executes an action on the UI thread. If this method is called - from the UI thread, the action is executed immendiately. If the - method is called from another thread, the action will be enqueued - on the UI thread's dispatcher and executed asynchronously. - For additional operations on the UI thread, you can get a - reference to the UI thread's dispatcher thanks to the property - . - - The action that will be executed on the UI - thread. - - - - Invokes an action asynchronously on the UI thread. - - The action that must be executed. - An object, which is returned immediately after BeginInvoke is called, that can be used to interact - with the delegate as it is pending execution in the event queue. - - - - This method should be called once on the UI thread to ensure that - the property is initialized. - In a Silverlight application, call this method in the - Application_Startup event handler, after the MainPage is constructed. - In WPF, call this method on the static App() constructor. - - - - - Resets the class by deleting the - - - - - Gets a reference to the UI thread's dispatcher, after the - method has been called on the UI thread. - - - - diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL4/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL4/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll deleted file mode 100644 index b6e514758..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL4/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL4/System.Windows.Interactivity.xml b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL4/System.Windows.Interactivity.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 9feeaaf44..000000000 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL4/System.Windows.Interactivity.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1025 +0,0 @@ - - - - System.Windows.Interactivity - - - - - Represents a collection of IAttachedObject with a shared AssociatedObject and provides change notifications to its contents when that AssociatedObject changes. - - - - - An interface for an object that can be attached to another object. - - - - - Attaches to the specified object. - - The object to attach to. - - - - Detaches this instance from its associated object. - - - - - Gets the associated object. - - The associated object. - Represents the object the instance is attached to. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Internal, because this should not be inherited outside this assembly. - - - - Called immediately after the collection is attached to an AssociatedObject. - - - - - Called when the collection is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. - - - - - Called when a new item is added to the collection. - - The new item. - - - - Called when an item is removed from the collection. - - The removed item. - - - Cannot add the instance to a collection more than once. - - - - Attaches to the specified object. - - The object to attach to. - The IAttachedObject is already attached to a different object. - - - - Detaches this instance from its associated object. - - - - - The object on which the collection is hosted. - - - - - Gets the associated object. - - The associated object. - - - - Encapsulates state information and zero or more ICommands into an attachable object. - - The type the can be attached to. - - Behavior is the base class for providing attachable state and commands to an object. - The types the Behavior can be attached to can be controlled by the generic parameter. - Override OnAttached() and OnDetaching() methods to hook and unhook any necessary handlers - from the AssociatedObject. - - - - - Encapsulates state information and zero or more ICommands into an attachable object. - - This is an infrastructure class. Behavior authors should derive from Behavior<T> instead of from this class. - - - - Called after the behavior is attached to an AssociatedObject. - - Override this to hook up functionality to the AssociatedObject. - - - - Called when the behavior is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. - - Override this to unhook functionality from the AssociatedObject. - - - - Attaches to the specified object. - - The object to attach to. - The Behavior is already hosted on a different element. - dependencyObject does not satisfy the Behavior type constraint. - - - - Detaches this instance from its associated object. - - - - - The type to which this behavior can be attached. - - - - - Gets the object to which this behavior is attached. - - - - - Gets the associated object. - - The associated object. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets the object to which this is attached. - - - - - Represents a collection of behaviors with a shared AssociatedObject and provides change notifications to its contents when that AssociatedObject changes. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Internal, because this should not be inherited outside this assembly. - - - - Called immediately after the collection is attached to an AssociatedObject. - - - - - Called when the collection is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. - - - - - Called when a new item is added to the collection. - - The new item. - - - - Called when an item is removed from the collection. - - The removed item. - - - - Enumerates possible values for reusable property value editors. - - - - - Uses the element picker, if supported, to edit this property at design time. - - - - - Uses the storyboard picker, if supported, to edit this property at design time. - - - - - Uses the state picker, if supported, to edit this property at design time. - - - - - Uses the element-binding picker, if supported, to edit this property at design time. - - - - - Uses the property-binding picker, if supported, to edit this property at design time. - - - - - Associates the given editor type with the property on which the CustomPropertyValueEditor is applied. - - Use this attribute to get improved design-time editing for properties that denote element (by name), storyboards, or states (by name). - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The custom property value editor. - - - - Gets or sets the custom property value editor. - - The custom property value editor. - - - - Provides design tools information about what to instantiate for a given action or command. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The type this attribute applies to. - The type of to instantiate. - A single argument for the specified . - is not derived from TriggerBase. - This constructor is useful if the specifed has a single argument. The - resulting code will be CLS compliant. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The type this attribute applies to. - The type of to instantiate. - The constructor arguments for the specified . - is not derived from TriggerBase. - - - - Instantiates this instance. - - The specified by the DefaultTriggerAttribute. - - - - Gets the type that this DefaultTriggerAttribute applies to. - - The type this DefaultTriggerAttribute applies to. - - - - Gets the type of the to instantiate. - - The type of the to instantiate. - - - - Gets the parameters to pass to the constructor. - - The parameters to pass to the constructor. - - - - This method will use the VisualTreeHelper.GetParent method to do a depth first walk up - the visual tree and return all ancestors of the specified object, including the object itself. - - The object in the visual tree to find ancestors of. - Returns itself an all ancestors in the visual tree. - - - - EventObserver is designed to help manage event handlers by detatching when disposed. Creating this object will also attach in the constructor. - - - - - Creates an instance of EventObserver and attaches to the supplied event on the supplied target. Call dispose to detach. - - The event to attach and detach from. - The target object the event is defined on. Null if the method is static. - The delegate to attach to the event. - - - - Detaches the handler from the event. - - - - - A trigger that listens for a specified event on its source and fires when that event is fired. - - - - - Represents a trigger that can listen to an element other than its AssociatedObject. - - The type that this trigger can be associated with. - - EventTriggerBase extends TriggerBase to add knowledge of another object than the one it is attached to. - This allows a user to attach a Trigger/Action pair to one element and invoke the Action in response to a - change in another object somewhere else. Override OnSourceChanged to hook or unhook handlers on the source - element, and OnAttached/OnDetaching for the associated element. The type of the Source element can be - constrained by the generic type parameter. If you need control over the type of the - AssociatedObject, set a TypeConstraintAttribute on your derived type. - - - - - Represents a trigger that can listen to an object other than its AssociatedObject. - - This is an infrastructure class. Trigger authors should derive from EventTriggerBase<T> instead of this class. - - - - Represents an object that can invoke Actions conditionally. - - This is an infrastructure class. Trigger authors should derive from Trigger<T> instead of this class. - - - - Invoke all actions associated with this trigger. - - Derived classes should call this to fire the trigger. - - - - Called after the trigger is attached to an AssociatedObject. - - - - - Called when the trigger is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. - - - - - Attaches to the specified object. - - The object to attach to. - Cannot host the same trigger on more than one object at a time. - dependencyObject does not satisfy the trigger type constraint. - - - - Detaches this instance from its associated object. - - - - - Gets the object to which the trigger is attached. - - The associated object. - - - - Gets the type constraint of the associated object. - - The associated object type constraint. - - - - Gets the actions associated with this trigger. - - The actions associated with this trigger. - - - - Event handler for registering to PreviewInvoke. - - - - - Gets the associated object. - - The associated object. - - - - Specifies the name of the Event this EventTriggerBase is listening for. - - - - - - Called when the event associated with this EventTriggerBase is fired. By default, this will invoke all actions on the trigger. - - The instance containing the event data. - Override this to provide more granular control over when actions associated with this trigger will be invoked. - - - - Called when the source changes. - - The old source. - The new source. - This function should be overridden in derived classes to hook functionality to and unhook functionality from the changing source objects. - - - - Called after the trigger is attached to an AssociatedObject. - - - - - Called when the trigger is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. - - - - Could not find eventName on the Target. - - - - Gets the type constraint of the associated object. - - The associated object type constraint. - Define a TypeConstraintAttribute on a derived type to constrain the types it may be attached to. - - - - Gets the source type constraint. - - The source type constraint. - - - - Gets or sets the target object. If TargetObject is not set, the target will look for the object specified by TargetName. If an element referred to by TargetName cannot be found, the target will default to the AssociatedObject. This is a dependency property. - - The target object. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the element this EventTriggerBase listens for as a source. If the name is not set or cannot be resolved, the AssociatedObject will be used. This is a dependency property. - - The name of the source element. - - - - Gets the resolved source. If is not set or cannot be resolved, defaults to AssociatedObject. - - The resolved source object. - In general, this property should be used in place of AssociatedObject in derived classes. - The element pointed to by does not satisify the type constraint. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Called when the source property changes. - - Override this to hook functionality to and unhook functionality from the specified source, rather than the AssociatedObject. - The old source. - The new source. - - - - Gets the resolved source. If is not set or cannot be resolved, defaults to AssociatedObject. - - The resolved source object. - In general, this property should be used in place of AssociatedObject in derived classes. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the event. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the event to listen for. This is a dependency property. - - The name of the event. - - - - Static class that owns the Triggers and Behaviors attached properties. Handles propagation of AssociatedObject change notifications. - - - - - This property is used as the internal backing store for the public Triggers attached property. - - - - - This property is used as the internal backing store for the public Behaviors attached property. - - - - - Gets the TriggerCollection containing the triggers associated with the specified object. - - The object from which to retrieve the triggers. - A TriggerCollection containing the triggers associated with the specified object. - - - - Gets the associated with a specified object. - - The object from which to retrieve the . - A containing the behaviors associated with the specified object. - - - Cannot host the same BehaviorCollection on more than one object at a time. - - - Cannot host the same TriggerCollection on more than one object at a time. - - - - A helper function to take the place of FrameworkElement.IsLoaded, as this property is not available in Silverlight. - - The element of interest. - True if the element has been loaded; otherwise, False. - - - - Executes a specified ICommand when invoked. - - - - - Represents an attachable object that encapsulates a unit of functionality. - - The type to which this action can be attached. - - - - Represents an attachable object that encapsulates a unit of functionality. - - This is an infrastructure class. Action authors should derive from TriggerAction<T> instead of this class. - - - - Attempts to invoke the action. - - The parameter to the action. If the action does not require a parameter, the parameter may be set to a null reference. - - - - Invokes the action. - - The parameter to the action. If the action does not require a parameter, the parameter may be set to a null reference. - - - - Called after the action is attached to an AssociatedObject. - - - - - Called when the action is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. - - - - - Attaches to the specified object. - - The object to attach to. - Cannot host the same TriggerAction on more than one object at a time. - dependencyObject does not satisfy the TriggerAction type constraint. - - - - Detaches this instance from its associated object. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether this action will run when invoked. This is a dependency property. - - - True if this action will be run when invoked; otherwise, False. - - - - - Gets the object to which this action is attached. - - The associated object. - - - - Gets the associated object type constraint. - - The associated object type constraint. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is attached. - - True if this instance is attached; otherwise, False. - - - - Gets the associated object. - - The associated object. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets the object to which this is attached. - - The associated object. - - - - Gets the associated object type constraint. - - The associated object type constraint. - - - - Invokes the action. - - The parameter to the action. If the action does not require a parameter, the parameter may be set to a null reference. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the command this action should invoke. - - The name of the command this action should invoke. - This property will be superseded by the Command property if both are set. - - - - Gets or sets the command this action should invoke. This is a dependency property. - - The command to execute. - This property will take precedence over the CommandName property if both are set. - - - - Gets or sets the command parameter. This is a dependency property. - - The command parameter. - This is the value passed to ICommand.CanExecute and ICommand.Execute. - - - - Provides data about which objects were affected when resolving a name change. - - - - - Helper class to handle the logic of resolving a TargetName into a Target element - based on the context provided by a host element. - - - - - Attempts to update the resolved object from the name within the context of the namescope reference element. - - The old resolved object. - - Resets the existing target and attempts to resolve the current TargetName from the - context of the current Host. If it cannot resolve from the context of the Host, it will - continue up the visual tree until it resolves. If it has not resolved it when it reaches - the root, it will set the Target to null and write a warning message to Debug output. - - - - - Occurs when the resolved element has changed. - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the element to attempt to resolve. - - The name to attempt to resolve. - - - - The resolved object. Will return the reference element if TargetName is null or empty, or if a resolve has not been attempted. - - - - - Gets or sets the reference element from which to perform the name resolution. - - The reference element. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the reference element load is pending. - - - True if [pending reference element load]; otherwise, False. - - - If the Host has not been loaded, the name will not be resolved. - In that case, delay the resolution and track that fact with this property. - - - - - Represents an action that can be targeted to affect an object other than its AssociatedObject. - - The type constraint on the target. - - TargetedTriggerAction extends TriggerAction to add knowledge of another element than the one it is attached to. - This allows a user to invoke the action on an element other than the one it is attached to in response to a - trigger firing. Override OnTargetChanged to hook or unhook handlers on the target element, and OnAttached/OnDetaching - for the associated element. The type of the Target element can be constrained by the generic type parameter. If - you need control over the type of the AssociatedObject, set a TypeConstraintAttribute on your derived type. - - - - - Represents an action that can be targeted to affect an object other than its AssociatedObject. - - This is an infrastructure class. Action authors should derive from TargetedTriggerAction<T> instead of this class. - - - - Called when the target changes. - - The old target. - The new target. - This function should be overriden in derived classes to hook and unhook functionality from the changing source objects. - - - - Called after the action is attached to an AssociatedObject. - - - - - Called when the action is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. - - - - - Gets or sets the target object. If TargetObject is not set, the target will look for the object specified by TargetName. If an element referred to by TargetName cannot be found, the target will default to the AssociatedObject. This is a dependency property. - - The target object. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the object this action targets. If Target is set, this property is ignored. If Target is not set and TargetName is not set or cannot be resolved, the target will default to the AssociatedObject. This is a dependency property. - - The name of the target object. - - - - Gets the target object. If TargetObject is set, returns TargetObject. Else, if TargetName is not set or cannot be resolved, defaults to the AssociatedObject. - - The target object. - In general, this property should be used in place of AssociatedObject in derived classes. - The Target element does not satisfy the type constraint. - - - - Gets the associated object type constraint. - - The associated object type constraint. - Define a TypeConstraintAttribute on a derived type to constrain the types it may be attached to. - - - - Gets the target type constraint. - - The target type constraint. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Called when the target property changes. - - Override this to hook and unhook functionality on the specified Target, rather than the AssociatedObject. - The old target. - The new target. - - - - Gets the target object. If TargetName is not set or cannot be resolved, defaults to the AssociatedObject. - - The target. - In general, this property should be used in place of AssociatedObject in derived classes. - - - - Represents a collection of actions with a shared AssociatedObject and provides change notifications to its contents when that AssociatedObject changes. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Internal, because this should not be inherited outside this assembly. - - - - Called immediately after the collection is attached to an AssociatedObject. - - - - - Called when the collection is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. - - - - - Called when a new item is added to the collection. - - The new item. - - - - Called when an item is removed from the collection. - - The removed item. - - - - Represents an object that can invoke actions conditionally. - - The type to which this trigger can be attached. - - TriggerBase is the base class for controlling actions. Override OnAttached() and - OnDetaching() to hook and unhook handlers on the AssociatedObject. You may - constrain the types that a derived TriggerBase may be attached to by specifying - the generic parameter. Call InvokeActions() to fire all Actions associated with - this TriggerBase. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets the object to which the trigger is attached. - - The associated object. - - - - Gets the type constraint of the associated object. - - The associated object type constraint. - - - - Argument passed to PreviewInvoke event. Assigning Cancelling to True will cancel the invoking of the trigger. - - This is an infrastructure class. Behavior attached to a trigger base object can add its behavior as a listener to TriggerBase.PreviewInvoke. - - - - Represents a collection of triggers with a shared AssociatedObject and provides change notifications to its contents when that AssociatedObject changes. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Internal, because this should not be inherited outside this assembly. - - - - Called immediately after the collection is attached to an AssociatedObject. - - - - - Called when the collection is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. - - - - - Called when a new item is added to the collection. - - The new item. - - - - Called when an item is removed from the collection. - - The removed item. - - - - Specifies type constraints on the AssociatedObject of TargetedTriggerAction and EventTriggerBase. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The constraint type. - - - - Gets the constraint type. - - The constraint type. - - - - A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. - - - - - Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. - - - - - Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all - resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. - - - - - Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot set the same BehaviorCollection on multiple objects.. - - - - - Looks up a localized string similar to An instance of a Behavior cannot be attached to more than one object at a time.. - - - - - Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot host an instance of a TriggerAction in multiple TriggerCollections simultaneously. Remove it from one TriggerCollection before adding it to another.. - - - - - Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot set the same TriggerCollection on multiple objects.. - - - - - Looks up a localized string similar to An instance of a trigger cannot be attached to more than one object at a time.. - - - - - Looks up a localized string similar to The command "{0}" does not exist or is not publicly exposed on {1}.. - - - - - Looks up a localized string similar to "{0}" is not a valid type for the TriggerType parameter. Make sure "{0}" derives from TriggerBase.. - - - - - Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot add the same instance of "{0}" to a "{1}" more than once.. - - - - - Looks up a localized string similar to The event "{0}" on type "{1}" has an incompatible signature. Make sure the event is public and satisfies the EventHandler delegate.. - - - - - Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot find an event named "{0}" on type "{1}".. - - - - - Looks up a localized string similar to An object of type "{0}" cannot have a {3} property of type "{1}". Instances of type "{0}" can have only a {3} property of type "{2}".. - - - - - Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot attach type "{0}" to type "{1}". Instances of type "{0}" can only be attached to objects of type "{2}".. - - - - - Looks up a localized string similar to Unable to resolve TargetName "{0}".. - - - - diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL5/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL5/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll deleted file mode 100644 index a460aecab..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL5/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL5/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL5/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index f64fed007..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL5/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL5/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL5/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 38d2dcde0..000000000 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL5/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,621 +0,0 @@ - - - - GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras - - - - - A very simple IOC container with basic functionality needed to register and resolve - instances. If needed, this class can be replaced by another more elaborate - IOC container implementing the IServiceLocator interface. - The inspiration for this class is at https://gist.github.com/716137 but it has - been extended with additional features. - - - - - Checks whether at least one instance of a given class is already created in the container. - - The class that is queried. - True if at least on instance of the class is already created, false otherwise. - - - - Checks whether the instance with the given key is already created for a given class - in the container. - - The class that is queried. - The key that is queried. - True if the instance with the given key is already registered for the given class, - false otherwise. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether a given type T is already registered. - - The type that the method checks for. - True if the type is registered, false otherwise. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether a given type T and a give key - are already registered. - - The type that the method checks for. - The key that the method checks for. - True if the type and key are registered, false otherwise. - - - - Registers a given type for a given interface. - - The interface for which instances will be resolved. - The type that must be used to create instances. - - - - Registers a given type for a given interface with the possibility for immediate - creation of the instance. - - The interface for which instances will be resolved. - The type that must be used to create instances. - If true, forces the creation of the default - instance of the provided class. - - - - Registers a given type. - - The type that must be used to create instances. - - - - Registers a given type with the possibility for immediate - creation of the instance. - - The type that must be used to create instances. - If true, forces the creation of the default - instance of the provided class. - - - - Registers a given instance for a given type. - - The type that is being registered. - The factory method able to create the instance that - must be returned when the given type is resolved. - - - - Registers a given instance for a given type with the possibility for immediate - creation of the instance. - - The type that is being registered. - The factory method able to create the instance that - must be returned when the given type is resolved. - If true, forces the creation of the default - instance of the provided class. - - - - Registers a given instance for a given type and a given key. - - The type that is being registered. - The factory method able to create the instance that - must be returned when the given type is resolved. - The key for which the given instance is registered. - - - - Registers a given instance for a given type and a given key with the possibility for immediate - creation of the instance. - - The type that is being registered. - The factory method able to create the instance that - must be returned when the given type is resolved. - The key for which the given instance is registered. - If true, forces the creation of the default - instance of the provided class. - - - - Resets the instance in its original states. This deletes all the - registrations. - - - - - Unregisters a class from the cache and removes all the previously - created instances. - - The class that must be removed. - - - - Removes the given instance from the cache. The class itself remains - registered and can be used to create other instances. - - The type of the instance to be removed. - The instance that must be removed. - - - - Removes the instance corresponding to the given key from the cache. The class itself remains - registered and can be used to create other instances. - - The type of the instance to be removed. - The key corresponding to the instance that must be removed. - - - - When used with the SimpleIoc container, specifies which constructor - should be used to instantiate when GetInstance is called. - If there is only one constructor in the class, this attribute is - not needed. - - - - - A very simple IOC container with basic functionality needed to register and resolve - instances. If needed, this class can be replaced by another more elaborate - IOC container implementing the IServiceLocator interface. - The inspiration for this class is at https://gist.github.com/716137 but it has - been extended with additional features. - - - - - Checks whether at least one instance of a given class is already created in the container. - - The class that is queried. - True if at least on instance of the class is already created, false otherwise. - - - - Checks whether the instance with the given key is already created for a given class - in the container. - - The class that is queried. - The key that is queried. - True if the instance with the given key is already registered for the given class, - false otherwise. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether a given type T is already registered. - - The type that the method checks for. - True if the type is registered, false otherwise. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether a given type T and a give key - are already registered. - - The type that the method checks for. - The key that the method checks for. - True if the type and key are registered, false otherwise. - - - - Registers a given type for a given interface. - - The interface for which instances will be resolved. - The type that must be used to create instances. - - - - Registers a given type for a given interface with the possibility for immediate - creation of the instance. - - The interface for which instances will be resolved. - The type that must be used to create instances. - If true, forces the creation of the default - instance of the provided class. - - - - Registers a given type. - - The type that must be used to create instances. - - - - Registers a given type with the possibility for immediate - creation of the instance. - - The type that must be used to create instances. - If true, forces the creation of the default - instance of the provided class. - - - - Registers a given instance for a given type. - - The type that is being registered. - The factory method able to create the instance that - must be returned when the given type is resolved. - - - - Registers a given instance for a given type with the possibility for immediate - creation of the instance. - - The type that is being registered. - The factory method able to create the instance that - must be returned when the given type is resolved. - If true, forces the creation of the default - instance of the provided class. - - - - Registers a given instance for a given type and a given key. - - The type that is being registered. - The factory method able to create the instance that - must be returned when the given type is resolved. - The key for which the given instance is registered. - - - - Registers a given instance for a given type and a given key with the possibility for immediate - creation of the instance. - - The type that is being registered. - The factory method able to create the instance that - must be returned when the given type is resolved. - The key for which the given instance is registered. - If true, forces the creation of the default - instance of the provided class. - - - - Resets the instance in its original states. This deletes all the - registrations. - - - - - Unregisters a class from the cache and removes all the previously - created instances. - - The class that must be removed. - - - - Removes the given instance from the cache. The class itself remains - registered and can be used to create other instances. - - The type of the instance to be removed. - The instance that must be removed. - - - - Removes the instance corresponding to the given key from the cache. The class itself remains - registered and can be used to create other instances. - - The type of the instance to be removed. - The key corresponding to the instance that must be removed. - - - - Provides a way to get all the created instances of a given type available in the - cache. Registering a class or a factory does not automatically - create the corresponding instance! To create an instance, either register - the class or the factory with createInstanceImmediately set to true, - or call the GetInstance method before calling GetAllCreatedInstances. - Alternatively, use the GetAllInstances method, which auto-creates default - instances for all registered classes. - - The class of which all instances - must be returned. - All the already created instances of the given type. - - - - Provides a way to get all the created instances of a given type available in the - cache. Registering a class or a factory does not automatically - create the corresponding instance! To create an instance, either register - the class or the factory with createInstanceImmediately set to true, - or call the GetInstance method before calling GetAllCreatedInstances. - Alternatively, use the GetAllInstances method, which auto-creates default - instances for all registered classes. - - The class of which all instances - must be returned. - All the already created instances of the given type. - - - - Gets the service object of the specified type. - - If the type serviceType has not - been registered before calling this method. - - A service object of type . - - An object that specifies the type of service object to get. - - - - Provides a way to get all the created instances of a given type available in the - cache. Calling this method auto-creates default - instances for all registered classes. - - The class of which all instances - must be returned. - All the instances of the given type. - - - - Provides a way to get all the created instances of a given type available in the - cache. Calling this method auto-creates default - instances for all registered classes. - - The class of which all instances - must be returned. - All the instances of the given type. - - - - Provides a way to get an instance of a given type. If no instance had been instantiated - before, a new instance will be created. If an instance had already - been created, that same instance will be returned. - - If the type serviceType has not - been registered before calling this method. - The class of which an instance - must be returned. - An instance of the given type. - - - - Provides a way to get an instance of a given type. This method - always returns a new instance and doesn't cache it in the IOC container. - - If the type serviceType has not - been registered before calling this method. - The class of which an instance - must be returned. - An instance of the given type. - - - - Provides a way to get an instance of a given type corresponding - to a given key. If no instance had been instantiated with this - key before, a new instance will be created. If an instance had already - been created with the same key, that same instance will be returned. - - If the type serviceType has not - been registered before calling this method. - The class of which an instance must be returned. - The key uniquely identifying this instance. - An instance corresponding to the given type and key. - - - - Provides a way to get an instance of a given type. This method - always returns a new instance and doesn't cache it in the IOC container. - - If the type serviceType has not - been registered before calling this method. - The class of which an instance must be returned. - The key uniquely identifying this instance. - An instance corresponding to the given type and key. - - - - Provides a way to get an instance of a given type. If no instance had been instantiated - before, a new instance will be created. If an instance had already - been created, that same instance will be returned. - - If the type TService has not - been registered before calling this method. - The class of which an instance - must be returned. - An instance of the given type. - - - - Provides a way to get an instance of a given type. This method - always returns a new instance and doesn't cache it in the IOC container. - - If the type TService has not - been registered before calling this method. - The class of which an instance - must be returned. - An instance of the given type. - - - - Provides a way to get an instance of a given type corresponding - to a given key. If no instance had been instantiated with this - key before, a new instance will be created. If an instance had already - been created with the same key, that same instance will be returned. - - If the type TService has not - been registered before calling this method. - The class of which an instance must be returned. - The key uniquely identifying this instance. - An instance corresponding to the given type and key. - - - - Provides a way to get an instance of a given type. This method - always returns a new instance and doesn't cache it in the IOC container. - - If the type TService has not - been registered before calling this method. - The class of which an instance must be returned. - The key uniquely identifying this instance. - An instance corresponding to the given type and key. - - - - This class' default instance. - - - - - This can be - used to bind any event on any FrameworkElement to an . - Typically, this element is used in XAML to connect the attached element - to a command located in a ViewModel. This trigger can only be attached - to a FrameworkElement or a class deriving from FrameworkElement. - To access the EventArgs of the fired event, use a RelayCommand<EventArgs> - and leave the CommandParameter and CommandParameterValue empty! - - - - - The dependency property's name. - - - - - The dependency property's name. - - - - - Identifies the dependency property - - - - - Identifies the dependency property - - - - - Identifies the dependency property - - - - - Called when this trigger is attached to a FrameworkElement. - - - - - This method is here for compatibility - with the Silverlight 3 version. - - The command that must be executed when - this trigger is invoked. - - - - Identifies the dependency property. - - - - - Identifies the dependency property. - - - - - Provides a simple way to invoke this trigger programatically - without any EventArgs. - - - - - Executes the trigger. - To access the EventArgs of the fired event, use a RelayCommand<EventArgs> - and leave the CommandParameter and CommandParameterValue empty! - - The EventArgs of the fired event. - - - - Gets or sets the ICommand that this trigger is bound to. This - is a DependencyProperty. - - - - - Gets or sets an object that will be passed to the - attached to this trigger. This is a DependencyProperty. - - - - - Gets or sets an object that will be passed to the - attached to this trigger. This property is here for compatibility - with the Silverlight version. This is NOT a DependencyProperty. - For databinding, use the property. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the attached element must be - disabled when the property's CanExecuteChanged - event fires. If this property is true, and the command's CanExecute - method returns false, the element will be disabled. If this property - is false, the element will not be disabled when the command's - CanExecute method changes. This is a DependencyProperty. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the attached element must be - disabled when the property's CanExecuteChanged - event fires. If this property is true, and the command's CanExecute - method returns false, the element will be disabled. This property is here for - compatibility with the Silverlight version. This is NOT a DependencyProperty. - For databinding, use the property. - - - - - Specifies whether the EventArgs of the event that triggered this - action should be passed to the bound RelayCommand. If this is true, - the command should accept arguments of the corresponding - type (for example RelayCommand<MouseButtonEventArgs>). - - - - - Gets or sets a converter used to convert the EventArgs when using - . If PassEventArgsToCommand is false, - this property is never used. - - - - - Gets or sets a parameters for the converter used to convert the EventArgs when using - . If PassEventArgsToCommand is false, - this property is never used. This is a dependency property. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating if the command should be invoked even - if the attached control is disabled. This is a dependency property. - - - - - The definition of the converter used to convert an EventArgs - in the class, if the - property is true. - Set an instance of this class to the - property of the EventToCommand instance. - - - - - The method used to convert the EventArgs instance. - - An instance of EventArgs passed by the - event that the EventToCommand instance is handling. - An optional parameter used for the conversion. Use - the property - to set this value. This may be null. - The converted value. - - - diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL5/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL5/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll deleted file mode 100644 index b680bc488..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL5/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL5/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL5/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index 2834ed111..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL5/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 9749219d4..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index ba7b892fe..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll deleted file mode 100644 index d04e54bfb..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index e4e566b7f..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll deleted file mode 100644 index c347dbc5e..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index c774e40a4..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net35/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net35/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 03a63f3d6..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net35/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net35/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net35/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index 4ba9ae2c6..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net35/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net35/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net35/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 639823cee..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net35/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net35/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net35/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index 4d19e6eb7..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net35/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net40/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net40/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll deleted file mode 100644 index f2fb0fd71..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net40/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net40/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net40/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index 109ca3620..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net40/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net40/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net40/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 305ae9575..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net40/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net40/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net40/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index d3fb5bf8e..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net40/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net40/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net40/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 0419e95f0..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net40/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 9749219d4..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index ba7b892fe..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 41f85136e..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index 38b51134e..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll deleted file mode 100644 index c347dbc5e..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index c774e40a4..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net45/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net45/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 931c744c8..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net45/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/portable-net45+wp8+wpa81+netcore45+monoandroid1+xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/portable-net45+wp8+wpa81+netcore45+monoandroid1+xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 9749219d4..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/portable-net45+wp8+wpa81+netcore45+monoandroid1+xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/portable-net45+wp8+wpa81+netcore45+monoandroid1+xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/portable-net45+wp8+wpa81+netcore45+monoandroid1+xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index ba7b892fe..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/portable-net45+wp8+wpa81+netcore45+monoandroid1+xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/portable-net45+wp8+wpa81+netcore45+monoandroid1+xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/portable-net45+wp8+wpa81+netcore45+monoandroid1+xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll deleted file mode 100644 index c347dbc5e..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/portable-net45+wp8+wpa81+netcore45+monoandroid1+xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/portable-net45+wp8+wpa81+netcore45+monoandroid1+xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/portable-net45+wp8+wpa81+netcore45+monoandroid1+xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index c774e40a4..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/portable-net45+wp8+wpa81+netcore45+monoandroid1+xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/sl4-wp71/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/sl4-wp71/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll deleted file mode 100644 index b48e0cb85..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/sl4-wp71/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/sl4-wp71/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/sl4-wp71/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index 4f65b0789..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/sl4-wp71/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/sl4-wp71/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/sl4-wp71/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 38d2dcde0..000000000 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/sl4-wp71/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,621 +0,0 @@ - - - - GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras - - - - - A very simple IOC container with basic functionality needed to register and resolve - instances. If needed, this class can be replaced by another more elaborate - IOC container implementing the IServiceLocator interface. - The inspiration for this class is at https://gist.github.com/716137 but it has - been extended with additional features. - - - - - Checks whether at least one instance of a given class is already created in the container. - - The class that is queried. - True if at least on instance of the class is already created, false otherwise. - - - - Checks whether the instance with the given key is already created for a given class - in the container. - - The class that is queried. - The key that is queried. - True if the instance with the given key is already registered for the given class, - false otherwise. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether a given type T is already registered. - - The type that the method checks for. - True if the type is registered, false otherwise. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether a given type T and a give key - are already registered. - - The type that the method checks for. - The key that the method checks for. - True if the type and key are registered, false otherwise. - - - - Registers a given type for a given interface. - - The interface for which instances will be resolved. - The type that must be used to create instances. - - - - Registers a given type for a given interface with the possibility for immediate - creation of the instance. - - The interface for which instances will be resolved. - The type that must be used to create instances. - If true, forces the creation of the default - instance of the provided class. - - - - Registers a given type. - - The type that must be used to create instances. - - - - Registers a given type with the possibility for immediate - creation of the instance. - - The type that must be used to create instances. - If true, forces the creation of the default - instance of the provided class. - - - - Registers a given instance for a given type. - - The type that is being registered. - The factory method able to create the instance that - must be returned when the given type is resolved. - - - - Registers a given instance for a given type with the possibility for immediate - creation of the instance. - - The type that is being registered. - The factory method able to create the instance that - must be returned when the given type is resolved. - If true, forces the creation of the default - instance of the provided class. - - - - Registers a given instance for a given type and a given key. - - The type that is being registered. - The factory method able to create the instance that - must be returned when the given type is resolved. - The key for which the given instance is registered. - - - - Registers a given instance for a given type and a given key with the possibility for immediate - creation of the instance. - - The type that is being registered. - The factory method able to create the instance that - must be returned when the given type is resolved. - The key for which the given instance is registered. - If true, forces the creation of the default - instance of the provided class. - - - - Resets the instance in its original states. This deletes all the - registrations. - - - - - Unregisters a class from the cache and removes all the previously - created instances. - - The class that must be removed. - - - - Removes the given instance from the cache. The class itself remains - registered and can be used to create other instances. - - The type of the instance to be removed. - The instance that must be removed. - - - - Removes the instance corresponding to the given key from the cache. The class itself remains - registered and can be used to create other instances. - - The type of the instance to be removed. - The key corresponding to the instance that must be removed. - - - - When used with the SimpleIoc container, specifies which constructor - should be used to instantiate when GetInstance is called. - If there is only one constructor in the class, this attribute is - not needed. - - - - - A very simple IOC container with basic functionality needed to register and resolve - instances. If needed, this class can be replaced by another more elaborate - IOC container implementing the IServiceLocator interface. - The inspiration for this class is at https://gist.github.com/716137 but it has - been extended with additional features. - - - - - Checks whether at least one instance of a given class is already created in the container. - - The class that is queried. - True if at least on instance of the class is already created, false otherwise. - - - - Checks whether the instance with the given key is already created for a given class - in the container. - - The class that is queried. - The key that is queried. - True if the instance with the given key is already registered for the given class, - false otherwise. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether a given type T is already registered. - - The type that the method checks for. - True if the type is registered, false otherwise. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether a given type T and a give key - are already registered. - - The type that the method checks for. - The key that the method checks for. - True if the type and key are registered, false otherwise. - - - - Registers a given type for a given interface. - - The interface for which instances will be resolved. - The type that must be used to create instances. - - - - Registers a given type for a given interface with the possibility for immediate - creation of the instance. - - The interface for which instances will be resolved. - The type that must be used to create instances. - If true, forces the creation of the default - instance of the provided class. - - - - Registers a given type. - - The type that must be used to create instances. - - - - Registers a given type with the possibility for immediate - creation of the instance. - - The type that must be used to create instances. - If true, forces the creation of the default - instance of the provided class. - - - - Registers a given instance for a given type. - - The type that is being registered. - The factory method able to create the instance that - must be returned when the given type is resolved. - - - - Registers a given instance for a given type with the possibility for immediate - creation of the instance. - - The type that is being registered. - The factory method able to create the instance that - must be returned when the given type is resolved. - If true, forces the creation of the default - instance of the provided class. - - - - Registers a given instance for a given type and a given key. - - The type that is being registered. - The factory method able to create the instance that - must be returned when the given type is resolved. - The key for which the given instance is registered. - - - - Registers a given instance for a given type and a given key with the possibility for immediate - creation of the instance. - - The type that is being registered. - The factory method able to create the instance that - must be returned when the given type is resolved. - The key for which the given instance is registered. - If true, forces the creation of the default - instance of the provided class. - - - - Resets the instance in its original states. This deletes all the - registrations. - - - - - Unregisters a class from the cache and removes all the previously - created instances. - - The class that must be removed. - - - - Removes the given instance from the cache. The class itself remains - registered and can be used to create other instances. - - The type of the instance to be removed. - The instance that must be removed. - - - - Removes the instance corresponding to the given key from the cache. The class itself remains - registered and can be used to create other instances. - - The type of the instance to be removed. - The key corresponding to the instance that must be removed. - - - - Provides a way to get all the created instances of a given type available in the - cache. Registering a class or a factory does not automatically - create the corresponding instance! To create an instance, either register - the class or the factory with createInstanceImmediately set to true, - or call the GetInstance method before calling GetAllCreatedInstances. - Alternatively, use the GetAllInstances method, which auto-creates default - instances for all registered classes. - - The class of which all instances - must be returned. - All the already created instances of the given type. - - - - Provides a way to get all the created instances of a given type available in the - cache. Registering a class or a factory does not automatically - create the corresponding instance! To create an instance, either register - the class or the factory with createInstanceImmediately set to true, - or call the GetInstance method before calling GetAllCreatedInstances. - Alternatively, use the GetAllInstances method, which auto-creates default - instances for all registered classes. - - The class of which all instances - must be returned. - All the already created instances of the given type. - - - - Gets the service object of the specified type. - - If the type serviceType has not - been registered before calling this method. - - A service object of type . - - An object that specifies the type of service object to get. - - - - Provides a way to get all the created instances of a given type available in the - cache. Calling this method auto-creates default - instances for all registered classes. - - The class of which all instances - must be returned. - All the instances of the given type. - - - - Provides a way to get all the created instances of a given type available in the - cache. Calling this method auto-creates default - instances for all registered classes. - - The class of which all instances - must be returned. - All the instances of the given type. - - - - Provides a way to get an instance of a given type. If no instance had been instantiated - before, a new instance will be created. If an instance had already - been created, that same instance will be returned. - - If the type serviceType has not - been registered before calling this method. - The class of which an instance - must be returned. - An instance of the given type. - - - - Provides a way to get an instance of a given type. This method - always returns a new instance and doesn't cache it in the IOC container. - - If the type serviceType has not - been registered before calling this method. - The class of which an instance - must be returned. - An instance of the given type. - - - - Provides a way to get an instance of a given type corresponding - to a given key. If no instance had been instantiated with this - key before, a new instance will be created. If an instance had already - been created with the same key, that same instance will be returned. - - If the type serviceType has not - been registered before calling this method. - The class of which an instance must be returned. - The key uniquely identifying this instance. - An instance corresponding to the given type and key. - - - - Provides a way to get an instance of a given type. This method - always returns a new instance and doesn't cache it in the IOC container. - - If the type serviceType has not - been registered before calling this method. - The class of which an instance must be returned. - The key uniquely identifying this instance. - An instance corresponding to the given type and key. - - - - Provides a way to get an instance of a given type. If no instance had been instantiated - before, a new instance will be created. If an instance had already - been created, that same instance will be returned. - - If the type TService has not - been registered before calling this method. - The class of which an instance - must be returned. - An instance of the given type. - - - - Provides a way to get an instance of a given type. This method - always returns a new instance and doesn't cache it in the IOC container. - - If the type TService has not - been registered before calling this method. - The class of which an instance - must be returned. - An instance of the given type. - - - - Provides a way to get an instance of a given type corresponding - to a given key. If no instance had been instantiated with this - key before, a new instance will be created. If an instance had already - been created with the same key, that same instance will be returned. - - If the type TService has not - been registered before calling this method. - The class of which an instance must be returned. - The key uniquely identifying this instance. - An instance corresponding to the given type and key. - - - - Provides a way to get an instance of a given type. This method - always returns a new instance and doesn't cache it in the IOC container. - - If the type TService has not - been registered before calling this method. - The class of which an instance must be returned. - The key uniquely identifying this instance. - An instance corresponding to the given type and key. - - - - This class' default instance. - - - - - This can be - used to bind any event on any FrameworkElement to an . - Typically, this element is used in XAML to connect the attached element - to a command located in a ViewModel. This trigger can only be attached - to a FrameworkElement or a class deriving from FrameworkElement. - To access the EventArgs of the fired event, use a RelayCommand<EventArgs> - and leave the CommandParameter and CommandParameterValue empty! - - - - - The dependency property's name. - - - - - The dependency property's name. - - - - - Identifies the dependency property - - - - - Identifies the dependency property - - - - - Identifies the dependency property - - - - - Called when this trigger is attached to a FrameworkElement. - - - - - This method is here for compatibility - with the Silverlight 3 version. - - The command that must be executed when - this trigger is invoked. - - - - Identifies the dependency property. - - - - - Identifies the dependency property. - - - - - Provides a simple way to invoke this trigger programatically - without any EventArgs. - - - - - Executes the trigger. - To access the EventArgs of the fired event, use a RelayCommand<EventArgs> - and leave the CommandParameter and CommandParameterValue empty! - - The EventArgs of the fired event. - - - - Gets or sets the ICommand that this trigger is bound to. This - is a DependencyProperty. - - - - - Gets or sets an object that will be passed to the - attached to this trigger. This is a DependencyProperty. - - - - - Gets or sets an object that will be passed to the - attached to this trigger. This property is here for compatibility - with the Silverlight version. This is NOT a DependencyProperty. - For databinding, use the property. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the attached element must be - disabled when the property's CanExecuteChanged - event fires. If this property is true, and the command's CanExecute - method returns false, the element will be disabled. If this property - is false, the element will not be disabled when the command's - CanExecute method changes. This is a DependencyProperty. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the attached element must be - disabled when the property's CanExecuteChanged - event fires. If this property is true, and the command's CanExecute - method returns false, the element will be disabled. This property is here for - compatibility with the Silverlight version. This is NOT a DependencyProperty. - For databinding, use the property. - - - - - Specifies whether the EventArgs of the event that triggered this - action should be passed to the bound RelayCommand. If this is true, - the command should accept arguments of the corresponding - type (for example RelayCommand<MouseButtonEventArgs>). - - - - - Gets or sets a converter used to convert the EventArgs when using - . If PassEventArgsToCommand is false, - this property is never used. - - - - - Gets or sets a parameters for the converter used to convert the EventArgs when using - . If PassEventArgsToCommand is false, - this property is never used. This is a dependency property. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating if the command should be invoked even - if the attached control is disabled. This is a dependency property. - - - - - The definition of the converter used to convert an EventArgs - in the class, if the - property is true. - Set an instance of this class to the - property of the EventToCommand instance. - - - - - The method used to convert the EventArgs instance. - - An instance of EventArgs passed by the - event that the EventToCommand instance is handling. - An optional parameter used for the conversion. Use - the property - to set this value. This may be null. - The converted value. - - - diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/sl4-wp71/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/sl4-wp71/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 8533023a2..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/sl4-wp71/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/sl4-wp71/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/sl4-wp71/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index 33d6650fc..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/sl4-wp71/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/sl4-wp71/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/sl4-wp71/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 9e3a00449..000000000 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/sl4-wp71/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1710 +0,0 @@ - - - - GalaSoft.MvvmLight - - - - - A command whose sole purpose is to relay its functionality to other - objects by invoking delegates. The default return value for the CanExecute - method is 'true'. This class does not allow you to accept command parameters in the - Execute and CanExecute callback methods. - - If you are using this class in WPF4.5 or above, you need to use the - GalaSoft.MvvmLight.CommandWpf namespace (instead of GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Command). - This will enable (or restore) the CommandManager class which handles - automatic enabling/disabling of controls based on the CanExecute delegate. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class that - can always execute. - - The execution logic. - If the execute argument is null. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class. - - The execution logic. - The execution status logic. - If the execute argument is null. - - - - Raises the event. - - - - - Defines the method that determines whether the command can execute in its current state. - - This parameter will always be ignored. - true if this command can be executed; otherwise, false. - - - - Defines the method to be called when the command is invoked. - - This parameter will always be ignored. - - - - Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. - - - - - A generic command whose sole purpose is to relay its functionality to other - objects by invoking delegates. The default return value for the CanExecute - method is 'true'. This class allows you to accept command parameters in the - Execute and CanExecute callback methods. - - The type of the command parameter. - If you are using this class in WPF4.5 or above, you need to use the - GalaSoft.MvvmLight.CommandWpf namespace (instead of GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Command). - This will enable (or restore) the CommandManager class which handles - automatic enabling/disabling of controls based on the CanExecute delegate. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class that - can always execute. - - The execution logic. - If the execute argument is null. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class. - - The execution logic. - The execution status logic. - If the execute argument is null. - - - - Raises the event. - - - - - Defines the method that determines whether the command can execute in its current state. - - Data used by the command. If the command does not require data - to be passed, this object can be set to a null reference - true if this command can be executed; otherwise, false. - - - - Defines the method to be called when the command is invoked. - - Data used by the command. If the command does not require data - to be passed, this object can be set to a null reference - - - - Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. - - - - - This interface is meant for the class and can be - useful if you store multiple WeakAction{T} instances but don't know in advance - what type T represents. - - - - - Executes an action. - - A parameter passed as an object, - to be casted to the appropriate type. - - - - Deletes all references, which notifies the cleanup method - that this entry must be deleted. - - - - - The target of the WeakAction. - - - - - This interface is meant for the class and can be - useful if you store multiple WeakFunc{T} instances but don't know in advance - what type T represents. - - - - - Executes a Func and returns the result. - - A parameter passed as an object, - to be casted to the appropriate type. - The result of the operation. - - - - Stores an without causing a hard reference - to be created to the Action's owner. The owner can be garbage collected at any time. - - - - - Initializes an empty instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The action that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The action's owner. - The action that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Executes the action. This only happens if the action's owner - is still alive. - - - - - Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. - - - - - Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakAction's - method passed in the constructor. - - - - - Gets the name of the method that this WeakAction represents. - - - - - Gets or sets a WeakReference to this WeakAction's action's target. - This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the - method is anonymous. - - - - - Gets or sets a WeakReference to the target passed when constructing - the WeakAction. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the - method is anonymous. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the WeakAction is static or not. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected - by the Garbage Collector already. - - - - - Gets the Action's owner. This object is stored as a - . - - - - - The target of the weak reference. - - - - - Stores an Action without causing a hard reference - to be created to the Action's owner. The owner can be garbage collected at any time. - - The type of the Action's parameter. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakAction class. - - The action that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakAction class. - - The action's owner. - The action that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Executes the action. This only happens if the action's owner - is still alive. The action's parameter is set to default(T). - - - - - Executes the action. This only happens if the action's owner - is still alive. - - A parameter to be passed to the action. - - - - Executes the action with a parameter of type object. This parameter - will be casted to T. This method implements - and can be useful if you store multiple WeakAction{T} instances but don't know in advance - what type T represents. - - The parameter that will be passed to the action after - being casted to T. - - - - Sets all the actions that this WeakAction contains to null, - which is a signal for containing objects that this WeakAction - should be deleted. - - - - - Gets the name of the method that this WeakAction represents. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected - by the Garbage Collector already. - - - - - Stores a Func<T> without causing a hard reference - to be created to the Func's owner. The owner can be garbage collected at any time. - - The type of the result of the Func that will be stored - by this weak reference. - - - - Initializes an empty instance of the WeakFunc class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. - - The Func that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. - - The Func's owner. - The Func that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Executes the action. This only happens if the Func's owner - is still alive. - - The result of the Func stored as reference. - - - - Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. - - - - - Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakFunc's - method passed in the constructor. - - - - - Get a value indicating whether the WeakFunc is static or not. - - - - - Gets the name of the method that this WeakFunc represents. - - - - - Gets or sets a WeakReference to this WeakFunc's action's target. - This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the - method is anonymous. - - - - - Gets or sets a WeakReference to the target passed when constructing - the WeakFunc. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the - method is anonymous. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected - by the Garbage Collector already. - - - - - Gets the Func's owner. This object is stored as a - . - - - - - Gets the owner of the Func that was passed as parameter. - This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the - method is anonymous. - - - - - Stores an Func without causing a hard reference - to be created to the Func's owner. The owner can be garbage collected at any time. - - The type of the Func's parameter. - The type of the Func's return value. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. - - The Func that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. - - The Func's owner. - The Func that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Executes the Func. This only happens if the Func's owner - is still alive. The Func's parameter is set to default(T). - - The result of the Func stored as reference. - - - - Executes the Func. This only happens if the Func's owner - is still alive. - - A parameter to be passed to the action. - The result of the Func stored as reference. - - - - Executes the Func with a parameter of type object. This parameter - will be casted to T. This method implements - and can be useful if you store multiple WeakFunc{T} instances but don't know in advance - what type T represents. - - The parameter that will be passed to the Func after - being casted to T. - The result of the execution as object, to be casted to T. - - - - Sets all the funcs that this WeakFunc contains to null, - which is a signal for containing objects that this WeakFunc - should be deleted. - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the method that this WeakFunc represents. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected - by the Garbage Collector already. - - - - - Defines a common interface for classes that should be cleaned up, - but without the implications that IDisposable presupposes. An instance - implementing ICleanup can be cleaned up without being - disposed and garbage collected. - - - - - Cleans up the instance, for example by saving its state, - removing resources, etc... - - - - - Use this class to send a message requesting to display a message box with features - corresponding to this message's properties. The Callback property should be used - to notify the message's sender about the user's choice in the message box. - Typically, you can use this message typ's recipient will be an element of the View, - and the sender will possibly be a ViewModel. - - - - - Passes a generic value (Content) to a recipient. - - The type of the Content property. - - - - Base class for all messages broadcasted by the Messenger. - You can create your own message types by extending this class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - The message's original sender. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - The message's original sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - - - - Gets or sets the message's sender. - - - - - Gets or sets the message's intended target. This property can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the GenericMessage class. - - The message content. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the GenericMessage class. - - The message's sender. - The message content. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the GenericMessage class. - - The message's sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - The message content. - - - - Gets or sets the message's content. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the DialogMessage class. - - The text displayed by the message box. - A callback method that should be executed to deliver the result - of the message box to the object that sent the message. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the DialogMessage class. - - The message's original sender. - The text displayed by the message box. - A callback method that should be executed to deliver the result - of the message box to the object that sent the message. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the DialogMessage class. - - The message's original sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - The text displayed by the message box. - A callback method that should be executed to deliver the result - of the message box to the object that sent the message. - - - - Utility method, checks if the property is - null, and if it is not null, executes it. - - The result that must be passed - to the dialog message caller. - - - - Gets or sets the buttons displayed by the message box. - - - - - Gets a callback method that should be executed to deliver the result - of the message box to the object that sent the message. - - - - - Gets or sets the caption for the message box. - - - - - Gets or sets which result is the default in the message box. - - - - - The Messenger is a class allowing objects to exchange messages. - - - - - Registers a recipient for a type of message TMessage. The action - parameter will be executed when a corresponding message is sent. - Registering a recipient does not create a hard reference to it, - so if this recipient is deleted, no memory leak is caused. - - The type of message that the recipient registers - for. - The recipient that will receive the messages. - The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. - - - - Registers a recipient for a type of message TMessage. - The action parameter will be executed when a corresponding - message is sent. See the receiveDerivedMessagesToo parameter - for details on how messages deriving from TMessage (or, if TMessage is an interface, - messages implementing TMessage) can be received too. - Registering a recipient does not create a hard reference to it, - so if this recipient is deleted, no memory leak is caused. - - The type of message that the recipient registers - for. - The recipient that will receive the messages. - A token for a messaging channel. If a recipient registers - using a token, and a sender sends a message using the same token, then this - message will be delivered to the recipient. Other recipients who did not - use a token when registering (or who used a different token) will not - get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different - token, will not be delivered to that recipient. - The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. - - - - Registers a recipient for a type of message TMessage. - The action parameter will be executed when a corresponding - message is sent. See the receiveDerivedMessagesToo parameter - for details on how messages deriving from TMessage (or, if TMessage is an interface, - messages implementing TMessage) can be received too. - Registering a recipient does not create a hard reference to it, - so if this recipient is deleted, no memory leak is caused. - - The type of message that the recipient registers - for. - The recipient that will receive the messages. - A token for a messaging channel. If a recipient registers - using a token, and a sender sends a message using the same token, then this - message will be delivered to the recipient. Other recipients who did not - use a token when registering (or who used a different token) will not - get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different - token, will not be delivered to that recipient. - If true, message types deriving from - TMessage will also be transmitted to the recipient. For example, if a SendOrderMessage - and an ExecuteOrderMessage derive from OrderMessage, registering for OrderMessage - and setting receiveDerivedMessagesToo to true will send SendOrderMessage - and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. - Also, if TMessage is an interface, message types implementing TMessage will also be - transmitted to the recipient. For example, if a SendOrderMessage - and an ExecuteOrderMessage implement IOrderMessage, registering for IOrderMessage - and setting receiveDerivedMessagesToo to true will send SendOrderMessage - and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. - - The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. - - - - Registers a recipient for a type of message TMessage. - The action parameter will be executed when a corresponding - message is sent. See the receiveDerivedMessagesToo parameter - for details on how messages deriving from TMessage (or, if TMessage is an interface, - messages implementing TMessage) can be received too. - Registering a recipient does not create a hard reference to it, - so if this recipient is deleted, no memory leak is caused. - - The type of message that the recipient registers - for. - The recipient that will receive the messages. - If true, message types deriving from - TMessage will also be transmitted to the recipient. For example, if a SendOrderMessage - and an ExecuteOrderMessage derive from OrderMessage, registering for OrderMessage - and setting receiveDerivedMessagesToo to true will send SendOrderMessage - and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. - Also, if TMessage is an interface, message types implementing TMessage will also be - transmitted to the recipient. For example, if a SendOrderMessage - and an ExecuteOrderMessage implement IOrderMessage, registering for IOrderMessage - and setting receiveDerivedMessagesToo to true will send SendOrderMessage - and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. - - The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. - - - - Sends a message to registered recipients. The message will - reach all recipients that registered for this message type - using one of the Register methods. - - The type of message that will be sent. - The message to send to registered recipients. - - - - Sends a message to registered recipients. The message will - reach only recipients that registered for this message type - using one of the Register methods, and that are - of the targetType. - - The type of message that will be sent. - The type of recipients that will receive - the message. The message won't be sent to recipients of another type. - The message to send to registered recipients. - - - - Sends a message to registered recipients. The message will - reach only recipients that registered for this message type - using one of the Register methods, and that are - of the targetType. - - The type of message that will be sent. - The message to send to registered recipients. - A token for a messaging channel. If a recipient registers - using a token, and a sender sends a message using the same token, then this - message will be delivered to the recipient. Other recipients who did not - use a token when registering (or who used a different token) will not - get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different - token, will not be delivered to that recipient. - - - - Unregisters a messager recipient completely. After this method - is executed, the recipient will not receive any messages anymore. - - The recipient that must be unregistered. - - - - Unregisters a message recipient for a given type of messages only. - After this method is executed, the recipient will not receive messages - of type TMessage anymore, but will still receive other message types (if it - registered for them previously). - - The type of messages that the recipient wants - to unregister from. - The recipient that must be unregistered. - - - - Unregisters a message recipient for a given type of messages only and for a given token. - After this method is executed, the recipient will not receive messages - of type TMessage anymore with the given token, but will still receive other message types - or messages with other tokens (if it registered for them previously). - - The recipient that must be unregistered. - The token for which the recipient must be unregistered. - The type of messages that the recipient wants - to unregister from. - - - - Unregisters a message recipient for a given type of messages and for - a given action. Other message types will still be transmitted to the - recipient (if it registered for them previously). Other actions that have - been registered for the message type TMessage and for the given recipient (if - available) will also remain available. - - The type of messages that the recipient wants - to unregister from. - The recipient that must be unregistered. - The action that must be unregistered for - the recipient and for the message type TMessage. - - - - Unregisters a message recipient for a given type of messages, for - a given action and a given token. Other message types will still be transmitted to the - recipient (if it registered for them previously). Other actions that have - been registered for the message type TMessage, for the given recipient and other tokens (if - available) will also remain available. - - The type of messages that the recipient wants - to unregister from. - The recipient that must be unregistered. - The token for which the recipient must be unregistered. - The action that must be unregistered for - the recipient and for the message type TMessage. - - - - The Messenger is a class allowing objects to exchange messages. - - - - - Registers a recipient for a type of message TMessage. The action - parameter will be executed when a corresponding message is sent. - Registering a recipient does not create a hard reference to it, - so if this recipient is deleted, no memory leak is caused. - - The type of message that the recipient registers - for. - The recipient that will receive the messages. - The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. - - - - Registers a recipient for a type of message TMessage. - The action parameter will be executed when a corresponding - message is sent. See the receiveDerivedMessagesToo parameter - for details on how messages deriving from TMessage (or, if TMessage is an interface, - messages implementing TMessage) can be received too. - Registering a recipient does not create a hard reference to it, - so if this recipient is deleted, no memory leak is caused. - - The type of message that the recipient registers - for. - The recipient that will receive the messages. - If true, message types deriving from - TMessage will also be transmitted to the recipient. For example, if a SendOrderMessage - and an ExecuteOrderMessage derive from OrderMessage, registering for OrderMessage - and setting receiveDerivedMessagesToo to true will send SendOrderMessage - and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. - Also, if TMessage is an interface, message types implementing TMessage will also be - transmitted to the recipient. For example, if a SendOrderMessage - and an ExecuteOrderMessage implement IOrderMessage, registering for IOrderMessage - and setting receiveDerivedMessagesToo to true will send SendOrderMessage - and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. - - The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. - - - - Registers a recipient for a type of message TMessage. - The action parameter will be executed when a corresponding - message is sent. - Registering a recipient does not create a hard reference to it, - so if this recipient is deleted, no memory leak is caused. - - The type of message that the recipient registers - for. - The recipient that will receive the messages. - A token for a messaging channel. If a recipient registers - using a token, and a sender sends a message using the same token, then this - message will be delivered to the recipient. Other recipients who did not - use a token when registering (or who used a different token) will not - get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different - token, will not be delivered to that recipient. - The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. - - - - Registers a recipient for a type of message TMessage. - The action parameter will be executed when a corresponding - message is sent. See the receiveDerivedMessagesToo parameter - for details on how messages deriving from TMessage (or, if TMessage is an interface, - messages implementing TMessage) can be received too. - Registering a recipient does not create a hard reference to it, - so if this recipient is deleted, no memory leak is caused. - - The type of message that the recipient registers - for. - The recipient that will receive the messages. - A token for a messaging channel. If a recipient registers - using a token, and a sender sends a message using the same token, then this - message will be delivered to the recipient. Other recipients who did not - use a token when registering (or who used a different token) will not - get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different - token, will not be delivered to that recipient. - If true, message types deriving from - TMessage will also be transmitted to the recipient. For example, if a SendOrderMessage - and an ExecuteOrderMessage derive from OrderMessage, registering for OrderMessage - and setting receiveDerivedMessagesToo to true will send SendOrderMessage - and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. - Also, if TMessage is an interface, message types implementing TMessage will also be - transmitted to the recipient. For example, if a SendOrderMessage - and an ExecuteOrderMessage implement IOrderMessage, registering for IOrderMessage - and setting receiveDerivedMessagesToo to true will send SendOrderMessage - and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. - - The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. - - - - Sends a message to registered recipients. The message will - reach all recipients that registered for this message type - using one of the Register methods. - - The type of message that will be sent. - The message to send to registered recipients. - - - - Sends a message to registered recipients. The message will - reach only recipients that registered for this message type - using one of the Register methods, and that are - of the targetType. - - The type of message that will be sent. - The type of recipients that will receive - the message. The message won't be sent to recipients of another type. - The message to send to registered recipients. - - - - Sends a message to registered recipients. The message will - reach only recipients that registered for this message type - using one of the Register methods, and that are - of the targetType. - - The type of message that will be sent. - The message to send to registered recipients. - A token for a messaging channel. If a recipient registers - using a token, and a sender sends a message using the same token, then this - message will be delivered to the recipient. Other recipients who did not - use a token when registering (or who used a different token) will not - get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different - token, will not be delivered to that recipient. - - - - Unregisters a messager recipient completely. After this method - is executed, the recipient will not receive any messages anymore. - - The recipient that must be unregistered. - - - - Unregisters a message recipient for a given type of messages only. - After this method is executed, the recipient will not receive messages - of type TMessage anymore, but will still receive other message types (if it - registered for them previously). - - The recipient that must be unregistered. - The type of messages that the recipient wants - to unregister from. - - - - Unregisters a message recipient for a given type of messages only and for a given token. - After this method is executed, the recipient will not receive messages - of type TMessage anymore with the given token, but will still receive other message types - or messages with other tokens (if it registered for them previously). - - The recipient that must be unregistered. - The token for which the recipient must be unregistered. - The type of messages that the recipient wants - to unregister from. - - - - Unregisters a message recipient for a given type of messages and for - a given action. Other message types will still be transmitted to the - recipient (if it registered for them previously). Other actions that have - been registered for the message type TMessage and for the given recipient (if - available) will also remain available. - - The type of messages that the recipient wants - to unregister from. - The recipient that must be unregistered. - The action that must be unregistered for - the recipient and for the message type TMessage. - - - - Unregisters a message recipient for a given type of messages, for - a given action and a given token. Other message types will still be transmitted to the - recipient (if it registered for them previously). Other actions that have - been registered for the message type TMessage, for the given recipient and other tokens (if - available) will also remain available. - - The type of messages that the recipient wants - to unregister from. - The recipient that must be unregistered. - The token for which the recipient must be unregistered. - The action that must be unregistered for - the recipient and for the message type TMessage. - - - - Provides a way to override the Messenger.Default instance with - a custom instance, for example for unit testing purposes. - - The instance that will be used as Messenger.Default. - - - - Sets the Messenger's default (static) instance to null. - - - - - Provides a non-static access to the static method. - Sets the Messenger's default (static) instance to null. - - - - - Notifies the Messenger that the lists of recipients should - be scanned and cleaned up. - Since recipients are stored as , - recipients can be garbage collected even though the Messenger keeps - them in a list. During the cleanup operation, all "dead" - recipients are removed from the lists. Since this operation - can take a moment, it is only executed when the application is - idle. For this reason, a user of the Messenger class should use - instead of forcing one with the - method. - - - - - Scans the recipients' lists for "dead" instances and removes them. - Since recipients are stored as , - recipients can be garbage collected even though the Messenger keeps - them in a list. During the cleanup operation, all "dead" - recipients are removed from the lists. Since this operation - can take a moment, it is only executed when the application is - idle. For this reason, a user of the Messenger class should use - instead of forcing one with the - method. - - - - - Gets the Messenger's default instance, allowing - to register and send messages in a static manner. - - - - - Passes a string message (Notification) to a recipient. - Typically, notifications are defined as unique strings in a static class. To define - a unique string, you can use Guid.NewGuid().ToString() or any other unique - identifier. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the NotificationMessage class. - - A string containing any arbitrary message to be - passed to recipient(s) - - - - Initializes a new instance of the NotificationMessage class. - - The message's sender. - A string containing any arbitrary message to be - passed to recipient(s) - - - - Initializes a new instance of the NotificationMessage class. - - The message's sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - A string containing any arbitrary message to be - passed to recipient(s) - - - - Gets a string containing any arbitrary message to be - passed to recipient(s). - - - - - Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient - is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the - method to execute the callback. - - - - - Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient - is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the - method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. - and - . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Executes the callback that was provided with the message with an - arbitrary number of parameters. - - A number of parameters that will - be passed to the callback method. - The object returned by the callback method. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - The message's sender. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - The message's sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Executes the callback that was provided with the message. - - - - - Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient - is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the - method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. - . - - The type of the callback method's - only parameter. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - The message's sender. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - The message's sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Executes the callback that was provided with the message. - - A parameter requested by the message's - sender and providing additional information on the recipient's - state. - - - - Passes a string message (Notification) and a generic value (Content) to a recipient. - - The type of the Content property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the NotificationMessage class. - - A value to be passed to recipient(s). - A string containing any arbitrary message to be - passed to recipient(s) - - - - Initializes a new instance of the NotificationMessage class. - - The message's sender. - A value to be passed to recipient(s). - A string containing any arbitrary message to be - passed to recipient(s) - - - - Initializes a new instance of the NotificationMessage class. - - The message's sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - A value to be passed to recipient(s). - A string containing any arbitrary message to be - passed to recipient(s) - - - - Gets a string containing any arbitrary message to be - passed to recipient(s). - - - - - Passes a string property name (PropertyName) and a generic value - ( and ) to a recipient. - This message type can be used to propagate a PropertyChanged event to - a recipient using the messenging system. - - The type of the OldValue and NewValue property. - - - - Basis class for the class. This - class allows a recipient to register for all PropertyChangedMessages without - having to specify the type T. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - The name of the property that changed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - The name of the property that changed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The name of the property that changed. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the property that changed. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - The property's value before the change occurred. - The property's value after the change occurred. - The name of the property that changed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The property's value before the change occurred. - The property's value after the change occurred. - The name of the property that changed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - The property's value before the change occurred. - The property's value after the change occurred. - The name of the property that changed. - - - - Gets the value that the property has after the change. - - - - - Gets the value that the property had before the change. - - - - - A base class for objects of which the properties must be observable. - - - - - Verifies that a property name exists in this ViewModel. This method - can be called before the property is used, for instance before - calling RaisePropertyChanged. It avoids errors when a property name - is changed but some places are missed. - - This method is only active in DEBUG mode. - The name of the property that will be - checked. - - - - Raises the PropertyChanging event if needed. - - If the propertyName parameter - does not correspond to an existing property on the current class, an - exception is thrown in DEBUG configuration only. - The name of the property that - changed. - - - - Raises the PropertyChanged event if needed. - - If the propertyName parameter - does not correspond to an existing property on the current class, an - exception is thrown in DEBUG configuration only. - The name of the property that - changed. - - - - Raises the PropertyChanging event if needed. - - The type of the property that - changes. - An expression identifying the property - that changes. - - - - Raises the PropertyChanged event if needed. - - The type of the property that - changed. - An expression identifying the property - that changed. - - - - Extracts the name of a property from an expression. - - The type of the property. - An expression returning the property's name. - The name of the property returned by the expression. - If the expression is null. - If the expression does not represent a property. - - - - Assigns a new value to the property. Then, raises the - PropertyChanged event if needed. - - The type of the property that - changed. - An expression identifying the property - that changed. - The field storing the property's value. - The property's value after the change - occurred. - True if the PropertyChanged event has been raised, - false otherwise. The event is not raised if the old - value is equal to the new value. - - - - Assigns a new value to the property. Then, raises the - PropertyChanged event if needed. - - The type of the property that - changed. - The name of the property that - changed. - The field storing the property's value. - The property's value after the change - occurred. - True if the PropertyChanged event has been raised, - false otherwise. The event is not raised if the old - value is equal to the new value. - - - - Occurs after a property value changes. - - - - - Provides access to the PropertyChanged event handler to derived classes. - - - - - Occurs before a property value changes. - - - - - Provides access to the PropertyChanging event handler to derived classes. - - - - - A base class for the ViewModel classes in the MVVM pattern. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the ViewModelBase class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the ViewModelBase class. - - An instance of a - used to broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class - will attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default - instance. - - - - Unregisters this instance from the Messenger class. - To cleanup additional resources, override this method, clean - up and then call base.Cleanup(). - - - - - Broadcasts a PropertyChangedMessage using either the instance of - the Messenger that was passed to this class (if available) - or the Messenger's default instance. - - The type of the property that - changed. - The value of the property before it - changed. - The value of the property after it - changed. - The name of the property that - changed. - - - - Raises the PropertyChanged event if needed, and broadcasts a - PropertyChangedMessage using the Messenger instance (or the - static default instance if no Messenger instance is available). - - The type of the property that - changed. - The name of the property that - changed. - The property's value before the change - occurred. - The property's value after the change - occurred. - If true, a PropertyChangedMessage will - be broadcasted. If false, only the event will be raised. - If the propertyName parameter - does not correspond to an existing property on the current class, an - exception is thrown in DEBUG configuration only. - - - - Raises the PropertyChanged event if needed, and broadcasts a - PropertyChangedMessage using the Messenger instance (or the - static default instance if no Messenger instance is available). - - The type of the property that - changed. - An expression identifying the property - that changed. - The property's value before the change - occurred. - The property's value after the change - occurred. - If true, a PropertyChangedMessage will - be broadcasted. If false, only the event will be raised. - - - - Assigns a new value to the property. Then, raises the - PropertyChanged event if needed, and broadcasts a - PropertyChangedMessage using the Messenger instance (or the - static default instance if no Messenger instance is available). - - The type of the property that - changed. - An expression identifying the property - that changed. - The field storing the property's value. - The property's value after the change - occurred. - If true, a PropertyChangedMessage will - be broadcasted. If false, only the event will be raised. - True if the PropertyChanged event was raised, false otherwise. - - - - Assigns a new value to the property. Then, raises the - PropertyChanged event if needed, and broadcasts a - PropertyChangedMessage using the Messenger instance (or the - static default instance if no Messenger instance is available). - - The type of the property that - changed. - The name of the property that - changed. - The field storing the property's value. - The property's value after the change - occurred. - If true, a PropertyChangedMessage will - be broadcasted. If false, only the event will be raised. - True if the PropertyChanged event was raised, false otherwise. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode - (running under Blend or Visual Studio). - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode - (running in Blend or Visual Studio). - - - - - Gets or sets an instance of a used to - broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class will - attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default instance. - - - - - An interface defining how navigation between pages should - be performed in various frameworks such as Windows, - Windows Phone, Android, iOS etc. - - - - - If possible, instructs the navigation service - to discard the current page and display the previous page - on the navigation stack. - - - - - Instructs the navigation service to display a new page - corresponding to the given key. Depending on the platforms, - the navigation service might have to be configured with a - key/page list. - - The key corresponding to the page - that should be displayed. - - - - Instructs the navigation service to display a new page - corresponding to the given key, and passes a parameter - to the new page. - Depending on the platforms, the navigation service might - have to be Configure with a key/page list. - - The key corresponding to the page - that should be displayed. - The parameter that should be passed - to the new page. - - - - The key corresponding to the currently displayed page. - - - - - Helper class for dispatcher operations on the UI thread. - - - - - Executes an action on the UI thread. If this method is called - from the UI thread, the action is executed immendiately. If the - method is called from another thread, the action will be enqueued - on the UI thread's dispatcher and executed asynchronously. - For additional operations on the UI thread, you can get a - reference to the UI thread's dispatcher thanks to the property - . - - The action that will be executed on the UI - thread. - - - - Invokes an action asynchronously on the UI thread. - - The action that must be executed. - An object, which is returned immediately after BeginInvoke is called, that can be used to interact - with the delegate as it is pending execution in the event queue. - - - - This method should be called once on the UI thread to ensure that - the property is initialized. - In a Silverlight application, call this method in the - Application_Startup event handler, after the MainPage is constructed. - In WPF, call this method on the static App() constructor. - - - - - Resets the class by deleting the - - - - - Gets a reference to the UI thread's dispatcher, after the - method has been called on the UI thread. - - - - diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/sl4-wp71/Microsoft.Practices.ServiceLocation.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/sl4-wp71/Microsoft.Practices.ServiceLocation.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 68ad36e73..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/sl4-wp71/Microsoft.Practices.ServiceLocation.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/sl4-wp71/Microsoft.Practices.ServiceLocation.xml b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/sl4-wp71/Microsoft.Practices.ServiceLocation.xml deleted file mode 100644 index dee1d96ce..000000000 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/sl4-wp71/Microsoft.Practices.ServiceLocation.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,263 +0,0 @@ - - - - Microsoft.Practices.ServiceLocation - - - - - The standard exception thrown when a ServiceLocator has an error in resolving an object. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message. - - - The message that describes the error. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception. - - - The error message that explains the reason for the exception. - - - The exception that is the cause of the current exception, or a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no inner exception is specified. - - - - - The generic Service Locator interface. This interface is used - to retrieve services (instances identified by type and optional - name) from a container. - - - - - Get an instance of the given . - - Type of object requested. - if there is an error resolving - the service instance. - The requested service instance. - - - - Get an instance of the given named . - - Type of object requested. - Name the object was registered with. - if there is an error resolving - the service instance. - The requested service instance. - - - - Get all instances of the given currently - registered in the container. - - Type of object requested. - if there is are errors resolving - the service instance. - A sequence of instances of the requested . - - - - Get an instance of the given . - - Type of object requested. - if there is are errors resolving - the service instance. - The requested service instance. - - - - Get an instance of the given named . - - Type of object requested. - Name the object was registered with. - if there is are errors resolving - the service instance. - The requested service instance. - - - - Get all instances of the given currently - registered in the container. - - Type of object requested. - if there is are errors resolving - the service instance. - A sequence of instances of the requested . - - - - A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. - - - - - Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. - - - - - Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all - resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. - - - - - Looks up a localized string similar to Activation error occured while trying to get all instances of type {0}. - - - - - Looks up a localized string similar to Activation error occured while trying to get instance of type {0}, key "{1}". - - - - - This class provides the ambient container for this application. If your - framework defines such an ambient container, use ServiceLocator.Current - to get it. - - - - - Set the delegate that is used to retrieve the current container. - - Delegate that, when called, will return - the current ambient container. - - - - The current ambient container. - - - - - This class is a helper that provides a default implementation - for most of the methods of . - - - - - Get an instance of the given . - - The requested service. - if there is an error in resolving the service instance. - The requested object. - - - - Get an instance of the given . - - Type of object requested. - if there is an error resolving - the service instance. - The requested service instance. - - - - Get an instance of the given named . - - Type of object requested. - Name the object was registered with. - if there is an error resolving - the service instance. - The requested service instance. - - - - Get all instances of the given currently - registered in the container. - - Type of object requested. - if there is are errors resolving - the service instance. - A sequence of instances of the requested . - - - - Get an instance of the given . - - Type of object requested. - if there is are errors resolving - the service instance. - The requested service instance. - - - - Get an instance of the given named . - - Type of object requested. - Name the object was registered with. - if there is are errors resolving - the service instance. - The requested service instance. - - - - Get all instances of the given currently - registered in the container. - - Type of object requested. - if there is are errors resolving - the service instance. - A sequence of instances of the requested . - - - - When implemented by inheriting classes, this method will do the actual work of resolving - the requested service instance. - - Type of instance requested. - Name of registered service you want. May be null. - The requested service instance. - - - - When implemented by inheriting classes, this method will do the actual work of - resolving all the requested service instances. - - Type of service requested. - Sequence of service instance objects. - - - - Format the exception message for use in an - that occurs while resolving a single service. - - The actual exception thrown by the implementation. - Type of service requested. - Name requested. - The formatted exception message string. - - - - Format the exception message for use in an - that occurs while resolving multiple service instances. - - The actual exception thrown by the implementation. - Type of service requested. - The formatted exception message string. - - - - This delegate type is used to provide a method that will - return the current container. Used with the - static accessor class. - - An . - - - diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/sl4-wp71/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/sl4-wp71/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 786d6def6..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/sl4-wp71/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/sl4-wp71/System.Windows.Interactivity.xml b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/sl4-wp71/System.Windows.Interactivity.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 9feeaaf44..000000000 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/sl4-wp71/System.Windows.Interactivity.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1025 +0,0 @@ - - - - System.Windows.Interactivity - - - - - Represents a collection of IAttachedObject with a shared AssociatedObject and provides change notifications to its contents when that AssociatedObject changes. - - - - - An interface for an object that can be attached to another object. - - - - - Attaches to the specified object. - - The object to attach to. - - - - Detaches this instance from its associated object. - - - - - Gets the associated object. - - The associated object. - Represents the object the instance is attached to. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Internal, because this should not be inherited outside this assembly. - - - - Called immediately after the collection is attached to an AssociatedObject. - - - - - Called when the collection is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. - - - - - Called when a new item is added to the collection. - - The new item. - - - - Called when an item is removed from the collection. - - The removed item. - - - Cannot add the instance to a collection more than once. - - - - Attaches to the specified object. - - The object to attach to. - The IAttachedObject is already attached to a different object. - - - - Detaches this instance from its associated object. - - - - - The object on which the collection is hosted. - - - - - Gets the associated object. - - The associated object. - - - - Encapsulates state information and zero or more ICommands into an attachable object. - - The type the can be attached to. - - Behavior is the base class for providing attachable state and commands to an object. - The types the Behavior can be attached to can be controlled by the generic parameter. - Override OnAttached() and OnDetaching() methods to hook and unhook any necessary handlers - from the AssociatedObject. - - - - - Encapsulates state information and zero or more ICommands into an attachable object. - - This is an infrastructure class. Behavior authors should derive from Behavior<T> instead of from this class. - - - - Called after the behavior is attached to an AssociatedObject. - - Override this to hook up functionality to the AssociatedObject. - - - - Called when the behavior is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. - - Override this to unhook functionality from the AssociatedObject. - - - - Attaches to the specified object. - - The object to attach to. - The Behavior is already hosted on a different element. - dependencyObject does not satisfy the Behavior type constraint. - - - - Detaches this instance from its associated object. - - - - - The type to which this behavior can be attached. - - - - - Gets the object to which this behavior is attached. - - - - - Gets the associated object. - - The associated object. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets the object to which this is attached. - - - - - Represents a collection of behaviors with a shared AssociatedObject and provides change notifications to its contents when that AssociatedObject changes. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Internal, because this should not be inherited outside this assembly. - - - - Called immediately after the collection is attached to an AssociatedObject. - - - - - Called when the collection is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. - - - - - Called when a new item is added to the collection. - - The new item. - - - - Called when an item is removed from the collection. - - The removed item. - - - - Enumerates possible values for reusable property value editors. - - - - - Uses the element picker, if supported, to edit this property at design time. - - - - - Uses the storyboard picker, if supported, to edit this property at design time. - - - - - Uses the state picker, if supported, to edit this property at design time. - - - - - Uses the element-binding picker, if supported, to edit this property at design time. - - - - - Uses the property-binding picker, if supported, to edit this property at design time. - - - - - Associates the given editor type with the property on which the CustomPropertyValueEditor is applied. - - Use this attribute to get improved design-time editing for properties that denote element (by name), storyboards, or states (by name). - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The custom property value editor. - - - - Gets or sets the custom property value editor. - - The custom property value editor. - - - - Provides design tools information about what to instantiate for a given action or command. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The type this attribute applies to. - The type of to instantiate. - A single argument for the specified . - is not derived from TriggerBase. - This constructor is useful if the specifed has a single argument. The - resulting code will be CLS compliant. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The type this attribute applies to. - The type of to instantiate. - The constructor arguments for the specified . - is not derived from TriggerBase. - - - - Instantiates this instance. - - The specified by the DefaultTriggerAttribute. - - - - Gets the type that this DefaultTriggerAttribute applies to. - - The type this DefaultTriggerAttribute applies to. - - - - Gets the type of the to instantiate. - - The type of the to instantiate. - - - - Gets the parameters to pass to the constructor. - - The parameters to pass to the constructor. - - - - This method will use the VisualTreeHelper.GetParent method to do a depth first walk up - the visual tree and return all ancestors of the specified object, including the object itself. - - The object in the visual tree to find ancestors of. - Returns itself an all ancestors in the visual tree. - - - - EventObserver is designed to help manage event handlers by detatching when disposed. Creating this object will also attach in the constructor. - - - - - Creates an instance of EventObserver and attaches to the supplied event on the supplied target. Call dispose to detach. - - The event to attach and detach from. - The target object the event is defined on. Null if the method is static. - The delegate to attach to the event. - - - - Detaches the handler from the event. - - - - - A trigger that listens for a specified event on its source and fires when that event is fired. - - - - - Represents a trigger that can listen to an element other than its AssociatedObject. - - The type that this trigger can be associated with. - - EventTriggerBase extends TriggerBase to add knowledge of another object than the one it is attached to. - This allows a user to attach a Trigger/Action pair to one element and invoke the Action in response to a - change in another object somewhere else. Override OnSourceChanged to hook or unhook handlers on the source - element, and OnAttached/OnDetaching for the associated element. The type of the Source element can be - constrained by the generic type parameter. If you need control over the type of the - AssociatedObject, set a TypeConstraintAttribute on your derived type. - - - - - Represents a trigger that can listen to an object other than its AssociatedObject. - - This is an infrastructure class. Trigger authors should derive from EventTriggerBase<T> instead of this class. - - - - Represents an object that can invoke Actions conditionally. - - This is an infrastructure class. Trigger authors should derive from Trigger<T> instead of this class. - - - - Invoke all actions associated with this trigger. - - Derived classes should call this to fire the trigger. - - - - Called after the trigger is attached to an AssociatedObject. - - - - - Called when the trigger is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. - - - - - Attaches to the specified object. - - The object to attach to. - Cannot host the same trigger on more than one object at a time. - dependencyObject does not satisfy the trigger type constraint. - - - - Detaches this instance from its associated object. - - - - - Gets the object to which the trigger is attached. - - The associated object. - - - - Gets the type constraint of the associated object. - - The associated object type constraint. - - - - Gets the actions associated with this trigger. - - The actions associated with this trigger. - - - - Event handler for registering to PreviewInvoke. - - - - - Gets the associated object. - - The associated object. - - - - Specifies the name of the Event this EventTriggerBase is listening for. - - - - - - Called when the event associated with this EventTriggerBase is fired. By default, this will invoke all actions on the trigger. - - The instance containing the event data. - Override this to provide more granular control over when actions associated with this trigger will be invoked. - - - - Called when the source changes. - - The old source. - The new source. - This function should be overridden in derived classes to hook functionality to and unhook functionality from the changing source objects. - - - - Called after the trigger is attached to an AssociatedObject. - - - - - Called when the trigger is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. - - - - Could not find eventName on the Target. - - - - Gets the type constraint of the associated object. - - The associated object type constraint. - Define a TypeConstraintAttribute on a derived type to constrain the types it may be attached to. - - - - Gets the source type constraint. - - The source type constraint. - - - - Gets or sets the target object. If TargetObject is not set, the target will look for the object specified by TargetName. If an element referred to by TargetName cannot be found, the target will default to the AssociatedObject. This is a dependency property. - - The target object. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the element this EventTriggerBase listens for as a source. If the name is not set or cannot be resolved, the AssociatedObject will be used. This is a dependency property. - - The name of the source element. - - - - Gets the resolved source. If is not set or cannot be resolved, defaults to AssociatedObject. - - The resolved source object. - In general, this property should be used in place of AssociatedObject in derived classes. - The element pointed to by does not satisify the type constraint. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Called when the source property changes. - - Override this to hook functionality to and unhook functionality from the specified source, rather than the AssociatedObject. - The old source. - The new source. - - - - Gets the resolved source. If is not set or cannot be resolved, defaults to AssociatedObject. - - The resolved source object. - In general, this property should be used in place of AssociatedObject in derived classes. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the event. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the event to listen for. This is a dependency property. - - The name of the event. - - - - Static class that owns the Triggers and Behaviors attached properties. Handles propagation of AssociatedObject change notifications. - - - - - This property is used as the internal backing store for the public Triggers attached property. - - - - - This property is used as the internal backing store for the public Behaviors attached property. - - - - - Gets the TriggerCollection containing the triggers associated with the specified object. - - The object from which to retrieve the triggers. - A TriggerCollection containing the triggers associated with the specified object. - - - - Gets the associated with a specified object. - - The object from which to retrieve the . - A containing the behaviors associated with the specified object. - - - Cannot host the same BehaviorCollection on more than one object at a time. - - - Cannot host the same TriggerCollection on more than one object at a time. - - - - A helper function to take the place of FrameworkElement.IsLoaded, as this property is not available in Silverlight. - - The element of interest. - True if the element has been loaded; otherwise, False. - - - - Executes a specified ICommand when invoked. - - - - - Represents an attachable object that encapsulates a unit of functionality. - - The type to which this action can be attached. - - - - Represents an attachable object that encapsulates a unit of functionality. - - This is an infrastructure class. Action authors should derive from TriggerAction<T> instead of this class. - - - - Attempts to invoke the action. - - The parameter to the action. If the action does not require a parameter, the parameter may be set to a null reference. - - - - Invokes the action. - - The parameter to the action. If the action does not require a parameter, the parameter may be set to a null reference. - - - - Called after the action is attached to an AssociatedObject. - - - - - Called when the action is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. - - - - - Attaches to the specified object. - - The object to attach to. - Cannot host the same TriggerAction on more than one object at a time. - dependencyObject does not satisfy the TriggerAction type constraint. - - - - Detaches this instance from its associated object. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether this action will run when invoked. This is a dependency property. - - - True if this action will be run when invoked; otherwise, False. - - - - - Gets the object to which this action is attached. - - The associated object. - - - - Gets the associated object type constraint. - - The associated object type constraint. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is attached. - - True if this instance is attached; otherwise, False. - - - - Gets the associated object. - - The associated object. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets the object to which this is attached. - - The associated object. - - - - Gets the associated object type constraint. - - The associated object type constraint. - - - - Invokes the action. - - The parameter to the action. If the action does not require a parameter, the parameter may be set to a null reference. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the command this action should invoke. - - The name of the command this action should invoke. - This property will be superseded by the Command property if both are set. - - - - Gets or sets the command this action should invoke. This is a dependency property. - - The command to execute. - This property will take precedence over the CommandName property if both are set. - - - - Gets or sets the command parameter. This is a dependency property. - - The command parameter. - This is the value passed to ICommand.CanExecute and ICommand.Execute. - - - - Provides data about which objects were affected when resolving a name change. - - - - - Helper class to handle the logic of resolving a TargetName into a Target element - based on the context provided by a host element. - - - - - Attempts to update the resolved object from the name within the context of the namescope reference element. - - The old resolved object. - - Resets the existing target and attempts to resolve the current TargetName from the - context of the current Host. If it cannot resolve from the context of the Host, it will - continue up the visual tree until it resolves. If it has not resolved it when it reaches - the root, it will set the Target to null and write a warning message to Debug output. - - - - - Occurs when the resolved element has changed. - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the element to attempt to resolve. - - The name to attempt to resolve. - - - - The resolved object. Will return the reference element if TargetName is null or empty, or if a resolve has not been attempted. - - - - - Gets or sets the reference element from which to perform the name resolution. - - The reference element. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the reference element load is pending. - - - True if [pending reference element load]; otherwise, False. - - - If the Host has not been loaded, the name will not be resolved. - In that case, delay the resolution and track that fact with this property. - - - - - Represents an action that can be targeted to affect an object other than its AssociatedObject. - - The type constraint on the target. - - TargetedTriggerAction extends TriggerAction to add knowledge of another element than the one it is attached to. - This allows a user to invoke the action on an element other than the one it is attached to in response to a - trigger firing. Override OnTargetChanged to hook or unhook handlers on the target element, and OnAttached/OnDetaching - for the associated element. The type of the Target element can be constrained by the generic type parameter. If - you need control over the type of the AssociatedObject, set a TypeConstraintAttribute on your derived type. - - - - - Represents an action that can be targeted to affect an object other than its AssociatedObject. - - This is an infrastructure class. Action authors should derive from TargetedTriggerAction<T> instead of this class. - - - - Called when the target changes. - - The old target. - The new target. - This function should be overriden in derived classes to hook and unhook functionality from the changing source objects. - - - - Called after the action is attached to an AssociatedObject. - - - - - Called when the action is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. - - - - - Gets or sets the target object. If TargetObject is not set, the target will look for the object specified by TargetName. If an element referred to by TargetName cannot be found, the target will default to the AssociatedObject. This is a dependency property. - - The target object. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the object this action targets. If Target is set, this property is ignored. If Target is not set and TargetName is not set or cannot be resolved, the target will default to the AssociatedObject. This is a dependency property. - - The name of the target object. - - - - Gets the target object. If TargetObject is set, returns TargetObject. Else, if TargetName is not set or cannot be resolved, defaults to the AssociatedObject. - - The target object. - In general, this property should be used in place of AssociatedObject in derived classes. - The Target element does not satisfy the type constraint. - - - - Gets the associated object type constraint. - - The associated object type constraint. - Define a TypeConstraintAttribute on a derived type to constrain the types it may be attached to. - - - - Gets the target type constraint. - - The target type constraint. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Called when the target property changes. - - Override this to hook and unhook functionality on the specified Target, rather than the AssociatedObject. - The old target. - The new target. - - - - Gets the target object. If TargetName is not set or cannot be resolved, defaults to the AssociatedObject. - - The target. - In general, this property should be used in place of AssociatedObject in derived classes. - - - - Represents a collection of actions with a shared AssociatedObject and provides change notifications to its contents when that AssociatedObject changes. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Internal, because this should not be inherited outside this assembly. - - - - Called immediately after the collection is attached to an AssociatedObject. - - - - - Called when the collection is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. - - - - - Called when a new item is added to the collection. - - The new item. - - - - Called when an item is removed from the collection. - - The removed item. - - - - Represents an object that can invoke actions conditionally. - - The type to which this trigger can be attached. - - TriggerBase is the base class for controlling actions. Override OnAttached() and - OnDetaching() to hook and unhook handlers on the AssociatedObject. You may - constrain the types that a derived TriggerBase may be attached to by specifying - the generic parameter. Call InvokeActions() to fire all Actions associated with - this TriggerBase. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets the object to which the trigger is attached. - - The associated object. - - - - Gets the type constraint of the associated object. - - The associated object type constraint. - - - - Argument passed to PreviewInvoke event. Assigning Cancelling to True will cancel the invoking of the trigger. - - This is an infrastructure class. Behavior attached to a trigger base object can add its behavior as a listener to TriggerBase.PreviewInvoke. - - - - Represents a collection of triggers with a shared AssociatedObject and provides change notifications to its contents when that AssociatedObject changes. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Internal, because this should not be inherited outside this assembly. - - - - Called immediately after the collection is attached to an AssociatedObject. - - - - - Called when the collection is being detached from its AssociatedObject, but before it has actually occurred. - - - - - Called when a new item is added to the collection. - - The new item. - - - - Called when an item is removed from the collection. - - The removed item. - - - - Specifies type constraints on the AssociatedObject of TargetedTriggerAction and EventTriggerBase. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The constraint type. - - - - Gets the constraint type. - - The constraint type. - - - - A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. - - - - - Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. - - - - - Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all - resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. - - - - - Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot set the same BehaviorCollection on multiple objects.. - - - - - Looks up a localized string similar to An instance of a Behavior cannot be attached to more than one object at a time.. - - - - - Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot host an instance of a TriggerAction in multiple TriggerCollections simultaneously. Remove it from one TriggerCollection before adding it to another.. - - - - - Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot set the same TriggerCollection on multiple objects.. - - - - - Looks up a localized string similar to An instance of a trigger cannot be attached to more than one object at a time.. - - - - - Looks up a localized string similar to The command "{0}" does not exist or is not publicly exposed on {1}.. - - - - - Looks up a localized string similar to "{0}" is not a valid type for the TriggerType parameter. Make sure "{0}" derives from TriggerBase.. - - - - - Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot add the same instance of "{0}" to a "{1}" more than once.. - - - - - Looks up a localized string similar to The event "{0}" on type "{1}" has an incompatible signature. Make sure the event is public and satisfies the EventHandler delegate.. - - - - - Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot find an event named "{0}" on type "{1}".. - - - - - Looks up a localized string similar to An object of type "{0}" cannot have a {3} property of type "{1}". Instances of type "{0}" can have only a {3} property of type "{2}".. - - - - - Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot attach type "{0}" to type "{1}". Instances of type "{0}" can only be attached to objects of type "{2}".. - - - - - Looks up a localized string similar to Unable to resolve TargetName "{0}".. - - - - diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 9749219d4..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index ba7b892fe..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll deleted file mode 100644 index e7084247d..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index 9808ae64c..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pri b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pri deleted file mode 100644 index d5b0a0454..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pri and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll deleted file mode 100644 index c347dbc5e..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index c774e40a4..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 9749219d4..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index ba7b892fe..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll deleted file mode 100644 index ea1acacba..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index bf23f5496..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.xml b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 2a650e70d..000000000 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,199 +0,0 @@ - - - - GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform - - - - - Helper class for dispatcher operations on the UI thread. - - - - - Executes an action on the UI thread. If this method is called - from the UI thread, the action is executed immendiately. If the - method is called from another thread, the action will be enqueued - on the UI thread's dispatcher and executed asynchronously. - For additional operations on the UI thread, you can get a - reference to the UI thread's dispatcher thanks to the property - . - - The action that will be executed on the UI - thread. - - - - Invokes an action asynchronously on the UI thread. - - The action that must be executed. - The object that provides handlers for the completed async event dispatch. - - - - This method should be called once on the UI thread to ensure that - the property is initialized. - In a Silverlight application, call this method in the - Application_Startup event handler, after the MainPage is constructed. - In WPF, call this method on the static App() constructor. - - - - - Resets the class by deleting the - - - - - Gets a reference to the UI thread's dispatcher, after the - method has been called on the UI thread. - - - - - An implementation of allowing - to display simple dialogs to the user. Note that this class - uses the built in Android dialogs which may or may not - be sufficient for your needs. Using this class is easy - but feel free to develop your own IDialogService implementation - if needed. - - - - - Displays information about an error. - - The message to be shown to the user. - The title of the dialog box. This may be null. - The text shown in the only button - in the dialog box. If left null, the text "OK" will be used. - A callback that should be executed after - the dialog box is closed by the user. - A Task allowing this async method to be awaited. - - - - Displays information about an error. - - The exception of which the message must be shown to the user. - The title of the dialog box. This may be null. - The text shown in the only button - in the dialog box. If left null, the text "OK" will be used. - A callback that should be executed after - the dialog box is closed by the user. - A Task allowing this async method to be awaited. - - - - Displays information to the user. The dialog box will have only - one button with the text "OK". - - The message to be shown to the user. - The title of the dialog box. This may be null. - A Task allowing this async method to be awaited. - - - - Displays information to the user. The dialog box will have only - one button. - - The message to be shown to the user. - The title of the dialog box. This may be null. - The text shown in the only button - in the dialog box. If left null, the text "OK" will be used. - A callback that should be executed after - the dialog box is closed by the user. - A Task allowing this async method to be awaited. - - - - Displays information to the user. The dialog box will have only - one button. - - The message to be shown to the user. - The title of the dialog box. This may be null. - The text shown in the "confirm" button - in the dialog box. If left null, the text "OK" will be used. - The text shown in the "cancel" button - in the dialog box. If left null, the text "Cancel" will be used. - A callback that should be executed after - the dialog box is closed by the user. The callback method will get a boolean - parameter indicating if the "confirm" button (true) or the "cancel" button - (false) was pressed by the user. - A Task allowing this async method to be awaited. - - - - Displays information to the user in a simple dialog box. The dialog box will have only - one button with the text "OK". This method should be used for debugging purposes. - - The message to be shown to the user. - The title of the dialog box. This may be null. - A Task allowing this async method to be awaited. - - - - Windows 8 and Windows Phone Application 8.1 implementation of . - - - - - The key that is returned by the property - when the current Page is the root page. - - - - - The key that is returned by the property - when the current Page is not found. - This can be the case when the navigation wasn't managed by this NavigationService, - for example when it is directly triggered in the code behind, and the - NavigationService was not configured for this page type. - - - - - If possible, discards the current page and displays the previous page - on the navigation stack. - - - - - Displays a new page corresponding to the given key. - Make sure to call the - method first. - - The key corresponding to the page - that should be displayed. - When this method is called for - a key that has not been configured earlier. - - - - Displays a new page corresponding to the given key, - and passes a parameter to the new page. - Make sure to call the - method first. - - The key corresponding to the page - that should be displayed. - The parameter that should be passed - to the new page. - When this method is called for - a key that has not been configured earlier. - - - - Adds a key/page pair to the navigation service. - - The key that will be used later - in the or methods. - The type of the page corresponding to the key. - - - - The key corresponding to the currently displayed page. - - - - diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll deleted file mode 100644 index c347dbc5e..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index c774e40a4..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 9749219d4..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index ba7b892fe..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll deleted file mode 100644 index f252c9537..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index 50085bcf4..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll deleted file mode 100644 index c347dbc5e..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index c774e40a4..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 9749219d4..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index ba7b892fe..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml deleted file mode 100644 index ff36ba045..000000000 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,460 +0,0 @@ - - - - GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras - - - - - A very simple IOC container with basic functionality needed to register and resolve - instances. If needed, this class can be replaced by another more elaborate - IOC container implementing the IServiceLocator interface. - The inspiration for this class is at https://gist.github.com/716137 but it has - been extended with additional features. - - - - - Checks whether at least one instance of a given class is already created in the container. - - The class that is queried. - True if at least on instance of the class is already created, false otherwise. - - - - Checks whether the instance with the given key is already created for a given class - in the container. - - The class that is queried. - The key that is queried. - True if the instance with the given key is already registered for the given class, - false otherwise. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether a given type T is already registered. - - The type that the method checks for. - True if the type is registered, false otherwise. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether a given type T and a give key - are already registered. - - The type that the method checks for. - The key that the method checks for. - True if the type and key are registered, false otherwise. - - - - Registers a given type for a given interface. - - The interface for which instances will be resolved. - The type that must be used to create instances. - - - - Registers a given type for a given interface with the possibility for immediate - creation of the instance. - - The interface for which instances will be resolved. - The type that must be used to create instances. - If true, forces the creation of the default - instance of the provided class. - - - - Registers a given type. - - The type that must be used to create instances. - - - - Registers a given type with the possibility for immediate - creation of the instance. - - The type that must be used to create instances. - If true, forces the creation of the default - instance of the provided class. - - - - Registers a given instance for a given type. - - The type that is being registered. - The factory method able to create the instance that - must be returned when the given type is resolved. - - - - Registers a given instance for a given type with the possibility for immediate - creation of the instance. - - The type that is being registered. - The factory method able to create the instance that - must be returned when the given type is resolved. - If true, forces the creation of the default - instance of the provided class. - - - - Registers a given instance for a given type and a given key. - - The type that is being registered. - The factory method able to create the instance that - must be returned when the given type is resolved. - The key for which the given instance is registered. - - - - Registers a given instance for a given type and a given key with the possibility for immediate - creation of the instance. - - The type that is being registered. - The factory method able to create the instance that - must be returned when the given type is resolved. - The key for which the given instance is registered. - If true, forces the creation of the default - instance of the provided class. - - - - Resets the instance in its original states. This deletes all the - registrations. - - - - - Unregisters a class from the cache and removes all the previously - created instances. - - The class that must be removed. - - - - Removes the given instance from the cache. The class itself remains - registered and can be used to create other instances. - - The type of the instance to be removed. - The instance that must be removed. - - - - Removes the instance corresponding to the given key from the cache. The class itself remains - registered and can be used to create other instances. - - The type of the instance to be removed. - The key corresponding to the instance that must be removed. - - - - When used with the SimpleIoc container, specifies which constructor - should be used to instantiate when GetInstance is called. - If there is only one constructor in the class, this attribute is - not needed. - - - - - A very simple IOC container with basic functionality needed to register and resolve - instances. If needed, this class can be replaced by another more elaborate - IOC container implementing the IServiceLocator interface. - The inspiration for this class is at https://gist.github.com/716137 but it has - been extended with additional features. - - - - - Checks whether at least one instance of a given class is already created in the container. - - The class that is queried. - True if at least on instance of the class is already created, false otherwise. - - - - Checks whether the instance with the given key is already created for a given class - in the container. - - The class that is queried. - The key that is queried. - True if the instance with the given key is already registered for the given class, - false otherwise. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether a given type T is already registered. - - The type that the method checks for. - True if the type is registered, false otherwise. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether a given type T and a give key - are already registered. - - The type that the method checks for. - The key that the method checks for. - True if the type and key are registered, false otherwise. - - - - Registers a given type for a given interface. - - The interface for which instances will be resolved. - The type that must be used to create instances. - - - - Registers a given type for a given interface with the possibility for immediate - creation of the instance. - - The interface for which instances will be resolved. - The type that must be used to create instances. - If true, forces the creation of the default - instance of the provided class. - - - - Registers a given type. - - The type that must be used to create instances. - - - - Registers a given type with the possibility for immediate - creation of the instance. - - The type that must be used to create instances. - If true, forces the creation of the default - instance of the provided class. - - - - Registers a given instance for a given type. - - The type that is being registered. - The factory method able to create the instance that - must be returned when the given type is resolved. - - - - Registers a given instance for a given type with the possibility for immediate - creation of the instance. - - The type that is being registered. - The factory method able to create the instance that - must be returned when the given type is resolved. - If true, forces the creation of the default - instance of the provided class. - - - - Registers a given instance for a given type and a given key. - - The type that is being registered. - The factory method able to create the instance that - must be returned when the given type is resolved. - The key for which the given instance is registered. - - - - Registers a given instance for a given type and a given key with the possibility for immediate - creation of the instance. - - The type that is being registered. - The factory method able to create the instance that - must be returned when the given type is resolved. - The key for which the given instance is registered. - If true, forces the creation of the default - instance of the provided class. - - - - Resets the instance in its original states. This deletes all the - registrations. - - - - - Unregisters a class from the cache and removes all the previously - created instances. - - The class that must be removed. - - - - Removes the given instance from the cache. The class itself remains - registered and can be used to create other instances. - - The type of the instance to be removed. - The instance that must be removed. - - - - Removes the instance corresponding to the given key from the cache. The class itself remains - registered and can be used to create other instances. - - The type of the instance to be removed. - The key corresponding to the instance that must be removed. - - - - Provides a way to get all the created instances of a given type available in the - cache. Registering a class or a factory does not automatically - create the corresponding instance! To create an instance, either register - the class or the factory with createInstanceImmediately set to true, - or call the GetInstance method before calling GetAllCreatedInstances. - Alternatively, use the GetAllInstances method, which auto-creates default - instances for all registered classes. - - The class of which all instances - must be returned. - All the already created instances of the given type. - - - - Provides a way to get all the created instances of a given type available in the - cache. Registering a class or a factory does not automatically - create the corresponding instance! To create an instance, either register - the class or the factory with createInstanceImmediately set to true, - or call the GetInstance method before calling GetAllCreatedInstances. - Alternatively, use the GetAllInstances method, which auto-creates default - instances for all registered classes. - - The class of which all instances - must be returned. - All the already created instances of the given type. - - - - Gets the service object of the specified type. - - If the type serviceType has not - been registered before calling this method. - - A service object of type . - - An object that specifies the type of service object to get. - - - - Provides a way to get all the created instances of a given type available in the - cache. Calling this method auto-creates default - instances for all registered classes. - - The class of which all instances - must be returned. - All the instances of the given type. - - - - Provides a way to get all the created instances of a given type available in the - cache. Calling this method auto-creates default - instances for all registered classes. - - The class of which all instances - must be returned. - All the instances of the given type. - - - - Provides a way to get an instance of a given type. If no instance had been instantiated - before, a new instance will be created. If an instance had already - been created, that same instance will be returned. - - If the type serviceType has not - been registered before calling this method. - The class of which an instance - must be returned. - An instance of the given type. - - - - Provides a way to get an instance of a given type. This method - always returns a new instance and doesn't cache it in the IOC container. - - If the type serviceType has not - been registered before calling this method. - The class of which an instance - must be returned. - An instance of the given type. - - - - Provides a way to get an instance of a given type corresponding - to a given key. If no instance had been instantiated with this - key before, a new instance will be created. If an instance had already - been created with the same key, that same instance will be returned. - - If the type serviceType has not - been registered before calling this method. - The class of which an instance must be returned. - The key uniquely identifying this instance. - An instance corresponding to the given type and key. - - - - Provides a way to get an instance of a given type. This method - always returns a new instance and doesn't cache it in the IOC container. - - If the type serviceType has not - been registered before calling this method. - The class of which an instance must be returned. - The key uniquely identifying this instance. - An instance corresponding to the given type and key. - - - - Provides a way to get an instance of a given type. If no instance had been instantiated - before, a new instance will be created. If an instance had already - been created, that same instance will be returned. - - If the type TService has not - been registered before calling this method. - The class of which an instance - must be returned. - An instance of the given type. - - - - Provides a way to get an instance of a given type. This method - always returns a new instance and doesn't cache it in the IOC container. - - If the type TService has not - been registered before calling this method. - The class of which an instance - must be returned. - An instance of the given type. - - - - Provides a way to get an instance of a given type corresponding - to a given key. If no instance had been instantiated with this - key before, a new instance will be created. If an instance had already - been created with the same key, that same instance will be returned. - - If the type TService has not - been registered before calling this method. - The class of which an instance must be returned. - The key uniquely identifying this instance. - An instance corresponding to the given type and key. - - - - Provides a way to get an instance of a given type. This method - always returns a new instance and doesn't cache it in the IOC container. - - If the type TService has not - been registered before calling this method. - The class of which an instance must be returned. - The key uniquely identifying this instance. - An instance corresponding to the given type and key. - - - - This class' default instance. - - - - diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 2d5471b85..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index cfd962c98..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll deleted file mode 100644 index c347dbc5e..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index c774e40a4..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml deleted file mode 100644 index efec50646..000000000 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1703 +0,0 @@ - - - - GalaSoft.MvvmLight - - - - - A command whose sole purpose is to relay its functionality to other - objects by invoking delegates. The default return value for the CanExecute - method is 'true'. This class does not allow you to accept command parameters in the - Execute and CanExecute callback methods. - - If you are using this class in WPF4.5 or above, you need to use the - GalaSoft.MvvmLight.CommandWpf namespace (instead of GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Command). - This will enable (or restore) the CommandManager class which handles - automatic enabling/disabling of controls based on the CanExecute delegate. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class that - can always execute. - - The execution logic. - If the execute argument is null. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class. - - The execution logic. - The execution status logic. - If the execute argument is null. - - - - Raises the event. - - - - - Defines the method that determines whether the command can execute in its current state. - - This parameter will always be ignored. - true if this command can be executed; otherwise, false. - - - - Defines the method to be called when the command is invoked. - - This parameter will always be ignored. - - - - Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. - - - - - A generic command whose sole purpose is to relay its functionality to other - objects by invoking delegates. The default return value for the CanExecute - method is 'true'. This class allows you to accept command parameters in the - Execute and CanExecute callback methods. - - The type of the command parameter. - If you are using this class in WPF4.5 or above, you need to use the - GalaSoft.MvvmLight.CommandWpf namespace (instead of GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Command). - This will enable (or restore) the CommandManager class which handles - automatic enabling/disabling of controls based on the CanExecute delegate. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class that - can always execute. - - The execution logic. - If the execute argument is null. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class. - - The execution logic. - The execution status logic. - If the execute argument is null. - - - - Raises the event. - - - - - Defines the method that determines whether the command can execute in its current state. - - Data used by the command. If the command does not require data - to be passed, this object can be set to a null reference - true if this command can be executed; otherwise, false. - - - - Defines the method to be called when the command is invoked. - - Data used by the command. If the command does not require data - to be passed, this object can be set to a null reference - - - - Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. - - - - - Helper class for platform detection. - - - - - Helper class used when an async method is required, - but the context is synchronous. - - - - - Gets the empty task. - - - - - Helper class for platform and feature detection. - - - - - This interface is meant for the class and can be - useful if you store multiple WeakAction{T} instances but don't know in advance - what type T represents. - - - - - Executes an action. - - A parameter passed as an object, - to be casted to the appropriate type. - - - - Deletes all references, which notifies the cleanup method - that this entry must be deleted. - - - - - The target of the WeakAction. - - - - - This interface is meant for the class and can be - useful if you store multiple WeakFunc{T} instances but don't know in advance - what type T represents. - - - - - Executes a Func and returns the result. - - A parameter passed as an object, - to be casted to the appropriate type. - The result of the operation. - - - - Stores an without causing a hard reference - to be created to the Action's owner. The owner can be garbage collected at any time. - - - - - Initializes an empty instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The action that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The action's owner. - The action that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Executes the action. This only happens if the action's owner - is still alive. - - - - - Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. - - - - - Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakAction's - method passed in the constructor. - - - - - Gets the name of the method that this WeakAction represents. - - - - - Gets or sets a WeakReference to this WeakAction's action's target. - This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the - method is anonymous. - - - - - Gets or sets a WeakReference to the target passed when constructing - the WeakAction. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the - method is anonymous. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the WeakAction is static or not. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected - by the Garbage Collector already. - - - - - Gets the Action's owner. This object is stored as a - . - - - - - The target of the weak reference. - - - - - Stores an Action without causing a hard reference - to be created to the Action's owner. The owner can be garbage collected at any time. - - The type of the Action's parameter. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakAction class. - - The action that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakAction class. - - The action's owner. - The action that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Executes the action. This only happens if the action's owner - is still alive. The action's parameter is set to default(T). - - - - - Executes the action. This only happens if the action's owner - is still alive. - - A parameter to be passed to the action. - - - - Executes the action with a parameter of type object. This parameter - will be casted to T. This method implements - and can be useful if you store multiple WeakAction{T} instances but don't know in advance - what type T represents. - - The parameter that will be passed to the action after - being casted to T. - - - - Sets all the actions that this WeakAction contains to null, - which is a signal for containing objects that this WeakAction - should be deleted. - - - - - Gets the name of the method that this WeakAction represents. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected - by the Garbage Collector already. - - - - - Stores a Func<T> without causing a hard reference - to be created to the Func's owner. The owner can be garbage collected at any time. - - The type of the result of the Func that will be stored - by this weak reference. - - - - Initializes an empty instance of the WeakFunc class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. - - The Func that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. - - The Func's owner. - The Func that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Executes the action. This only happens if the Func's owner - is still alive. - - The result of the Func stored as reference. - - - - Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. - - - - - Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakFunc's - method passed in the constructor. - - - - - Get a value indicating whether the WeakFunc is static or not. - - - - - Gets the name of the method that this WeakFunc represents. - - - - - Gets or sets a WeakReference to this WeakFunc's action's target. - This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the - method is anonymous. - - - - - Gets or sets a WeakReference to the target passed when constructing - the WeakFunc. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the - method is anonymous. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected - by the Garbage Collector already. - - - - - Gets the Func's owner. This object is stored as a - . - - - - - Gets the owner of the Func that was passed as parameter. - This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the - method is anonymous. - - - - - Stores an Func without causing a hard reference - to be created to the Func's owner. The owner can be garbage collected at any time. - - The type of the Func's parameter. - The type of the Func's return value. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. - - The Func that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. - - The Func's owner. - The Func that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Executes the Func. This only happens if the Func's owner - is still alive. The Func's parameter is set to default(T). - - The result of the Func stored as reference. - - - - Executes the Func. This only happens if the Func's owner - is still alive. - - A parameter to be passed to the action. - The result of the Func stored as reference. - - - - Executes the Func with a parameter of type object. This parameter - will be casted to T. This method implements - and can be useful if you store multiple WeakFunc{T} instances but don't know in advance - what type T represents. - - The parameter that will be passed to the Func after - being casted to T. - The result of the execution as object, to be casted to T. - - - - Sets all the funcs that this WeakFunc contains to null, - which is a signal for containing objects that this WeakFunc - should be deleted. - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the method that this WeakFunc represents. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected - by the Garbage Collector already. - - - - - Defines a common interface for classes that should be cleaned up, - but without the implications that IDisposable presupposes. An instance - implementing ICleanup can be cleaned up without being - disposed and garbage collected. - - - - - Cleans up the instance, for example by saving its state, - removing resources, etc... - - - - - Passes a generic value (Content) to a recipient. - - The type of the Content property. - - - - Base class for all messages broadcasted by the Messenger. - You can create your own message types by extending this class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - The message's original sender. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - The message's original sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - - - - Gets or sets the message's sender. - - - - - Gets or sets the message's intended target. This property can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the GenericMessage class. - - The message content. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the GenericMessage class. - - The message's sender. - The message content. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the GenericMessage class. - - The message's sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - The message content. - - - - Gets or sets the message's content. - - - - - The Messenger is a class allowing objects to exchange messages. - - - - - Registers a recipient for a type of message TMessage. The action - parameter will be executed when a corresponding message is sent. - Registering a recipient does not create a hard reference to it, - so if this recipient is deleted, no memory leak is caused. - - The type of message that the recipient registers - for. - The recipient that will receive the messages. - The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. - - - - Registers a recipient for a type of message TMessage. - The action parameter will be executed when a corresponding - message is sent. See the receiveDerivedMessagesToo parameter - for details on how messages deriving from TMessage (or, if TMessage is an interface, - messages implementing TMessage) can be received too. - Registering a recipient does not create a hard reference to it, - so if this recipient is deleted, no memory leak is caused. - - The type of message that the recipient registers - for. - The recipient that will receive the messages. - A token for a messaging channel. If a recipient registers - using a token, and a sender sends a message using the same token, then this - message will be delivered to the recipient. Other recipients who did not - use a token when registering (or who used a different token) will not - get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different - token, will not be delivered to that recipient. - The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. - - - - Registers a recipient for a type of message TMessage. - The action parameter will be executed when a corresponding - message is sent. See the receiveDerivedMessagesToo parameter - for details on how messages deriving from TMessage (or, if TMessage is an interface, - messages implementing TMessage) can be received too. - Registering a recipient does not create a hard reference to it, - so if this recipient is deleted, no memory leak is caused. - - The type of message that the recipient registers - for. - The recipient that will receive the messages. - A token for a messaging channel. If a recipient registers - using a token, and a sender sends a message using the same token, then this - message will be delivered to the recipient. Other recipients who did not - use a token when registering (or who used a different token) will not - get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different - token, will not be delivered to that recipient. - If true, message types deriving from - TMessage will also be transmitted to the recipient. For example, if a SendOrderMessage - and an ExecuteOrderMessage derive from OrderMessage, registering for OrderMessage - and setting receiveDerivedMessagesToo to true will send SendOrderMessage - and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. - Also, if TMessage is an interface, message types implementing TMessage will also be - transmitted to the recipient. For example, if a SendOrderMessage - and an ExecuteOrderMessage implement IOrderMessage, registering for IOrderMessage - and setting receiveDerivedMessagesToo to true will send SendOrderMessage - and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. - - The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. - - - - Registers a recipient for a type of message TMessage. - The action parameter will be executed when a corresponding - message is sent. See the receiveDerivedMessagesToo parameter - for details on how messages deriving from TMessage (or, if TMessage is an interface, - messages implementing TMessage) can be received too. - Registering a recipient does not create a hard reference to it, - so if this recipient is deleted, no memory leak is caused. - - The type of message that the recipient registers - for. - The recipient that will receive the messages. - If true, message types deriving from - TMessage will also be transmitted to the recipient. For example, if a SendOrderMessage - and an ExecuteOrderMessage derive from OrderMessage, registering for OrderMessage - and setting receiveDerivedMessagesToo to true will send SendOrderMessage - and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. - Also, if TMessage is an interface, message types implementing TMessage will also be - transmitted to the recipient. For example, if a SendOrderMessage - and an ExecuteOrderMessage implement IOrderMessage, registering for IOrderMessage - and setting receiveDerivedMessagesToo to true will send SendOrderMessage - and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. - - The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. - - - - Sends a message to registered recipients. The message will - reach all recipients that registered for this message type - using one of the Register methods. - - The type of message that will be sent. - The message to send to registered recipients. - - - - Sends a message to registered recipients. The message will - reach only recipients that registered for this message type - using one of the Register methods, and that are - of the targetType. - - The type of message that will be sent. - The type of recipients that will receive - the message. The message won't be sent to recipients of another type. - The message to send to registered recipients. - - - - Sends a message to registered recipients. The message will - reach only recipients that registered for this message type - using one of the Register methods, and that are - of the targetType. - - The type of message that will be sent. - The message to send to registered recipients. - A token for a messaging channel. If a recipient registers - using a token, and a sender sends a message using the same token, then this - message will be delivered to the recipient. Other recipients who did not - use a token when registering (or who used a different token) will not - get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different - token, will not be delivered to that recipient. - - - - Unregisters a messager recipient completely. After this method - is executed, the recipient will not receive any messages anymore. - - The recipient that must be unregistered. - - - - Unregisters a message recipient for a given type of messages only. - After this method is executed, the recipient will not receive messages - of type TMessage anymore, but will still receive other message types (if it - registered for them previously). - - The type of messages that the recipient wants - to unregister from. - The recipient that must be unregistered. - - - - Unregisters a message recipient for a given type of messages only and for a given token. - After this method is executed, the recipient will not receive messages - of type TMessage anymore with the given token, but will still receive other message types - or messages with other tokens (if it registered for them previously). - - The recipient that must be unregistered. - The token for which the recipient must be unregistered. - The type of messages that the recipient wants - to unregister from. - - - - Unregisters a message recipient for a given type of messages and for - a given action. Other message types will still be transmitted to the - recipient (if it registered for them previously). Other actions that have - been registered for the message type TMessage and for the given recipient (if - available) will also remain available. - - The type of messages that the recipient wants - to unregister from. - The recipient that must be unregistered. - The action that must be unregistered for - the recipient and for the message type TMessage. - - - - Unregisters a message recipient for a given type of messages, for - a given action and a given token. Other message types will still be transmitted to the - recipient (if it registered for them previously). Other actions that have - been registered for the message type TMessage, for the given recipient and other tokens (if - available) will also remain available. - - The type of messages that the recipient wants - to unregister from. - The recipient that must be unregistered. - The token for which the recipient must be unregistered. - The action that must be unregistered for - the recipient and for the message type TMessage. - - - - The Messenger is a class allowing objects to exchange messages. - - - - - Registers a recipient for a type of message TMessage. The action - parameter will be executed when a corresponding message is sent. - Registering a recipient does not create a hard reference to it, - so if this recipient is deleted, no memory leak is caused. - - The type of message that the recipient registers - for. - The recipient that will receive the messages. - The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. - - - - Registers a recipient for a type of message TMessage. - The action parameter will be executed when a corresponding - message is sent. See the receiveDerivedMessagesToo parameter - for details on how messages deriving from TMessage (or, if TMessage is an interface, - messages implementing TMessage) can be received too. - Registering a recipient does not create a hard reference to it, - so if this recipient is deleted, no memory leak is caused. - - The type of message that the recipient registers - for. - The recipient that will receive the messages. - If true, message types deriving from - TMessage will also be transmitted to the recipient. For example, if a SendOrderMessage - and an ExecuteOrderMessage derive from OrderMessage, registering for OrderMessage - and setting receiveDerivedMessagesToo to true will send SendOrderMessage - and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. - Also, if TMessage is an interface, message types implementing TMessage will also be - transmitted to the recipient. For example, if a SendOrderMessage - and an ExecuteOrderMessage implement IOrderMessage, registering for IOrderMessage - and setting receiveDerivedMessagesToo to true will send SendOrderMessage - and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. - - The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. - - - - Registers a recipient for a type of message TMessage. - The action parameter will be executed when a corresponding - message is sent. - Registering a recipient does not create a hard reference to it, - so if this recipient is deleted, no memory leak is caused. - - The type of message that the recipient registers - for. - The recipient that will receive the messages. - A token for a messaging channel. If a recipient registers - using a token, and a sender sends a message using the same token, then this - message will be delivered to the recipient. Other recipients who did not - use a token when registering (or who used a different token) will not - get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different - token, will not be delivered to that recipient. - The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. - - - - Registers a recipient for a type of message TMessage. - The action parameter will be executed when a corresponding - message is sent. See the receiveDerivedMessagesToo parameter - for details on how messages deriving from TMessage (or, if TMessage is an interface, - messages implementing TMessage) can be received too. - Registering a recipient does not create a hard reference to it, - so if this recipient is deleted, no memory leak is caused. - - The type of message that the recipient registers - for. - The recipient that will receive the messages. - A token for a messaging channel. If a recipient registers - using a token, and a sender sends a message using the same token, then this - message will be delivered to the recipient. Other recipients who did not - use a token when registering (or who used a different token) will not - get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different - token, will not be delivered to that recipient. - If true, message types deriving from - TMessage will also be transmitted to the recipient. For example, if a SendOrderMessage - and an ExecuteOrderMessage derive from OrderMessage, registering for OrderMessage - and setting receiveDerivedMessagesToo to true will send SendOrderMessage - and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. - Also, if TMessage is an interface, message types implementing TMessage will also be - transmitted to the recipient. For example, if a SendOrderMessage - and an ExecuteOrderMessage implement IOrderMessage, registering for IOrderMessage - and setting receiveDerivedMessagesToo to true will send SendOrderMessage - and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. - - The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. - - - - Sends a message to registered recipients. The message will - reach all recipients that registered for this message type - using one of the Register methods. - - The type of message that will be sent. - The message to send to registered recipients. - - - - Sends a message to registered recipients. The message will - reach only recipients that registered for this message type - using one of the Register methods, and that are - of the targetType. - - The type of message that will be sent. - The type of recipients that will receive - the message. The message won't be sent to recipients of another type. - The message to send to registered recipients. - - - - Sends a message to registered recipients. The message will - reach only recipients that registered for this message type - using one of the Register methods, and that are - of the targetType. - - The type of message that will be sent. - The message to send to registered recipients. - A token for a messaging channel. If a recipient registers - using a token, and a sender sends a message using the same token, then this - message will be delivered to the recipient. Other recipients who did not - use a token when registering (or who used a different token) will not - get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different - token, will not be delivered to that recipient. - - - - Unregisters a messager recipient completely. After this method - is executed, the recipient will not receive any messages anymore. - - The recipient that must be unregistered. - - - - Unregisters a message recipient for a given type of messages only. - After this method is executed, the recipient will not receive messages - of type TMessage anymore, but will still receive other message types (if it - registered for them previously). - - The recipient that must be unregistered. - The type of messages that the recipient wants - to unregister from. - - - - Unregisters a message recipient for a given type of messages only and for a given token. - After this method is executed, the recipient will not receive messages - of type TMessage anymore with the given token, but will still receive other message types - or messages with other tokens (if it registered for them previously). - - The recipient that must be unregistered. - The token for which the recipient must be unregistered. - The type of messages that the recipient wants - to unregister from. - - - - Unregisters a message recipient for a given type of messages and for - a given action. Other message types will still be transmitted to the - recipient (if it registered for them previously). Other actions that have - been registered for the message type TMessage and for the given recipient (if - available) will also remain available. - - The type of messages that the recipient wants - to unregister from. - The recipient that must be unregistered. - The action that must be unregistered for - the recipient and for the message type TMessage. - - - - Unregisters a message recipient for a given type of messages, for - a given action and a given token. Other message types will still be transmitted to the - recipient (if it registered for them previously). Other actions that have - been registered for the message type TMessage, for the given recipient and other tokens (if - available) will also remain available. - - The type of messages that the recipient wants - to unregister from. - The recipient that must be unregistered. - The token for which the recipient must be unregistered. - The action that must be unregistered for - the recipient and for the message type TMessage. - - - - Provides a way to override the Messenger.Default instance with - a custom instance, for example for unit testing purposes. - - The instance that will be used as Messenger.Default. - - - - Sets the Messenger's default (static) instance to null. - - - - - Provides a non-static access to the static method. - Sets the Messenger's default (static) instance to null. - - - - - Notifies the Messenger that the lists of recipients should - be scanned and cleaned up. - Since recipients are stored as , - recipients can be garbage collected even though the Messenger keeps - them in a list. During the cleanup operation, all "dead" - recipients are removed from the lists. Since this operation - can take a moment, it is only executed when the application is - idle. For this reason, a user of the Messenger class should use - instead of forcing one with the - method. - - - - - Scans the recipients' lists for "dead" instances and removes them. - Since recipients are stored as , - recipients can be garbage collected even though the Messenger keeps - them in a list. During the cleanup operation, all "dead" - recipients are removed from the lists. Since this operation - can take a moment, it is only executed when the application is - idle. For this reason, a user of the Messenger class should use - instead of forcing one with the - method. - - - - - Gets the Messenger's default instance, allowing - to register and send messages in a static manner. - - - - - Passes a string message (Notification) to a recipient. - Typically, notifications are defined as unique strings in a static class. To define - a unique string, you can use Guid.NewGuid().ToString() or any other unique - identifier. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the NotificationMessage class. - - A string containing any arbitrary message to be - passed to recipient(s) - - - - Initializes a new instance of the NotificationMessage class. - - The message's sender. - A string containing any arbitrary message to be - passed to recipient(s) - - - - Initializes a new instance of the NotificationMessage class. - - The message's sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - A string containing any arbitrary message to be - passed to recipient(s) - - - - Gets a string containing any arbitrary message to be - passed to recipient(s). - - - - - Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient - is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the - method to execute the callback. - - - - - Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient - is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the - method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. - and - . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Executes the callback that was provided with the message with an - arbitrary number of parameters. - - A number of parameters that will - be passed to the callback method. - The object returned by the callback method. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - The message's sender. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - The message's sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Executes the callback that was provided with the message. - - - - - Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient - is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the - method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. - . - - The type of the callback method's - only parameter. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - The message's sender. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class. - - The message's sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Executes the callback that was provided with the message. - - A parameter requested by the message's - sender and providing additional information on the recipient's - state. - - - - Passes a string message (Notification) and a generic value (Content) to a recipient. - - The type of the Content property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the NotificationMessage class. - - A value to be passed to recipient(s). - A string containing any arbitrary message to be - passed to recipient(s) - - - - Initializes a new instance of the NotificationMessage class. - - The message's sender. - A value to be passed to recipient(s). - A string containing any arbitrary message to be - passed to recipient(s) - - - - Initializes a new instance of the NotificationMessage class. - - The message's sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - A value to be passed to recipient(s). - A string containing any arbitrary message to be - passed to recipient(s) - - - - Gets a string containing any arbitrary message to be - passed to recipient(s). - - - - - Passes a string property name (PropertyName) and a generic value - ( and ) to a recipient. - This message type can be used to propagate a PropertyChanged event to - a recipient using the messenging system. - - The type of the OldValue and NewValue property. - - - - Basis class for the class. This - class allows a recipient to register for all PropertyChangedMessages without - having to specify the type T. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - The name of the property that changed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - The name of the property that changed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The name of the property that changed. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the property that changed. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - The property's value before the change occurred. - The property's value after the change occurred. - The name of the property that changed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The property's value before the change occurred. - The property's value after the change occurred. - The name of the property that changed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - The property's value before the change occurred. - The property's value after the change occurred. - The name of the property that changed. - - - - Gets the value that the property has after the change. - - - - - Gets the value that the property had before the change. - - - - - A base class for objects of which the properties must be observable. - - - - - Verifies that a property name exists in this ViewModel. This method - can be called before the property is used, for instance before - calling RaisePropertyChanged. It avoids errors when a property name - is changed but some places are missed. - - This method is only active in DEBUG mode. - The name of the property that will be - checked. - - - - Raises the PropertyChanged event if needed. - - If the propertyName parameter - does not correspond to an existing property on the current class, an - exception is thrown in DEBUG configuration only. - (optional) The name of the property that - changed. - - - - Raises the PropertyChanged event if needed. - - The type of the property that - changed. - An expression identifying the property - that changed. - - - - Extracts the name of a property from an expression. - - The type of the property. - An expression returning the property's name. - The name of the property returned by the expression. - If the expression is null. - If the expression does not represent a property. - - - - Assigns a new value to the property. Then, raises the - PropertyChanged event if needed. - - The type of the property that - changed. - An expression identifying the property - that changed. - The field storing the property's value. - The property's value after the change - occurred. - True if the PropertyChanged event has been raised, - false otherwise. The event is not raised if the old - value is equal to the new value. - - - - Assigns a new value to the property. Then, raises the - PropertyChanged event if needed. - - The type of the property that - changed. - The name of the property that - changed. - The field storing the property's value. - The property's value after the change - occurred. - True if the PropertyChanged event has been raised, - false otherwise. The event is not raised if the old - value is equal to the new value. - - - - Assigns a new value to the property. Then, raises the - PropertyChanged event if needed. - - The type of the property that - changed. - The field storing the property's value. - The property's value after the change - occurred. - (optional) The name of the property that - changed. - True if the PropertyChanged event has been raised, - false otherwise. The event is not raised if the old - value is equal to the new value. - - - - Occurs after a property value changes. - - - - - Provides access to the PropertyChanged event handler to derived classes. - - - - - A base class for the ViewModel classes in the MVVM pattern. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the ViewModelBase class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the ViewModelBase class. - - An instance of a - used to broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class - will attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default - instance. - - - - Unregisters this instance from the Messenger class. - To cleanup additional resources, override this method, clean - up and then call base.Cleanup(). - - - - - Broadcasts a PropertyChangedMessage using either the instance of - the Messenger that was passed to this class (if available) - or the Messenger's default instance. - - The type of the property that - changed. - The value of the property before it - changed. - The value of the property after it - changed. - The name of the property that - changed. - - - - Raises the PropertyChanged event if needed, and broadcasts a - PropertyChangedMessage using the Messenger instance (or the - static default instance if no Messenger instance is available). - - The type of the property that - changed. - The name of the property that - changed. - The property's value before the change - occurred. - The property's value after the change - occurred. - If true, a PropertyChangedMessage will - be broadcasted. If false, only the event will be raised. - If the propertyName parameter - does not correspond to an existing property on the current class, an - exception is thrown in DEBUG configuration only. - - - - Raises the PropertyChanged event if needed, and broadcasts a - PropertyChangedMessage using the Messenger instance (or the - static default instance if no Messenger instance is available). - - The type of the property that - changed. - An expression identifying the property - that changed. - The property's value before the change - occurred. - The property's value after the change - occurred. - If true, a PropertyChangedMessage will - be broadcasted. If false, only the event will be raised. - - - - Assigns a new value to the property. Then, raises the - PropertyChanged event if needed, and broadcasts a - PropertyChangedMessage using the Messenger instance (or the - static default instance if no Messenger instance is available). - - The type of the property that - changed. - An expression identifying the property - that changed. - The field storing the property's value. - The property's value after the change - occurred. - If true, a PropertyChangedMessage will - be broadcasted. If false, only the event will be raised. - True if the PropertyChanged event was raised, false otherwise. - - - - Assigns a new value to the property. Then, raises the - PropertyChanged event if needed, and broadcasts a - PropertyChangedMessage using the Messenger instance (or the - static default instance if no Messenger instance is available). - - The type of the property that - changed. - The name of the property that - changed. - The field storing the property's value. - The property's value after the change - occurred. - If true, a PropertyChangedMessage will - be broadcasted. If false, only the event will be raised. - True if the PropertyChanged event was raised, false otherwise. - - - - Assigns a new value to the property. Then, raises the - PropertyChanged event if needed, and broadcasts a - PropertyChangedMessage using the Messenger instance (or the - static default instance if no Messenger instance is available). - - The type of the property that - changed. - The field storing the property's value. - The property's value after the change - occurred. - If true, a PropertyChangedMessage will - be broadcasted. If false, only the event will be raised. - (optional) The name of the property that - changed. - True if the PropertyChanged event was raised, false otherwise. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode - (running under Blend or Visual Studio). - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode - (running in Blend or Visual Studio). - - - - - Gets or sets an instance of a used to - broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class will - attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default instance. - - - - - An interface defining how dialogs should - be displayed in various frameworks such as Windows, - Windows Phone, Android, iOS etc. - - - - - Displays information about an error. - - The message to be shown to the user. - The title of the dialog box. This may be null. - The text shown in the only button - in the dialog box. If left null, the text "OK" will be used. - A callback that should be executed after - the dialog box is closed by the user. - A Task allowing this async method to be awaited. - - - - Displays information about an error. - - The exception of which the message must be shown to the user. - The title of the dialog box. This may be null. - The text shown in the only button - in the dialog box. If left null, the text "OK" will be used. - A callback that should be executed after - the dialog box is closed by the user. - A Task allowing this async method to be awaited. - - - - Displays information to the user. The dialog box will have only - one button with the text "OK". - - The message to be shown to the user. - The title of the dialog box. This may be null. - A Task allowing this async method to be awaited. - - - - Displays information to the user. The dialog box will have only - one button. - - The message to be shown to the user. - The title of the dialog box. This may be null. - The text shown in the only button - in the dialog box. If left null, the text "OK" will be used. - A callback that should be executed after - the dialog box is closed by the user. - A Task allowing this async method to be awaited. - - - - Displays information to the user. The dialog box will have only - one button. - - The message to be shown to the user. - The title of the dialog box. This may be null. - The text shown in the "confirm" button - in the dialog box. If left null, the text "OK" will be used. - The text shown in the "cancel" button - in the dialog box. If left null, the text "Cancel" will be used. - A callback that should be executed after - the dialog box is closed by the user. The callback method will get a boolean - parameter indicating if the "confirm" button (true) or the "cancel" button - (false) was pressed by the user. - A Task allowing this async method to be awaited. The task will return - true or false depending on the dialog result. - - - - Displays information to the user in a simple dialog box. The dialog box will have only - one button with the text "OK". This method should be used for debugging purposes. - - The message to be shown to the user. - The title of the dialog box. This may be null. - A Task allowing this async method to be awaited. - - - - An interface defining how navigation between pages should - be performed in various frameworks such as Windows, - Windows Phone, Android, iOS etc. - - - - - If possible, instructs the navigation service - to discard the current page and display the previous page - on the navigation stack. - - - - - Instructs the navigation service to display a new page - corresponding to the given key. Depending on the platforms, - the navigation service might have to be configured with a - key/page list. - - The key corresponding to the page - that should be displayed. - - - - Instructs the navigation service to display a new page - corresponding to the given key, and passes a parameter - to the new page. - Depending on the platforms, the navigation service might - have to be Configure with a key/page list. - - The key corresponding to the page - that should be displayed. - The parameter that should be passed - to the new page. - - - - The key corresponding to the currently displayed page. - - - - diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 9749219d4..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index ba7b892fe..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll deleted file mode 100644 index bb6f9198e..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index 231700024..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll deleted file mode 100644 index c347dbc5e..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index c774e40a4..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 9749219d4..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index ba7b892fe..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll deleted file mode 100644 index f4e2a7f48..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll deleted file mode 100644 index c347dbc5e..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index c774e40a4..000000000 Binary files a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0.nupkg b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0.nupkg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..47a5166ff Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0.nupkg differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/SL5/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/SL5/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..82f8a2ba8 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/SL5/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/SL5/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/SL5/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..80f14a8b7 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/SL5/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL4/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/SL5/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml similarity index 97% rename from packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL4/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/SL5/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml index 38d2dcde0..82becf511 100644 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL4/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml +++ b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/SL5/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml @@ -164,6 +164,11 @@ been extended with additional features. + + + This class' default instance. + + Checks whether at least one instance of a given class is already created in the container. @@ -333,7 +338,7 @@ If the type serviceType has not been registered before calling this method. - A service object of type . + A service object of type . An object that specifies the type of service object to get. @@ -451,15 +456,10 @@ The key uniquely identifying this instance. An instance corresponding to the given type and key. - - - This class' default instance. - - - This can be - used to bind any event on any FrameworkElement to an . + This can be + used to bind any event on any FrameworkElement to an . Typically, this element is used in XAML to connect the attached element to a command located in a ViewModel. This trigger can only be attached to a FrameworkElement or a class deriving from FrameworkElement. @@ -467,67 +467,20 @@ and leave the CommandParameter and CommandParameterValue empty! - - - The dependency property's name. - - - - - The dependency property's name. - - - Identifies the dependency property + Identifies the dependency property - Identifies the dependency property + Identifies the dependency property - Identifies the dependency property - - - - - Called when this trigger is attached to a FrameworkElement. - - - - - This method is here for compatibility - with the Silverlight 3 version. - - The command that must be executed when - this trigger is invoked. - - - - Identifies the dependency property. - - - - - Identifies the dependency property. - - - - - Provides a simple way to invoke this trigger programatically - without any EventArgs. - - - - - Executes the trigger. - To access the EventArgs of the fired event, use a RelayCommand<EventArgs> - and leave the CommandParameter and CommandParameterValue empty! + Identifies the dependency property - The EventArgs of the fired event. @@ -537,22 +490,22 @@ - Gets or sets an object that will be passed to the + Gets or sets an object that will be passed to the attached to this trigger. This is a DependencyProperty. - Gets or sets an object that will be passed to the + Gets or sets an object that will be passed to the attached to this trigger. This property is here for compatibility with the Silverlight version. This is NOT a DependencyProperty. - For databinding, use the property. + For databinding, use the property. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the attached element must be - disabled when the property's CanExecuteChanged + disabled when the property's CanExecuteChanged event fires. If this property is true, and the command's CanExecute method returns false, the element will be disabled. If this property is false, the element will not be disabled when the command's @@ -562,12 +515,25 @@ Gets or sets a value indicating whether the attached element must be - disabled when the property's CanExecuteChanged + disabled when the property's CanExecuteChanged event fires. If this property is true, and the command's CanExecute method returns false, the element will be disabled. This property is here for compatibility with the Silverlight version. This is NOT a DependencyProperty. - For databinding, use the property. + For databinding, use the property. + + + + + Called when this trigger is attached to a FrameworkElement. + + + + + This method is here for compatibility + with the Silverlight 3 version. + The command that must be executed when + this trigger is invoked. @@ -584,6 +550,11 @@ this property is never used. + + + The dependency property's name. + + Gets or sets a parameters for the converter used to convert the EventArgs when using @@ -591,12 +562,41 @@ this property is never used. This is a dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + The dependency property's name. + + Gets or sets a value indicating if the command should be invoked even if the attached control is disabled. This is a dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Provides a simple way to invoke this trigger programatically + without any EventArgs. + + + + + Executes the trigger. + To access the EventArgs of the fired event, use a RelayCommand<EventArgs> + and leave the CommandParameter and CommandParameterValue empty! + + The EventArgs of the fired event. + The definition of the converter used to convert an EventArgs diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/SL5/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/SL5/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..58e1b8779 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/SL5/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/SL5/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/SL5/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a6588ee47 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/SL5/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL5/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/SL5/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml similarity index 95% rename from packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL5/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/SL5/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml index a855d5caa..685063ded 100644 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL5/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml +++ b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/SL5/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml @@ -21,20 +21,28 @@ Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class that can always execute. - The execution logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). If the execute argument is null. Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class. - The execution logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). The execution status logic. - If the execute argument is null. + If the execute argument is null. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). + + + + Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. + - Raises the event. + Raises the event. @@ -50,11 +58,6 @@ This parameter will always be ignored. - - - Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. - - A generic command whose sole purpose is to relay its functionality to other @@ -73,20 +76,28 @@ Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class that can always execute. - The execution logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). If the execute argument is null. Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class. - The execution logic. - The execution status logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). + The execution status logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). If the execute argument is null. + + + Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. + + - Raises the event. + Raises the event. @@ -104,18 +115,18 @@ Data used by the command. If the command does not require data to be passed, this object can be set to a null reference - - - Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. - - - This interface is meant for the class and can be + This interface is meant for the class and can be useful if you store multiple WeakAction{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. + + + The target of the WeakAction. + + Executes an action. @@ -129,14 +140,9 @@ that this entry must be deleted. - - - The target of the WeakAction. - - - This interface is meant for the class and can be + This interface is meant for the class and can be useful if you store multiple WeakFunc{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. @@ -151,42 +157,13 @@ - Stores an without causing a hard reference + Stores an without causing a hard reference to be created to the Action's owner. The owner can be garbage collected at any time. - - - Initializes an empty instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The action that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The action's owner. - The action that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Executes the action. This only happens if the action's owner - is still alive. - - - - - Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. - - - Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakAction's + Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakAction's method passed in the constructor. @@ -199,7 +176,7 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to this WeakAction's action's target. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. @@ -207,7 +184,7 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to the target passed when constructing the WeakAction. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. @@ -216,6 +193,24 @@ Gets a value indicating whether the WeakAction is static or not. + + + Initializes an empty instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The action that will be associated to this instance. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The action's owner. + The action that will be associated to this instance. + Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected @@ -225,7 +220,7 @@ Gets the Action's owner. This object is stored as a - . + . @@ -233,6 +228,17 @@ The target of the weak reference. + + + Executes the action. This only happens if the action's owner + is still alive. + + + + + Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. + + Stores an Action without causing a hard reference @@ -240,6 +246,17 @@ The type of the Action's parameter. + + + Gets the name of the method that this WeakAction represents. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected + by the Garbage Collector already. + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakAction class. @@ -269,7 +286,7 @@ Executes the action with a parameter of type object. This parameter - will be casted to T. This method implements + will be casted to T. This method implements and can be useful if you store multiple WeakAction{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. @@ -283,17 +300,6 @@ should be deleted. - - - Gets the name of the method that this WeakAction represents. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected - by the Garbage Collector already. - - Stores a Func<T> without causing a hard reference @@ -302,39 +308,9 @@ The type of the result of the Func that will be stored by this weak reference. - - - Initializes an empty instance of the WeakFunc class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. - - The Func that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. - - The Func's owner. - The Func that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Executes the action. This only happens if the Func's owner - is still alive. - - The result of the Func stored as reference. - - - - Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. - - - Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakFunc's + Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakFunc's method passed in the constructor. @@ -352,7 +328,7 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to this WeakFunc's action's target. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. @@ -360,10 +336,28 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to the target passed when constructing the WeakFunc. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. + + + Initializes an empty instance of the WeakFunc class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. + + The Func that will be associated to this instance. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. + + The Func's owner. + The Func that will be associated to this instance. + Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected @@ -373,17 +367,29 @@ Gets the Func's owner. This object is stored as a - . + . Gets the owner of the Func that was passed as parameter. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. + + + Executes the action. This only happens if the Func's owner + is still alive. + + The result of the Func stored as reference. + + + + Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. + + Stores an Func without causing a hard reference @@ -392,6 +398,17 @@ The type of the Func's parameter. The type of the Func's return value. + + + Gets or sets the name of the method that this WeakFunc represents. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected + by the Garbage Collector already. + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. @@ -423,7 +440,7 @@ Executes the Func with a parameter of type object. This parameter - will be casted to T. This method implements + will be casted to T. This method implements and can be useful if you store multiple WeakFunc{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. @@ -438,17 +455,6 @@ should be deleted. - - - Gets or sets the name of the method that this WeakFunc represents. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected - by the Garbage Collector already. - - Defines a common interface for classes that should be cleaned up, @@ -472,78 +478,6 @@ and the sender will possibly be a ViewModel. - - - Passes a generic value (Content) to a recipient. - - The type of the Content property. - - - - Base class for all messages broadcasted by the Messenger. - You can create your own message types by extending this class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - The message's original sender. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - The message's original sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - - - - Gets or sets the message's sender. - - - - - Gets or sets the message's intended target. This property can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the GenericMessage class. - - The message content. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the GenericMessage class. - - The message's sender. - The message content. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the GenericMessage class. - - The message's sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - The message content. - - - - Gets or sets the message's content. - - Initializes a new instance of the DialogMessage class. @@ -573,14 +507,6 @@ A callback method that should be executed to deliver the result of the message box to the object that sent the message. - - - Utility method, checks if the property is - null, and if it is not null, executes it. - - The result that must be passed - to the dialog message caller. - Gets or sets the buttons displayed by the message box. @@ -602,6 +528,48 @@ Gets or sets which result is the default in the message box. + + + Utility method, checks if the property is + null, and if it is not null, executes it. + + The result that must be passed + to the dialog message caller. + + + + Passes a generic value (Content) to a recipient. + + The type of the Content property. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the GenericMessage class. + + The message content. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the GenericMessage class. + + The message's sender. + The message content. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the GenericMessage class. + + The message's sender. + The message's intended target. This parameter can be used + to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course + this is only an indication, amd may be null. + The message content. + + + + Gets or sets the message's content. + + The Messenger is a class allowing objects to exchange messages. @@ -618,7 +586,8 @@ for. The recipient that will receive the messages. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -640,7 +609,8 @@ get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different token, will not be delivered to that recipient. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -673,7 +643,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -700,7 +671,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -783,26 +755,70 @@ The action that must be unregistered for the recipient and for the message type TMessage. - + + + Unregisters a message recipient for a given type of messages, for + a given action and a given token. Other message types will still be transmitted to the + recipient (if it registered for them previously). Other actions that have + been registered for the message type TMessage, for the given recipient and other tokens (if + available) will also remain available. + + The type of messages that the recipient wants + to unregister from. + The recipient that must be unregistered. + The token for which the recipient must be unregistered. + The action that must be unregistered for + the recipient and for the message type TMessage. + + + + Base class for all messages broadcasted by the Messenger. + You can create your own message types by extending this class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. + + The message's original sender. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. + + The message's original sender. + The message's intended target. This parameter can be used + to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course + this is only an indication, amd may be null. + + + + Gets or sets the message's sender. + + + - Unregisters a message recipient for a given type of messages, for - a given action and a given token. Other message types will still be transmitted to the - recipient (if it registered for them previously). Other actions that have - been registered for the message type TMessage, for the given recipient and other tokens (if - available) will also remain available. + Gets or sets the message's intended target. This property can be used + to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course + this is only an indication, amd may be null. - The type of messages that the recipient wants - to unregister from. - The recipient that must be unregistered. - The token for which the recipient must be unregistered. - The action that must be unregistered for - the recipient and for the message type TMessage. The Messenger is a class allowing objects to exchange messages. + + + Gets the Messenger's default instance, allowing + to register and send messages in a static manner. + + Registers a recipient for a type of message TMessage. The action @@ -814,7 +830,8 @@ for. The recipient that will receive the messages. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -841,7 +858,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -861,7 +879,8 @@ get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different token, will not be delivered to that recipient. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -894,7 +913,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -1021,7 +1041,7 @@ can take a moment, it is only executed when the application is idle. For this reason, a user of the Messenger class should use instead of forcing one with the - method. + method. @@ -1034,13 +1054,7 @@ can take a moment, it is only executed when the application is idle. For this reason, a user of the Messenger class should use instead of forcing one with the - method. - - - - - Gets the Messenger's default instance, allowing - to register and send messages in a static manner. + method. @@ -1087,68 +1101,14 @@ Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the + notify the sender that it is done. Use the method to execute the callback. - - - Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient - is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the - method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. - and - . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Executes the callback that was provided with the message with an - arbitrary number of parameters. - - A number of parameters that will - be passed to the callback method. - The object returned by the callback method. - Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. An arbitrary string that will be carried by the message. @@ -1159,7 +1119,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. An arbitrary string that will be @@ -1171,7 +1131,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used @@ -1192,7 +1152,7 @@ Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the + notify the sender that it is done. Use the method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. . @@ -1202,7 +1162,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. An arbitrary string that will be carried by the message. @@ -1213,7 +1173,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. An arbitrary string that will be @@ -1225,7 +1185,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used @@ -1286,53 +1246,72 @@ passed to recipient(s). - + - Passes a string property name (PropertyName) and a generic value - ( and ) to a recipient. - This message type can be used to propagate a PropertyChanged event to - a recipient using the messenging system. + Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient + is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to + notify the sender that it is done. Use the + method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. + and + . - The type of the OldValue and NewValue property. - + - Basis class for the class. This - class allows a recipient to register for all PropertyChangedMessages without - having to specify the type T. + Initializes a new instance of the class. + An arbitrary string that will be + carried by the message. + The callback method that can be executed + by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been + processed. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. - The name of the property that changed. + An arbitrary string that will be + carried by the message. + The callback method that can be executed + by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been + processed. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course this is only an indication, amd may be null. - The name of the property that changed. + An arbitrary string that will be + carried by the message. + The callback method that can be executed + by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been + processed. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Executes the callback that was provided with the message with an + arbitrary number of parameters. - The name of the property that changed. + A number of parameters that will + be passed to the callback method. + The object returned by the callback method. - + - Gets or sets the name of the property that changed. + Passes a string property name (PropertyName) and a generic value + ( and ) to a recipient. + This message type can be used to propagate a PropertyChanged event to + a recipient using the messenging system. + The type of the OldValue and NewValue property. - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. The property's value before the change occurred. @@ -1341,7 +1320,7 @@ - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The property's value before the change occurred. The property's value after the change occurred. @@ -1349,7 +1328,7 @@ - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used @@ -1369,11 +1348,66 @@ Gets the value that the property had before the change. + + + Basis class for the class. This + class allows a recipient to register for all PropertyChangedMessages without + having to specify the type T. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The message's sender. + The name of the property that changed. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The message's sender. + The message's intended target. This parameter can be used + to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course + this is only an indication, amd may be null. + The name of the property that changed. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the property that changed. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the property that changed. + + A base class for objects of which the properties must be observable. + + + Occurs after a property value changes. + + + + + Provides access to the PropertyChanged event handler to derived classes. + + + + + Occurs before a property value changes. + + + + + Provides access to the PropertyChanging event handler to derived classes. + + Verifies that a property name exists in this ViewModel. This method @@ -1465,26 +1499,6 @@ false otherwise. The event is not raised if the old value is equal to the new value. - - - Occurs after a property value changes. - - - - - Provides access to the PropertyChanged event handler to derived classes. - - - - - Occurs before a property value changes. - - - - - Provides access to the PropertyChanging event handler to derived classes. - - A base class for the ViewModel classes in the MVVM pattern. @@ -1499,11 +1513,30 @@ Initializes a new instance of the ViewModelBase class. - An instance of a + An instance of a used to broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class will attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default instance. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode + (running under Blend or Visual Studio). + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode + (running in Blend or Visual Studio). + + + + + Gets or sets an instance of a used to + broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class will + attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default instance. + + Unregisters this instance from the Messenger class. @@ -1599,25 +1632,6 @@ be broadcasted. If false, only the event will be raised. True if the PropertyChanged event was raised, false otherwise. - - - Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode - (running under Blend or Visual Studio). - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode - (running in Blend or Visual Studio). - - - - - Gets or sets an instance of a used to - broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class will - attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default instance. - - An interface defining how dialogs should @@ -1705,6 +1719,11 @@ Windows Phone, Android, iOS etc. + + + The key corresponding to the currently displayed page. + + If possible, instructs the navigation service @@ -1735,14 +1754,15 @@ The parameter that should be passed to the new page. - + - The key corresponding to the currently displayed page. + Helper class for dispatcher operations on the UI thread. - + - Helper class for dispatcher operations on the UI thread. + Gets a reference to the UI thread's dispatcher, after the + method has been called on the UI thread. @@ -1753,7 +1773,7 @@ on the UI thread's dispatcher and executed asynchronously. For additional operations on the UI thread, you can get a reference to the UI thread's dispatcher thanks to the property - . + . The action that will be executed on the UI thread. @@ -1769,7 +1789,7 @@ This method should be called once on the UI thread to ensure that - the property is initialized. + the property is initialized. In a Silverlight application, call this method in the Application_Startup event handler, after the MainPage is constructed. In WPF, call this method on the static App() constructor. @@ -1780,11 +1800,5 @@ Resets the class by deleting the - - - Gets a reference to the UI thread's dispatcher, after the - method has been called on the UI thread. - - diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL5/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/SL5/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll similarity index 100% rename from packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/SL5/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/SL5/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/portable-net45+wp8+wpa81+netcore45+monoandroid1+xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.XML b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.XML similarity index 99% rename from packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/portable-net45+wp8+wpa81+netcore45+monoandroid1+xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.XML rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.XML index ff36ba045..2185c96c6 100644 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/portable-net45+wp8+wpa81+netcore45+monoandroid1+xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.XML +++ b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.XML @@ -164,6 +164,11 @@ been extended with additional features. + + + This class' default instance. + + Checks whether at least one instance of a given class is already created in the container. @@ -333,7 +338,7 @@ If the type serviceType has not been registered before calling this method. - A service object of type . + A service object of type . An object that specifies the type of service object to get. @@ -451,10 +456,5 @@ The key uniquely identifying this instance. An instance corresponding to the given type and key. - - - This class' default instance. - - diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6c066eb61 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f923da0ab Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.XML b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.XML similarity index 68% rename from packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.XML rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.XML index 6ee1d0dbe..26ff8200a 100644 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.XML +++ b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.XML @@ -19,6 +19,25 @@ The target at the "top" of the property chain. + + + The mode of the binding. OneTime means that the target property will be set once (when the binding is + created) but that subsequent changes will be ignored. OneWay means that the target property will be set, and + if the PropertyChanged event is raised by the source, the target property will be updated. TwoWay means that the source + property will also be updated if the target raises the PropertyChanged event. Default means OneWay if only the source + implements INPC, and TwoWay if both the source and the target implement INPC. + + + + + Gets the source object for the binding. + + + + + Gets the target object for the binding. + + Instructs the Binding instance to stop listening to value changes and to @@ -42,25 +61,6 @@ Occurs when the value of the databound property changes. - - - The mode of the binding. OneTime means that the target property will be set once (when the binding is - created) but that subsequent changes will be ignored. OneWay means that the target property will be set, and - if the PropertyChanged event is raised by the source, the target property will be updated. TwoWay means that the source - property will also be updated if the target raises the PropertyChanged event. Default means OneWay if only the source - implements INPC, and TwoWay if both the source and the target implement INPC. - - - - - Gets the source object for the binding. - - - - - Gets the target object for the binding. - - Creates a binding between two properties. If the source implements INotifyPropertyChanged, the source property raises the PropertyChanged event @@ -74,7 +74,183 @@ simple types can be converted. For more complex conversions, use the and methods to define custom converters. - + + + Define that the binding should be evaluated when the bound control's source property changes. + Because Xamarin controls are not DependencyObjects, the + bound property will not automatically update the binding attached to it. Instead, + use this method to specify that the binding must be updated when the property changes. + + This method should only be used with the following items: + - an EditText control and its Text property (TextChanged event). + - a CompoundButton control and its Checked property (CheckedChange event). + + The Binding instance. + When this method is called + on a OneTime binding. Such bindings cannot be updated. This exception can + also be thrown when the source object is null or has already been + garbage collected before this method is called. + + + + Define when the binding should be evaluated when the bound source object + is a control. Because Xamarin controls are not DependencyObjects, the + bound property will not automatically update the binding attached to it. Instead, + use this method to define which of the control's events should be observed. + + Defines the binding's update mode. Use + to update the binding when + the source control loses the focus. You can also use + to update the binding + when the source control's property changes. + The PropertyChanged mode should only be used with the following items: + - an EditText control and its Text property (TextChanged event). + - a CompoundButton control and its Checked property (CheckedChange event). + + The Binding instance. + When this method is called + on a OneTime binding. Such bindings cannot be updated. This exception can + also be thrown when the source object is null or has already been + garbage collected before this method is called. + + + + Define that the binding should be evaluated when the bound control's target property changes. + Because Xamarin controls are not DependencyObjects, the + bound property will not automatically update the binding attached to it. Instead, + use this method to specify that the binding must be updated when the property changes. + + This method should only be used with the following items: + - an EditText control and its Text property (TextChanged event). + - a CompoundButton control and its Checked property (CheckedChange event). + + The Binding instance. + When this method is called + on a OneTime or a OneWay binding. This exception can + also be thrown when the target object is null or has already been + garbage collected before this method is called. + + + + Define when the binding should be evaluated when the bound target object + is a control. Because Xamarin controls are not DependencyObjects, the + bound property will not automatically update the binding attached to it. Instead, + use this method to define which of the control's events should be observed. + + Defines the binding's update mode. Use + to update the binding when + the source control loses the focus. You can also use + to update the binding + when the source control's property changes. + The PropertyChanged mode should only be used with the following items: + - an EditText control and its Text property (TextChanged event). + - a CompoundButton control and its Checked property (CheckedChange event). + + The Binding instance. + When this method is called + on a OneTime or a OneWay binding. This exception can + also be thrown when the source object is null or has already been + garbage collected before this method is called. + + + + Define when the binding should be evaluated when the bound source object + is a control. Because Xamarin controls are not DependencyObjects, the + bound property will not automatically update the binding attached to it. Instead, + use this method to define which of the control's events should be observed. + + The name of the event that should be observed + to update the binding's value. + The Binding instance. + When this method is called + on a OneTime binding. Such bindings cannot be updated. This exception can + also be thrown when the source object is null or has already been + garbage collected before this method is called. + When the eventName parameter is null + or is an empty string. + When the requested event does not exist on the + source control. + + + + Define when the binding should be evaluated when the bound source object + is a control. Because Xamarin controls are not DependencyObjects, the + bound property will not automatically update the binding attached to it. Instead, + use this method to define which of the control's events should be observed. + + Use this method when the event requires a specific EventArgs type + instead of the standard EventHandler. + The type of the EventArgs used by this control's event. + The name of the event that should be observed + to update the binding's value. + The Binding instance. + When this method is called + on a OneTime binding. Such bindings cannot be updated. This exception can + also be thrown when the source object is null or has already been + garbage collected before this method is called. + When the eventName parameter is null + or is an empty string. + When the requested event does not exist on the + source control. + + + + Define when the binding should be evaluated when the bound target object + is a control. Because Xamarin controls are not DependencyObjects, the + bound property will not automatically update the binding attached to it. Instead, + use this method to define which of the control's events should be observed. + + The name of the event that should be observed + to update the binding's value. + The Binding instance. + When this method is called + on a OneTime or a OneWay binding. This exception can + also be thrown when the source object is null or has already been + garbage collected before this method is called. + When the eventName parameter is null + or is an empty string. + When the requested event does not exist on the + target control. + + + + Define when the binding should be evaluated when the bound target object + is a control. Because Xamarin controls are not DependencyObjects, the + bound property will not automatically update the binding attached to it. Instead, + use this method to define which of the control's events should be observed. + + Use this method when the event requires a specific EventArgs type + instead of the standard EventHandler. + The type of the EventArgs used by this control's event. + The name of the event that should be observed + to update the binding's value. + The Binding instance. + When this method is called + on a OneTime or OneWay binding. This exception can + also be thrown when the target object is null or has already been + garbage collected before this method is called. + When the eventName parameter is null + or is an empty string. + When the requested event does not exist on the + target control. + + + + Gets or sets the value to use when the binding is unable to return a value. This can happen if one of the + items on the Path (except the source property itself) is null, or if the Converter throws an exception. + + + + + Gets of sets the value used when the source property is null (or equals to default(TSource)). + + + + + Gets the current value of the binding. + + + Initializes a new instance of the Binding class for which the source and target properties are located in different objects. @@ -90,8 +266,12 @@ if the PropertyChanged event is raised by the source, the target property will be updated. TwoWay means that the source property will also be updated if the target raises the PropertyChanged event. Default means OneWay if only the source implements INPC, and TwoWay if both the source and the target implement INPC. + Tthe value to use when the binding is unable to return a value. This can happen if one of the + items on the Path (except the source property itself) is null, or if the Converter throws an exception. + The value to use when the binding is unable to return a value. This can happen if one of the + items on the Path (except the source property itself) is null, or if the Converter throws an exception. - + Initializes a new instance of the Binding class for which the source and target properties are located in different objects. @@ -109,6 +289,10 @@ if the PropertyChanged event is raised by the source, the target property will be updated. TwoWay means that the source property will also be updated if the target raises the PropertyChanged event. Default means OneWay if only the source implements INPC, and TwoWay if both the source and the target implement INPC. + Tthe value to use when the binding is unable to return a value. This can happen if one of the + items on the Path (except the source property itself) is null, or if the Converter throws an exception. + The value to use when the binding is unable to return a value. This can happen if one of the + items on the Path (except the source property itself) is null, or if the Converter throws an exception. @@ -118,7 +302,9 @@ values). A func that will be called with the source - property's value, and will return the target property's value. + property's value, and will return the target property's value. + IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). The Binding instance. @@ -129,7 +315,9 @@ values). A func that will be called with the source - property's value, and will return the target property's value. + property's value, and will return the target property's value. + IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). The Binding instance. This method is inactive on OneTime or OneWay bindings. @@ -151,7 +339,7 @@ be set to the target value. - + Define when the binding should be evaluated when the bound source object is a control. Because Xamarin controls are not DependencyObjects, the @@ -170,48 +358,50 @@ When the requested event does not exist on the source control. - + - Define that the binding should be evaluated when the bound control's source property changes. - Because Xamarin controls are not DependencyObjects, the + Define when the binding should be evaluated when the bound source object + is a control. Because Xamarin controls are not DependencyObjects, the bound property will not automatically update the binding attached to it. Instead, - use this method to specify that the binding must be updated when the property changes. + use this method to define which of the control's events should be observed. - This method should only be used with the following items: - - an EditText control and its Text property (TextChanged event). - - a CompoundButton control and its Checked property (CheckedChange event). - + Use this method when the event requires a specific EventArgs type + instead of the standard EventHandler. + The type of the EventArgs used by this control's event. + The name of the event that should be observed + to update the binding's value. The Binding instance. When this method is called on a OneTime binding. Such bindings cannot be updated. This exception can also be thrown when the source object is null or has already been garbage collected before this method is called. + When the eventName parameter is null + or is an empty string. + When the requested event does not exist on the + source control. - + - Define when the binding should be evaluated when the bound source object + Define when the binding should be evaluated when the bound target object is a control. Because Xamarin controls are not DependencyObjects, the bound property will not automatically update the binding attached to it. Instead, use this method to define which of the control's events should be observed. - Defines the binding's update mode. Use - to update the binding when - the source control loses the focus. You can also use - to update the binding - when the source control's property changes. - The PropertyChanged mode should only be used with the following items: - - an EditText control and its Text property (TextChanged event). - - a CompoundButton control and its Checked property (CheckedChange event). - + The name of the event that should be observed + to update the binding's value. The Binding instance. When this method is called - on a OneTime binding. Such bindings cannot be updated. This exception can + on a OneTime or a OneWay binding. This exception can also be thrown when the source object is null or has already been garbage collected before this method is called. + When the eventName parameter is null + or is an empty string. + When the requested event does not exist on the + target control. - + - Define when the binding should be evaluated when the bound source object + Define when the binding should be evaluated when the bound target object is a control. Because Xamarin controls are not DependencyObjects, the bound property will not automatically update the binding attached to it. Instead, use this method to define which of the control's events should be observed. @@ -223,17 +413,39 @@ to update the binding's value. The Binding instance. When this method is called - on a OneTime binding. Such bindings cannot be updated. This exception can - also be thrown when the source object is null or has already been + on a OneTime or OneWay binding. This exception can + also be thrown when the target object is null or has already been garbage collected before this method is called. When the eventName parameter is null or is an empty string. When the requested event does not exist on the - source control. + target control. - + - Define that the binding should be evaluated when the bound control's target property changes. + Defines an action that will be executed every time that the binding value + changes. + + The action that will be executed when the binding changes. + IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). + The Binding instance. + When WhenSourceChanges is called on + a binding which already has a target property set. + + + + Occurs when the value of the databound property changes. + + + + + Gets a reference to the instance that this listener listens to. + + + + + Define that the binding should be evaluated when the bound control's source property changes. Because Xamarin controls are not DependencyObjects, the bound property will not automatically update the binding attached to it. Instead, use this method to specify that the binding must be updated when the property changes. @@ -244,13 +456,13 @@ The Binding instance. When this method is called - on a OneTime or a OneWay binding. This exception can - also be thrown when the target object is null or has already been + on a OneTime binding. Such bindings cannot be updated. This exception can + also be thrown when the source object is null or has already been garbage collected before this method is called. - + - Define when the binding should be evaluated when the bound target object + Define when the binding should be evaluated when the bound source object is a control. Because Xamarin controls are not DependencyObjects, the bound property will not automatically update the binding attached to it. Instead, use this method to define which of the control's events should be observed. @@ -266,89 +478,48 @@ The Binding instance. When this method is called - on a OneTime or a OneWay binding. This exception can + on a OneTime binding. Such bindings cannot be updated. This exception can also be thrown when the source object is null or has already been garbage collected before this method is called. - + - Define when the binding should be evaluated when the bound target object - is a control. Because Xamarin controls are not DependencyObjects, the + Define that the binding should be evaluated when the bound control's target property changes. + Because Xamarin controls are not DependencyObjects, the bound property will not automatically update the binding attached to it. Instead, - use this method to define which of the control's events should be observed. + use this method to specify that the binding must be updated when the property changes. - The name of the event that should be observed - to update the binding's value. + This method should only be used with the following items: + - an EditText control and its Text property (TextChanged event). + - a CompoundButton control and its Checked property (CheckedChange event). + The Binding instance. When this method is called on a OneTime or a OneWay binding. This exception can - also be thrown when the source object is null or has already been + also be thrown when the target object is null or has already been garbage collected before this method is called. - When the eventName parameter is null - or is an empty string. - When the requested event does not exist on the - target control. - + Define when the binding should be evaluated when the bound target object is a control. Because Xamarin controls are not DependencyObjects, the bound property will not automatically update the binding attached to it. Instead, use this method to define which of the control's events should be observed. - Use this method when the event requires a specific EventArgs type - instead of the standard EventHandler. - The type of the EventArgs used by this control's event. - The name of the event that should be observed - to update the binding's value. + Defines the binding's update mode. Use + to update the binding when + the source control loses the focus. You can also use + to update the binding + when the source control's property changes. + The PropertyChanged mode should only be used with the following items: + - an EditText control and its Text property (TextChanged event). + - a CompoundButton control and its Checked property (CheckedChange event). + The Binding instance. When this method is called - on a OneTime or OneWay binding. This exception can - also be thrown when the target object is null or has already been + on a OneTime or a OneWay binding. This exception can + also be thrown when the source object is null or has already been garbage collected before this method is called. - When the eventName parameter is null - or is an empty string. - When the requested event does not exist on the - target control. - - - - Defines an action that will be executed every time that the binding value - changes. - - The action that will be executed when the binding changes. - The Binding instance. - When WhenSourceChanges is called on - a binding which already has a target property set. - - - - Occurs when the value of the databound property changes. - - - - - Gets the current value of the binding. - - - - - Provides event listening support for classes that expect to receive events - through the WeakEvent pattern and a WeakEventManager. - - - - - Receives events from the centralized event manager. - - The type of the WeakEventManager calling this method. - Object that originated the event. - Event data. - true if the listener handled the event. It is considered an error by the - WeakEventManager handling in WPF to register a listener for an event that the - listener does not handle. Regardless, the method should return false if it receives - an event that it does not recognize or handle. - @@ -379,13 +550,40 @@ property will update the target property, and vice versa. + + + Defines extension methods for Android only. + + + + + Creates a new for a given . + + The type of the items contained in the . + The collection that the adapter will be created for. + A method taking an item's position in the list, the item itself, + and a recycled Android View, and returning an adapted View for this item. Note that the recycled + view might be null, in which case a new View must be inflated by this method. + A View adapted for the item passed as parameter. + + + + Creates a new for a given . + + The type of the items contained in the . + The list that the adapter will be created for. + A method taking an item's position in the list, the item itself, + and a recycled Android , and returning an adapted View for this item. Note that the recycled + View might be null, in which case a new View must be inflated by this method. + An adapter adapted to the collection passed in parameter.. + Defines extension methods used to add data bindings and commands between Xamarin Android and iOS elements. - + Sets a data binding between two properties. If the source implements INotifyPropertyChanged, the source property raises the PropertyChanged event and the BindingMode is OneWay or TwoWay, the target property will be synchronized with the source property. If @@ -403,38 +601,46 @@ The target of the binding. If this object implements INotifyPropertyChanged and the BindingMode is TwoWay, the source will be notified of changes to the source property. An expression pointing to the target property. It can be - a simple expression "() => [target].MyProperty" or a composed expression "() => [target].SomeObject.SomeOtherObject.SomeProperty". + a simple expression "() => [target].MyProperty" or a composed expression "() => [target].SomeObject.SomeOtherObject.SomeProperty". The source of the binding. If this object implements INotifyPropertyChanged and the BindingMode is OneWay or TwoWay, the target will be notified of changes to the target property. An expression pointing to the source property. It can be - a simple expression "() => [source].MyProperty" or a composed expression "() => [source].SomeObject.SomeOtherObject.SomeProperty". + a simple expression "() => [source].MyProperty" or a composed expression "() => [source].SomeObject.SomeOtherObject.SomeProperty". The mode of the binding. OneTime means that the target property will be set once (when the binding is created) but that subsequent changes will be ignored. OneWay means that the target property will be set, and if the PropertyChanged event is raised by the source, the target property will be updated. TwoWay means that the source property will also be updated if the target raises the PropertyChanged event. Default means OneWay if only the source implements INPC, and TwoWay if both the source and the target implement INPC. + The value to use when the binding is unable to return a value. This can happen if one of the + items on the Path (except the source property itself) is null, or if the Converter throws an exception. + The value used when the source property is null (or equals to default(TSource)). The new Binding instance. - + Creates a with a source property but without a target. - This type of bindings is useful for the - and methods, to use as CommandParameter + This type of bindings is useful for the , + , + + and methods, to use as CommandParameter binding. The source of the binding. If this object implements INotifyPropertyChanged and the BindingMode is OneWay or TwoWay, the target will be notified of changes to the target property. An expression pointing to the source property. It can be - a simple expression "() => [source].MyProperty" or a composed expression "() => [source].SomeObject.SomeOtherObject.SomeProperty". + a simple expression "() => [source].MyProperty" or a composed expression "() => [source].SomeObject.SomeOtherObject.SomeProperty". The mode of the binding. OneTime means that the target property will be set once (when the binding is created) but that subsequent changes will be ignored. OneWay means that the target property will be set, and if the PropertyChanged event is raised by the source, the target property will be updated. TwoWay means that the source property will also be updated if the target raises the PropertyChanged event. Default means OneWay if only the source implements INPC, and TwoWay if both the source and the target implement INPC. + The value to use when the binding is unable to return a value. This can happen if one of the + items on the Path (except the source property itself) is null, or if the Converter throws an exception. + The value used when the source property is null (or equals to default(TSource)). The type of the bound property. The created binding instance. - + Sets a data binding between two properties of the same object. If the source implements INotifyPropertyChanged, has observable properties and the BindingMode is OneWay or TwoWay, the target property will be notified of changes to the source property. If @@ -447,19 +653,22 @@ simple types can be converted. For more complex conversions, use the and methods to define custom converters. An expression pointing to the target property. It can be - a simple expression "() => [target].MyProperty" or a composed expression "() => [target].SomeObject.SomeOtherObject.SomeProperty". + a simple expression "() => [target].MyProperty" or a composed expression "() => [target].SomeObject.SomeOtherObject.SomeProperty". The source of the binding. If this object implements INotifyPropertyChanged and the BindingMode is OneWay or TwoWay, the target will be notified of changes to the target property. An expression pointing to the source property. It can be - a simple expression "() => [source].MyProperty" or a composed expression "() => [source].SomeObject.SomeOtherObject.SomeProperty". + a simple expression "() => [source].MyProperty" or a composed expression "() => [source].SomeObject.SomeOtherObject.SomeProperty". The mode of the binding. OneTime means that the target property will be set once (when the binding is created) but that subsequent changes will be ignored. OneWay means that the target property will be set, and if the PropertyChanged event is raised by the source, the target property will be updated. TwoWay means that the source property will also be updated if the target raises the PropertyChanged event. Default means OneWay if only the source implements INPC, and TwoWay if both the source and the target implement INPC. + The value to use when the binding is unable to return a value. This can happen if one of the + items on the Path (except the source property itself) is null, or if the Converter throws an exception. + The value used when the source property is null (or equals to default(TSource)). The new Binding instance. - + Sets a data binding between two properties. If the source implements INotifyPropertyChanged, the source property raises the PropertyChanged event and the BindingMode is OneWay or TwoWay, the target property will be synchronized with the source property. If @@ -482,9 +691,12 @@ if the PropertyChanged event is raised by the source, the target property will be updated. TwoWay means that the source property will also be updated if the target raises the PropertyChanged event. Default means OneWay if only the source implements INPC, and TwoWay if both the source and the target implement INPC. + The value to use when the binding is unable to return a value. This can happen if one of the + items on the Path (except the source property itself) is null, or if the Converter throws an exception. + The value used when the source property is null (or equals to default(TSource)). The new Binding instance. - + Sets a data binding between two properties of the same object. If the source implements INotifyPropertyChanged, has observable properties and the BindingMode is OneWay or TwoWay, the target property will be notified of changes to the source property. If @@ -505,65 +717,180 @@ if the PropertyChanged event is raised by the source, the target property will be updated. TwoWay means that the source property will also be updated if the target raises the PropertyChanged event. Default means OneWay if only the source implements INPC, and TwoWay if both the source and the target implement INPC. + The value to use when the binding is unable to return a value. This can happen if one of the + items on the Path (except the source property itself) is null, or if the Converter throws an exception. + The value used when the source property is null (or equals to default(TSource)). The new Binding instance. + + + Sets a generic RelayCommand to an object and actuates the command when a specific event is raised. This method + can only be used when the event uses a standard EventHandler. + + The type of the CommandParameter that will be passed to the RelayCommand. + The element to which the command is added. + The name of the event that will be subscribed to to actuate the command. + The command that must be added to the element. + A Binding instance subscribed to + the CommandParameter that will passed to the RelayCommand. Depending on the Binding, the CommandParameter + will be observed and changes will be passed to the command, for example to update the CanExecute. + - Sets a generic RelayCommand to an object and actuate the command when a specific event is raised. This method + Sets a generic RelayCommand to an object and actuates the command when a specific event is raised. This method should be used when the event uses an EventHandler<TEventArgs>. The type of the CommandParameter that will be passed to the RelayCommand. The type of the event's arguments. The element to which the command is added. - The name of the event that will be subscribed to to actuate the command. The command that must be added to the element. + The name of the event that will be subscribed to to actuate the command. A Binding instance subscribed to the CommandParameter that will passed to the RelayCommand. Depending on the Binding, the CommandParameter will be observed and changes will be passed to the command, for example to update the CanExecute. - + - Sets a generic RelayCommand to an object and actuate the command when a specific event is raised. This method + Sets a non-generic RelayCommand to an object and actuates the command when a specific event is raised. This method + can only be used when the event uses a standard EventHandler. + + The element to which the command is added. + The name of the event that will be subscribed to to actuate the command. + The command that must be added to the element. + + + + Sets a non-generic RelayCommand to an object and actuates the command when a specific event is raised. This method + should be used when the event uses an EventHandler<TEventArgs>. + + The type of the event's arguments. + The element to which the command is added. + The name of the event that will be subscribed to to actuate the command. + The command that must be added to the element. + + + + Sets a generic RelayCommand to an object and actuates the command when a specific event is raised. This method can only be used when the event uses a standard EventHandler. The type of the CommandParameter that will be passed to the RelayCommand. The element to which the command is added. + The command that must be added to the element. The name of the event that will be subscribed to to actuate the command. + The command parameter that will be passed to the RelayCommand when it + is executed. This is a fixed value. To pass an observable value, use one of the SetCommand + overloads that uses a Binding as CommandParameter. + + + + Sets a generic RelayCommand to an object and actuates the command when a specific event is raised. This method + should be used when the event uses an EventHandler<TEventArgs>. + + The type of the CommandParameter that will be passed to the RelayCommand. + The type of the event's arguments. + The element to which the command is added. + The command that must be added to the element. + The name of the event that will be subscribed to to actuate the command. + The command parameter that will be passed to the RelayCommand when it + is executed. This is a fixed value. To pass an observable value, use one of the SetCommand + overloads that uses a Binding as CommandParameter. + + + + Sets a generic RelayCommand to an object and actuates the command when a specific event is raised. This method + can only be used when the event uses a standard EventHandler. + This method does not specify the observed event explicitly. The following events are used: + - For CheckBox: CheckedChange. + - For Button: Click. + - At the moment, no other controls are supported. For other controls, use another SetCommand overload + and specify the eventName parameter explicitly. + + The type of the CommandParameter that will be passed to the RelayCommand. + The element to which the command is added. The command that must be added to the element. A Binding instance subscribed to the CommandParameter that will passed to the RelayCommand. Depending on the Binding, the CommandParameter will be observed and changes will be passed to the command, for example to update the CanExecute. - + - Sets a non-generic RelayCommand to an object and actuate the command when a specific event is raised. This method + Sets a generic RelayCommand to an object and actuates the command when a specific event is raised. This method + should be used when the event uses an EventHandler<TEventArgs>. + This method does not specify the observed event explicitly. The following events are used: + - For CheckBox: CheckedChange. + - For Button: Click. + - At the moment, no other controls are supported. For other controls, use another SetCommand overload + and specify the eventName parameter explicitly. + + The type of the CommandParameter that will be passed to the RelayCommand. + The type of the event's arguments. + The element to which the command is added. + The command that must be added to the element. + A Binding instance subscribed to + the CommandParameter that will passed to the RelayCommand. Depending on the Binding, the CommandParameter + will be observed and changes will be passed to the command, for example to update the CanExecute. + + + + Sets an ICommand to an object and actuates the command when a specific event is raised. This method can only be used when the event uses a standard EventHandler. + This method does not specify the observed event explicitly. The following events are used: + - For CheckBox: CheckedChange. + - For Button: Click. + - At the moment, no other controls are supported. For other controls, use another SetCommand overload + and specify the eventName parameter explicitly. The element to which the command is added. - The name of the event that will be subscribed to to actuate the command. The command that must be added to the element. - + - Creates a new for a given . + Sets an ICommand to an object and actuates the command when a specific event is raised. This method + should be used when the event uses an EventHandler<TEventArgs>. + This method does not specify the observed event explicitly. The following events are used: + - For CheckBox: CheckedChange. + - For Button: Click. + - At the moment, no other controls are supported. For other controls, use another SetCommand overload + and specify the eventName parameter explicitly. - The type of the items contained in the . - The collection that the adapter will be created for. - A method taking an item's position in the list, the item itself, - and a recycled Android View, and returning an adapted View for this item. Note that the recycled - view might be null, in which case a new View must be inflated by this method. - A View adapted for the item passed as parameter. + The type of the event's arguments. + The element to which the command is added. + The command that must be added to the element. + + + + Sets a generic RelayCommand to an object and actuates the command when a specific event is raised. This method + can only be used when the event uses a standard EventHandler. + This method does not specify the observed event explicitly. The following events are used: + - For CheckBox: CheckedChange. + - For Button: Click. + - At the moment, no other controls are supported. For other controls, use another SetCommand overload + and specify the eventName parameter explicitly. + + The type of the CommandParameter that will be passed to the RelayCommand. + The element to which the command is added. + The command that must be added to the element. + The command parameter that will be passed to the RelayCommand when it + is executed. This is a fixed value. To pass an observable value, use one of the SetCommand + overloads that uses a Binding as CommandParameter. - + - Creates a new for a given . + Sets a generic RelayCommand to an object and actuates the command when a specific event is raised. This method + should be used when the event uses an EventHandler<TEventArgs>. + This method does not specify the observed event explicitly. The following events are used: + - For CheckBox: CheckedChange. + - For Button: Click. + - At the moment, no other controls are supported. For other controls, use another SetCommand overload + and specify the eventName parameter explicitly. - The type of the items contained in the . - The list that the adapter will be created for. - A method taking an item's position in the list, the item itself, - and a recycled Android , and returning an adapted View for this item. Note that the recycled - View might be null, in which case a new View must be inflated by this method. - An adapter adapted to the collection passed in parameter.. + The type of the CommandParameter that will be passed to the RelayCommand. + The type of the event's arguments. + The element to which the command is added. + The command that must be added to the element. + The command parameter that will be passed to the RelayCommand when it + is executed. This is a fixed value. To pass an observable value, use one of the SetCommand + overloads that uses a Binding as CommandParameter. @@ -574,26 +901,6 @@ The type of the items contained in the . - - - Returns a unique ID for the item corresponding to the position parameter. - In this implementation, the method always returns the position itself. - - The position of the item for which the ID needs to be returned. - A unique ID for the item corresponding to the position parameter. - - - - Prepares the view (template) for the item corresponding to the position - in the DataSource. This method calls the method so that the caller - can create (if necessary) and adapt the template for the corresponding item. - - The position of the item in the DataSource. - A recycled view. If this parameter is null, - a new view must be inflated. - The view's parent. - A view adapted for the item at the corresponding position. - Gets the number of items in the DataSource. @@ -618,74 +925,25 @@ The index of the item that needs to be returned. The item corresponding to the index in the DataSource - - - Provides an implementation so that you can use the - "weak event listener" pattern to attach listeners - for the event. - - - - - Adds the specified listener to the list of listeners on the specified source. - - The object with the event. - The object to add as a listener. - The name of the property that exists on - source upon which to listen for changes. - - - - Removes the specified listener from the list of listeners on the - specified source. - - The object to remove as a listener. - - - - Begin listening for the event on - the provided source. - - The object on which to start listening - for . - - - - Stop listening for the event on the - provided source. - - The object on which to start listening for - . - - - - The method that handles the event. - - The source of the event. - A that - contains the event data. - - - - Private method to add the specified listener to the list of listeners - on the specified source. - - The object with the event. - The object to add as a listener. - The name of the property that exists - on source upon which to listen for changes. - - + - Private method to remove the specified listener from the list of listeners - on the specified source. + Returns a unique ID for the item corresponding to the position parameter. + In this implementation, the method always returns the position itself. - The object to remove as a listener. + The position of the item for which the ID needs to be returned. + A unique ID for the item corresponding to the position parameter. - + - Get the current instance of + Prepares the view (template) for the item corresponding to the position + in the DataSource. This method calls the method so that the caller + can create (if necessary) and adapt the template for the corresponding item. + The position of the item in the DataSource. + A recycled view. If this parameter is null, + a new view must be inflated. + The view's parent. + A view adapted for the item at the corresponding position. @@ -737,6 +995,11 @@ to keep track of the navigation journal. + + + The activity that is currently in the foreground. + + If possible, discards the current page and displays the previous page @@ -751,11 +1014,6 @@ to work properly. - - - The activity that is currently in the foreground. - - An implementation of allowing @@ -871,6 +1129,42 @@ when the current Activiy is the root activity. + + + The key corresponding to the currently displayed page. + + + + + Adds a key/page pair to the navigation service. + + For this navigation service to work properly, your Activities + should derive from the class. + The key that will be used later + in the or methods. + The type of the activity (page) corresponding to the key. + + + + Allows a caller to get the navigation parameter corresponding + to the Intent parameter. + + The + of the navigated page. + The navigation parameter. If no parameter is found, + returns null. + + + + Allows a caller to get the navigation parameter corresponding + to the Intent parameter. + + The type of the retrieved parameter. + The + of the navigated page. + The navigation parameter casted to the proper type. + If no parameter is found, returns default(T). + If possible, discards the current page and displays the previous page @@ -902,41 +1196,98 @@ When this method is called for a key that has not been configured earlier. - + - Adds a key/page pair to the navigation service. + Provides event listening support for classes that expect to receive events + through the WeakEvent pattern and a WeakEventManager. - For this navigation service to work properly, your Activities - should derive from the class. - The key that will be used later - in the or methods. - The type of the activity (page) corresponding to the key. - + - Allows a caller to get the navigation parameter corresponding - to the Intent parameter. + Gets the WeakReference holding the instance that raised the event. - The - of the navigated page. - The navigation parameter. If no parameter is found, - returns null. - + - Allows a caller to get the navigation parameter corresponding - to the Intent parameter. + Receives events from the centralized event manager. - The type of the retrieved parameter. - The - of the navigated page. - The navigation parameter casted to the proper type. - If no parameter is found, returns default(T). + The type of the WeakEventManager calling this method. + Object that originated the event. + Event data. + true if the listener handled the event. It is considered an error by the + WeakEventManager handling in WPF to register a listener for an event that the + listener does not handle. Regardless, the method should return false if it receives + an event that it does not recognize or handle. + - + - The key corresponding to the currently displayed page. + Provides an implementation so that you can use the + "weak event listener" pattern to attach listeners + for the event. + + + + + Get the current instance of + + + + + Adds the specified listener to the list of listeners on the specified source. + + The object with the event. + The object to add as a listener. + The name of the property that exists on + source upon which to listen for changes. + + + + Removes the specified listener from the list of listeners on the + specified source. + + The object to remove as a listener. + + + + Private method to add the specified listener to the list of listeners + on the specified source. + + The object with the event. + The object to add as a listener. + The name of the property that exists + on source upon which to listen for changes. + + + + Private method to remove the specified listener from the list of listeners + on the specified source. + + The object to remove as a listener. + + + + The method that handles the event. + + The source of the event. + A that + contains the event data. + + + + Begin listening for the event on + the provided source. + + The object on which to start listening + for . + + + + Stop listening for the event on the + provided source. + The object on which to start listening for + . diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1cc923f50 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c8352587 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/portable-net45+wp8+wpa81+netcore45+monoandroid1+xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.XML b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.XML similarity index 95% rename from packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/portable-net45+wp8+wpa81+netcore45+monoandroid1+xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.XML rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.XML index efec50646..493a621e1 100644 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/portable-net45+wp8+wpa81+netcore45+monoandroid1+xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.XML +++ b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.XML @@ -21,20 +21,28 @@ Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class that can always execute. - The execution logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). If the execute argument is null. Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class. - The execution logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). The execution status logic. - If the execute argument is null. + If the execute argument is null. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). + + + + Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. + - Raises the event. + Raises the event. @@ -50,11 +58,6 @@ This parameter will always be ignored. - - - Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. - - A generic command whose sole purpose is to relay its functionality to other @@ -73,20 +76,28 @@ Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class that can always execute. - The execution logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). If the execute argument is null. Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class. - The execution logic. - The execution status logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). + The execution status logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). If the execute argument is null. + + + Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. + + - Raises the event. + Raises the event. @@ -104,11 +115,6 @@ Data used by the command. If the command does not require data to be passed, this object can be set to a null reference - - - Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. - - Helper class for platform detection. @@ -132,11 +138,16 @@ - This interface is meant for the class and can be + This interface is meant for the class and can be useful if you store multiple WeakAction{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. + + + The target of the WeakAction. + + Executes an action. @@ -150,14 +161,9 @@ that this entry must be deleted. - - - The target of the WeakAction. - - - This interface is meant for the class and can be + This interface is meant for the class and can be useful if you store multiple WeakFunc{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. @@ -172,42 +178,13 @@ - Stores an without causing a hard reference + Stores an without causing a hard reference to be created to the Action's owner. The owner can be garbage collected at any time. - - - Initializes an empty instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The action that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The action's owner. - The action that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Executes the action. This only happens if the action's owner - is still alive. - - - - - Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. - - - Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakAction's + Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakAction's method passed in the constructor. @@ -220,7 +197,7 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to this WeakAction's action's target. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. @@ -228,7 +205,7 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to the target passed when constructing the WeakAction. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. @@ -237,6 +214,24 @@ Gets a value indicating whether the WeakAction is static or not. + + + Initializes an empty instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The action that will be associated to this instance. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The action's owner. + The action that will be associated to this instance. + Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected @@ -246,7 +241,7 @@ Gets the Action's owner. This object is stored as a - . + . @@ -254,6 +249,17 @@ The target of the weak reference. + + + Executes the action. This only happens if the action's owner + is still alive. + + + + + Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. + + Stores an Action without causing a hard reference @@ -261,6 +267,17 @@ The type of the Action's parameter. + + + Gets the name of the method that this WeakAction represents. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected + by the Garbage Collector already. + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakAction class. @@ -290,7 +307,7 @@ Executes the action with a parameter of type object. This parameter - will be casted to T. This method implements + will be casted to T. This method implements and can be useful if you store multiple WeakAction{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. @@ -304,17 +321,6 @@ should be deleted. - - - Gets the name of the method that this WeakAction represents. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected - by the Garbage Collector already. - - Stores a Func<T> without causing a hard reference @@ -323,39 +329,9 @@ The type of the result of the Func that will be stored by this weak reference. - - - Initializes an empty instance of the WeakFunc class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. - - The Func that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. - - The Func's owner. - The Func that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Executes the action. This only happens if the Func's owner - is still alive. - - The result of the Func stored as reference. - - - - Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. - - - Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakFunc's + Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakFunc's method passed in the constructor. @@ -373,7 +349,7 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to this WeakFunc's action's target. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. @@ -381,10 +357,28 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to the target passed when constructing the WeakFunc. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. + + + Initializes an empty instance of the WeakFunc class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. + + The Func that will be associated to this instance. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. + + The Func's owner. + The Func that will be associated to this instance. + Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected @@ -394,17 +388,29 @@ Gets the Func's owner. This object is stored as a - . + . Gets the owner of the Func that was passed as parameter. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. + + + Executes the action. This only happens if the Func's owner + is still alive. + + The result of the Func stored as reference. + + + + Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. + + Stores an Func without causing a hard reference @@ -413,6 +419,17 @@ The type of the Func's parameter. The type of the Func's return value. + + + Gets or sets the name of the method that this WeakFunc represents. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected + by the Garbage Collector already. + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. @@ -444,7 +461,7 @@ Executes the Func with a parameter of type object. This parameter - will be casted to T. This method implements + will be casted to T. This method implements and can be useful if you store multiple WeakFunc{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. @@ -459,17 +476,6 @@ should be deleted. - - - Gets or sets the name of the method that this WeakFunc represents. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected - by the Garbage Collector already. - - Defines a common interface for classes that should be cleaned up, @@ -490,44 +496,6 @@ The type of the Content property. - - - Base class for all messages broadcasted by the Messenger. - You can create your own message types by extending this class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - The message's original sender. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - The message's original sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - - - - Gets or sets the message's sender. - - - - - Gets or sets the message's intended target. This property can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - - Initializes a new instance of the GenericMessage class. @@ -572,7 +540,8 @@ for. The recipient that will receive the messages. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -594,7 +563,8 @@ get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different token, will not be delivered to that recipient. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -627,7 +597,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -654,7 +625,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -752,11 +724,55 @@ The action that must be unregistered for the recipient and for the message type TMessage. + + + Base class for all messages broadcasted by the Messenger. + You can create your own message types by extending this class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. + + The message's original sender. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. + + The message's original sender. + The message's intended target. This parameter can be used + to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course + this is only an indication, amd may be null. + + + + Gets or sets the message's sender. + + + + + Gets or sets the message's intended target. This property can be used + to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course + this is only an indication, amd may be null. + + The Messenger is a class allowing objects to exchange messages. + + + Gets the Messenger's default instance, allowing + to register and send messages in a static manner. + + Registers a recipient for a type of message TMessage. The action @@ -768,7 +784,8 @@ for. The recipient that will receive the messages. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -795,7 +812,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -815,7 +833,8 @@ get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different token, will not be delivered to that recipient. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -848,7 +867,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -975,7 +995,7 @@ can take a moment, it is only executed when the application is idle. For this reason, a user of the Messenger class should use instead of forcing one with the - method. + method. @@ -988,13 +1008,7 @@ can take a moment, it is only executed when the application is idle. For this reason, a user of the Messenger class should use instead of forcing one with the - method. - - - - - Gets the Messenger's default instance, allowing - to register and send messages in a static manner. + method. @@ -1041,68 +1055,14 @@ Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the + notify the sender that it is done. Use the method to execute the callback. - - - Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient - is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the - method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. - and - . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Executes the callback that was provided with the message with an - arbitrary number of parameters. - - A number of parameters that will - be passed to the callback method. - The object returned by the callback method. - Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. An arbitrary string that will be carried by the message. @@ -1113,7 +1073,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. An arbitrary string that will be @@ -1125,7 +1085,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used @@ -1146,7 +1106,7 @@ Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the + notify the sender that it is done. Use the method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. . @@ -1156,7 +1116,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. An arbitrary string that will be carried by the message. @@ -1167,7 +1127,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. An arbitrary string that will be @@ -1179,7 +1139,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used @@ -1240,53 +1200,72 @@ passed to recipient(s). - + - Passes a string property name (PropertyName) and a generic value - ( and ) to a recipient. - This message type can be used to propagate a PropertyChanged event to - a recipient using the messenging system. + Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient + is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to + notify the sender that it is done. Use the + method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. + and + . - The type of the OldValue and NewValue property. - + - Basis class for the class. This - class allows a recipient to register for all PropertyChangedMessages without - having to specify the type T. + Initializes a new instance of the class. + An arbitrary string that will be + carried by the message. + The callback method that can be executed + by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been + processed. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. - The name of the property that changed. + An arbitrary string that will be + carried by the message. + The callback method that can be executed + by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been + processed. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course this is only an indication, amd may be null. - The name of the property that changed. + An arbitrary string that will be + carried by the message. + The callback method that can be executed + by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been + processed. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Executes the callback that was provided with the message with an + arbitrary number of parameters. - The name of the property that changed. + A number of parameters that will + be passed to the callback method. + The object returned by the callback method. - + - Gets or sets the name of the property that changed. + Passes a string property name (PropertyName) and a generic value + ( and ) to a recipient. + This message type can be used to propagate a PropertyChanged event to + a recipient using the messenging system. + The type of the OldValue and NewValue property. - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. The property's value before the change occurred. @@ -1295,7 +1274,7 @@ - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The property's value before the change occurred. The property's value after the change occurred. @@ -1303,7 +1282,7 @@ - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used @@ -1323,11 +1302,56 @@ Gets the value that the property had before the change. + + + Basis class for the class. This + class allows a recipient to register for all PropertyChangedMessages without + having to specify the type T. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The message's sender. + The name of the property that changed. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The message's sender. + The message's intended target. This parameter can be used + to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course + this is only an indication, amd may be null. + The name of the property that changed. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the property that changed. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the property that changed. + + A base class for objects of which the properties must be observable. + + + Occurs after a property value changes. + + + + + Provides access to the PropertyChanged event handler to derived classes. + + Verifies that a property name exists in this ViewModel. This method @@ -1416,16 +1440,6 @@ false otherwise. The event is not raised if the old value is equal to the new value. - - - Occurs after a property value changes. - - - - - Provides access to the PropertyChanged event handler to derived classes. - - A base class for the ViewModel classes in the MVVM pattern. @@ -1440,11 +1454,30 @@ Initializes a new instance of the ViewModelBase class. - An instance of a + An instance of a used to broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class will attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default instance. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode + (running under Blend or Visual Studio). + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode + (running in Blend or Visual Studio). + + + + + Gets or sets an instance of a used to + broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class will + attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default instance. + + Unregisters this instance from the Messenger class. @@ -1558,25 +1591,6 @@ changed. True if the PropertyChanged event was raised, false otherwise. - - - Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode - (running under Blend or Visual Studio). - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode - (running in Blend or Visual Studio). - - - - - Gets or sets an instance of a used to - broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class will - attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default instance. - - An interface defining how dialogs should @@ -1664,6 +1678,11 @@ Windows Phone, Android, iOS etc. + + + The key corresponding to the currently displayed page. + + If possible, instructs the navigation service @@ -1694,10 +1713,5 @@ The parameter that should be passed to the new page. - - - The key corresponding to the currently displayed page. - - diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bd86937e9 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..222921c70 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net35/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net35/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..46ce5b1e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net35/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net35/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net35/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..baac626ed Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net35/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net35/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net35/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml similarity index 97% rename from packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net35/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net35/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml index 37796ca95..00e1596d7 100644 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net35/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml +++ b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net35/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml @@ -164,6 +164,11 @@ been extended with additional features. + + + This class' default instance. + + Checks whether at least one instance of a given class is already created in the container. @@ -333,7 +338,7 @@ If the type serviceType has not been registered before calling this method. - A service object of type . + A service object of type . An object that specifies the type of service object to get. @@ -451,15 +456,10 @@ The key uniquely identifying this instance. An instance corresponding to the given type and key. - - - This class' default instance. - - - This can be - used to bind any event on any FrameworkElement to an . + This can be + used to bind any event on any FrameworkElement to an . Typically, this element is used in XAML to connect the attached element to a command located in a ViewModel. This trigger can only be attached to a FrameworkElement or a class deriving from FrameworkElement. @@ -467,75 +467,20 @@ and leave the CommandParameter and CommandParameterValue empty! - - - The dependency property's name. - - - - - The dependency property's name. - - - Identifies the dependency property + Identifies the dependency property - Identifies the dependency property + Identifies the dependency property - Identifies the dependency property - - - - - Called when this trigger is attached to a FrameworkElement. - - - - - This method is here for compatibility - with the Silverlight version. - - The FrameworkElement to which this trigger - is attached. - - - - This method is here for compatibility - with the Silverlight 3 version. - - The command that must be executed when - this trigger is invoked. - - - - Identifies the dependency property. - - - - - Identifies the dependency property. - - - - - Provides a simple way to invoke this trigger programatically - without any EventArgs. - - - - - Executes the trigger. - To access the EventArgs of the fired event, use a RelayCommand<EventArgs> - and leave the CommandParameter and CommandParameterValue empty! + Identifies the dependency property - The EventArgs of the fired event. @@ -545,22 +490,22 @@ - Gets or sets an object that will be passed to the + Gets or sets an object that will be passed to the attached to this trigger. This is a DependencyProperty. - Gets or sets an object that will be passed to the + Gets or sets an object that will be passed to the attached to this trigger. This property is here for compatibility with the Silverlight version. This is NOT a DependencyProperty. - For databinding, use the property. + For databinding, use the property. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the attached element must be - disabled when the property's CanExecuteChanged + disabled when the property's CanExecuteChanged event fires. If this property is true, and the command's CanExecute method returns false, the element will be disabled. If this property is false, the element will not be disabled when the command's @@ -570,12 +515,33 @@ Gets or sets a value indicating whether the attached element must be - disabled when the property's CanExecuteChanged + disabled when the property's CanExecuteChanged event fires. If this property is true, and the command's CanExecute method returns false, the element will be disabled. This property is here for compatibility with the Silverlight version. This is NOT a DependencyProperty. - For databinding, use the property. + For databinding, use the property. + + + + + Called when this trigger is attached to a FrameworkElement. + + + + + This method is here for compatibility + with the Silverlight version. + + The FrameworkElement to which this trigger + is attached. + + + + This method is here for compatibility + with the Silverlight 3 version. + The command that must be executed when + this trigger is invoked. @@ -592,6 +558,11 @@ this property is never used. + + + The dependency property's name. + + Gets or sets a parameters for the converter used to convert the EventArgs when using @@ -599,12 +570,41 @@ this property is never used. This is a dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + The dependency property's name. + + Gets or sets a value indicating if the command should be invoked even if the attached control is disabled. This is a dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Provides a simple way to invoke this trigger programatically + without any EventArgs. + + + + + Executes the trigger. + To access the EventArgs of the fired event, use a RelayCommand<EventArgs> + and leave the CommandParameter and CommandParameterValue empty! + + The EventArgs of the fired event. + The definition of the converter used to convert an EventArgs diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net35/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net35/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d8b5a2deb Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net35/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net35/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net35/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a6a0ce9b Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net35/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net35/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net35/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml similarity index 94% rename from packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net35/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net35/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml index 502ec355f..d4dc369cf 100644 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net35/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml +++ b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net35/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml @@ -21,20 +21,28 @@ Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class that can always execute. - The execution logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). If the execute argument is null. Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class. - The execution logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). The execution status logic. - If the execute argument is null. + If the execute argument is null. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). + + + + Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. + - Raises the event. + Raises the event. @@ -50,11 +58,6 @@ This parameter will always be ignored. - - - Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. - - A generic command whose sole purpose is to relay its functionality to other @@ -73,20 +76,28 @@ Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class that can always execute. - The execution logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). If the execute argument is null. Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class. - The execution logic. - The execution status logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). + The execution status logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). If the execute argument is null. + + + Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. + + - Raises the event. + Raises the event. @@ -104,18 +115,18 @@ Data used by the command. If the command does not require data to be passed, this object can be set to a null reference - - - Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. - - - This interface is meant for the class and can be + This interface is meant for the class and can be useful if you store multiple WeakAction{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. + + + The target of the WeakAction. + + Executes an action. @@ -129,14 +140,9 @@ that this entry must be deleted. - - - The target of the WeakAction. - - - This interface is meant for the class and can be + This interface is meant for the class and can be useful if you store multiple WeakFunc{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. @@ -151,42 +157,13 @@ - Stores an without causing a hard reference + Stores an without causing a hard reference to be created to the Action's owner. The owner can be garbage collected at any time. - - - Initializes an empty instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The action that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The action's owner. - The action that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Executes the action. This only happens if the action's owner - is still alive. - - - - - Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. - - - Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakAction's + Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakAction's method passed in the constructor. @@ -199,7 +176,7 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to this WeakAction's action's target. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. @@ -207,7 +184,7 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to the target passed when constructing the WeakAction. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. @@ -216,6 +193,24 @@ Gets a value indicating whether the WeakAction is static or not. + + + Initializes an empty instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The action that will be associated to this instance. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The action's owner. + The action that will be associated to this instance. + Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected @@ -225,7 +220,7 @@ Gets the Action's owner. This object is stored as a - . + . @@ -233,6 +228,17 @@ The target of the weak reference. + + + Executes the action. This only happens if the action's owner + is still alive. + + + + + Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. + + Stores an Action without causing a hard reference @@ -240,6 +246,17 @@ The type of the Action's parameter. + + + Gets the name of the method that this WeakAction represents. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected + by the Garbage Collector already. + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakAction class. @@ -269,7 +286,7 @@ Executes the action with a parameter of type object. This parameter - will be casted to T. This method implements + will be casted to T. This method implements and can be useful if you store multiple WeakAction{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. @@ -283,17 +300,6 @@ should be deleted. - - - Gets the name of the method that this WeakAction represents. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected - by the Garbage Collector already. - - Stores a Func<T> without causing a hard reference @@ -302,39 +308,9 @@ The type of the result of the Func that will be stored by this weak reference. - - - Initializes an empty instance of the WeakFunc class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. - - The Func that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. - - The Func's owner. - The Func that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Executes the action. This only happens if the Func's owner - is still alive. - - The result of the Func stored as reference. - - - - Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. - - - Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakFunc's + Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakFunc's method passed in the constructor. @@ -352,7 +328,7 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to this WeakFunc's action's target. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. @@ -360,10 +336,28 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to the target passed when constructing the WeakFunc. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. + + + Initializes an empty instance of the WeakFunc class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. + + The Func that will be associated to this instance. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. + + The Func's owner. + The Func that will be associated to this instance. + Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected @@ -373,17 +367,29 @@ Gets the Func's owner. This object is stored as a - . + . Gets the owner of the Func that was passed as parameter. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. + + + Executes the action. This only happens if the Func's owner + is still alive. + + The result of the Func stored as reference. + + + + Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. + + Stores an Func without causing a hard reference @@ -392,6 +398,17 @@ The type of the Func's parameter. The type of the Func's return value. + + + Gets or sets the name of the method that this WeakFunc represents. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected + by the Garbage Collector already. + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. @@ -423,7 +440,7 @@ Executes the Func with a parameter of type object. This parameter - will be casted to T. This method implements + will be casted to T. This method implements and can be useful if you store multiple WeakFunc{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. @@ -438,17 +455,6 @@ should be deleted. - - - Gets or sets the name of the method that this WeakFunc represents. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected - by the Garbage Collector already. - - Defines a common interface for classes that should be cleaned up, @@ -472,78 +478,6 @@ and the sender will possibly be a ViewModel. - - - Passes a generic value (Content) to a recipient. - - The type of the Content property. - - - - Base class for all messages broadcasted by the Messenger. - You can create your own message types by extending this class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - The message's original sender. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - The message's original sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - - - - Gets or sets the message's sender. - - - - - Gets or sets the message's intended target. This property can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the GenericMessage class. - - The message content. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the GenericMessage class. - - The message's sender. - The message content. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the GenericMessage class. - - The message's sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - The message content. - - - - Gets or sets the message's content. - - Initializes a new instance of the DialogMessage class. @@ -573,14 +507,6 @@ A callback method that should be executed to deliver the result of the message box to the object that sent the message. - - - Utility method, checks if the property is - null, and if it is not null, executes it. - - The result that must be passed - to the dialog message caller. - Gets or sets the buttons displayed by the message box. @@ -612,6 +538,48 @@ Gets or sets the options for the message box. + + + Utility method, checks if the property is + null, and if it is not null, executes it. + + The result that must be passed + to the dialog message caller. + + + + Passes a generic value (Content) to a recipient. + + The type of the Content property. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the GenericMessage class. + + The message content. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the GenericMessage class. + + The message's sender. + The message content. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the GenericMessage class. + + The message's sender. + The message's intended target. This parameter can be used + to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course + this is only an indication, amd may be null. + The message content. + + + + Gets or sets the message's content. + + The Messenger is a class allowing objects to exchange messages. @@ -628,7 +596,8 @@ for. The recipient that will receive the messages. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -650,7 +619,8 @@ get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different token, will not be delivered to that recipient. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -683,7 +653,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -710,7 +681,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -781,38 +753,82 @@ - Unregisters a message recipient for a given type of messages and for - a given action. Other message types will still be transmitted to the - recipient (if it registered for them previously). Other actions that have - been registered for the message type TMessage and for the given recipient (if - available) will also remain available. + Unregisters a message recipient for a given type of messages and for + a given action. Other message types will still be transmitted to the + recipient (if it registered for them previously). Other actions that have + been registered for the message type TMessage and for the given recipient (if + available) will also remain available. + + The type of messages that the recipient wants + to unregister from. + The recipient that must be unregistered. + The action that must be unregistered for + the recipient and for the message type TMessage. + + + + Unregisters a message recipient for a given type of messages, for + a given action and a given token. Other message types will still be transmitted to the + recipient (if it registered for them previously). Other actions that have + been registered for the message type TMessage, for the given recipient and other tokens (if + available) will also remain available. + + The type of messages that the recipient wants + to unregister from. + The recipient that must be unregistered. + The token for which the recipient must be unregistered. + The action that must be unregistered for + the recipient and for the message type TMessage. + + + + Base class for all messages broadcasted by the Messenger. + You can create your own message types by extending this class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. + + The message's original sender. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. + + The message's original sender. + The message's intended target. This parameter can be used + to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course + this is only an indication, amd may be null. + + + + Gets or sets the message's sender. - The type of messages that the recipient wants - to unregister from. - The recipient that must be unregistered. - The action that must be unregistered for - the recipient and for the message type TMessage. - + - Unregisters a message recipient for a given type of messages, for - a given action and a given token. Other message types will still be transmitted to the - recipient (if it registered for them previously). Other actions that have - been registered for the message type TMessage, for the given recipient and other tokens (if - available) will also remain available. + Gets or sets the message's intended target. This property can be used + to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course + this is only an indication, amd may be null. - The type of messages that the recipient wants - to unregister from. - The recipient that must be unregistered. - The token for which the recipient must be unregistered. - The action that must be unregistered for - the recipient and for the message type TMessage. The Messenger is a class allowing objects to exchange messages. + + + Gets the Messenger's default instance, allowing + to register and send messages in a static manner. + + Registers a recipient for a type of message TMessage. The action @@ -824,7 +840,8 @@ for. The recipient that will receive the messages. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -851,7 +868,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -871,7 +889,8 @@ get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different token, will not be delivered to that recipient. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -904,7 +923,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -1031,7 +1051,7 @@ can take a moment, it is only executed when the application is idle. For this reason, a user of the Messenger class should use instead of forcing one with the - method. + method. @@ -1044,13 +1064,7 @@ can take a moment, it is only executed when the application is idle. For this reason, a user of the Messenger class should use instead of forcing one with the - method. - - - - - Gets the Messenger's default instance, allowing - to register and send messages in a static manner. + method. @@ -1097,68 +1111,14 @@ Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the + notify the sender that it is done. Use the method to execute the callback. - - - Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient - is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the - method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. - and - . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Executes the callback that was provided with the message with an - arbitrary number of parameters. - - A number of parameters that will - be passed to the callback method. - The object returned by the callback method. - Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. An arbitrary string that will be carried by the message. @@ -1169,7 +1129,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. An arbitrary string that will be @@ -1181,7 +1141,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used @@ -1202,7 +1162,7 @@ Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the + notify the sender that it is done. Use the method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. . @@ -1212,7 +1172,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. An arbitrary string that will be carried by the message. @@ -1223,7 +1183,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. An arbitrary string that will be @@ -1235,7 +1195,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used @@ -1296,53 +1256,72 @@ passed to recipient(s). - + - Passes a string property name (PropertyName) and a generic value - ( and ) to a recipient. - This message type can be used to propagate a PropertyChanged event to - a recipient using the messenging system. + Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient + is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to + notify the sender that it is done. Use the + method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. + and + . - The type of the OldValue and NewValue property. - + - Basis class for the class. This - class allows a recipient to register for all PropertyChangedMessages without - having to specify the type T. + Initializes a new instance of the class. + An arbitrary string that will be + carried by the message. + The callback method that can be executed + by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been + processed. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. - The name of the property that changed. + An arbitrary string that will be + carried by the message. + The callback method that can be executed + by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been + processed. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course this is only an indication, amd may be null. - The name of the property that changed. + An arbitrary string that will be + carried by the message. + The callback method that can be executed + by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been + processed. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Executes the callback that was provided with the message with an + arbitrary number of parameters. - The name of the property that changed. + A number of parameters that will + be passed to the callback method. + The object returned by the callback method. - + - Gets or sets the name of the property that changed. + Passes a string property name (PropertyName) and a generic value + ( and ) to a recipient. + This message type can be used to propagate a PropertyChanged event to + a recipient using the messenging system. + The type of the OldValue and NewValue property. - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. The property's value before the change occurred. @@ -1351,7 +1330,7 @@ - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The property's value before the change occurred. The property's value after the change occurred. @@ -1359,7 +1338,7 @@ - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used @@ -1379,11 +1358,66 @@ Gets the value that the property had before the change. + + + Basis class for the class. This + class allows a recipient to register for all PropertyChangedMessages without + having to specify the type T. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The message's sender. + The name of the property that changed. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The message's sender. + The message's intended target. This parameter can be used + to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course + this is only an indication, amd may be null. + The name of the property that changed. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the property that changed. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the property that changed. + + A base class for objects of which the properties must be observable. + + + Occurs after a property value changes. + + + + + Provides access to the PropertyChanged event handler to derived classes. + + + + + Occurs before a property value changes. + + + + + Provides access to the PropertyChanging event handler to derived classes. + + Verifies that a property name exists in this ViewModel. This method @@ -1475,26 +1509,6 @@ false otherwise. The event is not raised if the old value is equal to the new value. - - - Occurs after a property value changes. - - - - - Provides access to the PropertyChanged event handler to derived classes. - - - - - Occurs before a property value changes. - - - - - Provides access to the PropertyChanging event handler to derived classes. - - A base class for the ViewModel classes in the MVVM pattern. @@ -1509,11 +1523,30 @@ Initializes a new instance of the ViewModelBase class. - An instance of a + An instance of a used to broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class will attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default instance. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode + (running under Blend or Visual Studio). + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode + (running in Blend or Visual Studio). + + + + + Gets or sets an instance of a used to + broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class will + attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default instance. + + Unregisters this instance from the Messenger class. @@ -1609,28 +1642,15 @@ be broadcasted. If false, only the event will be raised. True if the PropertyChanged event was raised, false otherwise. - - - Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode - (running under Blend or Visual Studio). - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode - (running in Blend or Visual Studio). - - - + - Gets or sets an instance of a used to - broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class will - attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default instance. + Helper class for dispatcher operations on the UI thread. - + - Helper class for dispatcher operations on the UI thread. + Gets a reference to the UI thread's dispatcher, after the + method has been called on the UI thread. @@ -1641,7 +1661,7 @@ on the UI thread's dispatcher and executed asynchronously. For additional operations on the UI thread, you can get a reference to the UI thread's dispatcher thanks to the property - . + . The action that will be executed on the UI thread. @@ -1657,7 +1677,7 @@ This method should be called once on the UI thread to ensure that - the property is initialized. + the property is initialized. In a Silverlight application, call this method in the Application_Startup event handler, after the MainPage is constructed. In WPF, call this method on the static App() constructor. @@ -1668,11 +1688,5 @@ Resets the class by deleting the - - - Gets a reference to the UI thread's dispatcher, after the - method has been called on the UI thread. - - diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net35/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net35/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll similarity index 100% rename from packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net35/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net35/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net35/System.Windows.Interactivity.xml b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net35/System.Windows.Interactivity.xml similarity index 100% rename from packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net35/System.Windows.Interactivity.xml rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net35/System.Windows.Interactivity.xml diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net40/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net40/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..36daa8106 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net40/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net40/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net40/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..503963ba3 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net40/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net40/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net40/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml similarity index 97% rename from packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net40/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net40/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml index 37796ca95..00e1596d7 100644 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net40/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml +++ b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net40/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml @@ -164,6 +164,11 @@ been extended with additional features. + + + This class' default instance. + + Checks whether at least one instance of a given class is already created in the container. @@ -333,7 +338,7 @@ If the type serviceType has not been registered before calling this method. - A service object of type . + A service object of type . An object that specifies the type of service object to get. @@ -451,15 +456,10 @@ The key uniquely identifying this instance. An instance corresponding to the given type and key. - - - This class' default instance. - - - This can be - used to bind any event on any FrameworkElement to an . + This can be + used to bind any event on any FrameworkElement to an . Typically, this element is used in XAML to connect the attached element to a command located in a ViewModel. This trigger can only be attached to a FrameworkElement or a class deriving from FrameworkElement. @@ -467,75 +467,20 @@ and leave the CommandParameter and CommandParameterValue empty! - - - The dependency property's name. - - - - - The dependency property's name. - - - Identifies the dependency property + Identifies the dependency property - Identifies the dependency property + Identifies the dependency property - Identifies the dependency property - - - - - Called when this trigger is attached to a FrameworkElement. - - - - - This method is here for compatibility - with the Silverlight version. - - The FrameworkElement to which this trigger - is attached. - - - - This method is here for compatibility - with the Silverlight 3 version. - - The command that must be executed when - this trigger is invoked. - - - - Identifies the dependency property. - - - - - Identifies the dependency property. - - - - - Provides a simple way to invoke this trigger programatically - without any EventArgs. - - - - - Executes the trigger. - To access the EventArgs of the fired event, use a RelayCommand<EventArgs> - and leave the CommandParameter and CommandParameterValue empty! + Identifies the dependency property - The EventArgs of the fired event. @@ -545,22 +490,22 @@ - Gets or sets an object that will be passed to the + Gets or sets an object that will be passed to the attached to this trigger. This is a DependencyProperty. - Gets or sets an object that will be passed to the + Gets or sets an object that will be passed to the attached to this trigger. This property is here for compatibility with the Silverlight version. This is NOT a DependencyProperty. - For databinding, use the property. + For databinding, use the property. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the attached element must be - disabled when the property's CanExecuteChanged + disabled when the property's CanExecuteChanged event fires. If this property is true, and the command's CanExecute method returns false, the element will be disabled. If this property is false, the element will not be disabled when the command's @@ -570,12 +515,33 @@ Gets or sets a value indicating whether the attached element must be - disabled when the property's CanExecuteChanged + disabled when the property's CanExecuteChanged event fires. If this property is true, and the command's CanExecute method returns false, the element will be disabled. This property is here for compatibility with the Silverlight version. This is NOT a DependencyProperty. - For databinding, use the property. + For databinding, use the property. + + + + + Called when this trigger is attached to a FrameworkElement. + + + + + This method is here for compatibility + with the Silverlight version. + + The FrameworkElement to which this trigger + is attached. + + + + This method is here for compatibility + with the Silverlight 3 version. + The command that must be executed when + this trigger is invoked. @@ -592,6 +558,11 @@ this property is never used. + + + The dependency property's name. + + Gets or sets a parameters for the converter used to convert the EventArgs when using @@ -599,12 +570,41 @@ this property is never used. This is a dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + The dependency property's name. + + Gets or sets a value indicating if the command should be invoked even if the attached control is disabled. This is a dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Provides a simple way to invoke this trigger programatically + without any EventArgs. + + + + + Executes the trigger. + To access the EventArgs of the fired event, use a RelayCommand<EventArgs> + and leave the CommandParameter and CommandParameterValue empty! + + The EventArgs of the fired event. + The definition of the converter used to convert an EventArgs diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net40/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net40/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8d5bf9bed Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net40/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net40/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net40/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..849814306 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net40/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net40/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net40/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml similarity index 95% rename from packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net40/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net40/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml index 6c2f0b082..1df6bc0b8 100644 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net40/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml +++ b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net40/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml @@ -21,20 +21,28 @@ Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class that can always execute. - The execution logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). If the execute argument is null. Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class. - The execution logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). The execution status logic. - If the execute argument is null. + If the execute argument is null. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). + + + + Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. + - Raises the event. + Raises the event. @@ -50,11 +58,6 @@ This parameter will always be ignored. - - - Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. - - A generic command whose sole purpose is to relay its functionality to other @@ -73,20 +76,28 @@ Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class that can always execute. - The execution logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). If the execute argument is null. Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class. - The execution logic. - The execution status logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). + The execution status logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). If the execute argument is null. + + + Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. + + - Raises the event. + Raises the event. @@ -104,18 +115,18 @@ Data used by the command. If the command does not require data to be passed, this object can be set to a null reference - - - Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. - - - This interface is meant for the class and can be + This interface is meant for the class and can be useful if you store multiple WeakAction{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. + + + The target of the WeakAction. + + Executes an action. @@ -129,14 +140,9 @@ that this entry must be deleted. - - - The target of the WeakAction. - - - This interface is meant for the class and can be + This interface is meant for the class and can be useful if you store multiple WeakFunc{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. @@ -151,42 +157,13 @@ - Stores an without causing a hard reference + Stores an without causing a hard reference to be created to the Action's owner. The owner can be garbage collected at any time. - - - Initializes an empty instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The action that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The action's owner. - The action that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Executes the action. This only happens if the action's owner - is still alive. - - - - - Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. - - - Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakAction's + Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakAction's method passed in the constructor. @@ -199,7 +176,7 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to this WeakAction's action's target. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. @@ -207,7 +184,7 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to the target passed when constructing the WeakAction. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. @@ -216,6 +193,24 @@ Gets a value indicating whether the WeakAction is static or not. + + + Initializes an empty instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The action that will be associated to this instance. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The action's owner. + The action that will be associated to this instance. + Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected @@ -225,7 +220,7 @@ Gets the Action's owner. This object is stored as a - . + . @@ -233,6 +228,17 @@ The target of the weak reference. + + + Executes the action. This only happens if the action's owner + is still alive. + + + + + Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. + + Stores an Action without causing a hard reference @@ -240,6 +246,17 @@ The type of the Action's parameter. + + + Gets the name of the method that this WeakAction represents. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected + by the Garbage Collector already. + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakAction class. @@ -269,7 +286,7 @@ Executes the action with a parameter of type object. This parameter - will be casted to T. This method implements + will be casted to T. This method implements and can be useful if you store multiple WeakAction{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. @@ -283,17 +300,6 @@ should be deleted. - - - Gets the name of the method that this WeakAction represents. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected - by the Garbage Collector already. - - Stores a Func<T> without causing a hard reference @@ -302,39 +308,9 @@ The type of the result of the Func that will be stored by this weak reference. - - - Initializes an empty instance of the WeakFunc class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. - - The Func that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. - - The Func's owner. - The Func that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Executes the action. This only happens if the Func's owner - is still alive. - - The result of the Func stored as reference. - - - - Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. - - - Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakFunc's + Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakFunc's method passed in the constructor. @@ -352,7 +328,7 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to this WeakFunc's action's target. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. @@ -360,10 +336,28 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to the target passed when constructing the WeakFunc. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. + + + Initializes an empty instance of the WeakFunc class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. + + The Func that will be associated to this instance. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. + + The Func's owner. + The Func that will be associated to this instance. + Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected @@ -373,17 +367,29 @@ Gets the Func's owner. This object is stored as a - . + . Gets the owner of the Func that was passed as parameter. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. + + + Executes the action. This only happens if the Func's owner + is still alive. + + The result of the Func stored as reference. + + + + Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. + + Stores an Func without causing a hard reference @@ -392,6 +398,17 @@ The type of the Func's parameter. The type of the Func's return value. + + + Gets or sets the name of the method that this WeakFunc represents. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected + by the Garbage Collector already. + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. @@ -423,7 +440,7 @@ Executes the Func with a parameter of type object. This parameter - will be casted to T. This method implements + will be casted to T. This method implements and can be useful if you store multiple WeakFunc{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. @@ -438,17 +455,6 @@ should be deleted. - - - Gets or sets the name of the method that this WeakFunc represents. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected - by the Garbage Collector already. - - Defines a common interface for classes that should be cleaned up, @@ -472,78 +478,6 @@ and the sender will possibly be a ViewModel. - - - Passes a generic value (Content) to a recipient. - - The type of the Content property. - - - - Base class for all messages broadcasted by the Messenger. - You can create your own message types by extending this class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - The message's original sender. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - The message's original sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - - - - Gets or sets the message's sender. - - - - - Gets or sets the message's intended target. This property can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the GenericMessage class. - - The message content. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the GenericMessage class. - - The message's sender. - The message content. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the GenericMessage class. - - The message's sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - The message content. - - - - Gets or sets the message's content. - - Initializes a new instance of the DialogMessage class. @@ -573,14 +507,6 @@ A callback method that should be executed to deliver the result of the message box to the object that sent the message. - - - Utility method, checks if the property is - null, and if it is not null, executes it. - - The result that must be passed - to the dialog message caller. - Gets or sets the buttons displayed by the message box. @@ -612,6 +538,48 @@ Gets or sets the options for the message box. + + + Utility method, checks if the property is + null, and if it is not null, executes it. + + The result that must be passed + to the dialog message caller. + + + + Passes a generic value (Content) to a recipient. + + The type of the Content property. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the GenericMessage class. + + The message content. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the GenericMessage class. + + The message's sender. + The message content. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the GenericMessage class. + + The message's sender. + The message's intended target. This parameter can be used + to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course + this is only an indication, amd may be null. + The message content. + + + + Gets or sets the message's content. + + The Messenger is a class allowing objects to exchange messages. @@ -628,7 +596,8 @@ for. The recipient that will receive the messages. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -650,7 +619,8 @@ get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different token, will not be delivered to that recipient. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -683,7 +653,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -710,7 +681,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -793,26 +765,70 @@ The action that must be unregistered for the recipient and for the message type TMessage. - + + + Unregisters a message recipient for a given type of messages, for + a given action and a given token. Other message types will still be transmitted to the + recipient (if it registered for them previously). Other actions that have + been registered for the message type TMessage, for the given recipient and other tokens (if + available) will also remain available. + + The type of messages that the recipient wants + to unregister from. + The recipient that must be unregistered. + The token for which the recipient must be unregistered. + The action that must be unregistered for + the recipient and for the message type TMessage. + + + + Base class for all messages broadcasted by the Messenger. + You can create your own message types by extending this class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. + + The message's original sender. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. + + The message's original sender. + The message's intended target. This parameter can be used + to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course + this is only an indication, amd may be null. + + + + Gets or sets the message's sender. + + + - Unregisters a message recipient for a given type of messages, for - a given action and a given token. Other message types will still be transmitted to the - recipient (if it registered for them previously). Other actions that have - been registered for the message type TMessage, for the given recipient and other tokens (if - available) will also remain available. + Gets or sets the message's intended target. This property can be used + to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course + this is only an indication, amd may be null. - The type of messages that the recipient wants - to unregister from. - The recipient that must be unregistered. - The token for which the recipient must be unregistered. - The action that must be unregistered for - the recipient and for the message type TMessage. The Messenger is a class allowing objects to exchange messages. + + + Gets the Messenger's default instance, allowing + to register and send messages in a static manner. + + Registers a recipient for a type of message TMessage. The action @@ -824,7 +840,8 @@ for. The recipient that will receive the messages. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -851,7 +868,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -871,7 +889,8 @@ get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different token, will not be delivered to that recipient. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -904,7 +923,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -1031,7 +1051,7 @@ can take a moment, it is only executed when the application is idle. For this reason, a user of the Messenger class should use instead of forcing one with the - method. + method. @@ -1044,13 +1064,7 @@ can take a moment, it is only executed when the application is idle. For this reason, a user of the Messenger class should use instead of forcing one with the - method. - - - - - Gets the Messenger's default instance, allowing - to register and send messages in a static manner. + method. @@ -1097,68 +1111,14 @@ Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the + notify the sender that it is done. Use the method to execute the callback. - - - Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient - is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the - method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. - and - . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Executes the callback that was provided with the message with an - arbitrary number of parameters. - - A number of parameters that will - be passed to the callback method. - The object returned by the callback method. - Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. An arbitrary string that will be carried by the message. @@ -1169,7 +1129,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. An arbitrary string that will be @@ -1181,7 +1141,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used @@ -1202,7 +1162,7 @@ Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the + notify the sender that it is done. Use the method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. . @@ -1212,7 +1172,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. An arbitrary string that will be carried by the message. @@ -1223,7 +1183,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. An arbitrary string that will be @@ -1235,7 +1195,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used @@ -1296,53 +1256,72 @@ passed to recipient(s). - + - Passes a string property name (PropertyName) and a generic value - ( and ) to a recipient. - This message type can be used to propagate a PropertyChanged event to - a recipient using the messenging system. + Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient + is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to + notify the sender that it is done. Use the + method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. + and + . - The type of the OldValue and NewValue property. - + - Basis class for the class. This - class allows a recipient to register for all PropertyChangedMessages without - having to specify the type T. + Initializes a new instance of the class. + An arbitrary string that will be + carried by the message. + The callback method that can be executed + by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been + processed. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. - The name of the property that changed. + An arbitrary string that will be + carried by the message. + The callback method that can be executed + by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been + processed. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course this is only an indication, amd may be null. - The name of the property that changed. + An arbitrary string that will be + carried by the message. + The callback method that can be executed + by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been + processed. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Executes the callback that was provided with the message with an + arbitrary number of parameters. - The name of the property that changed. + A number of parameters that will + be passed to the callback method. + The object returned by the callback method. - + - Gets or sets the name of the property that changed. + Passes a string property name (PropertyName) and a generic value + ( and ) to a recipient. + This message type can be used to propagate a PropertyChanged event to + a recipient using the messenging system. + The type of the OldValue and NewValue property. - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. The property's value before the change occurred. @@ -1351,7 +1330,7 @@ - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The property's value before the change occurred. The property's value after the change occurred. @@ -1359,7 +1338,7 @@ - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used @@ -1379,11 +1358,66 @@ Gets the value that the property had before the change. + + + Basis class for the class. This + class allows a recipient to register for all PropertyChangedMessages without + having to specify the type T. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The message's sender. + The name of the property that changed. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The message's sender. + The message's intended target. This parameter can be used + to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course + this is only an indication, amd may be null. + The name of the property that changed. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the property that changed. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the property that changed. + + A base class for objects of which the properties must be observable. + + + Occurs after a property value changes. + + + + + Provides access to the PropertyChanged event handler to derived classes. + + + + + Occurs before a property value changes. + + + + + Provides access to the PropertyChanging event handler to derived classes. + + Verifies that a property name exists in this ViewModel. This method @@ -1475,26 +1509,6 @@ false otherwise. The event is not raised if the old value is equal to the new value. - - - Occurs after a property value changes. - - - - - Provides access to the PropertyChanged event handler to derived classes. - - - - - Occurs before a property value changes. - - - - - Provides access to the PropertyChanging event handler to derived classes. - - A base class for the ViewModel classes in the MVVM pattern. @@ -1509,11 +1523,30 @@ Initializes a new instance of the ViewModelBase class. - An instance of a + An instance of a used to broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class will attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default instance. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode + (running under Blend or Visual Studio). + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode + (running in Blend or Visual Studio). + + + + + Gets or sets an instance of a used to + broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class will + attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default instance. + + Unregisters this instance from the Messenger class. @@ -1609,25 +1642,6 @@ be broadcasted. If false, only the event will be raised. True if the PropertyChanged event was raised, false otherwise. - - - Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode - (running under Blend or Visual Studio). - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode - (running in Blend or Visual Studio). - - - - - Gets or sets an instance of a used to - broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class will - attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default instance. - - An interface defining how dialogs should @@ -1715,6 +1729,11 @@ Windows Phone, Android, iOS etc. + + + The key corresponding to the currently displayed page. + + If possible, instructs the navigation service @@ -1745,14 +1764,15 @@ The parameter that should be passed to the new page. - + - The key corresponding to the currently displayed page. + Helper class for dispatcher operations on the UI thread. - + - Helper class for dispatcher operations on the UI thread. + Gets a reference to the UI thread's dispatcher, after the + method has been called on the UI thread. @@ -1763,7 +1783,7 @@ on the UI thread's dispatcher and executed asynchronously. For additional operations on the UI thread, you can get a reference to the UI thread's dispatcher thanks to the property - . + . The action that will be executed on the UI thread. @@ -1779,7 +1799,7 @@ This method should be called once on the UI thread to ensure that - the property is initialized. + the property is initialized. In a Silverlight application, call this method in the Application_Startup event handler, after the MainPage is constructed. In WPF, call this method on the static App() constructor. @@ -1790,11 +1810,5 @@ Resets the class by deleting the - - - Gets a reference to the UI thread's dispatcher, after the - method has been called on the UI thread. - - diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.1.27-ALPHA/lib/net40/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net40/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll similarity index 100% rename from packages/MahApps.Metro.0.11.1.27-ALPHA/lib/net40/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net40/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net40/System.Windows.Interactivity.xml b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net40/System.Windows.Interactivity.xml similarity index 100% rename from packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net40/System.Windows.Interactivity.xml rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net40/System.Windows.Interactivity.xml diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6c066eb61 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f923da0ab Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml similarity index 99% rename from packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml index ff36ba045..2185c96c6 100644 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml +++ b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml @@ -164,6 +164,11 @@ been extended with additional features. + + + This class' default instance. + + Checks whether at least one instance of a given class is already created in the container. @@ -333,7 +338,7 @@ If the type serviceType has not been registered before calling this method. - A service object of type . + A service object of type . An object that specifies the type of service object to get. @@ -451,10 +456,5 @@ The key uniquely identifying this instance. An instance corresponding to the given type and key. - - - This class' default instance. - - diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2b720b2e Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..938daa3c4 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.xml b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.xml similarity index 88% rename from packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.xml rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.xml index 7a49e8fbb..f9b0bc662 100644 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.xml +++ b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.xml @@ -21,20 +21,28 @@ Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class that can always execute. - The execution logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). If the execute argument is null. Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class. - The execution logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). The execution status logic. - If the execute argument is null. + If the execute argument is null. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). + + + + Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. + - Raises the event. + Raises the event. @@ -50,11 +58,6 @@ This parameter will always be ignored. - - - Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. - - A generic command whose sole purpose is to relay its functionality to other @@ -73,20 +76,28 @@ Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class that can always execute. - The execution logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). If the execute argument is null. Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class. - The execution logic. - The execution status logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). + The execution status logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). If the execute argument is null. + + + Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. + + - Raises the event. + Raises the event. @@ -104,15 +115,10 @@ Data used by the command. If the command does not require data to be passed, this object can be set to a null reference - - - Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. - - - This can be - used to bind any event on any FrameworkElement to an . + This can be + used to bind any event on any FrameworkElement to an . Typically, this element is used in XAML to connect the attached element to a command located in a ViewModel. This trigger can only be attached to a FrameworkElement or a class deriving from FrameworkElement. @@ -120,75 +126,20 @@ and leave the CommandParameter and CommandParameterValue empty! - - - The dependency property's name. - - - - - The dependency property's name. - - - Identifies the dependency property + Identifies the dependency property - Identifies the dependency property + Identifies the dependency property - Identifies the dependency property - - - - - Called when this trigger is attached to a FrameworkElement. - - - - - This method is here for compatibility - with the Silverlight version. - - The FrameworkElement to which this trigger - is attached. - - - - This method is here for compatibility - with the Silverlight 3 version. - - The command that must be executed when - this trigger is invoked. - - - - Identifies the dependency property. - - - - - Identifies the dependency property. - - - - - Provides a simple way to invoke this trigger programatically - without any EventArgs. - - - - - Executes the trigger. - To access the EventArgs of the fired event, use a RelayCommand<EventArgs> - and leave the CommandParameter and CommandParameterValue empty! + Identifies the dependency property - The EventArgs of the fired event. @@ -198,22 +149,22 @@ - Gets or sets an object that will be passed to the + Gets or sets an object that will be passed to the attached to this trigger. This is a DependencyProperty. - Gets or sets an object that will be passed to the + Gets or sets an object that will be passed to the attached to this trigger. This property is here for compatibility with the Silverlight version. This is NOT a DependencyProperty. - For databinding, use the property. + For databinding, use the property. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the attached element must be - disabled when the property's CanExecuteChanged + disabled when the property's CanExecuteChanged event fires. If this property is true, and the command's CanExecute method returns false, the element will be disabled. If this property is false, the element will not be disabled when the command's @@ -223,12 +174,33 @@ Gets or sets a value indicating whether the attached element must be - disabled when the property's CanExecuteChanged + disabled when the property's CanExecuteChanged event fires. If this property is true, and the command's CanExecute method returns false, the element will be disabled. This property is here for compatibility with the Silverlight version. This is NOT a DependencyProperty. - For databinding, use the property. + For databinding, use the property. + + + + + Called when this trigger is attached to a FrameworkElement. + + + + + This method is here for compatibility + with the Silverlight version. + The FrameworkElement to which this trigger + is attached. + + + + This method is here for compatibility + with the Silverlight 3 version. + + The command that must be executed when + this trigger is invoked. @@ -245,6 +217,11 @@ this property is never used. + + + The dependency property's name. + + Gets or sets a parameters for the converter used to convert the EventArgs when using @@ -252,12 +229,41 @@ this property is never used. This is a dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + The dependency property's name. + + Gets or sets a value indicating if the command should be invoked even if the attached control is disabled. This is a dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Provides a simple way to invoke this trigger programatically + without any EventArgs. + + + + + Executes the trigger. + To access the EventArgs of the fired event, use a RelayCommand<EventArgs> + and leave the CommandParameter and CommandParameterValue empty! + + The EventArgs of the fired event. + The definition of the converter used to convert an EventArgs @@ -283,6 +289,12 @@ Helper class for dispatcher operations on the UI thread. + + + Gets a reference to the UI thread's dispatcher, after the + method has been called on the UI thread. + + Executes an action on the UI thread. If this method is called @@ -291,7 +303,7 @@ on the UI thread's dispatcher and executed asynchronously. For additional operations on the UI thread, you can get a reference to the UI thread's dispatcher thanks to the property - . + . The action that will be executed on the UI thread. @@ -307,7 +319,7 @@ This method should be called once on the UI thread to ensure that - the property is initialized. + the property is initialized. In a Silverlight application, call this method in the Application_Startup event handler, after the MainPage is constructed. In WPF, call this method on the static App() constructor. @@ -318,11 +330,5 @@ Resets the class by deleting the - - - Gets a reference to the UI thread's dispatcher, after the - method has been called on the UI thread. - - diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bd86937e9 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..222921c70 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml similarity index 95% rename from packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml index efec50646..493a621e1 100644 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml +++ b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml @@ -21,20 +21,28 @@ Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class that can always execute. - The execution logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). If the execute argument is null. Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class. - The execution logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). The execution status logic. - If the execute argument is null. + If the execute argument is null. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). + + + + Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. + - Raises the event. + Raises the event. @@ -50,11 +58,6 @@ This parameter will always be ignored. - - - Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. - - A generic command whose sole purpose is to relay its functionality to other @@ -73,20 +76,28 @@ Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class that can always execute. - The execution logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). If the execute argument is null. Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class. - The execution logic. - The execution status logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). + The execution status logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). If the execute argument is null. + + + Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. + + - Raises the event. + Raises the event. @@ -104,11 +115,6 @@ Data used by the command. If the command does not require data to be passed, this object can be set to a null reference - - - Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. - - Helper class for platform detection. @@ -132,11 +138,16 @@ - This interface is meant for the class and can be + This interface is meant for the class and can be useful if you store multiple WeakAction{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. + + + The target of the WeakAction. + + Executes an action. @@ -150,14 +161,9 @@ that this entry must be deleted. - - - The target of the WeakAction. - - - This interface is meant for the class and can be + This interface is meant for the class and can be useful if you store multiple WeakFunc{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. @@ -172,42 +178,13 @@ - Stores an without causing a hard reference + Stores an without causing a hard reference to be created to the Action's owner. The owner can be garbage collected at any time. - - - Initializes an empty instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The action that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The action's owner. - The action that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Executes the action. This only happens if the action's owner - is still alive. - - - - - Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. - - - Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakAction's + Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakAction's method passed in the constructor. @@ -220,7 +197,7 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to this WeakAction's action's target. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. @@ -228,7 +205,7 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to the target passed when constructing the WeakAction. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. @@ -237,6 +214,24 @@ Gets a value indicating whether the WeakAction is static or not. + + + Initializes an empty instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The action that will be associated to this instance. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The action's owner. + The action that will be associated to this instance. + Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected @@ -246,7 +241,7 @@ Gets the Action's owner. This object is stored as a - . + . @@ -254,6 +249,17 @@ The target of the weak reference. + + + Executes the action. This only happens if the action's owner + is still alive. + + + + + Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. + + Stores an Action without causing a hard reference @@ -261,6 +267,17 @@ The type of the Action's parameter. + + + Gets the name of the method that this WeakAction represents. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected + by the Garbage Collector already. + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakAction class. @@ -290,7 +307,7 @@ Executes the action with a parameter of type object. This parameter - will be casted to T. This method implements + will be casted to T. This method implements and can be useful if you store multiple WeakAction{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. @@ -304,17 +321,6 @@ should be deleted. - - - Gets the name of the method that this WeakAction represents. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected - by the Garbage Collector already. - - Stores a Func<T> without causing a hard reference @@ -323,39 +329,9 @@ The type of the result of the Func that will be stored by this weak reference. - - - Initializes an empty instance of the WeakFunc class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. - - The Func that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. - - The Func's owner. - The Func that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Executes the action. This only happens if the Func's owner - is still alive. - - The result of the Func stored as reference. - - - - Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. - - - Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakFunc's + Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakFunc's method passed in the constructor. @@ -373,7 +349,7 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to this WeakFunc's action's target. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. @@ -381,10 +357,28 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to the target passed when constructing the WeakFunc. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. + + + Initializes an empty instance of the WeakFunc class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. + + The Func that will be associated to this instance. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. + + The Func's owner. + The Func that will be associated to this instance. + Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected @@ -394,17 +388,29 @@ Gets the Func's owner. This object is stored as a - . + . Gets the owner of the Func that was passed as parameter. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. + + + Executes the action. This only happens if the Func's owner + is still alive. + + The result of the Func stored as reference. + + + + Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. + + Stores an Func without causing a hard reference @@ -413,6 +419,17 @@ The type of the Func's parameter. The type of the Func's return value. + + + Gets or sets the name of the method that this WeakFunc represents. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected + by the Garbage Collector already. + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. @@ -444,7 +461,7 @@ Executes the Func with a parameter of type object. This parameter - will be casted to T. This method implements + will be casted to T. This method implements and can be useful if you store multiple WeakFunc{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. @@ -459,17 +476,6 @@ should be deleted. - - - Gets or sets the name of the method that this WeakFunc represents. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected - by the Garbage Collector already. - - Defines a common interface for classes that should be cleaned up, @@ -490,44 +496,6 @@ The type of the Content property. - - - Base class for all messages broadcasted by the Messenger. - You can create your own message types by extending this class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - The message's original sender. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - The message's original sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - - - - Gets or sets the message's sender. - - - - - Gets or sets the message's intended target. This property can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - - Initializes a new instance of the GenericMessage class. @@ -572,7 +540,8 @@ for. The recipient that will receive the messages. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -594,7 +563,8 @@ get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different token, will not be delivered to that recipient. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -627,7 +597,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -654,7 +625,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -752,11 +724,55 @@ The action that must be unregistered for the recipient and for the message type TMessage. + + + Base class for all messages broadcasted by the Messenger. + You can create your own message types by extending this class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. + + The message's original sender. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. + + The message's original sender. + The message's intended target. This parameter can be used + to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course + this is only an indication, amd may be null. + + + + Gets or sets the message's sender. + + + + + Gets or sets the message's intended target. This property can be used + to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course + this is only an indication, amd may be null. + + The Messenger is a class allowing objects to exchange messages. + + + Gets the Messenger's default instance, allowing + to register and send messages in a static manner. + + Registers a recipient for a type of message TMessage. The action @@ -768,7 +784,8 @@ for. The recipient that will receive the messages. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -795,7 +812,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -815,7 +833,8 @@ get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different token, will not be delivered to that recipient. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -848,7 +867,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -975,7 +995,7 @@ can take a moment, it is only executed when the application is idle. For this reason, a user of the Messenger class should use instead of forcing one with the - method. + method. @@ -988,13 +1008,7 @@ can take a moment, it is only executed when the application is idle. For this reason, a user of the Messenger class should use instead of forcing one with the - method. - - - - - Gets the Messenger's default instance, allowing - to register and send messages in a static manner. + method. @@ -1041,68 +1055,14 @@ Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the + notify the sender that it is done. Use the method to execute the callback. - - - Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient - is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the - method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. - and - . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Executes the callback that was provided with the message with an - arbitrary number of parameters. - - A number of parameters that will - be passed to the callback method. - The object returned by the callback method. - Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. An arbitrary string that will be carried by the message. @@ -1113,7 +1073,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. An arbitrary string that will be @@ -1125,7 +1085,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used @@ -1146,7 +1106,7 @@ Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the + notify the sender that it is done. Use the method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. . @@ -1156,7 +1116,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. An arbitrary string that will be carried by the message. @@ -1167,7 +1127,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. An arbitrary string that will be @@ -1179,7 +1139,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used @@ -1240,53 +1200,72 @@ passed to recipient(s). - + - Passes a string property name (PropertyName) and a generic value - ( and ) to a recipient. - This message type can be used to propagate a PropertyChanged event to - a recipient using the messenging system. + Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient + is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to + notify the sender that it is done. Use the + method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. + and + . - The type of the OldValue and NewValue property. - + - Basis class for the class. This - class allows a recipient to register for all PropertyChangedMessages without - having to specify the type T. + Initializes a new instance of the class. + An arbitrary string that will be + carried by the message. + The callback method that can be executed + by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been + processed. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. - The name of the property that changed. + An arbitrary string that will be + carried by the message. + The callback method that can be executed + by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been + processed. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course this is only an indication, amd may be null. - The name of the property that changed. + An arbitrary string that will be + carried by the message. + The callback method that can be executed + by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been + processed. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Executes the callback that was provided with the message with an + arbitrary number of parameters. - The name of the property that changed. + A number of parameters that will + be passed to the callback method. + The object returned by the callback method. - + - Gets or sets the name of the property that changed. + Passes a string property name (PropertyName) and a generic value + ( and ) to a recipient. + This message type can be used to propagate a PropertyChanged event to + a recipient using the messenging system. + The type of the OldValue and NewValue property. - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. The property's value before the change occurred. @@ -1295,7 +1274,7 @@ - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The property's value before the change occurred. The property's value after the change occurred. @@ -1303,7 +1282,7 @@ - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used @@ -1323,11 +1302,56 @@ Gets the value that the property had before the change. + + + Basis class for the class. This + class allows a recipient to register for all PropertyChangedMessages without + having to specify the type T. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The message's sender. + The name of the property that changed. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The message's sender. + The message's intended target. This parameter can be used + to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course + this is only an indication, amd may be null. + The name of the property that changed. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the property that changed. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the property that changed. + + A base class for objects of which the properties must be observable. + + + Occurs after a property value changes. + + + + + Provides access to the PropertyChanged event handler to derived classes. + + Verifies that a property name exists in this ViewModel. This method @@ -1416,16 +1440,6 @@ false otherwise. The event is not raised if the old value is equal to the new value. - - - Occurs after a property value changes. - - - - - Provides access to the PropertyChanged event handler to derived classes. - - A base class for the ViewModel classes in the MVVM pattern. @@ -1440,11 +1454,30 @@ Initializes a new instance of the ViewModelBase class. - An instance of a + An instance of a used to broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class will attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default instance. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode + (running under Blend or Visual Studio). + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode + (running in Blend or Visual Studio). + + + + + Gets or sets an instance of a used to + broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class will + attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default instance. + + Unregisters this instance from the Messenger class. @@ -1558,25 +1591,6 @@ changed. True if the PropertyChanged event was raised, false otherwise. - - - Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode - (running under Blend or Visual Studio). - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode - (running in Blend or Visual Studio). - - - - - Gets or sets an instance of a used to - broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class will - attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default instance. - - An interface defining how dialogs should @@ -1664,6 +1678,11 @@ Windows Phone, Android, iOS etc. + + + The key corresponding to the currently displayed page. + + If possible, instructs the navigation service @@ -1694,10 +1713,5 @@ The parameter that should be passed to the new page. - - - The key corresponding to the currently displayed page. - - diff --git a/packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA182/lib/net45/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net45/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll similarity index 100% rename from packages/MahApps.Metro.1.1.3-ALPHA182/lib/net45/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/net45/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.XML b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/portable-net45+wp8+wpa81+netcore45+monoandroid1+xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.XML similarity index 99% rename from packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.XML rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/portable-net45+wp8+wpa81+netcore45+monoandroid1+xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.XML index ff36ba045..2185c96c6 100644 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.XML +++ b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/portable-net45+wp8+wpa81+netcore45+monoandroid1+xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.XML @@ -164,6 +164,11 @@ been extended with additional features. + + + This class' default instance. + + Checks whether at least one instance of a given class is already created in the container. @@ -333,7 +338,7 @@ If the type serviceType has not been registered before calling this method. - A service object of type . + A service object of type . An object that specifies the type of service object to get. @@ -451,10 +456,5 @@ The key uniquely identifying this instance. An instance corresponding to the given type and key. - - - This class' default instance. - - diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/portable-net45+wp8+wpa81+netcore45+monoandroid1+xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/portable-net45+wp8+wpa81+netcore45+monoandroid1+xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6c066eb61 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/portable-net45+wp8+wpa81+netcore45+monoandroid1+xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/portable-net45+wp8+wpa81+netcore45+monoandroid1+xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/portable-net45+wp8+wpa81+netcore45+monoandroid1+xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f923da0ab Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/portable-net45+wp8+wpa81+netcore45+monoandroid1+xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.XML b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/portable-net45+wp8+wpa81+netcore45+monoandroid1+xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.XML similarity index 95% rename from packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.XML rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/portable-net45+wp8+wpa81+netcore45+monoandroid1+xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.XML index efec50646..493a621e1 100644 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.XML +++ b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/portable-net45+wp8+wpa81+netcore45+monoandroid1+xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.XML @@ -21,20 +21,28 @@ Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class that can always execute. - The execution logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). If the execute argument is null. Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class. - The execution logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). The execution status logic. - If the execute argument is null. + If the execute argument is null. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). + + + + Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. + - Raises the event. + Raises the event. @@ -50,11 +58,6 @@ This parameter will always be ignored. - - - Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. - - A generic command whose sole purpose is to relay its functionality to other @@ -73,20 +76,28 @@ Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class that can always execute. - The execution logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). If the execute argument is null. Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class. - The execution logic. - The execution status logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). + The execution status logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). If the execute argument is null. + + + Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. + + - Raises the event. + Raises the event. @@ -104,11 +115,6 @@ Data used by the command. If the command does not require data to be passed, this object can be set to a null reference - - - Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. - - Helper class for platform detection. @@ -132,11 +138,16 @@ - This interface is meant for the class and can be + This interface is meant for the class and can be useful if you store multiple WeakAction{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. + + + The target of the WeakAction. + + Executes an action. @@ -150,14 +161,9 @@ that this entry must be deleted. - - - The target of the WeakAction. - - - This interface is meant for the class and can be + This interface is meant for the class and can be useful if you store multiple WeakFunc{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. @@ -172,42 +178,13 @@ - Stores an without causing a hard reference + Stores an without causing a hard reference to be created to the Action's owner. The owner can be garbage collected at any time. - - - Initializes an empty instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The action that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The action's owner. - The action that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Executes the action. This only happens if the action's owner - is still alive. - - - - - Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. - - - Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakAction's + Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakAction's method passed in the constructor. @@ -220,7 +197,7 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to this WeakAction's action's target. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. @@ -228,7 +205,7 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to the target passed when constructing the WeakAction. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. @@ -237,6 +214,24 @@ Gets a value indicating whether the WeakAction is static or not. + + + Initializes an empty instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The action that will be associated to this instance. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The action's owner. + The action that will be associated to this instance. + Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected @@ -246,7 +241,7 @@ Gets the Action's owner. This object is stored as a - . + . @@ -254,6 +249,17 @@ The target of the weak reference. + + + Executes the action. This only happens if the action's owner + is still alive. + + + + + Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. + + Stores an Action without causing a hard reference @@ -261,6 +267,17 @@ The type of the Action's parameter. + + + Gets the name of the method that this WeakAction represents. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected + by the Garbage Collector already. + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakAction class. @@ -290,7 +307,7 @@ Executes the action with a parameter of type object. This parameter - will be casted to T. This method implements + will be casted to T. This method implements and can be useful if you store multiple WeakAction{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. @@ -304,17 +321,6 @@ should be deleted. - - - Gets the name of the method that this WeakAction represents. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected - by the Garbage Collector already. - - Stores a Func<T> without causing a hard reference @@ -323,39 +329,9 @@ The type of the result of the Func that will be stored by this weak reference. - - - Initializes an empty instance of the WeakFunc class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. - - The Func that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. - - The Func's owner. - The Func that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Executes the action. This only happens if the Func's owner - is still alive. - - The result of the Func stored as reference. - - - - Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. - - - Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakFunc's + Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakFunc's method passed in the constructor. @@ -373,7 +349,7 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to this WeakFunc's action's target. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. @@ -381,10 +357,28 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to the target passed when constructing the WeakFunc. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. + + + Initializes an empty instance of the WeakFunc class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. + + The Func that will be associated to this instance. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. + + The Func's owner. + The Func that will be associated to this instance. + Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected @@ -394,17 +388,29 @@ Gets the Func's owner. This object is stored as a - . + . Gets the owner of the Func that was passed as parameter. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. + + + Executes the action. This only happens if the Func's owner + is still alive. + + The result of the Func stored as reference. + + + + Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. + + Stores an Func without causing a hard reference @@ -413,6 +419,17 @@ The type of the Func's parameter. The type of the Func's return value. + + + Gets or sets the name of the method that this WeakFunc represents. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected + by the Garbage Collector already. + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. @@ -444,7 +461,7 @@ Executes the Func with a parameter of type object. This parameter - will be casted to T. This method implements + will be casted to T. This method implements and can be useful if you store multiple WeakFunc{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. @@ -459,17 +476,6 @@ should be deleted. - - - Gets or sets the name of the method that this WeakFunc represents. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected - by the Garbage Collector already. - - Defines a common interface for classes that should be cleaned up, @@ -490,44 +496,6 @@ The type of the Content property. - - - Base class for all messages broadcasted by the Messenger. - You can create your own message types by extending this class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - The message's original sender. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - The message's original sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - - - - Gets or sets the message's sender. - - - - - Gets or sets the message's intended target. This property can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - - Initializes a new instance of the GenericMessage class. @@ -572,7 +540,8 @@ for. The recipient that will receive the messages. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -594,7 +563,8 @@ get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different token, will not be delivered to that recipient. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -627,7 +597,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -654,7 +625,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -752,11 +724,55 @@ The action that must be unregistered for the recipient and for the message type TMessage. + + + Base class for all messages broadcasted by the Messenger. + You can create your own message types by extending this class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. + + The message's original sender. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. + + The message's original sender. + The message's intended target. This parameter can be used + to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course + this is only an indication, amd may be null. + + + + Gets or sets the message's sender. + + + + + Gets or sets the message's intended target. This property can be used + to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course + this is only an indication, amd may be null. + + The Messenger is a class allowing objects to exchange messages. + + + Gets the Messenger's default instance, allowing + to register and send messages in a static manner. + + Registers a recipient for a type of message TMessage. The action @@ -768,7 +784,8 @@ for. The recipient that will receive the messages. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -795,7 +812,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -815,7 +833,8 @@ get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different token, will not be delivered to that recipient. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -848,7 +867,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -975,7 +995,7 @@ can take a moment, it is only executed when the application is idle. For this reason, a user of the Messenger class should use instead of forcing one with the - method. + method. @@ -988,13 +1008,7 @@ can take a moment, it is only executed when the application is idle. For this reason, a user of the Messenger class should use instead of forcing one with the - method. - - - - - Gets the Messenger's default instance, allowing - to register and send messages in a static manner. + method. @@ -1041,68 +1055,14 @@ Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the + notify the sender that it is done. Use the method to execute the callback. - - - Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient - is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the - method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. - and - . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Executes the callback that was provided with the message with an - arbitrary number of parameters. - - A number of parameters that will - be passed to the callback method. - The object returned by the callback method. - Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. An arbitrary string that will be carried by the message. @@ -1113,7 +1073,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. An arbitrary string that will be @@ -1125,7 +1085,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used @@ -1146,7 +1106,7 @@ Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the + notify the sender that it is done. Use the method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. . @@ -1156,7 +1116,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. An arbitrary string that will be carried by the message. @@ -1167,7 +1127,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. An arbitrary string that will be @@ -1179,7 +1139,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used @@ -1240,53 +1200,72 @@ passed to recipient(s). - + - Passes a string property name (PropertyName) and a generic value - ( and ) to a recipient. - This message type can be used to propagate a PropertyChanged event to - a recipient using the messenging system. + Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient + is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to + notify the sender that it is done. Use the + method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. + and + . - The type of the OldValue and NewValue property. - + - Basis class for the class. This - class allows a recipient to register for all PropertyChangedMessages without - having to specify the type T. + Initializes a new instance of the class. + An arbitrary string that will be + carried by the message. + The callback method that can be executed + by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been + processed. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. - The name of the property that changed. + An arbitrary string that will be + carried by the message. + The callback method that can be executed + by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been + processed. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course this is only an indication, amd may be null. - The name of the property that changed. + An arbitrary string that will be + carried by the message. + The callback method that can be executed + by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been + processed. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Executes the callback that was provided with the message with an + arbitrary number of parameters. - The name of the property that changed. + A number of parameters that will + be passed to the callback method. + The object returned by the callback method. - + - Gets or sets the name of the property that changed. + Passes a string property name (PropertyName) and a generic value + ( and ) to a recipient. + This message type can be used to propagate a PropertyChanged event to + a recipient using the messenging system. + The type of the OldValue and NewValue property. - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. The property's value before the change occurred. @@ -1295,7 +1274,7 @@ - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The property's value before the change occurred. The property's value after the change occurred. @@ -1303,7 +1282,7 @@ - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used @@ -1323,11 +1302,56 @@ Gets the value that the property had before the change. + + + Basis class for the class. This + class allows a recipient to register for all PropertyChangedMessages without + having to specify the type T. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The message's sender. + The name of the property that changed. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The message's sender. + The message's intended target. This parameter can be used + to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course + this is only an indication, amd may be null. + The name of the property that changed. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the property that changed. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the property that changed. + + A base class for objects of which the properties must be observable. + + + Occurs after a property value changes. + + + + + Provides access to the PropertyChanged event handler to derived classes. + + Verifies that a property name exists in this ViewModel. This method @@ -1416,16 +1440,6 @@ false otherwise. The event is not raised if the old value is equal to the new value. - - - Occurs after a property value changes. - - - - - Provides access to the PropertyChanged event handler to derived classes. - - A base class for the ViewModel classes in the MVVM pattern. @@ -1440,11 +1454,30 @@ Initializes a new instance of the ViewModelBase class. - An instance of a + An instance of a used to broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class will attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default instance. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode + (running under Blend or Visual Studio). + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode + (running in Blend or Visual Studio). + + + + + Gets or sets an instance of a used to + broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class will + attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default instance. + + Unregisters this instance from the Messenger class. @@ -1558,25 +1591,6 @@ changed. True if the PropertyChanged event was raised, false otherwise. - - - Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode - (running under Blend or Visual Studio). - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode - (running in Blend or Visual Studio). - - - - - Gets or sets an instance of a used to - broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class will - attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default instance. - - An interface defining how dialogs should @@ -1664,6 +1678,11 @@ Windows Phone, Android, iOS etc. + + + The key corresponding to the currently displayed page. + + If possible, instructs the navigation service @@ -1694,10 +1713,5 @@ The parameter that should be passed to the new page. - - - The key corresponding to the currently displayed page. - - diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/portable-net45+wp8+wpa81+netcore45+monoandroid1+xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/portable-net45+wp8+wpa81+netcore45+monoandroid1+xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bd86937e9 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/portable-net45+wp8+wpa81+netcore45+monoandroid1+xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/portable-net45+wp8+wpa81+netcore45+monoandroid1+xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/portable-net45+wp8+wpa81+netcore45+monoandroid1+xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..222921c70 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/portable-net45+wp8+wpa81+netcore45+monoandroid1+xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6c066eb61 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f923da0ab Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml similarity index 99% rename from packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml index ff36ba045..2185c96c6 100644 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml +++ b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml @@ -164,6 +164,11 @@ been extended with additional features. + + + This class' default instance. + + Checks whether at least one instance of a given class is already created in the container. @@ -333,7 +338,7 @@ If the type serviceType has not been registered before calling this method. - A service object of type . + A service object of type . An object that specifies the type of service object to get. @@ -451,10 +456,5 @@ The key uniquely identifying this instance. An instance corresponding to the given type and key. - - - This class' default instance. - - diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..59f374f5d Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f3e4cb811 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pri b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pri similarity index 100% rename from packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pri rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pri diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.xml b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.xml similarity index 98% rename from packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.xml rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.xml index 2a650e70d..8f73554d4 100644 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.xml +++ b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.xml @@ -9,6 +9,12 @@ Helper class for dispatcher operations on the UI thread. + + + Gets a reference to the UI thread's dispatcher, after the + method has been called on the UI thread. + + Executes an action on the UI thread. If this method is called @@ -17,7 +23,7 @@ on the UI thread's dispatcher and executed asynchronously. For additional operations on the UI thread, you can get a reference to the UI thread's dispatcher thanks to the property - . + . The action that will be executed on the UI thread. @@ -32,7 +38,7 @@ This method should be called once on the UI thread to ensure that - the property is initialized. + the property is initialized. In a Silverlight application, call this method in the Application_Startup event handler, after the MainPage is constructed. In WPF, call this method on the static App() constructor. @@ -43,12 +49,6 @@ Resets the class by deleting the - - - Gets a reference to the UI thread's dispatcher, after the - method has been called on the UI thread. - - An implementation of allowing @@ -151,6 +151,11 @@ NavigationService was not configured for this page type. + + + The key corresponding to the currently displayed page. + + If possible, discards the current page and displays the previous page @@ -190,10 +195,5 @@ in the or methods. The type of the page corresponding to the key. - - - The key corresponding to the currently displayed page. - - diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bd86937e9 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..222921c70 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml similarity index 95% rename from packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml index efec50646..493a621e1 100644 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/windows8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml +++ b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/windows81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml @@ -21,20 +21,28 @@ Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class that can always execute. - The execution logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). If the execute argument is null. Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class. - The execution logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). The execution status logic. - If the execute argument is null. + If the execute argument is null. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). + + + + Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. + - Raises the event. + Raises the event. @@ -50,11 +58,6 @@ This parameter will always be ignored. - - - Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. - - A generic command whose sole purpose is to relay its functionality to other @@ -73,20 +76,28 @@ Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class that can always execute. - The execution logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). If the execute argument is null. Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class. - The execution logic. - The execution status logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). + The execution status logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). If the execute argument is null. + + + Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. + + - Raises the event. + Raises the event. @@ -104,11 +115,6 @@ Data used by the command. If the command does not require data to be passed, this object can be set to a null reference - - - Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. - - Helper class for platform detection. @@ -132,11 +138,16 @@ - This interface is meant for the class and can be + This interface is meant for the class and can be useful if you store multiple WeakAction{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. + + + The target of the WeakAction. + + Executes an action. @@ -150,14 +161,9 @@ that this entry must be deleted. - - - The target of the WeakAction. - - - This interface is meant for the class and can be + This interface is meant for the class and can be useful if you store multiple WeakFunc{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. @@ -172,42 +178,13 @@ - Stores an without causing a hard reference + Stores an without causing a hard reference to be created to the Action's owner. The owner can be garbage collected at any time. - - - Initializes an empty instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The action that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The action's owner. - The action that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Executes the action. This only happens if the action's owner - is still alive. - - - - - Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. - - - Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakAction's + Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakAction's method passed in the constructor. @@ -220,7 +197,7 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to this WeakAction's action's target. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. @@ -228,7 +205,7 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to the target passed when constructing the WeakAction. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. @@ -237,6 +214,24 @@ Gets a value indicating whether the WeakAction is static or not. + + + Initializes an empty instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The action that will be associated to this instance. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The action's owner. + The action that will be associated to this instance. + Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected @@ -246,7 +241,7 @@ Gets the Action's owner. This object is stored as a - . + . @@ -254,6 +249,17 @@ The target of the weak reference. + + + Executes the action. This only happens if the action's owner + is still alive. + + + + + Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. + + Stores an Action without causing a hard reference @@ -261,6 +267,17 @@ The type of the Action's parameter. + + + Gets the name of the method that this WeakAction represents. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected + by the Garbage Collector already. + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakAction class. @@ -290,7 +307,7 @@ Executes the action with a parameter of type object. This parameter - will be casted to T. This method implements + will be casted to T. This method implements and can be useful if you store multiple WeakAction{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. @@ -304,17 +321,6 @@ should be deleted. - - - Gets the name of the method that this WeakAction represents. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected - by the Garbage Collector already. - - Stores a Func<T> without causing a hard reference @@ -323,39 +329,9 @@ The type of the result of the Func that will be stored by this weak reference. - - - Initializes an empty instance of the WeakFunc class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. - - The Func that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. - - The Func's owner. - The Func that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Executes the action. This only happens if the Func's owner - is still alive. - - The result of the Func stored as reference. - - - - Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. - - - Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakFunc's + Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakFunc's method passed in the constructor. @@ -373,7 +349,7 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to this WeakFunc's action's target. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. @@ -381,10 +357,28 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to the target passed when constructing the WeakFunc. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. + + + Initializes an empty instance of the WeakFunc class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. + + The Func that will be associated to this instance. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. + + The Func's owner. + The Func that will be associated to this instance. + Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected @@ -394,17 +388,29 @@ Gets the Func's owner. This object is stored as a - . + . Gets the owner of the Func that was passed as parameter. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. + + + Executes the action. This only happens if the Func's owner + is still alive. + + The result of the Func stored as reference. + + + + Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. + + Stores an Func without causing a hard reference @@ -413,6 +419,17 @@ The type of the Func's parameter. The type of the Func's return value. + + + Gets or sets the name of the method that this WeakFunc represents. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected + by the Garbage Collector already. + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. @@ -444,7 +461,7 @@ Executes the Func with a parameter of type object. This parameter - will be casted to T. This method implements + will be casted to T. This method implements and can be useful if you store multiple WeakFunc{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. @@ -459,17 +476,6 @@ should be deleted. - - - Gets or sets the name of the method that this WeakFunc represents. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected - by the Garbage Collector already. - - Defines a common interface for classes that should be cleaned up, @@ -490,44 +496,6 @@ The type of the Content property. - - - Base class for all messages broadcasted by the Messenger. - You can create your own message types by extending this class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - The message's original sender. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - The message's original sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - - - - Gets or sets the message's sender. - - - - - Gets or sets the message's intended target. This property can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - - Initializes a new instance of the GenericMessage class. @@ -572,7 +540,8 @@ for. The recipient that will receive the messages. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -594,7 +563,8 @@ get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different token, will not be delivered to that recipient. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -627,7 +597,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -654,7 +625,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -752,11 +724,55 @@ The action that must be unregistered for the recipient and for the message type TMessage. + + + Base class for all messages broadcasted by the Messenger. + You can create your own message types by extending this class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. + + The message's original sender. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. + + The message's original sender. + The message's intended target. This parameter can be used + to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course + this is only an indication, amd may be null. + + + + Gets or sets the message's sender. + + + + + Gets or sets the message's intended target. This property can be used + to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course + this is only an indication, amd may be null. + + The Messenger is a class allowing objects to exchange messages. + + + Gets the Messenger's default instance, allowing + to register and send messages in a static manner. + + Registers a recipient for a type of message TMessage. The action @@ -768,7 +784,8 @@ for. The recipient that will receive the messages. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -795,7 +812,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -815,7 +833,8 @@ get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different token, will not be delivered to that recipient. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -848,7 +867,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -975,7 +995,7 @@ can take a moment, it is only executed when the application is idle. For this reason, a user of the Messenger class should use instead of forcing one with the - method. + method. @@ -988,13 +1008,7 @@ can take a moment, it is only executed when the application is idle. For this reason, a user of the Messenger class should use instead of forcing one with the - method. - - - - - Gets the Messenger's default instance, allowing - to register and send messages in a static manner. + method. @@ -1041,68 +1055,14 @@ Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the + notify the sender that it is done. Use the method to execute the callback. - - - Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient - is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the - method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. - and - . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Executes the callback that was provided with the message with an - arbitrary number of parameters. - - A number of parameters that will - be passed to the callback method. - The object returned by the callback method. - Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. An arbitrary string that will be carried by the message. @@ -1113,7 +1073,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. An arbitrary string that will be @@ -1125,7 +1085,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used @@ -1146,7 +1106,7 @@ Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the + notify the sender that it is done. Use the method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. . @@ -1156,7 +1116,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. An arbitrary string that will be carried by the message. @@ -1167,7 +1127,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. An arbitrary string that will be @@ -1179,7 +1139,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used @@ -1240,53 +1200,72 @@ passed to recipient(s). - + - Passes a string property name (PropertyName) and a generic value - ( and ) to a recipient. - This message type can be used to propagate a PropertyChanged event to - a recipient using the messenging system. + Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient + is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to + notify the sender that it is done. Use the + method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. + and + . - The type of the OldValue and NewValue property. - + - Basis class for the class. This - class allows a recipient to register for all PropertyChangedMessages without - having to specify the type T. + Initializes a new instance of the class. + An arbitrary string that will be + carried by the message. + The callback method that can be executed + by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been + processed. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. - The name of the property that changed. + An arbitrary string that will be + carried by the message. + The callback method that can be executed + by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been + processed. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course this is only an indication, amd may be null. - The name of the property that changed. + An arbitrary string that will be + carried by the message. + The callback method that can be executed + by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been + processed. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Executes the callback that was provided with the message with an + arbitrary number of parameters. - The name of the property that changed. + A number of parameters that will + be passed to the callback method. + The object returned by the callback method. - + - Gets or sets the name of the property that changed. + Passes a string property name (PropertyName) and a generic value + ( and ) to a recipient. + This message type can be used to propagate a PropertyChanged event to + a recipient using the messenging system. + The type of the OldValue and NewValue property. - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. The property's value before the change occurred. @@ -1295,7 +1274,7 @@ - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The property's value before the change occurred. The property's value after the change occurred. @@ -1303,7 +1282,7 @@ - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used @@ -1323,11 +1302,56 @@ Gets the value that the property had before the change. + + + Basis class for the class. This + class allows a recipient to register for all PropertyChangedMessages without + having to specify the type T. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The message's sender. + The name of the property that changed. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The message's sender. + The message's intended target. This parameter can be used + to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course + this is only an indication, amd may be null. + The name of the property that changed. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the property that changed. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the property that changed. + + A base class for objects of which the properties must be observable. + + + Occurs after a property value changes. + + + + + Provides access to the PropertyChanged event handler to derived classes. + + Verifies that a property name exists in this ViewModel. This method @@ -1416,16 +1440,6 @@ false otherwise. The event is not raised if the old value is equal to the new value. - - - Occurs after a property value changes. - - - - - Provides access to the PropertyChanged event handler to derived classes. - - A base class for the ViewModel classes in the MVVM pattern. @@ -1440,11 +1454,30 @@ Initializes a new instance of the ViewModelBase class. - An instance of a + An instance of a used to broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class will attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default instance. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode + (running under Blend or Visual Studio). + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode + (running in Blend or Visual Studio). + + + + + Gets or sets an instance of a used to + broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class will + attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default instance. + + Unregisters this instance from the Messenger class. @@ -1558,25 +1591,6 @@ changed. True if the PropertyChanged event was raised, false otherwise. - - - Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode - (running under Blend or Visual Studio). - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode - (running in Blend or Visual Studio). - - - - - Gets or sets an instance of a used to - broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class will - attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default instance. - - An interface defining how dialogs should @@ -1664,6 +1678,11 @@ Windows Phone, Android, iOS etc. + + + The key corresponding to the currently displayed page. + + If possible, instructs the navigation service @@ -1694,10 +1713,5 @@ The parameter that should be passed to the new page. - - - The key corresponding to the currently displayed page. - - diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6c066eb61 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f923da0ab Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml similarity index 99% rename from packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml index ff36ba045..2185c96c6 100644 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml +++ b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml @@ -164,6 +164,11 @@ been extended with additional features. + + + This class' default instance. + + Checks whether at least one instance of a given class is already created in the container. @@ -333,7 +338,7 @@ If the type serviceType has not been registered before calling this method. - A service object of type . + A service object of type . An object that specifies the type of service object to get. @@ -451,10 +456,5 @@ The key uniquely identifying this instance. An instance corresponding to the given type and key. - - - This class' default instance. - - diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5beaf6fe7 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3a9e2152c Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.xml b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.xml similarity index 95% rename from packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.xml rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.xml index 5034d7ed1..4d12a26c2 100644 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.xml +++ b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.xml @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ - This can be - used to bind any event on any FrameworkElement to an . + This can be + used to bind any event on any FrameworkElement to an . Typically, this element is used in XAML to connect the attached element to a command located in a ViewModel. This trigger can only be attached to a FrameworkElement or a class deriving from FrameworkElement. @@ -15,68 +15,21 @@ and leave the CommandParameter and CommandParameterValue empty! - - - The dependency property's name. - - - - - The dependency property's name. - - - Identifies the dependency property + Identifies the dependency property - Identifies the dependency property + Identifies the dependency property - Identifies the dependency property - - - - - Called when this trigger is attached to a FrameworkElement. - - - - - This method is here for compatibility - with the Silverlight 3 version. - - The command that must be executed when - this trigger is invoked. - - - - Identifies the dependency property. - - - - - Identifies the dependency property. + Identifies the dependency property - - - Provides a simple way to invoke this trigger programatically - without any EventArgs. - - - - - Executes the trigger. - To access the EventArgs of the fired event, use a RelayCommand<EventArgs> - and leave the CommandParameter and CommandParameterValue empty! - - The EventArgs of the fired event. - Gets or sets the ICommand that this trigger is bound to. This @@ -85,22 +38,22 @@ - Gets or sets an object that will be passed to the + Gets or sets an object that will be passed to the attached to this trigger. This is a DependencyProperty. - Gets or sets an object that will be passed to the + Gets or sets an object that will be passed to the attached to this trigger. This property is here for compatibility with the Silverlight version. This is NOT a DependencyProperty. - For databinding, use the property. + For databinding, use the property. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the attached element must be - disabled when the property's CanExecuteChanged + disabled when the property's CanExecuteChanged event fires. If this property is true, and the command's CanExecute method returns false, the element will be disabled. If this property is false, the element will not be disabled when the command's @@ -110,13 +63,26 @@ Gets or sets a value indicating whether the attached element must be - disabled when the property's CanExecuteChanged + disabled when the property's CanExecuteChanged event fires. If this property is true, and the command's CanExecute method returns false, the element will be disabled. This property is here for compatibility with the Silverlight version. This is NOT a DependencyProperty. - For databinding, use the property. + For databinding, use the property. + + + + + Called when this trigger is attached to a FrameworkElement. + + + This method is here for compatibility + with the Silverlight 3 version. + + The command that must be executed when + this trigger is invoked. + Specifies whether the EventArgs of the event that triggered this @@ -132,6 +98,11 @@ this property is never used. + + + The dependency property's name. + + Gets or sets a parameters for the converter used to convert the EventArgs when using @@ -139,12 +110,41 @@ this property is never used. This is a dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + The dependency property's name. + + Gets or sets a value indicating if the command should be invoked even if the attached control is disabled. This is a dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Provides a simple way to invoke this trigger programatically + without any EventArgs. + + + + + Executes the trigger. + To access the EventArgs of the fired event, use a RelayCommand<EventArgs> + and leave the CommandParameter and CommandParameterValue empty! + + The EventArgs of the fired event. + The definition of the converter used to convert an EventArgs @@ -170,6 +170,12 @@ Helper class for dispatcher operations on the UI thread. + + + Gets a reference to the UI thread's dispatcher, after the + method has been called on the UI thread. + + Executes an action on the UI thread. If this method is called @@ -178,7 +184,7 @@ on the UI thread's dispatcher and executed asynchronously. For additional operations on the UI thread, you can get a reference to the UI thread's dispatcher thanks to the property - . + . The action that will be executed on the UI thread. @@ -194,7 +200,7 @@ This method should be called once on the UI thread to ensure that - the property is initialized. + the property is initialized. In a Silverlight application, call this method in the Application_Startup event handler, after the MainPage is constructed. In WPF, call this method on the static App() constructor. @@ -205,12 +211,6 @@ Resets the class by deleting the - - - Gets a reference to the UI thread's dispatcher, after the - method has been called on the UI thread. - - An implementation of allowing @@ -329,6 +329,21 @@ Use this key name to retrieve the navigation parameter. + + + Occurs when a page navigation has happened. + + + + + Occurs when a page navigation is going to happen. + + + + + The key corresponding to the currently displayed page. + + If possible, discards the current page and displays the previous page @@ -387,20 +402,5 @@ The navigation parameter casted to the proper type. If no parameter is found, returns default(T). - - - Occurs when a page navigation has happened. - - - - - Occurs when a page navigation is going to happen. - - - - - The key corresponding to the currently displayed page. - - diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bd86937e9 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..222921c70 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml similarity index 95% rename from packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml index efec50646..493a621e1 100644 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/net45/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml +++ b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml @@ -21,20 +21,28 @@ Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class that can always execute. - The execution logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). If the execute argument is null. Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class. - The execution logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). The execution status logic. - If the execute argument is null. + If the execute argument is null. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). + + + + Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. + - Raises the event. + Raises the event. @@ -50,11 +58,6 @@ This parameter will always be ignored. - - - Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. - - A generic command whose sole purpose is to relay its functionality to other @@ -73,20 +76,28 @@ Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class that can always execute. - The execution logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). If the execute argument is null. Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class. - The execution logic. - The execution status logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). + The execution status logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). If the execute argument is null. + + + Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. + + - Raises the event. + Raises the event. @@ -104,11 +115,6 @@ Data used by the command. If the command does not require data to be passed, this object can be set to a null reference - - - Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. - - Helper class for platform detection. @@ -132,11 +138,16 @@ - This interface is meant for the class and can be + This interface is meant for the class and can be useful if you store multiple WeakAction{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. + + + The target of the WeakAction. + + Executes an action. @@ -150,14 +161,9 @@ that this entry must be deleted. - - - The target of the WeakAction. - - - This interface is meant for the class and can be + This interface is meant for the class and can be useful if you store multiple WeakFunc{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. @@ -172,42 +178,13 @@ - Stores an without causing a hard reference + Stores an without causing a hard reference to be created to the Action's owner. The owner can be garbage collected at any time. - - - Initializes an empty instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The action that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The action's owner. - The action that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Executes the action. This only happens if the action's owner - is still alive. - - - - - Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. - - - Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakAction's + Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakAction's method passed in the constructor. @@ -220,7 +197,7 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to this WeakAction's action's target. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. @@ -228,7 +205,7 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to the target passed when constructing the WeakAction. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. @@ -237,6 +214,24 @@ Gets a value indicating whether the WeakAction is static or not. + + + Initializes an empty instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The action that will be associated to this instance. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The action's owner. + The action that will be associated to this instance. + Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected @@ -246,7 +241,7 @@ Gets the Action's owner. This object is stored as a - . + . @@ -254,6 +249,17 @@ The target of the weak reference. + + + Executes the action. This only happens if the action's owner + is still alive. + + + + + Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. + + Stores an Action without causing a hard reference @@ -261,6 +267,17 @@ The type of the Action's parameter. + + + Gets the name of the method that this WeakAction represents. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected + by the Garbage Collector already. + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakAction class. @@ -290,7 +307,7 @@ Executes the action with a parameter of type object. This parameter - will be casted to T. This method implements + will be casted to T. This method implements and can be useful if you store multiple WeakAction{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. @@ -304,17 +321,6 @@ should be deleted. - - - Gets the name of the method that this WeakAction represents. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected - by the Garbage Collector already. - - Stores a Func<T> without causing a hard reference @@ -323,39 +329,9 @@ The type of the result of the Func that will be stored by this weak reference. - - - Initializes an empty instance of the WeakFunc class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. - - The Func that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. - - The Func's owner. - The Func that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Executes the action. This only happens if the Func's owner - is still alive. - - The result of the Func stored as reference. - - - - Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. - - - Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakFunc's + Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakFunc's method passed in the constructor. @@ -373,7 +349,7 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to this WeakFunc's action's target. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. @@ -381,10 +357,28 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to the target passed when constructing the WeakFunc. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. + + + Initializes an empty instance of the WeakFunc class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. + + The Func that will be associated to this instance. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. + + The Func's owner. + The Func that will be associated to this instance. + Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected @@ -394,17 +388,29 @@ Gets the Func's owner. This object is stored as a - . + . Gets the owner of the Func that was passed as parameter. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. + + + Executes the action. This only happens if the Func's owner + is still alive. + + The result of the Func stored as reference. + + + + Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. + + Stores an Func without causing a hard reference @@ -413,6 +419,17 @@ The type of the Func's parameter. The type of the Func's return value. + + + Gets or sets the name of the method that this WeakFunc represents. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected + by the Garbage Collector already. + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. @@ -444,7 +461,7 @@ Executes the Func with a parameter of type object. This parameter - will be casted to T. This method implements + will be casted to T. This method implements and can be useful if you store multiple WeakFunc{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. @@ -459,17 +476,6 @@ should be deleted. - - - Gets or sets the name of the method that this WeakFunc represents. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected - by the Garbage Collector already. - - Defines a common interface for classes that should be cleaned up, @@ -490,44 +496,6 @@ The type of the Content property. - - - Base class for all messages broadcasted by the Messenger. - You can create your own message types by extending this class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - The message's original sender. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - The message's original sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - - - - Gets or sets the message's sender. - - - - - Gets or sets the message's intended target. This property can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - - Initializes a new instance of the GenericMessage class. @@ -572,7 +540,8 @@ for. The recipient that will receive the messages. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -594,7 +563,8 @@ get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different token, will not be delivered to that recipient. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -627,7 +597,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -654,7 +625,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -752,11 +724,55 @@ The action that must be unregistered for the recipient and for the message type TMessage. + + + Base class for all messages broadcasted by the Messenger. + You can create your own message types by extending this class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. + + The message's original sender. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. + + The message's original sender. + The message's intended target. This parameter can be used + to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course + this is only an indication, amd may be null. + + + + Gets or sets the message's sender. + + + + + Gets or sets the message's intended target. This property can be used + to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course + this is only an indication, amd may be null. + + The Messenger is a class allowing objects to exchange messages. + + + Gets the Messenger's default instance, allowing + to register and send messages in a static manner. + + Registers a recipient for a type of message TMessage. The action @@ -768,7 +784,8 @@ for. The recipient that will receive the messages. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -795,7 +812,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -815,7 +833,8 @@ get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different token, will not be delivered to that recipient. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -848,7 +867,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -975,7 +995,7 @@ can take a moment, it is only executed when the application is idle. For this reason, a user of the Messenger class should use instead of forcing one with the - method. + method. @@ -988,13 +1008,7 @@ can take a moment, it is only executed when the application is idle. For this reason, a user of the Messenger class should use instead of forcing one with the - method. - - - - - Gets the Messenger's default instance, allowing - to register and send messages in a static manner. + method. @@ -1041,68 +1055,14 @@ Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the + notify the sender that it is done. Use the method to execute the callback. - - - Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient - is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the - method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. - and - . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Executes the callback that was provided with the message with an - arbitrary number of parameters. - - A number of parameters that will - be passed to the callback method. - The object returned by the callback method. - Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. An arbitrary string that will be carried by the message. @@ -1113,7 +1073,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. An arbitrary string that will be @@ -1125,7 +1085,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used @@ -1146,7 +1106,7 @@ Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the + notify the sender that it is done. Use the method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. . @@ -1156,7 +1116,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. An arbitrary string that will be carried by the message. @@ -1167,7 +1127,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. An arbitrary string that will be @@ -1179,7 +1139,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used @@ -1240,53 +1200,72 @@ passed to recipient(s). - + - Passes a string property name (PropertyName) and a generic value - ( and ) to a recipient. - This message type can be used to propagate a PropertyChanged event to - a recipient using the messenging system. + Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient + is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to + notify the sender that it is done. Use the + method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. + and + . - The type of the OldValue and NewValue property. - + - Basis class for the class. This - class allows a recipient to register for all PropertyChangedMessages without - having to specify the type T. + Initializes a new instance of the class. + An arbitrary string that will be + carried by the message. + The callback method that can be executed + by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been + processed. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. - The name of the property that changed. + An arbitrary string that will be + carried by the message. + The callback method that can be executed + by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been + processed. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course this is only an indication, amd may be null. - The name of the property that changed. + An arbitrary string that will be + carried by the message. + The callback method that can be executed + by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been + processed. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Executes the callback that was provided with the message with an + arbitrary number of parameters. - The name of the property that changed. + A number of parameters that will + be passed to the callback method. + The object returned by the callback method. - + - Gets or sets the name of the property that changed. + Passes a string property name (PropertyName) and a generic value + ( and ) to a recipient. + This message type can be used to propagate a PropertyChanged event to + a recipient using the messenging system. + The type of the OldValue and NewValue property. - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. The property's value before the change occurred. @@ -1295,7 +1274,7 @@ - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The property's value before the change occurred. The property's value after the change occurred. @@ -1303,7 +1282,7 @@ - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used @@ -1323,11 +1302,56 @@ Gets the value that the property had before the change. + + + Basis class for the class. This + class allows a recipient to register for all PropertyChangedMessages without + having to specify the type T. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The message's sender. + The name of the property that changed. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The message's sender. + The message's intended target. This parameter can be used + to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course + this is only an indication, amd may be null. + The name of the property that changed. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the property that changed. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the property that changed. + + A base class for objects of which the properties must be observable. + + + Occurs after a property value changes. + + + + + Provides access to the PropertyChanged event handler to derived classes. + + Verifies that a property name exists in this ViewModel. This method @@ -1416,16 +1440,6 @@ false otherwise. The event is not raised if the old value is equal to the new value. - - - Occurs after a property value changes. - - - - - Provides access to the PropertyChanged event handler to derived classes. - - A base class for the ViewModel classes in the MVVM pattern. @@ -1440,11 +1454,30 @@ Initializes a new instance of the ViewModelBase class. - An instance of a + An instance of a used to broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class will attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default instance. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode + (running under Blend or Visual Studio). + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode + (running in Blend or Visual Studio). + + + + + Gets or sets an instance of a used to + broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class will + attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default instance. + + Unregisters this instance from the Messenger class. @@ -1558,25 +1591,6 @@ changed. True if the PropertyChanged event was raised, false otherwise. - - - Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode - (running under Blend or Visual Studio). - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode - (running in Blend or Visual Studio). - - - - - Gets or sets an instance of a used to - broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class will - attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default instance. - - An interface defining how dialogs should @@ -1664,6 +1678,11 @@ Windows Phone, Android, iOS etc. + + + The key corresponding to the currently displayed page. + + If possible, instructs the navigation service @@ -1694,10 +1713,5 @@ The parameter that should be passed to the new page. - - - The key corresponding to the currently displayed page. - - diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp8/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp8/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll similarity index 100% rename from packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp8/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp8/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6c066eb61 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f923da0ab Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml similarity index 99% rename from packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml index ff36ba045..2185c96c6 100644 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml +++ b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.xml @@ -164,6 +164,11 @@ been extended with additional features. + + + This class' default instance. + + Checks whether at least one instance of a given class is already created in the container. @@ -333,7 +338,7 @@ If the type serviceType has not been registered before calling this method. - A service object of type . + A service object of type . An object that specifies the type of service object to get. @@ -451,10 +456,5 @@ The key uniquely identifying this instance. An instance corresponding to the given type and key. - - - This class' default instance. - - diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a8faa54d5 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..220c54fbc Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.xml b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.xml similarity index 95% rename from packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.xml rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.xml index 29dc07728..2977b7997 100644 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.xml +++ b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.xml @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ - This can be - used to bind any event on any FrameworkElement to an . + This can be + used to bind any event on any FrameworkElement to an . Typically, this element is used in XAML to connect the attached element to a command located in a ViewModel. This trigger can only be attached to a FrameworkElement or a class deriving from FrameworkElement. @@ -15,68 +15,21 @@ and leave the CommandParameter and CommandParameterValue empty! - - - The dependency property's name. - - - - - The dependency property's name. - - - Identifies the dependency property + Identifies the dependency property - Identifies the dependency property + Identifies the dependency property - Identifies the dependency property - - - - - Called when this trigger is attached to a FrameworkElement. - - - - - This method is here for compatibility - with the Silverlight 3 version. - - The command that must be executed when - this trigger is invoked. - - - - Identifies the dependency property. - - - - - Identifies the dependency property. + Identifies the dependency property - - - Provides a simple way to invoke this trigger programatically - without any EventArgs. - - - - - Executes the trigger. - To access the EventArgs of the fired event, use a RelayCommand<EventArgs> - and leave the CommandParameter and CommandParameterValue empty! - - The EventArgs of the fired event. - Gets or sets the ICommand that this trigger is bound to. This @@ -85,22 +38,22 @@ - Gets or sets an object that will be passed to the + Gets or sets an object that will be passed to the attached to this trigger. This is a DependencyProperty. - Gets or sets an object that will be passed to the + Gets or sets an object that will be passed to the attached to this trigger. This property is here for compatibility with the Silverlight version. This is NOT a DependencyProperty. - For databinding, use the property. + For databinding, use the property. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the attached element must be - disabled when the property's CanExecuteChanged + disabled when the property's CanExecuteChanged event fires. If this property is true, and the command's CanExecute method returns false, the element will be disabled. If this property is false, the element will not be disabled when the command's @@ -110,13 +63,26 @@ Gets or sets a value indicating whether the attached element must be - disabled when the property's CanExecuteChanged + disabled when the property's CanExecuteChanged event fires. If this property is true, and the command's CanExecute method returns false, the element will be disabled. This property is here for compatibility with the Silverlight version. This is NOT a DependencyProperty. - For databinding, use the property. + For databinding, use the property. + + + + + Called when this trigger is attached to a FrameworkElement. + + + This method is here for compatibility + with the Silverlight 3 version. + + The command that must be executed when + this trigger is invoked. + Specifies whether the EventArgs of the event that triggered this @@ -132,6 +98,11 @@ this property is never used. + + + The dependency property's name. + + Gets or sets a parameters for the converter used to convert the EventArgs when using @@ -139,12 +110,41 @@ this property is never used. This is a dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + The dependency property's name. + + Gets or sets a value indicating if the command should be invoked even if the attached control is disabled. This is a dependency property. + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Provides a simple way to invoke this trigger programatically + without any EventArgs. + + + + + Executes the trigger. + To access the EventArgs of the fired event, use a RelayCommand<EventArgs> + and leave the CommandParameter and CommandParameterValue empty! + + The EventArgs of the fired event. + The definition of the converter used to convert an EventArgs @@ -170,6 +170,12 @@ Helper class for dispatcher operations on the UI thread. + + + Gets a reference to the UI thread's dispatcher, after the + method has been called on the UI thread. + + Executes an action on the UI thread. If this method is called @@ -178,7 +184,7 @@ on the UI thread's dispatcher and executed asynchronously. For additional operations on the UI thread, you can get a reference to the UI thread's dispatcher thanks to the property - . + . The action that will be executed on the UI thread. @@ -194,7 +200,7 @@ This method should be called once on the UI thread to ensure that - the property is initialized. + the property is initialized. In a Silverlight application, call this method in the Application_Startup event handler, after the MainPage is constructed. In WPF, call this method on the static App() constructor. @@ -205,12 +211,6 @@ Resets the class by deleting the - - - Gets a reference to the UI thread's dispatcher, after the - method has been called on the UI thread. - - Windows Phone Silverlight implementation of . @@ -228,6 +228,21 @@ Use this key name to retrieve the navigation parameter. + + + Occurs when a page navigation has happened. + + + + + Occurs when a page navigation is going to happen. + + + + + The key corresponding to the currently displayed page. + + If possible, discards the current page and displays the previous page @@ -286,21 +301,6 @@ The navigation parameter casted to the proper type. If no parameter is found, returns default(T). - - - Occurs when a page navigation has happened. - - - - - Occurs when a page navigation is going to happen. - - - - - The key corresponding to the currently displayed page. - - An implementation of allowing diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bd86937e9 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..222921c70 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml similarity index 95% rename from packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml index efec50646..493a621e1 100644 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp8/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml +++ b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.xml @@ -21,20 +21,28 @@ Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class that can always execute. - The execution logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). If the execute argument is null. Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class. - The execution logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). The execution status logic. - If the execute argument is null. + If the execute argument is null. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). + + + + Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. + - Raises the event. + Raises the event. @@ -50,11 +58,6 @@ This parameter will always be ignored. - - - Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. - - A generic command whose sole purpose is to relay its functionality to other @@ -73,20 +76,28 @@ Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class that can always execute. - The execution logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). If the execute argument is null. Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class. - The execution logic. - The execution status logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). + The execution status logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). If the execute argument is null. + + + Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. + + - Raises the event. + Raises the event. @@ -104,11 +115,6 @@ Data used by the command. If the command does not require data to be passed, this object can be set to a null reference - - - Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. - - Helper class for platform detection. @@ -132,11 +138,16 @@ - This interface is meant for the class and can be + This interface is meant for the class and can be useful if you store multiple WeakAction{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. + + + The target of the WeakAction. + + Executes an action. @@ -150,14 +161,9 @@ that this entry must be deleted. - - - The target of the WeakAction. - - - This interface is meant for the class and can be + This interface is meant for the class and can be useful if you store multiple WeakFunc{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. @@ -172,42 +178,13 @@ - Stores an without causing a hard reference + Stores an without causing a hard reference to be created to the Action's owner. The owner can be garbage collected at any time. - - - Initializes an empty instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The action that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The action's owner. - The action that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Executes the action. This only happens if the action's owner - is still alive. - - - - - Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. - - - Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakAction's + Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakAction's method passed in the constructor. @@ -220,7 +197,7 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to this WeakAction's action's target. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. @@ -228,7 +205,7 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to the target passed when constructing the WeakAction. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. @@ -237,6 +214,24 @@ Gets a value indicating whether the WeakAction is static or not. + + + Initializes an empty instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The action that will be associated to this instance. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The action's owner. + The action that will be associated to this instance. + Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected @@ -246,7 +241,7 @@ Gets the Action's owner. This object is stored as a - . + . @@ -254,6 +249,17 @@ The target of the weak reference. + + + Executes the action. This only happens if the action's owner + is still alive. + + + + + Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. + + Stores an Action without causing a hard reference @@ -261,6 +267,17 @@ The type of the Action's parameter. + + + Gets the name of the method that this WeakAction represents. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected + by the Garbage Collector already. + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakAction class. @@ -290,7 +307,7 @@ Executes the action with a parameter of type object. This parameter - will be casted to T. This method implements + will be casted to T. This method implements and can be useful if you store multiple WeakAction{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. @@ -304,17 +321,6 @@ should be deleted. - - - Gets the name of the method that this WeakAction represents. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected - by the Garbage Collector already. - - Stores a Func<T> without causing a hard reference @@ -323,39 +329,9 @@ The type of the result of the Func that will be stored by this weak reference. - - - Initializes an empty instance of the WeakFunc class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. - - The Func that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. - - The Func's owner. - The Func that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Executes the action. This only happens if the Func's owner - is still alive. - - The result of the Func stored as reference. - - - - Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. - - - Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakFunc's + Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakFunc's method passed in the constructor. @@ -373,7 +349,7 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to this WeakFunc's action's target. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. @@ -381,10 +357,28 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to the target passed when constructing the WeakFunc. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. + + + Initializes an empty instance of the WeakFunc class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. + + The Func that will be associated to this instance. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. + + The Func's owner. + The Func that will be associated to this instance. + Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected @@ -394,17 +388,29 @@ Gets the Func's owner. This object is stored as a - . + . Gets the owner of the Func that was passed as parameter. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. + + + Executes the action. This only happens if the Func's owner + is still alive. + + The result of the Func stored as reference. + + + + Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. + + Stores an Func without causing a hard reference @@ -413,6 +419,17 @@ The type of the Func's parameter. The type of the Func's return value. + + + Gets or sets the name of the method that this WeakFunc represents. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected + by the Garbage Collector already. + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. @@ -444,7 +461,7 @@ Executes the Func with a parameter of type object. This parameter - will be casted to T. This method implements + will be casted to T. This method implements and can be useful if you store multiple WeakFunc{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. @@ -459,17 +476,6 @@ should be deleted. - - - Gets or sets the name of the method that this WeakFunc represents. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected - by the Garbage Collector already. - - Defines a common interface for classes that should be cleaned up, @@ -490,44 +496,6 @@ The type of the Content property. - - - Base class for all messages broadcasted by the Messenger. - You can create your own message types by extending this class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - The message's original sender. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - The message's original sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - - - - Gets or sets the message's sender. - - - - - Gets or sets the message's intended target. This property can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - - Initializes a new instance of the GenericMessage class. @@ -572,7 +540,8 @@ for. The recipient that will receive the messages. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -594,7 +563,8 @@ get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different token, will not be delivered to that recipient. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -627,7 +597,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -654,7 +625,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -752,11 +724,55 @@ The action that must be unregistered for the recipient and for the message type TMessage. + + + Base class for all messages broadcasted by the Messenger. + You can create your own message types by extending this class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. + + The message's original sender. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. + + The message's original sender. + The message's intended target. This parameter can be used + to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course + this is only an indication, amd may be null. + + + + Gets or sets the message's sender. + + + + + Gets or sets the message's intended target. This property can be used + to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course + this is only an indication, amd may be null. + + The Messenger is a class allowing objects to exchange messages. + + + Gets the Messenger's default instance, allowing + to register and send messages in a static manner. + + Registers a recipient for a type of message TMessage. The action @@ -768,7 +784,8 @@ for. The recipient that will receive the messages. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -795,7 +812,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -815,7 +833,8 @@ get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different token, will not be delivered to that recipient. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -848,7 +867,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -975,7 +995,7 @@ can take a moment, it is only executed when the application is idle. For this reason, a user of the Messenger class should use instead of forcing one with the - method. + method. @@ -988,13 +1008,7 @@ can take a moment, it is only executed when the application is idle. For this reason, a user of the Messenger class should use instead of forcing one with the - method. - - - - - Gets the Messenger's default instance, allowing - to register and send messages in a static manner. + method. @@ -1041,68 +1055,14 @@ Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the + notify the sender that it is done. Use the method to execute the callback. - - - Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient - is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the - method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. - and - . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Executes the callback that was provided with the message with an - arbitrary number of parameters. - - A number of parameters that will - be passed to the callback method. - The object returned by the callback method. - Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. An arbitrary string that will be carried by the message. @@ -1113,7 +1073,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. An arbitrary string that will be @@ -1125,7 +1085,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used @@ -1146,7 +1106,7 @@ Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the + notify the sender that it is done. Use the method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. . @@ -1156,7 +1116,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. An arbitrary string that will be carried by the message. @@ -1167,7 +1127,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. An arbitrary string that will be @@ -1179,7 +1139,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used @@ -1240,53 +1200,72 @@ passed to recipient(s). - + - Passes a string property name (PropertyName) and a generic value - ( and ) to a recipient. - This message type can be used to propagate a PropertyChanged event to - a recipient using the messenging system. + Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient + is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to + notify the sender that it is done. Use the + method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. + and + . - The type of the OldValue and NewValue property. - + - Basis class for the class. This - class allows a recipient to register for all PropertyChangedMessages without - having to specify the type T. + Initializes a new instance of the class. + An arbitrary string that will be + carried by the message. + The callback method that can be executed + by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been + processed. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. - The name of the property that changed. + An arbitrary string that will be + carried by the message. + The callback method that can be executed + by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been + processed. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course this is only an indication, amd may be null. - The name of the property that changed. + An arbitrary string that will be + carried by the message. + The callback method that can be executed + by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been + processed. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Executes the callback that was provided with the message with an + arbitrary number of parameters. - The name of the property that changed. + A number of parameters that will + be passed to the callback method. + The object returned by the callback method. - + - Gets or sets the name of the property that changed. + Passes a string property name (PropertyName) and a generic value + ( and ) to a recipient. + This message type can be used to propagate a PropertyChanged event to + a recipient using the messenging system. + The type of the OldValue and NewValue property. - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. The property's value before the change occurred. @@ -1295,7 +1274,7 @@ - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The property's value before the change occurred. The property's value after the change occurred. @@ -1303,7 +1282,7 @@ - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used @@ -1323,11 +1302,56 @@ Gets the value that the property had before the change. + + + Basis class for the class. This + class allows a recipient to register for all PropertyChangedMessages without + having to specify the type T. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The message's sender. + The name of the property that changed. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The message's sender. + The message's intended target. This parameter can be used + to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course + this is only an indication, amd may be null. + The name of the property that changed. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the property that changed. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the property that changed. + + A base class for objects of which the properties must be observable. + + + Occurs after a property value changes. + + + + + Provides access to the PropertyChanged event handler to derived classes. + + Verifies that a property name exists in this ViewModel. This method @@ -1416,16 +1440,6 @@ false otherwise. The event is not raised if the old value is equal to the new value. - - - Occurs after a property value changes. - - - - - Provides access to the PropertyChanged event handler to derived classes. - - A base class for the ViewModel classes in the MVVM pattern. @@ -1440,11 +1454,30 @@ Initializes a new instance of the ViewModelBase class. - An instance of a + An instance of a used to broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class will attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default instance. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode + (running under Blend or Visual Studio). + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode + (running in Blend or Visual Studio). + + + + + Gets or sets an instance of a used to + broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class will + attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default instance. + + Unregisters this instance from the Messenger class. @@ -1558,25 +1591,6 @@ changed. True if the PropertyChanged event was raised, false otherwise. - - - Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode - (running under Blend or Visual Studio). - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode - (running in Blend or Visual Studio). - - - - - Gets or sets an instance of a used to - broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class will - attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default instance. - - An interface defining how dialogs should @@ -1664,6 +1678,11 @@ Windows Phone, Android, iOS etc. + + + The key corresponding to the currently displayed page. + + If possible, instructs the navigation service @@ -1694,10 +1713,5 @@ The parameter that should be passed to the new page. - - - The key corresponding to the currently displayed page. - - diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp81/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp81/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll similarity index 100% rename from packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wp81/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wp81/System.Windows.Interactivity.dll diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.XML b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.XML similarity index 99% rename from packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.XML rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.XML index ff36ba045..2185c96c6 100644 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.XML +++ b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.XML @@ -164,6 +164,11 @@ been extended with additional features. + + + This class' default instance. + + Checks whether at least one instance of a given class is already created in the container. @@ -333,7 +338,7 @@ If the type serviceType has not been registered before calling this method. - A service object of type . + A service object of type . An object that specifies the type of service object to get. @@ -451,10 +456,5 @@ The key uniquely identifying this instance. An instance corresponding to the given type and key. - - - This class' default instance. - - diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6c066eb61 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f923da0ab Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.XML b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.XML similarity index 98% rename from packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.XML rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.XML index 2a650e70d..8f73554d4 100644 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.XML +++ b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.XML @@ -9,6 +9,12 @@ Helper class for dispatcher operations on the UI thread. + + + Gets a reference to the UI thread's dispatcher, after the + method has been called on the UI thread. + + Executes an action on the UI thread. If this method is called @@ -17,7 +23,7 @@ on the UI thread's dispatcher and executed asynchronously. For additional operations on the UI thread, you can get a reference to the UI thread's dispatcher thanks to the property - . + . The action that will be executed on the UI thread. @@ -32,7 +38,7 @@ This method should be called once on the UI thread to ensure that - the property is initialized. + the property is initialized. In a Silverlight application, call this method in the Application_Startup event handler, after the MainPage is constructed. In WPF, call this method on the static App() constructor. @@ -43,12 +49,6 @@ Resets the class by deleting the - - - Gets a reference to the UI thread's dispatcher, after the - method has been called on the UI thread. - - An implementation of allowing @@ -151,6 +151,11 @@ NavigationService was not configured for this page type. + + + The key corresponding to the currently displayed page. + + If possible, discards the current page and displays the previous page @@ -190,10 +195,5 @@ in the or methods. The type of the page corresponding to the key. - - - The key corresponding to the currently displayed page. - - diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca78c6daf Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a723553aa Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pdb differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pri b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pri similarity index 100% rename from packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pri rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.pri diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.XML b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.XML similarity index 95% rename from packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.XML rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.XML index efec50646..493a621e1 100644 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.XML +++ b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.XML @@ -21,20 +21,28 @@ Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class that can always execute. - The execution logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). If the execute argument is null. Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class. - The execution logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). The execution status logic. - If the execute argument is null. + If the execute argument is null. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). + + + + Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. + - Raises the event. + Raises the event. @@ -50,11 +58,6 @@ This parameter will always be ignored. - - - Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. - - A generic command whose sole purpose is to relay its functionality to other @@ -73,20 +76,28 @@ Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class that can always execute. - The execution logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). If the execute argument is null. Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class. - The execution logic. - The execution status logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). + The execution status logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). If the execute argument is null. + + + Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. + + - Raises the event. + Raises the event. @@ -104,11 +115,6 @@ Data used by the command. If the command does not require data to be passed, this object can be set to a null reference - - - Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. - - Helper class for platform detection. @@ -132,11 +138,16 @@ - This interface is meant for the class and can be + This interface is meant for the class and can be useful if you store multiple WeakAction{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. + + + The target of the WeakAction. + + Executes an action. @@ -150,14 +161,9 @@ that this entry must be deleted. - - - The target of the WeakAction. - - - This interface is meant for the class and can be + This interface is meant for the class and can be useful if you store multiple WeakFunc{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. @@ -172,42 +178,13 @@ - Stores an without causing a hard reference + Stores an without causing a hard reference to be created to the Action's owner. The owner can be garbage collected at any time. - - - Initializes an empty instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The action that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The action's owner. - The action that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Executes the action. This only happens if the action's owner - is still alive. - - - - - Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. - - - Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakAction's + Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakAction's method passed in the constructor. @@ -220,7 +197,7 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to this WeakAction's action's target. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. @@ -228,7 +205,7 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to the target passed when constructing the WeakAction. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. @@ -237,6 +214,24 @@ Gets a value indicating whether the WeakAction is static or not. + + + Initializes an empty instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The action that will be associated to this instance. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The action's owner. + The action that will be associated to this instance. + Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected @@ -246,7 +241,7 @@ Gets the Action's owner. This object is stored as a - . + . @@ -254,6 +249,17 @@ The target of the weak reference. + + + Executes the action. This only happens if the action's owner + is still alive. + + + + + Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. + + Stores an Action without causing a hard reference @@ -261,6 +267,17 @@ The type of the Action's parameter. + + + Gets the name of the method that this WeakAction represents. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected + by the Garbage Collector already. + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakAction class. @@ -290,7 +307,7 @@ Executes the action with a parameter of type object. This parameter - will be casted to T. This method implements + will be casted to T. This method implements and can be useful if you store multiple WeakAction{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. @@ -304,17 +321,6 @@ should be deleted. - - - Gets the name of the method that this WeakAction represents. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected - by the Garbage Collector already. - - Stores a Func<T> without causing a hard reference @@ -323,39 +329,9 @@ The type of the result of the Func that will be stored by this weak reference. - - - Initializes an empty instance of the WeakFunc class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. - - The Func that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. - - The Func's owner. - The Func that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Executes the action. This only happens if the Func's owner - is still alive. - - The result of the Func stored as reference. - - - - Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. - - - Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakFunc's + Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakFunc's method passed in the constructor. @@ -373,7 +349,7 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to this WeakFunc's action's target. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. @@ -381,10 +357,28 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to the target passed when constructing the WeakFunc. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. + + + Initializes an empty instance of the WeakFunc class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. + + The Func that will be associated to this instance. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. + + The Func's owner. + The Func that will be associated to this instance. + Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected @@ -394,17 +388,29 @@ Gets the Func's owner. This object is stored as a - . + . Gets the owner of the Func that was passed as parameter. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. + + + Executes the action. This only happens if the Func's owner + is still alive. + + The result of the Func stored as reference. + + + + Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. + + Stores an Func without causing a hard reference @@ -413,6 +419,17 @@ The type of the Func's parameter. The type of the Func's return value. + + + Gets or sets the name of the method that this WeakFunc represents. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected + by the Garbage Collector already. + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. @@ -444,7 +461,7 @@ Executes the Func with a parameter of type object. This parameter - will be casted to T. This method implements + will be casted to T. This method implements and can be useful if you store multiple WeakFunc{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. @@ -459,17 +476,6 @@ should be deleted. - - - Gets or sets the name of the method that this WeakFunc represents. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected - by the Garbage Collector already. - - Defines a common interface for classes that should be cleaned up, @@ -490,44 +496,6 @@ The type of the Content property. - - - Base class for all messages broadcasted by the Messenger. - You can create your own message types by extending this class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - The message's original sender. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - The message's original sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - - - - Gets or sets the message's sender. - - - - - Gets or sets the message's intended target. This property can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - - Initializes a new instance of the GenericMessage class. @@ -572,7 +540,8 @@ for. The recipient that will receive the messages. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -594,7 +563,8 @@ get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different token, will not be delivered to that recipient. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -627,7 +597,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -654,7 +625,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -752,11 +724,55 @@ The action that must be unregistered for the recipient and for the message type TMessage. + + + Base class for all messages broadcasted by the Messenger. + You can create your own message types by extending this class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. + + The message's original sender. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. + + The message's original sender. + The message's intended target. This parameter can be used + to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course + this is only an indication, amd may be null. + + + + Gets or sets the message's sender. + + + + + Gets or sets the message's intended target. This property can be used + to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course + this is only an indication, amd may be null. + + The Messenger is a class allowing objects to exchange messages. + + + Gets the Messenger's default instance, allowing + to register and send messages in a static manner. + + Registers a recipient for a type of message TMessage. The action @@ -768,7 +784,8 @@ for. The recipient that will receive the messages. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -795,7 +812,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -815,7 +833,8 @@ get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different token, will not be delivered to that recipient. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -848,7 +867,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -975,7 +995,7 @@ can take a moment, it is only executed when the application is idle. For this reason, a user of the Messenger class should use instead of forcing one with the - method. + method. @@ -988,13 +1008,7 @@ can take a moment, it is only executed when the application is idle. For this reason, a user of the Messenger class should use instead of forcing one with the - method. - - - - - Gets the Messenger's default instance, allowing - to register and send messages in a static manner. + method. @@ -1041,68 +1055,14 @@ Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the + notify the sender that it is done. Use the method to execute the callback. - - - Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient - is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the - method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. - and - . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Executes the callback that was provided with the message with an - arbitrary number of parameters. - - A number of parameters that will - be passed to the callback method. - The object returned by the callback method. - Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. An arbitrary string that will be carried by the message. @@ -1113,7 +1073,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. An arbitrary string that will be @@ -1125,7 +1085,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used @@ -1146,7 +1106,7 @@ Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the + notify the sender that it is done. Use the method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. . @@ -1156,7 +1116,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. An arbitrary string that will be carried by the message. @@ -1167,7 +1127,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. An arbitrary string that will be @@ -1179,7 +1139,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used @@ -1240,53 +1200,72 @@ passed to recipient(s). - + - Passes a string property name (PropertyName) and a generic value - ( and ) to a recipient. - This message type can be used to propagate a PropertyChanged event to - a recipient using the messenging system. + Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient + is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to + notify the sender that it is done. Use the + method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. + and + . - The type of the OldValue and NewValue property. - + - Basis class for the class. This - class allows a recipient to register for all PropertyChangedMessages without - having to specify the type T. + Initializes a new instance of the class. + An arbitrary string that will be + carried by the message. + The callback method that can be executed + by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been + processed. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. - The name of the property that changed. + An arbitrary string that will be + carried by the message. + The callback method that can be executed + by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been + processed. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course this is only an indication, amd may be null. - The name of the property that changed. + An arbitrary string that will be + carried by the message. + The callback method that can be executed + by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been + processed. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Executes the callback that was provided with the message with an + arbitrary number of parameters. - The name of the property that changed. + A number of parameters that will + be passed to the callback method. + The object returned by the callback method. - + - Gets or sets the name of the property that changed. + Passes a string property name (PropertyName) and a generic value + ( and ) to a recipient. + This message type can be used to propagate a PropertyChanged event to + a recipient using the messenging system. + The type of the OldValue and NewValue property. - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. The property's value before the change occurred. @@ -1295,7 +1274,7 @@ - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The property's value before the change occurred. The property's value after the change occurred. @@ -1303,7 +1282,7 @@ - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used @@ -1323,11 +1302,56 @@ Gets the value that the property had before the change. + + + Basis class for the class. This + class allows a recipient to register for all PropertyChangedMessages without + having to specify the type T. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The message's sender. + The name of the property that changed. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The message's sender. + The message's intended target. This parameter can be used + to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course + this is only an indication, amd may be null. + The name of the property that changed. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the property that changed. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the property that changed. + + A base class for objects of which the properties must be observable. + + + Occurs after a property value changes. + + + + + Provides access to the PropertyChanged event handler to derived classes. + + Verifies that a property name exists in this ViewModel. This method @@ -1416,16 +1440,6 @@ false otherwise. The event is not raised if the old value is equal to the new value. - - - Occurs after a property value changes. - - - - - Provides access to the PropertyChanged event handler to derived classes. - - A base class for the ViewModel classes in the MVVM pattern. @@ -1440,11 +1454,30 @@ Initializes a new instance of the ViewModelBase class. - An instance of a + An instance of a used to broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class will attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default instance. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode + (running under Blend or Visual Studio). + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode + (running in Blend or Visual Studio). + + + + + Gets or sets an instance of a used to + broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class will + attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default instance. + + Unregisters this instance from the Messenger class. @@ -1558,25 +1591,6 @@ changed. True if the PropertyChanged event was raised, false otherwise. - - - Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode - (running under Blend or Visual Studio). - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode - (running in Blend or Visual Studio). - - - - - Gets or sets an instance of a used to - broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class will - attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default instance. - - An interface defining how dialogs should @@ -1664,6 +1678,11 @@ Windows Phone, Android, iOS etc. + + + The key corresponding to the currently displayed page. + + If possible, instructs the navigation service @@ -1694,10 +1713,5 @@ The parameter that should be passed to the new page. - - - The key corresponding to the currently displayed page. - - diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bd86937e9 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..222921c70 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/wpa81/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.XML b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.XML similarity index 99% rename from packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.XML rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.XML index ff36ba045..2185c96c6 100644 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.XML +++ b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.XML @@ -164,6 +164,11 @@ been extended with additional features. + + + This class' default instance. + + Checks whether at least one instance of a given class is already created in the container. @@ -333,7 +338,7 @@ If the type serviceType has not been registered before calling this method. - A service object of type . + A service object of type . An object that specifies the type of service object to get. @@ -451,10 +456,5 @@ The key uniquely identifying this instance. An instance corresponding to the given type and key. - - - This class' default instance. - - diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6c066eb61 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.dll differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f923da0ab Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Extras.pdb differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.XML b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.XML similarity index 54% rename from packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.XML rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.XML index 443487661..0af8f8e51 100644 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.XML +++ b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.XML @@ -19,6 +19,25 @@ The target at the "top" of the property chain. + + + The mode of the binding. OneTime means that the target property will be set once (when the binding is + created) but that subsequent changes will be ignored. OneWay means that the target property will be set, and + if the PropertyChanged event is raised by the source, the target property will be updated. TwoWay means that the source + property will also be updated if the target raises the PropertyChanged event. Default means OneWay if only the source + implements INPC, and TwoWay if both the source and the target implement INPC. + + + + + Gets the source object for the binding. + + + + + Gets the target object for the binding. + + Instructs the Binding instance to stop listening to value changes and to @@ -42,25 +61,6 @@ Occurs when the value of the databound property changes. - - - The mode of the binding. OneTime means that the target property will be set once (when the binding is - created) but that subsequent changes will be ignored. OneWay means that the target property will be set, and - if the PropertyChanged event is raised by the source, the target property will be updated. TwoWay means that the source - property will also be updated if the target raises the PropertyChanged event. Default means OneWay if only the source - implements INPC, and TwoWay if both the source and the target implement INPC. - - - - - Gets the source object for the binding. - - - - - Gets the target object for the binding. - - Creates a binding between two properties. If the source implements INotifyPropertyChanged, the source property raises the PropertyChanged event @@ -74,7 +74,23 @@ simple types can be converted. For more complex conversions, use the and methods to define custom converters. - + + + Gets or sets the value to use when the binding is unable to return a value. This can happen if one of the + items on the Path (except the source property itself) is null, or if the Converter throws an exception. + + + + + Gets of sets the value used when the source property is null (or equals to default(TSource)). + + + + + Gets the current value of the binding. + + + Initializes a new instance of the Binding class for which the source and target properties are located in different objects. @@ -90,8 +106,12 @@ if the PropertyChanged event is raised by the source, the target property will be updated. TwoWay means that the source property will also be updated if the target raises the PropertyChanged event. Default means OneWay if only the source implements INPC, and TwoWay if both the source and the target implement INPC. + Tthe value to use when the binding is unable to return a value. This can happen if one of the + items on the Path (except the source property itself) is null, or if the Converter throws an exception. + The value to use when the binding is unable to return a value. This can happen if one of the + items on the Path (except the source property itself) is null, or if the Converter throws an exception. - + Initializes a new instance of the Binding class for which the source and target properties are located in different objects. @@ -109,6 +129,10 @@ if the PropertyChanged event is raised by the source, the target property will be updated. TwoWay means that the source property will also be updated if the target raises the PropertyChanged event. Default means OneWay if only the source implements INPC, and TwoWay if both the source and the target implement INPC. + Tthe value to use when the binding is unable to return a value. This can happen if one of the + items on the Path (except the source property itself) is null, or if the Converter throws an exception. + The value to use when the binding is unable to return a value. This can happen if one of the + items on the Path (except the source property itself) is null, or if the Converter throws an exception. @@ -118,7 +142,9 @@ values). A func that will be called with the source - property's value, and will return the target property's value. + property's value, and will return the target property's value. + IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). The Binding instance. @@ -129,7 +155,9 @@ values). A func that will be called with the source - property's value, and will return the target property's value. + property's value, and will return the target property's value. + IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). The Binding instance. This method is inactive on OneTime or OneWay bindings. @@ -151,7 +179,7 @@ be set to the target value. - + Define when the binding should be evaluated when the bound source object is a control. Because Xamarin controls are not DependencyObjects, the @@ -170,45 +198,50 @@ When the requested event does not exist on the source control. - + - Define that the binding should be evaluated when the bound control's source property changes. - Because Xamarin controls are not DependencyObjects, the + Define when the binding should be evaluated when the bound source object + is a control. Because Xamarin controls are not DependencyObjects, the bound property will not automatically update the binding attached to it. Instead, - use this method to specify that the binding must be updated when the property changes. + use this method to define which of the control's events should be observed. - At this point, this method is inactive on iOS. Use - instead. + Use this method when the event requires a specific EventArgs type + instead of the standard EventHandler. + The type of the EventArgs used by this control's event. + The name of the event that should be observed + to update the binding's value. The Binding instance. When this method is called on a OneTime binding. Such bindings cannot be updated. This exception can also be thrown when the source object is null or has already been garbage collected before this method is called. + When the eventName parameter is null + or is an empty string. + When the requested event does not exist on the + source control. - + - Define when the binding should be evaluated when the bound source object + Define when the binding should be evaluated when the bound target object is a control. Because Xamarin controls are not DependencyObjects, the bound property will not automatically update the binding attached to it. Instead, use this method to define which of the control's events should be observed. - Defines the binding's update mode. Use - to update the binding when - the source control loses the focus. You can also use - to update the binding - when the source control's property changes. - NOTE: At this time the PropertyChanged mode is inactive on iOS. Use - instead. - + The name of the event that should be observed + to update the binding's value. The Binding instance. When this method is called - on a OneTime binding. Such bindings cannot be updated. This exception can + on a OneTime or a OneWay binding. This exception can also be thrown when the source object is null or has already been garbage collected before this method is called. + When the eventName parameter is null + or is an empty string. + When the requested event does not exist on the + target control. - + - Define when the binding should be evaluated when the bound source object + Define when the binding should be evaluated when the bound target object is a control. Because Xamarin controls are not DependencyObjects, the bound property will not automatically update the binding attached to it. Instead, use this method to define which of the control's events should be observed. @@ -220,49 +253,76 @@ to update the binding's value. The Binding instance. When this method is called - on a OneTime binding. Such bindings cannot be updated. This exception can - also be thrown when the source object is null or has already been + on a OneTime or OneWay binding. This exception can + also be thrown when the target object is null or has already been garbage collected before this method is called. When the eventName parameter is null or is an empty string. When the requested event does not exist on the - source control. + target control. - + - Define that the binding should be evaluated when the bound control's target property changes. - Because Xamarin controls are not DependencyObjects, the + Defines an action that will be executed every time that the binding value + changes. + + The action that will be executed when the binding changes. + IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). + The Binding instance. + When WhenSourceChanges is called on + a binding which already has a target property set. + + + + Occurs when the value of the databound property changes. + + + + + Gets a reference to the instance that this listener listens to. + + + + + Define when the binding should be evaluated when the bound source object + is a control. Because Xamarin controls are not DependencyObjects, the bound property will not automatically update the binding attached to it. Instead, - use this method to specify that the binding must be updated when the property changes. + use this method to define which of the control's events should be observed. - At this point, this method is inactive on iOS. Use - instead. + The name of the event that should be observed + to update the binding's value. The Binding instance. When this method is called - on a OneTime or a OneWay binding. This exception can - also be thrown when the target object is null or has already been + on a OneTime binding. Such bindings cannot be updated. This exception can + also be thrown when the source object is null or has already been garbage collected before this method is called. + When the eventName parameter is null + or is an empty string. + When the requested event does not exist on the + source control. - + - Define when the binding should be evaluated when the bound target object + Define when the binding should be evaluated when the bound source object is a control. Because Xamarin controls are not DependencyObjects, the bound property will not automatically update the binding attached to it. Instead, use this method to define which of the control's events should be observed. - Defines the binding's update mode. Use - to update the binding when - the source control loses the focus. You can also use - to update the binding - when the source control's property changes. - NOTE: At this time the PropertyChanged mode is inactive on iOS. Use - instead. - + Use this method when the event requires a specific EventArgs type + instead of the standard EventHandler. + The type of the EventArgs used by this control's event. + The name of the event that should be observed + to update the binding's value. The Binding instance. When this method is called - on a OneTime or a OneWay binding. This exception can + on a OneTime binding. Such bindings cannot be updated. This exception can also be thrown when the source object is null or has already been garbage collected before this method is called. + When the eventName parameter is null + or is an empty string. + When the requested event does not exist on the + source control. @@ -305,59 +365,164 @@ When the requested event does not exist on the target control. - + - Defines an action that will be executed every time that the binding value - changes. + Define that the binding should be evaluated when the bound control's source property changes. + Because Xamarin controls are not DependencyObjects, the + bound property will not automatically update the binding attached to it. Instead, + use this method to specify that the binding must be updated when the property changes. - The action that will be executed when the binding changes. + At this point, this method is inactive on iOS. Use + instead. The Binding instance. - When WhenSourceChanges is called on - a binding which already has a target property set. - - - - Occurs when the value of the databound property changes. - - - - - Gets the current value of the binding. - + When this method is called + on a OneTime binding. Such bindings cannot be updated. This exception can + also be thrown when the source object is null or has already been + garbage collected before this method is called. - + - Provides event listening support for classes that expect to receive events - through the WeakEvent pattern and a WeakEventManager. + Define when the binding should be evaluated when the bound source object + is a control. Because Xamarin controls are not DependencyObjects, the + bound property will not automatically update the binding attached to it. Instead, + use this method to define which of the control's events should be observed. + Defines the binding's update mode. Use + to update the binding when + the source control loses the focus. You can also use + to update the binding + when the source control's property changes. + NOTE: At this time the PropertyChanged mode is inactive on iOS. Use + instead. + + The Binding instance. + When this method is called + on a OneTime binding. Such bindings cannot be updated. This exception can + also be thrown when the source object is null or has already been + garbage collected before this method is called. - + - Receives events from the centralized event manager. + Define that the binding should be evaluated when the bound control's target property changes. + Because Xamarin controls are not DependencyObjects, the + bound property will not automatically update the binding attached to it. Instead, + use this method to specify that the binding must be updated when the property changes. - The type of the WeakEventManager calling this method. - Object that originated the event. - Event data. - true if the listener handled the event. It is considered an error by the - WeakEventManager handling in WPF to register a listener for an event that the - listener does not handle. Regardless, the method should return false if it receives - an event that it does not recognize or handle. - + At this point, this method is inactive on iOS. Use + instead. + The Binding instance. + When this method is called + on a OneTime or a OneWay binding. This exception can + also be thrown when the target object is null or has already been + garbage collected before this method is called. - + - The mode of the . + Define when the binding should be evaluated when the bound target object + is a control. Because Xamarin controls are not DependencyObjects, the + bound property will not automatically update the binding attached to it. Instead, + use this method to define which of the control's events should be observed. + Defines the binding's update mode. Use + to update the binding when + the source control loses the focus. You can also use + to update the binding + when the source control's property changes. + NOTE: At this time the PropertyChanged mode is inactive on iOS. Use + instead. + + The Binding instance. + When this method is called + on a OneTime or a OneWay binding. This exception can + also be thrown when the source object is null or has already been + garbage collected before this method is called. - + - A default binding is a one way binding. + Define that the binding should be evaluated when the bound control's source property changes. + Because Xamarin controls are not DependencyObjects, the + bound property will not automatically update the binding attached to it. Instead, + use this method to specify that the binding must be updated when the property changes. + At this point, this method is inactive on iOS. Use + instead. + The Binding instance. + When this method is called + on a OneTime binding. Such bindings cannot be updated. This exception can + also be thrown when the source object is null or has already been + garbage collected before this method is called. - + - A one time binding. The binding's value will be set when the - binding is created but subsequent changes will be ignored/ + Define when the binding should be evaluated when the bound source object + is a control. Because Xamarin controls are not DependencyObjects, the + bound property will not automatically update the binding attached to it. Instead, + use this method to define which of the control's events should be observed. + + Defines the binding's update mode. Use + to update the binding when + the source control loses the focus. You can also use + to update the binding + when the source control's property changes. + NOTE: At this time the PropertyChanged mode is inactive on iOS. Use + instead. + + The Binding instance. + When this method is called + on a OneTime binding. Such bindings cannot be updated. This exception can + also be thrown when the source object is null or has already been + garbage collected before this method is called. + + + + Define that the binding should be evaluated when the bound control's target property changes. + Because Xamarin controls are not DependencyObjects, the + bound property will not automatically update the binding attached to it. Instead, + use this method to specify that the binding must be updated when the property changes. + + At this point, this method is inactive on iOS. Use + instead. + The Binding instance. + When this method is called + on a OneTime or a OneWay binding. This exception can + also be thrown when the target object is null or has already been + garbage collected before this method is called. + + + + Define when the binding should be evaluated when the bound target object + is a control. Because Xamarin controls are not DependencyObjects, the + bound property will not automatically update the binding attached to it. Instead, + use this method to define which of the control's events should be observed. + + Defines the binding's update mode. Use + to update the binding when + the source control loses the focus. You can also use + to update the binding + when the source control's property changes. + NOTE: At this time the PropertyChanged mode is inactive on iOS. Use + instead. + + The Binding instance. + When this method is called + on a OneTime or a OneWay binding. This exception can + also be thrown when the source object is null or has already been + garbage collected before this method is called. + + + + The mode of the . + + + + + A default binding is a one way binding. + + + + + A one time binding. The binding's value will be set when the + binding is created but subsequent changes will be ignored/ @@ -379,7 +544,7 @@ Android and iOS elements. - + Sets a data binding between two properties. If the source implements INotifyPropertyChanged, the source property raises the PropertyChanged event and the BindingMode is OneWay or TwoWay, the target property will be synchronized with the source property. If @@ -397,38 +562,46 @@ The target of the binding. If this object implements INotifyPropertyChanged and the BindingMode is TwoWay, the source will be notified of changes to the source property. An expression pointing to the target property. It can be - a simple expression "() => [target].MyProperty" or a composed expression "() => [target].SomeObject.SomeOtherObject.SomeProperty". + a simple expression "() => [target].MyProperty" or a composed expression "() => [target].SomeObject.SomeOtherObject.SomeProperty". The source of the binding. If this object implements INotifyPropertyChanged and the BindingMode is OneWay or TwoWay, the target will be notified of changes to the target property. An expression pointing to the source property. It can be - a simple expression "() => [source].MyProperty" or a composed expression "() => [source].SomeObject.SomeOtherObject.SomeProperty". + a simple expression "() => [source].MyProperty" or a composed expression "() => [source].SomeObject.SomeOtherObject.SomeProperty". The mode of the binding. OneTime means that the target property will be set once (when the binding is created) but that subsequent changes will be ignored. OneWay means that the target property will be set, and if the PropertyChanged event is raised by the source, the target property will be updated. TwoWay means that the source property will also be updated if the target raises the PropertyChanged event. Default means OneWay if only the source implements INPC, and TwoWay if both the source and the target implement INPC. + The value to use when the binding is unable to return a value. This can happen if one of the + items on the Path (except the source property itself) is null, or if the Converter throws an exception. + The value used when the source property is null (or equals to default(TSource)). The new Binding instance. - + Creates a with a source property but without a target. - This type of bindings is useful for the - and methods, to use as CommandParameter + This type of bindings is useful for the , + , + + and methods, to use as CommandParameter binding. The source of the binding. If this object implements INotifyPropertyChanged and the BindingMode is OneWay or TwoWay, the target will be notified of changes to the target property. An expression pointing to the source property. It can be - a simple expression "() => [source].MyProperty" or a composed expression "() => [source].SomeObject.SomeOtherObject.SomeProperty". + a simple expression "() => [source].MyProperty" or a composed expression "() => [source].SomeObject.SomeOtherObject.SomeProperty". The mode of the binding. OneTime means that the target property will be set once (when the binding is created) but that subsequent changes will be ignored. OneWay means that the target property will be set, and if the PropertyChanged event is raised by the source, the target property will be updated. TwoWay means that the source property will also be updated if the target raises the PropertyChanged event. Default means OneWay if only the source implements INPC, and TwoWay if both the source and the target implement INPC. + The value to use when the binding is unable to return a value. This can happen if one of the + items on the Path (except the source property itself) is null, or if the Converter throws an exception. + The value used when the source property is null (or equals to default(TSource)). The type of the bound property. The created binding instance. - + Sets a data binding between two properties of the same object. If the source implements INotifyPropertyChanged, has observable properties and the BindingMode is OneWay or TwoWay, the target property will be notified of changes to the source property. If @@ -441,19 +614,22 @@ simple types can be converted. For more complex conversions, use the and methods to define custom converters. An expression pointing to the target property. It can be - a simple expression "() => [target].MyProperty" or a composed expression "() => [target].SomeObject.SomeOtherObject.SomeProperty". + a simple expression "() => [target].MyProperty" or a composed expression "() => [target].SomeObject.SomeOtherObject.SomeProperty". The source of the binding. If this object implements INotifyPropertyChanged and the BindingMode is OneWay or TwoWay, the target will be notified of changes to the target property. An expression pointing to the source property. It can be - a simple expression "() => [source].MyProperty" or a composed expression "() => [source].SomeObject.SomeOtherObject.SomeProperty". + a simple expression "() => [source].MyProperty" or a composed expression "() => [source].SomeObject.SomeOtherObject.SomeProperty". The mode of the binding. OneTime means that the target property will be set once (when the binding is created) but that subsequent changes will be ignored. OneWay means that the target property will be set, and if the PropertyChanged event is raised by the source, the target property will be updated. TwoWay means that the source property will also be updated if the target raises the PropertyChanged event. Default means OneWay if only the source implements INPC, and TwoWay if both the source and the target implement INPC. + The value to use when the binding is unable to return a value. This can happen if one of the + items on the Path (except the source property itself) is null, or if the Converter throws an exception. + The value used when the source property is null (or equals to default(TSource)). The new Binding instance. - + Sets a data binding between two properties. If the source implements INotifyPropertyChanged, the source property raises the PropertyChanged event and the BindingMode is OneWay or TwoWay, the target property will be synchronized with the source property. If @@ -476,9 +652,12 @@ if the PropertyChanged event is raised by the source, the target property will be updated. TwoWay means that the source property will also be updated if the target raises the PropertyChanged event. Default means OneWay if only the source implements INPC, and TwoWay if both the source and the target implement INPC. + The value to use when the binding is unable to return a value. This can happen if one of the + items on the Path (except the source property itself) is null, or if the Converter throws an exception. + The value used when the source property is null (or equals to default(TSource)). The new Binding instance. - + Sets a data binding between two properties of the same object. If the source implements INotifyPropertyChanged, has observable properties and the BindingMode is OneWay or TwoWay, the target property will be notified of changes to the source property. If @@ -499,161 +678,341 @@ if the PropertyChanged event is raised by the source, the target property will be updated. TwoWay means that the source property will also be updated if the target raises the PropertyChanged event. Default means OneWay if only the source implements INPC, and TwoWay if both the source and the target implement INPC. + The value to use when the binding is unable to return a value. This can happen if one of the + items on the Path (except the source property itself) is null, or if the Converter throws an exception. + The value used when the source property is null (or equals to default(TSource)). The new Binding instance. + + + Sets a generic RelayCommand to an object and actuates the command when a specific event is raised. This method + can only be used when the event uses a standard EventHandler. + + The type of the CommandParameter that will be passed to the RelayCommand. + The element to which the command is added. + The name of the event that will be subscribed to to actuate the command. + The command that must be added to the element. + A Binding instance subscribed to + the CommandParameter that will passed to the RelayCommand. Depending on the Binding, the CommandParameter + will be observed and changes will be passed to the command, for example to update the CanExecute. + - Sets a generic RelayCommand to an object and actuate the command when a specific event is raised. This method + Sets a generic RelayCommand to an object and actuates the command when a specific event is raised. This method should be used when the event uses an EventHandler<TEventArgs>. The type of the CommandParameter that will be passed to the RelayCommand. The type of the event's arguments. The element to which the command is added. - The name of the event that will be subscribed to to actuate the command. The command that must be added to the element. + The name of the event that will be subscribed to to actuate the command. A Binding instance subscribed to the CommandParameter that will passed to the RelayCommand. Depending on the Binding, the CommandParameter will be observed and changes will be passed to the command, for example to update the CanExecute. - + + + Sets a non-generic RelayCommand to an object and actuates the command when a specific event is raised. This method + can only be used when the event uses a standard EventHandler. + + The element to which the command is added. + The name of the event that will be subscribed to to actuate the command. + The command that must be added to the element. + + + + Sets a non-generic RelayCommand to an object and actuates the command when a specific event is raised. This method + should be used when the event uses an EventHandler<TEventArgs>. + + The type of the event's arguments. + The element to which the command is added. + The name of the event that will be subscribed to to actuate the command. + The command that must be added to the element. + + - Sets a generic RelayCommand to an object and actuate the command when a specific event is raised. This method + Sets a generic RelayCommand to an object and actuates the command when a specific event is raised. This method can only be used when the event uses a standard EventHandler. The type of the CommandParameter that will be passed to the RelayCommand. The element to which the command is added. + The command that must be added to the element. + The name of the event that will be subscribed to to actuate the command. + The command parameter that will be passed to the RelayCommand when it + is executed. This is a fixed value. To pass an observable value, use one of the SetCommand + overloads that uses a Binding as CommandParameter. + + + + Sets a generic RelayCommand to an object and actuates the command when a specific event is raised. This method + should be used when the event uses an EventHandler<TEventArgs>. + + The type of the CommandParameter that will be passed to the RelayCommand. + The type of the event's arguments. + The element to which the command is added. + The command that must be added to the element. The name of the event that will be subscribed to to actuate the command. + The command parameter that will be passed to the RelayCommand when it + is executed. This is a fixed value. To pass an observable value, use one of the SetCommand + overloads that uses a Binding as CommandParameter. + + + + Sets a generic RelayCommand to an object and actuates the command when a specific event is raised. This method + can only be used when the event uses a standard EventHandler. + This method does not specify the observed event explicitly. The following events are used: + - For UIBarButtonItem: Clicked. + - For UIButton: TouchUpInside. + - At the moment, no other controls are supported. For other controls, use another SetCommand overload + and specify the eventName parameter explicitly. + + The type of the CommandParameter that will be passed to the RelayCommand. + The element to which the command is added. The command that must be added to the element. A Binding instance subscribed to the CommandParameter that will passed to the RelayCommand. Depending on the Binding, the CommandParameter will be observed and changes will be passed to the command, for example to update the CanExecute. - + - Sets a non-generic RelayCommand to an object and actuate the command when a specific event is raised. This method + Sets a generic RelayCommand to an object and actuates the command when a specific event is raised. This method + should be used when the event uses an EventHandler<TEventArgs>. + This method does not specify the observed event explicitly. The following events are used: + - For UIBarButtonItem: Clicked. + - For UIButton: TouchUpInside. + - At the moment, no other controls are supported. For other controls, use another SetCommand overload + and specify the eventName parameter explicitly. + + The type of the CommandParameter that will be passed to the RelayCommand. + The type of the event's arguments. + The element to which the command is added. + The command that must be added to the element. + A Binding instance subscribed to + the CommandParameter that will passed to the RelayCommand. Depending on the Binding, the CommandParameter + will be observed and changes will be passed to the command, for example to update the CanExecute. + + + + Sets an ICommand to an object and actuates the command when a specific event is raised. This method can only be used when the event uses a standard EventHandler. + This method does not specify the observed event explicitly. The following events are used: + - For UIBarButtonItem: Clicked. + - For UIButton: TouchUpInside. + - At the moment, no other controls are supported. For other controls, use another SetCommand overload + and specify the eventName parameter explicitly. The element to which the command is added. - The name of the event that will be subscribed to to actuate the command. The command that must be added to the element. - + - Creates a new for a given . + Sets an ICommand to an object and actuates the command when a specific event is raised. This method + should be used when the event uses an EventHandler<TEventArgs>. + This method does not specify the observed event explicitly. The following events are used: + - For UIBarButtonItem: Clicked. + - For UIButton: TouchUpInside. + - At the moment, no other controls are supported. For other controls, use another SetCommand overload + and specify the eventName parameter explicitly. - The type of the items contained in the collection. - The collection that the adapter will be created for. - A delegate to a method creating or reusing a . - The cell will then be passed to the bindCellDelegate - delegate to set the elements' properties. - A delegate to a method taking a - and setting its elements' properties according to the item - passed as second parameter. - The cell must be created first in the createCellDelegate - delegate. - A controller adapted to the collection passed in parameter. + The type of the event's arguments. + The element to which the command is added. + The command that must be added to the element. - + - Creates a new for a given . + Sets a generic RelayCommand to an object and actuates the command when a specific event is raised. This method + can only be used when the event uses a standard EventHandler. + This method does not specify the observed event explicitly. The following events are used: + - For UIBarButtonItem: Clicked. + - For UIButton: TouchUpInside. + - At the moment, no other controls are supported. For other controls, use another SetCommand overload + and specify the eventName parameter explicitly. - The type of the items contained in the list. - The list that the adapter will be created for. - A delegate to a method creating or reusing a . - The cell will then be passed to the bindCellDelegate - delegate to set the elements' properties. - A delegate to a method taking a - and setting its elements' properties according to the item - passed as second parameter. - The cell must be created first in the createCellDelegate - delegate. - A controller adapted to the collection passed in parameter. + The type of the CommandParameter that will be passed to the RelayCommand. + The element to which the command is added. + The command that must be added to the element. + The command parameter that will be passed to the RelayCommand when it + is executed. This is a fixed value. To pass an observable value, use one of the SetCommand + overloads that uses a Binding as CommandParameter. - + - Provides an implementation so that you can use the - "weak event listener" pattern to attach listeners - for the event. + Sets a generic RelayCommand to an object and actuates the command when a specific event is raised. This method + should be used when the event uses an EventHandler<TEventArgs>. + This method does not specify the observed event explicitly. The following events are used: + - For UIBarButtonItem: Clicked. + - For UIButton: TouchUpInside. + - At the moment, no other controls are supported. For other controls, use another SetCommand overload + and specify the eventName parameter explicitly. + The type of the CommandParameter that will be passed to the RelayCommand. + The type of the event's arguments. + The element to which the command is added. + The command that must be added to the element. + The command parameter that will be passed to the RelayCommand when it + is executed. This is a fixed value. To pass an observable value, use one of the SetCommand + overloads that uses a Binding as CommandParameter. - + - Adds the specified listener to the list of listeners on the specified source. + Defines how a is updated by a source control. - The object with the event. - The object to add as a listener. - The name of the property that exists on - source upon which to listen for changes. - + - Removes the specified listener from the list of listeners on the - specified source. + Defines that the binding should be updated when the control + loses the focus. - The object to remove as a listener. - + - Begin listening for the event on - the provided source. + Defines that the binding should be updated when the control's + bound property changes. - The object on which to start listening - for . - + - Stop listening for the event on the - provided source. + Defines extension methods for iOS only. - The object on which to start listening for - . - + - The method that handles the event. + Creates a new for a given . + Note that if the IList doesn't implement INotifyCollectionChanged, the associated UICollectionView won't be + updated when the IList changes. - The source of the event. - A that - contains the event data. + The type of the items in the IList. + The type of cells in the CollectionView associated to this ObservableCollectionViewSource. + The IList that should be represented in the associated UICollectionView + A delegate to a method taking a + and setting its elements' properties according to the item passed as second parameter. + A delegate to a method returning a + and used to set supplementary views on the UICollectionView. + An ID used for optimization and cell reuse. + An optional delegate returning an instance of a class deriving from + . This can be used if you need to implement + specific features in addition to the built-in features of ObservableCollectionViewSource. + The new instance of ObservableCollectionViewSource. - + - Private method to add the specified listener to the list of listeners - on the specified source. + Creates a new for a given . + The associated UICollectionView will be updated when the ObservableCollection changes. - The object with the event. - The object to add as a listener. - The name of the property that exists - on source upon which to listen for changes. + The type of the items in the IList. + The type of cells in the CollectionView associated to this ObservableCollectionViewSource. + The ObservableCollection that should be represented in the associated UICollectionView + A delegate to a method taking a + and setting its elements' properties according to the item passed as second parameter. + A delegate to a method returing a + and used to set supplementary views on the UICollectionView. + An ID used for optimization and cell reuse. + An optional delegate returning an instance of a class deriving from + . This can be used if you need to implement + specific features in addition to the built-in features of ObservableCollectionViewSource. + The new instance of ObservableCollectionViewSource. - + - Private method to remove the specified listener from the list of listeners - on the specified source. + Creates a new for a given . - The object to remove as a listener. + The type of the items contained in the collection. + The collection that the adapter will be created for. + A delegate to a method creating or reusing a . + The cell will then be passed to the bindCellDelegate delegate to set the elements' properties. + If you use a reuseId, you can pass null for the createCellDelegate. + A delegate to a method taking a + and setting its elements' properties according to the item passed as second parameter. + The cell must be created first in the createCellDelegate delegate, unless a + reuseId is passed to the method. + A reuse identifier for the TableView's cells. + A controller adapted to the collection passed in parameter. - + - Get the current instance of + Creates a new for a given . + The type of the items contained in the list. + The list that the adapter will be created for. + A delegate to a method creating or reusing a . + The cell will then be passed to the bindCellDelegate delegate to set the elements' properties. + If you use a reuseId, you can pass null for the createCellDelegate. + A delegate to a method taking a + and setting its elements' properties according to the item passed as second parameter. + The cell must be created first in the createCellDelegate delegate, unless a reuseId is + passed to the method. + A reuse identifier for the TableView's cells. + A controller adapted to the collection passed in parameter. - + - Defines how a is updated by a source control. + Creates a new for a given . + Note that if the IList doesn't implement INotifyCollectionChanged, the associated UITableView won't be + updated when the IList changes. + The type of the items in the IList. + The IList that should be represented in the associated UITableView + A delegate to a method taking a + and setting its elements' properties according to the item passed as second parameter. + An ID used for optimization and cell reuse. + An optional delegate returning an instance of a class deriving from + . This can be used if you need to implement + specific features in addition to the built-in features of ObservableTableViewSource. + The new instance of ObservableTableViewSource. - + - Defines that the binding should be updated when the control - loses the focus. + Creates a new for a given . + The associated UITableView will be updated when the ObservableCollection changes. + The type of the items in the IList. + The ObservableCollection that should be represented in the associated UITableView + A delegate to a method taking a + and setting its elements' properties according to the item passed as second parameter. + An ID used for optimization and cell reuse. + An optional delegate returning an instance of a class deriving from + . This can be used if you need to implement + specific features in addition to the built-in features of ObservableTableViewSource. + The new instance of ObservableTableViewSource. - + - Defines that the binding should be updated when the control's - bound property changes. + Creates a new for a given . + Note that if the IList doesn't implement INotifyCollectionChanged, the associated UITableView won't be + updated when the IList changes. + + The type of the items in the IList. + The IList that should be represented in the associated UITableView + A delegate to a method creating or reusing a . + The cell will then be passed to the bindCellDelegate delegate to set the elements' properties. + Use this method only if you don't want to register with the UITableView.RegisterClassForCellReuse method + for cell reuse. + A delegate to a method taking a + and setting its elements' properties according to the item passed as second parameter. + An ID used for optimization and cell reuse. + An optional delegate returning an instance of a class deriving from + . This can be used if you need to implement + specific features in addition to the built-in features of ObservableTableViewSource. + The new instance of ObservableTableViewSource. + + + + Creates a new for a given . + The associated UITableView will be updated when the ObservableCollection changes. + The type of the items in the IList. + The ObservableCollection that should be represented in the associated UITableView + A delegate to a method taking a + and setting its elements' properties according to the item passed as second parameter. + A delegate to a method creating or reusing a . + The cell will then be passed to the bindCellDelegate delegate to set the elements' properties. + Use this method only if you don't want to register with the UITableView.RegisterClassForCellReuse method + for cell reuse. + An ID used for optimization and cell reuse. + An optional delegate returning an instance of a class deriving from + . This can be used if you need to implement + specific features in addition to the built-in features of ObservableTableViewSource. + The new instance of ObservableTableViewSource. @@ -671,7 +1030,86 @@ - The property's name. + The property's name. + + + + + When set, specifies which animation should be used when rows change. + + + + + A delegate to a method taking a + and setting its elements' properties according to the item + passed as second parameter. + The cell must be created first in the + delegate. + + + + + A delegate to a method creating or reusing a . + The cell will then be passed to the + delegate to set the elements' properties. + + + + + The data source of this list controller. + + + + + When set, specifieds which animation should be used when a row is deleted. + + + + + When set, returns the height of the view that will be used for the TableView's footer. + + + + + + When set, returns the height of the view that will be used for the TableView's header. + + + + + + When set, returns a view that can be used as the TableView's footer. + + + + + + When set, returns a view that can be used as the TableView's header. + + + + + + A reuse identifier for the TableView's cells. + + + + + Gets the TableView's selected item. + Changes to that property's value raise the PropertyChanged event. + + + + + The source of the TableView. + + + + + Overrides . + Sets or gets the controllers TableView. If you use a TableView + placed in the UI manually, use this property's setter to assign + your TableView to this controller. @@ -727,125 +1165,359 @@ The name of the property that changed. + + + Occurs when a property of this instance changes. + + Occurs when a new item gets selected in the list. - + - When set, specifies which animation should be used when rows change. + A that handles changes to the underlying + data source if this data source is an . + The type of the items that the data source contains. + In the current implementation, only one section is supported. - + - A delegate to a method taking a + A reuse identifier for the TableView's cells. + + + + + Initializes an instance of this class. + + The controller associated to this instance. + + + + Attempts to dequeue or create a cell for the list. + + The TableView that is the cell's parent. + The NSIndexPath for the cell. + The created or recycled cell. + + + + When called, checks if the ObservableTableViewController{T}.GetHeightForFooter + delegate has been set. If yes, calls that delegate to get the TableView's footer height. + + The active TableView. + The section index. + The footer's height. + In the current implementation, only one section is supported. + + + + When called, checks if the ObservableTableViewController{T}.GetHeightForHeader + delegate has been set. If yes, calls that delegate to get the TableView's header height. + + The active TableView. + The section index. + The header's height. + In the current implementation, only one section is supported. + + + + When called, checks if the ObservableTableViewController{T}.GetViewForFooter + delegate has been set. If yes, calls that delegate to get the TableView's footer. + + The active TableView. + The section index. + The UIView that should appear as the section's footer. + In the current implementation, only one section is supported. + + + + When called, checks if the ObservableTableViewController{T}.GetViewForHeader + delegate has been set. If yes, calls that delegate to get the TableView's header. + + The active TableView. + The section index. + The UIView that should appear as the section's header. + In the current implementation, only one section is supported. + + + + Overrides the method. + + The active TableView. + The number of sections of the UITableView. + In the current implementation, only one section is supported. + + + + Overrides the method + and notifies the associated + that a row has been selected, so that the corresponding events can be raised. + + The active TableView. + The row's NSIndexPath. + + + + Overrides the method + and returns the number of rows in the associated data source. + + The active TableView. + The active section. + The number of rows in the data source. + In the current implementation, only one section is supported. + + + + A that automatically updates the associated when its + data source changes. Note that the changes are only observed if the data source + implements . + + The type of the items in the data source. + The type of the used in the CollectionView. + This can either be UICollectionViewCell or a derived type. + + + + The property's name. + + + + + A delegate to a method taking a and setting its elements' properties according to the item passed as second parameter. - The cell must be created first in the - delegate. - + - A delegate to a method creating or reusing a . - The cell will then be passed to the - delegate to set the elements' properties. + The data source of this list controller. - + - The data source of this list controller. + A delegate to a method returning a + and used to set supplementary views on the UICollectionView. - + - When set, specifieds which animation should be used when a row is deleted. + A reuse identifier for the UICollectionView's cells. - + - When set, returns the height of the view that will be used for the TableView's footer. + Gets the UICollectionView's selected item. You can use one-way databinding on this property. - - + - When set, returns the height of the view that will be used for the TableView's header. + Creates and initializes a new instance of - - + - When set, returns a view that can be used as the TableView's footer. + Overrides the method. + Creates and returns a cell for the UICollectionView. Where needed, this method will + optimize the reuse of cells for a better performance. - + The UICollectionView associated to this source. + The NSIndexPath pointing to the item for which the cell must be returned. + The created and initialised . - + - When set, returns a view that can be used as the TableView's header. + Gets the item selected by the NSIndexPath passed as parameter. - + The NSIndexPath pointing to the desired item. + The item selected by the NSIndexPath passed as parameter. - + - Gets the TableView's selected item. - Changes to that property's value raise the PropertyChanged event. + Overrides the method. + Gets the number of items in the data source. + The UICollectionView associated to this source. + The section for which the count is needed. In the current + implementation, only one section is supported. + The number of items in the data source. - + + + Overrides the method. + When called, checks if the + delegate has been set. If yes, calls that delegate to get a supplementary view for the UICollectionView. + + The UICollectionView associated to this source. + The kind of supplementary element. + The NSIndexPath pointing to the element. + A supplementary view for the UICollectionView. + + + + Overrides the method. + Called when an item is deselected in the UICollectionView. + If you subclass ObservableCollectionViewSource, you may override this method + but you may NOT call base.ItemDeselected(...) in your overriden method, as this causes an exception + in iOS. Because of this, you must take care of resetting the property + yourself by calling SelectedItem = default(TItem); + + The UICollectionView associated to this source. + The NSIndexPath pointing to the element. + + + + Overrides the method. + Called when an item is selected in the UICollectionView. + If you subclass ObservableCollectionViewSource, you may override this method + but you may NOT call base.ItemSelected(...) in your overriden method, as this causes an exception + in iOS. Because of this, you must take care of setting the property + yourself by calling var item = GetItem(indexPath); SelectedItem = item; + + The UICollectionView associated to this source. + The NSIndexPath pointing to the element. + + + + Overrides the method. + The number of sections in this UICollectionView. In the current implementation, + only one section is supported. + + The UICollectionView associated to this source. + + + + + Sets a 's elements according to an item's properties. + If a is available, this delegate will be used. + If not, a simple text will be shown. + + The cell that will be prepared. + The item that should be used to set the cell up. + The for this cell. + + + + Raises the event. + + The name of the property that changed. + + + + Occurs when a property of this instance changes. + + + + + Occurs when a new item gets selected in the UICollectionView. + + + + + A that automatically updates the associated when its + data source changes. Note that the changes are only observed if the data source + implements . + + The type of the items in the data source. + + + + The property's name. + + + + + When set, specifies which animation should be used when rows are added. + + + + + A delegate to a method taking a + and setting its elements' properties according to the item + passed as second parameter. + + + + + A delegate to a method creating or reusing a . + The cell will then be passed to the + delegate to set the elements' properties. Note that this delegate is only + used if you didn't register with a ReuseID using the UITableView.RegisterClassForCell method. + + + + + The data source of this list controller. + + + + + When set, specifieds which animation should be used when a row is deleted. + + + + + When set, returns the height of the view that will be used for the TableView's footer. + + + + + + When set, returns the height of the view that will be used for the TableView's header. + + + + - The source of the TableView. + When set, returns a view that can be used as the TableView's footer. + - + - Overrides . - Sets or gets the controllers TableView. If you use a TableView - placed in the UI manually, use this property's setter to assign - your TableView to this controller. + When set, returns a view that can be used as the TableView's header. + - + - Occurs when a property of this instance changes. + A reuse identifier for the TableView's cells. - + - A that handles changes to the underlying - data source if this data source is an . + Gets the UITableView's selected item. You can use one-way databinding on this property. - The type of the items that the data source contains. - In the current implementation, only one section is supported. - + - Initializes an instance of this class. + Constructs and initializes an instance of - The controller associated to this instance. - + - Attempts to dequeue or create a cell for the list. + Creates and returns a cell for the UITableView. Where needed, this method will + optimize the reuse of cells for a better performance. - The TableView that is the cell's parent. - The NSIndexPath for the cell. - The created or recycled cell. + The UITableView associated to this source. + The NSIndexPath pointing to the item for which the cell must be returned. + The created and initialised . - + - When called, checks if the ObservableTableViewController{T}.GetHeightForFooter - delegate has been set. If yes, calls that delegate to get the TableView's footer height. + When called, checks if the has been set. + If yes, calls that delegate to get the TableView's footer height. The active TableView. The section index. The footer's height. In the current implementation, only one section is supported. - + - When called, checks if the ObservableTableViewController{T}.GetHeightForHeader + When called, checks if the delegate has been set. If yes, calls that delegate to get the TableView's header height. The active TableView. @@ -853,9 +1525,16 @@ The header's height. In the current implementation, only one section is supported. - + - When called, checks if the ObservableTableViewController{T}.GetViewForFooter + Gets the item selected by the NSIndexPath passed as parameter. + + The NSIndexPath pointing to the desired item. + The item selected by the NSIndexPath passed as parameter. + + + + When called, checks if the delegate has been set. If yes, calls that delegate to get the TableView's footer. The active TableView. @@ -863,9 +1542,9 @@ The UIView that should appear as the section's footer. In the current implementation, only one section is supported. - + - When called, checks if the ObservableTableViewController{T}.GetViewForHeader + When called, checks if the delegate has been set. If yes, calls that delegate to get the TableView's header. The active TableView. @@ -873,7 +1552,7 @@ The UIView that should appear as the section's header. In the current implementation, only one section is supported. - + Overrides the method. @@ -881,16 +1560,23 @@ The number of sections of the UITableView. In the current implementation, only one section is supported. - + - Overrides the method - and notifies the associated - that a row has been selected, so that the corresponding events can be raised. + Overrides the method. When called, sets the + property to null and raises the PropertyChanged and the SelectionChanged events. The active TableView. The row's NSIndexPath. - + + + Overrides the method. When called, sets the + property and raises the PropertyChanged and the SelectionChanged events. + + The active TableView. + The row's NSIndexPath. + + Overrides the method and returns the number of rows in the associated data source. @@ -900,11 +1586,51 @@ The number of rows in the data source. In the current implementation, only one section is supported. + + + Binds a to an item's properties. + If a is available, this delegate will be used. + If not, a simple text will be shown. + + The cell that will be prepared. + The item that should be used to set the cell up. + The for this cell. + + + + Creates a corresponding to the reuseId. + If it is set, the delegate will be used. + + A reuse identifier for the cell. + The created cell. + + + + Raises the event. + + The name of the property that changed. + + + + Occurs when a property of this instance changes. + + + + + Occurs when a new item gets selected in the list. + + Helper class for dispatcher operations on the UI thread in Android. + + + Gets a reference to a NSObject running on the UI thread, after the + method has been called on that thread. + + Executes an action on the UI thread. If this method is called @@ -913,7 +1639,7 @@ on the UI thread's dispatcher and executed asynchronously. For additional operations on the UI thread, you can get a reference to the UI thread's dispatcher thanks to the property - . + . The action that will be executed on the UI thread. @@ -921,7 +1647,7 @@ This method should be called once on the UI thread to ensure that - the property is initialized. + the property is initialized. @@ -929,25 +1655,17 @@ Resets the class by deleting the - - - Gets a reference to a NSObject running on the UI thread, after the - method has been called on that thread. - - - A base class to be used with the when + A base class to be used with the when using Storyboards. - + - A constructor used when creating managed representations of unmanaged objects; - Called by the runtime. + The parameter passed to this controller by the + method. - Pointer (handle) to the unmanaged object. - Check the remarks on @@ -981,11 +1699,13 @@ Initializes an instance of this class. - + - The parameter passed to this controller by the - method. + A constructor used when creating managed representations of unmanaged objects; + Called by the runtime. + Pointer (handle) to the unmanaged object. + Check the remarks on @@ -1111,12 +1831,72 @@ for example when it is directly triggered in the Storyboard. + + + The key corresponding to the currently displayed page. + + + + + Gets the NavigationController that was passed in the method. + + + + + Adds a key/page pair to the navigation service. + This method will create a new controller on demand, using + reflection. You can use + if you need more fine-grained control over the controller's creation. + + The key that will be used later + in the or methods. + The type of the controller corresponding to the key. + + + + Adds a key/page pair to the navigation service. + This method allows the caller to have fine grained control over the controller's + creation. + + The key that will be used later + in the or methods. + A Func returning the controller corresponding + to the given key. + + + + Adds a key/page pair to the navigation service. + This method should be used when working with Storyboard for the UI. + + The key that will be used later + in the or methods. + The idea of the UIViewController + in the Storyboard. Use the storyboardIdentifier/restorationIdentifier property + in the *.storyboard document. + + + + Allows a caller to get the navigation parameter corresponding + to the Intent parameter. + + The that was navigated to. + The navigation parameter. If no parameter is found, + returns null. + If possible, discards the current page and displays the previous page on the navigation stack. + + + Initialized the navigation service. This method must be called + before the or + methods are called. + + The application's navigation controller. + Displays a new page corresponding to the given key. @@ -1148,51 +1928,98 @@ a constructor with a parameter corresponding to the navigation parameter's type). - + - Adds a key/page pair to the navigation service. - This method will create a new controller on demand, using - reflection. You can use - if you need more fine-grained control over the controller's creation. + Provides event listening support for classes that expect to receive events + through the WeakEvent pattern and a WeakEventManager. - The key that will be used later - in the or methods. - The type of the controller corresponding to the key. - + - Adds a key/page pair to the navigation service. - This method allows the caller to have fine grained control over the controller's - creation. + Gets the WeakReference holding the instance that raised the event. - The key that will be used later - in the or methods. - A Func returning the controller corresponding - to the given key. - + - Adds a key/page pair to the navigation service. - This method should be used when working with Storyboard for the UI. + Receives events from the centralized event manager. - The key that will be used later - in the or methods. - The idea of the UIViewController - in the Storyboard. Use the storyboardIdentifier/restorationIdentifier property - in the *.storyboard document. + The type of the WeakEventManager calling this method. + Object that originated the event. + Event data. + true if the listener handled the event. It is considered an error by the + WeakEventManager handling in WPF to register a listener for an event that the + listener does not handle. Regardless, the method should return false if it receives + an event that it does not recognize or handle. + - + - Initialized the navigation service. This method must be called - before the or - methods are called. + Provides an implementation so that you can use the + "weak event listener" pattern to attach listeners + for the event. - The application's navigation controller. - + - The key corresponding to the currently displayed page. + Get the current instance of + + + + + Adds the specified listener to the list of listeners on the specified source. + + The object with the event. + The object to add as a listener. + The name of the property that exists on + source upon which to listen for changes. + + + + Removes the specified listener from the list of listeners on the + specified source. + + The object to remove as a listener. + + + + Private method to add the specified listener to the list of listeners + on the specified source. + + The object with the event. + The object to add as a listener. + The name of the property that exists + on source upon which to listen for changes. + + + + Private method to remove the specified listener from the list of listeners + on the specified source. + + The object to remove as a listener. + + + + The method that handles the event. + + The source of the event. + A that + contains the event data. + + + + Begin listening for the event on + the provided source. + + The object on which to start listening + for . + + + + Stop listening for the event on the + provided source. + The object on which to start listening for + . diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..50ea9ad30 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.Platform.dll differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.XML b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.XML similarity index 95% rename from packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.XML rename to packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.XML index efec50646..493a621e1 100644 --- a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.2.0.0/lib/monoandroid1/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.XML +++ b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.XML @@ -21,20 +21,28 @@ Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class that can always execute. - The execution logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). If the execute argument is null. Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class. - The execution logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). The execution status logic. - If the execute argument is null. + If the execute argument is null. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). + + + + Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. + - Raises the event. + Raises the event. @@ -50,11 +58,6 @@ This parameter will always be ignored. - - - Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. - - A generic command whose sole purpose is to relay its functionality to other @@ -73,20 +76,28 @@ Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class that can always execute. - The execution logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). If the execute argument is null. Initializes a new instance of the RelayCommand class. - The execution logic. - The execution status logic. + The execution logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). + The execution status logic. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). If the execute argument is null. + + + Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. + + - Raises the event. + Raises the event. @@ -104,11 +115,6 @@ Data used by the command. If the command does not require data to be passed, this object can be set to a null reference - - - Occurs when changes occur that affect whether the command should execute. - - Helper class for platform detection. @@ -132,11 +138,16 @@ - This interface is meant for the class and can be + This interface is meant for the class and can be useful if you store multiple WeakAction{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. + + + The target of the WeakAction. + + Executes an action. @@ -150,14 +161,9 @@ that this entry must be deleted. - - - The target of the WeakAction. - - - This interface is meant for the class and can be + This interface is meant for the class and can be useful if you store multiple WeakFunc{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. @@ -172,42 +178,13 @@ - Stores an without causing a hard reference + Stores an without causing a hard reference to be created to the Action's owner. The owner can be garbage collected at any time. - - - Initializes an empty instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The action that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The action's owner. - The action that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Executes the action. This only happens if the action's owner - is still alive. - - - - - Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. - - - Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakAction's + Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakAction's method passed in the constructor. @@ -220,7 +197,7 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to this WeakAction's action's target. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. @@ -228,7 +205,7 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to the target passed when constructing the WeakAction. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. @@ -237,6 +214,24 @@ Gets a value indicating whether the WeakAction is static or not. + + + Initializes an empty instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The action that will be associated to this instance. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The action's owner. + The action that will be associated to this instance. + Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected @@ -246,7 +241,7 @@ Gets the Action's owner. This object is stored as a - . + . @@ -254,6 +249,17 @@ The target of the weak reference. + + + Executes the action. This only happens if the action's owner + is still alive. + + + + + Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. + + Stores an Action without causing a hard reference @@ -261,6 +267,17 @@ The type of the Action's parameter. + + + Gets the name of the method that this WeakAction represents. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected + by the Garbage Collector already. + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakAction class. @@ -290,7 +307,7 @@ Executes the action with a parameter of type object. This parameter - will be casted to T. This method implements + will be casted to T. This method implements and can be useful if you store multiple WeakAction{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. @@ -304,17 +321,6 @@ should be deleted. - - - Gets the name of the method that this WeakAction represents. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the Action's owner is still alive, or if it was collected - by the Garbage Collector already. - - Stores a Func<T> without causing a hard reference @@ -323,39 +329,9 @@ The type of the result of the Func that will be stored by this weak reference. - - - Initializes an empty instance of the WeakFunc class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. - - The Func that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. - - The Func's owner. - The Func that will be associated to this instance. - - - - Executes the action. This only happens if the Func's owner - is still alive. - - The result of the Func stored as reference. - - - - Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. - - - Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakFunc's + Gets or sets the corresponding to this WeakFunc's method passed in the constructor. @@ -373,7 +349,7 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to this WeakFunc's action's target. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. @@ -381,10 +357,28 @@ Gets or sets a WeakReference to the target passed when constructing the WeakFunc. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. + + + Initializes an empty instance of the WeakFunc class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. + + The Func that will be associated to this instance. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. + + The Func's owner. + The Func that will be associated to this instance. + Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected @@ -394,17 +388,29 @@ Gets the Func's owner. This object is stored as a - . + . Gets the owner of the Func that was passed as parameter. This is not necessarily the same as - , for example if the + , for example if the method is anonymous. + + + Executes the action. This only happens if the Func's owner + is still alive. + + The result of the Func stored as reference. + + + + Sets the reference that this instance stores to null. + + Stores an Func without causing a hard reference @@ -413,6 +419,17 @@ The type of the Func's parameter. The type of the Func's return value. + + + Gets or sets the name of the method that this WeakFunc represents. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected + by the Garbage Collector already. + + Initializes a new instance of the WeakFunc class. @@ -444,7 +461,7 @@ Executes the Func with a parameter of type object. This parameter - will be casted to T. This method implements + will be casted to T. This method implements and can be useful if you store multiple WeakFunc{T} instances but don't know in advance what type T represents. @@ -459,17 +476,6 @@ should be deleted. - - - Gets or sets the name of the method that this WeakFunc represents. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the Func's owner is still alive, or if it was collected - by the Garbage Collector already. - - Defines a common interface for classes that should be cleaned up, @@ -490,44 +496,6 @@ The type of the Content property. - - - Base class for all messages broadcasted by the Messenger. - You can create your own message types by extending this class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - The message's original sender. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. - - The message's original sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - - - - Gets or sets the message's sender. - - - - - Gets or sets the message's intended target. This property can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - - Initializes a new instance of the GenericMessage class. @@ -572,7 +540,8 @@ for. The recipient that will receive the messages. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -594,7 +563,8 @@ get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different token, will not be delivered to that recipient. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -627,7 +597,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -654,7 +625,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -752,11 +724,55 @@ The action that must be unregistered for the recipient and for the message type TMessage. + + + Base class for all messages broadcasted by the Messenger. + You can create your own message types by extending this class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. + + The message's original sender. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MessageBase class. + + The message's original sender. + The message's intended target. This parameter can be used + to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course + this is only an indication, amd may be null. + + + + Gets or sets the message's sender. + + + + + Gets or sets the message's intended target. This property can be used + to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course + this is only an indication, amd may be null. + + The Messenger is a class allowing objects to exchange messages. + + + Gets the Messenger's default instance, allowing + to register and send messages in a static manner. + + Registers a recipient for a type of message TMessage. The action @@ -768,7 +784,8 @@ for. The recipient that will receive the messages. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -795,7 +812,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -815,7 +833,8 @@ get the message. Similarly, messages sent without any token, or with a different token, will not be delivered to that recipient. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -848,7 +867,8 @@ and ExecuteOrderMessage to the recipient that registered. The action that will be executed when a message - of type TMessage is sent. + of type TMessage is sent. IMPORTANT: Note that closures are not supported at the moment + due to the use of WeakActions (see http://stackoverflow.com/questions/25730530/). @@ -975,7 +995,7 @@ can take a moment, it is only executed when the application is idle. For this reason, a user of the Messenger class should use instead of forcing one with the - method. + method. @@ -988,13 +1008,7 @@ can take a moment, it is only executed when the application is idle. For this reason, a user of the Messenger class should use instead of forcing one with the - method. - - - - - Gets the Messenger's default instance, allowing - to register and send messages in a static manner. + method. @@ -1041,68 +1055,14 @@ Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the + notify the sender that it is done. Use the method to execute the callback. - - - Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient - is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the - method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. - and - . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message's sender. - The message's intended target. This parameter can be used - to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course - this is only an indication, amd may be null. - An arbitrary string that will be - carried by the message. - The callback method that can be executed - by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been - processed. - - - - Executes the callback that was provided with the message with an - arbitrary number of parameters. - - A number of parameters that will - be passed to the callback method. - The object returned by the callback method. - Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. An arbitrary string that will be carried by the message. @@ -1113,7 +1073,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. An arbitrary string that will be @@ -1125,7 +1085,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used @@ -1146,7 +1106,7 @@ Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to - notify the sender that it is done. Use the + notify the sender that it is done. Use the method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. . @@ -1156,7 +1116,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. An arbitrary string that will be carried by the message. @@ -1167,7 +1127,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. An arbitrary string that will be @@ -1179,7 +1139,7 @@ Initializes a new instance of the - class. + class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used @@ -1240,53 +1200,72 @@ passed to recipient(s). - + - Passes a string property name (PropertyName) and a generic value - ( and ) to a recipient. - This message type can be used to propagate a PropertyChanged event to - a recipient using the messenging system. + Provides a message class with a built-in callback. When the recipient + is done processing the message, it can execute the callback to + notify the sender that it is done. Use the + method to execute the callback. The callback method has one parameter. + and + . - The type of the OldValue and NewValue property. - + - Basis class for the class. This - class allows a recipient to register for all PropertyChangedMessages without - having to specify the type T. + Initializes a new instance of the class. + An arbitrary string that will be + carried by the message. + The callback method that can be executed + by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been + processed. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. - The name of the property that changed. + An arbitrary string that will be + carried by the message. + The callback method that can be executed + by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been + processed. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course this is only an indication, amd may be null. - The name of the property that changed. + An arbitrary string that will be + carried by the message. + The callback method that can be executed + by the recipient to notify the sender that the message has been + processed. - + - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Executes the callback that was provided with the message with an + arbitrary number of parameters. - The name of the property that changed. + A number of parameters that will + be passed to the callback method. + The object returned by the callback method. - + - Gets or sets the name of the property that changed. + Passes a string property name (PropertyName) and a generic value + ( and ) to a recipient. + This message type can be used to propagate a PropertyChanged event to + a recipient using the messenging system. + The type of the OldValue and NewValue property. - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. The property's value before the change occurred. @@ -1295,7 +1274,7 @@ - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The property's value before the change occurred. The property's value after the change occurred. @@ -1303,7 +1282,7 @@ - Initializes a new instance of the class. + Initializes a new instance of the class. The message's sender. The message's intended target. This parameter can be used @@ -1323,11 +1302,56 @@ Gets the value that the property had before the change. + + + Basis class for the class. This + class allows a recipient to register for all PropertyChangedMessages without + having to specify the type T. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The message's sender. + The name of the property that changed. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The message's sender. + The message's intended target. This parameter can be used + to give an indication as to whom the message was intended for. Of course + this is only an indication, amd may be null. + The name of the property that changed. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the property that changed. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the property that changed. + + A base class for objects of which the properties must be observable. + + + Occurs after a property value changes. + + + + + Provides access to the PropertyChanged event handler to derived classes. + + Verifies that a property name exists in this ViewModel. This method @@ -1416,16 +1440,6 @@ false otherwise. The event is not raised if the old value is equal to the new value. - - - Occurs after a property value changes. - - - - - Provides access to the PropertyChanged event handler to derived classes. - - A base class for the ViewModel classes in the MVVM pattern. @@ -1440,11 +1454,30 @@ Initializes a new instance of the ViewModelBase class. - An instance of a + An instance of a used to broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class will attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default instance. + + + Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode + (running under Blend or Visual Studio). + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode + (running in Blend or Visual Studio). + + + + + Gets or sets an instance of a used to + broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class will + attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default instance. + + Unregisters this instance from the Messenger class. @@ -1558,25 +1591,6 @@ changed. True if the PropertyChanged event was raised, false otherwise. - - - Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode - (running under Blend or Visual Studio). - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the control is in design mode - (running in Blend or Visual Studio). - - - - - Gets or sets an instance of a used to - broadcast messages to other objects. If null, this class will - attempt to broadcast using the Messenger's default instance. - - An interface defining how dialogs should @@ -1664,6 +1678,11 @@ Windows Phone, Android, iOS etc. + + + The key corresponding to the currently displayed page. + + If possible, instructs the navigation service @@ -1694,10 +1713,5 @@ The parameter that should be passed to the new page. - - - The key corresponding to the currently displayed page. - - diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bd86937e9 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.dll differ diff --git a/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..222921c70 Binary files /dev/null and b/packages/MvvmLightLibs.5.3.0.0/lib/xamarin.ios10/GalaSoft.MvvmLight.pdb differ diff --git a/packages/WixSharp.1.0.35.3/WixSharp.1.0.35.3.nupkg b/packages/WixSharp.1.0.36.0/WixSharp.1.0.36.0.nupkg similarity index 54% rename from packages/WixSharp.1.0.35.3/WixSharp.1.0.35.3.nupkg rename to packages/WixSharp.1.0.36.0/WixSharp.1.0.36.0.nupkg index ed9908e5b..8e7cc4541 100644 Binary files a/packages/WixSharp.1.0.35.3/WixSharp.1.0.35.3.nupkg and b/packages/WixSharp.1.0.36.0/WixSharp.1.0.36.0.nupkg differ diff --git a/packages/WixSharp.1.0.35.3/build/SetEnvVar.dll b/packages/WixSharp.1.0.36.0/build/SetEnvVar.dll similarity index 100% rename from packages/WixSharp.1.0.35.3/build/SetEnvVar.dll rename to packages/WixSharp.1.0.36.0/build/SetEnvVar.dll diff --git a/packages/WixSharp.1.0.35.3/build/WixSharp.targets b/packages/WixSharp.1.0.36.0/build/WixSharp.targets similarity index 100% rename from packages/WixSharp.1.0.35.3/build/WixSharp.targets rename to packages/WixSharp.1.0.36.0/build/WixSharp.targets diff --git a/packages/WixSharp.1.0.35.3/readme.txt b/packages/WixSharp.1.0.36.0/readme.txt similarity index 100% rename from packages/WixSharp.1.0.35.3/readme.txt rename to packages/WixSharp.1.0.36.0/readme.txt diff --git a/packages/WixSharp.1.0.35.3/tools/Install.ps1 b/packages/WixSharp.1.0.36.0/tools/Install.ps1 similarity index 100% rename from packages/WixSharp.1.0.35.3/tools/Install.ps1 rename to packages/WixSharp.1.0.36.0/tools/Install.ps1